Most Often Needed - 1962 Television Servicing Information

Most - Often Needed

1962VOLUME TV -19

TelevisionServicing Information

PRICE3

THEORY

mozzoorni olumnizins

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

Most - Often - Needed

1962Volume TV -19

TelevisionServicing Information

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

© by Supreme Publications, 1961. Material copyrighted, reproduction prohibited.

20 RADIO VOLUMES

Often -N.orid

1960

RADIOI)IAGRA MS

THEORY

ALL NEEDED TV DATAUse Supreme TV manuals for faster, easierrepairs. All needed material on every popularTV set of every important make. Easy -to -use, practical, factory -prepared data sim-plify TV servicing and adjustment. Thesegiant TV manuals have complete, accuratedouble -page schematics, needed alignmentfacts, printed board views, recommendedchanges, waveforms, voltage charts, etc.Only $3 per large volume. The choice of174.000 wise servicemen. Get the best andsave money with Supreme.

RADIO DIAGRAMSYour best source for all needed RADIOdiagrams and service material, Coverseverything from most recent 1961radios to pre-war old-timers: homeradios, stereo, combinations, transis-tor portables. FM, auto sets. Only $2for many volumes. Every manual haslarge schematics. all needed alignmentfacts, printed boards, voltages, dialstringing, trimmers, and hints. Vol-umes are big, 8./2x11 inches, about190 pages. Amazing values at speciallow prices. See coupon below for listof these popular radio manuals.

THIS IS A MARK OFSUPREME PUBLICATIONS

OUprelne PUbliCatiOnSISold by All Leading l'arts Jobbers

Hast-016.4-Maded

1961

Nye, 1961 TV manual roverslake.mEnT:ge`. :ritsdaiTn:e= gfor faste TV nemleing AMR,

fn A wService laterlal for only....

AMAZING BARGAINHere are your error -free service instruc-tions to help you do expert work quicker;and priced at only $3 for a mammoth yearlymanual. Greatest bargain in service data.Repair any TV model ever made by havingin your shop all 14 volumes listed in cou-pon. Special price for all 14, only $40. Ortry the new 1961 TV manual for only $3.See no risk coupon below.

TELEVISION SERVICING COURSELet this new course help you in TV. servicing.Amazing bargain complete, only $3, full price forall lessons. Giant in size, mammoth in scope,topics Just like a $200.00 correspondence course.Lessons on picture faults, circuits, adjustments,short-cuts, UHF. alignment facts, hints. Cantenna problems, trouble -shooting, test */equipment, picture analysis. Special, only

SIMPLIFIED RADIO SERVICING BY COMPARISONFix any radio easily. New, different COMPARISON method finds faults quickly.Covers every radio set-new and old models. Introductory train-ing included. Simple picture suggestions tell you where to look 12A/for faults. No testers needed for most jobs. Explains parts, trans- -istors, etc. Manual form, large pages. 8 tAx11". Special price, only

PRACTICAL RADIO COURSEHere is your amazing bargain in radio training. Foronly $3.95 (full price: you can obtain a practicalradio and electronics course of 35 easy -to -followlessons. Review fundamentals. learn new servicingtricks. Compares lesson -by -lesson with the best$150.00 home -study -type correspondence course.Large size, 81Ax11^. New 1960 edition. ILAnswer booklet to self -test questions 'Vincluded free. Amazing value, only...

NO -RISK TRIAL ORDER COUPONSUPREME PUBLICATIONS, 1760 Balsam Rd., Highland Park, ILL.

r=1 1961

0 1960El 19590 1958 at only $250 19570 1956 each0 1955 Radio Manual, only $2

These annualRADIO volumesspecially pricedat only $ 230each

0 19540 19530 19520 19510 1950C 1949

Popular RADIODiagram Manuals

Rush RADIO and TV manuals checked QX in coupon.El New Television Servicing Course, complete...53.

Simplified Radio Servicing by Comparison . S1.50C Practical Radio Course (all 35 lessons 1 ...SLIDE

New 19111 TV Manual, $3, 0 1960 TV, $3.O Additional 1959 TV, $3. 0 Early 1959 TV, $3.O 1958 TV Manual, $3. 0 Additional 1957 TV, $3.(=j Early 1957 TV, $3. 0 1956 TV Manual. 33.0 Additional 1955 TV, 33. Early 1955 TV. $3.0 1954 TV, $3. 0 1953 TV. $.3. ID 1952 TV, $3.I] 1951 TV, $3. 0 Master Index to all Manuals, 250

0 1948 THIS GROUP0 1947 ONLY 0 1 am enclosing $ Send postpaid.

1946C 19420 1941C 1940

1926-1938 Manual, $2.50 t Address:

411drml EACH

Name:

2

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

CONTENTS

Admiral Corp.Chassis 19B8B and 19UB8B (list of models, page 5) . . 5 to 8Chassis 16G9B, 16UG9B, and similar Chassis 16A9, -U,

16B9B, 16UB9B, 16C9, -U (models listed p. 9) 9 to 14Chassis 16D9, -B, 16UD9, -B, 16F9, 16UF9, and similar

Chassis 16E9, 16E9U, 16J9, -B, 16UJ9, -B. . . 15 to 20(For list of corresponding models see page 15)

Chassis 20A8, 20UA8, 20B8, 20UB8, and similar stereoChassis 20D8, 20UD8 (list of models on page 21) 21 to 26

Emerson Radio and Phonograph Corp.Chassis 120507A, 120508B, 120515C, 120516D,

120541C, 120542D, 120564C, 120565D 27 to 35(List of models is given on page 27)

Tuner and Amplifiers Chassis 120533B, 120536B . . . 36

Chassis 120530C, 120549C through 120557E 37 to 44(List of models is given on page 37)

General Electric Co."LW" Series used in Models M202 through M205 . . . 45 to 52U5 Chassis, Models M870VWD, M871VWD, R870+ 53 to 60

The Magnavox Co.Series 35 Television Chassis 61 to 66

Montgomery Ward & Co.Models WG-4225A and WG-4325AModels WG-5221A, WG-5227A, WG-5231A,

WG-5321A, WG-5327A, and WG-5331A

67 to 70

. . 71 to 74

Motorola, Inc.Chassis ST -570, Y, STS -570, Y (Models, page 75) 75 to 78Chassis TS -436, Y, and QTS-, RTS-, STS-, WTS-,

(List of models on page 79) 79 to 88Chassis TS -432, used in Models 19P1-1, 19P1-2 . 89 to 102Chassis TS -435, Y, STS -435, Y, WTS-435 103 to 114

(Continued on page 4)

3


Table of Contents, Continued

Philco Corp.Chassis 12J27, TS, U, (list of models on page 115) 115 to 120

Chassis 12N51, U, (for list of models see page 121) 121 to 124

R. C. A. VictorChassis KCS- 133A, -B, -C, -F, -H (models, page 125) 125 to 132

Chassis KCS-137A, -B, -P, KCS-138A, -B 133 to 140

Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.Chassis 555-1, -2, -3, -5, -6, -7, used in

Models 23L48, 23L49, 23L52 141 to 146

Chassis 546-1, -2, -3, -4, -5, used in models of19P10, 19P11, 19T10, 19T11, Series . . 147 to 152

Westinghouse Electric Corp.Chassis V-2409-1, -2, -3, (list of models, page 153) 153 to 156

Chassis V-2414-1, -2, (list of models on page 157) 157 to 160

Chassis V-2411-1 through V-2411-6 (models, p. 161) 161 to 166Chassis V-2412-1, -2, -5, -6, -11, -12 (models, p. 167) 167 to 172

Zenith Radio Corp.Chassis 16F27, Q, T, 16G20, Q, 16G21, Q, 16G22, Q,

16G23, Q, 16G27, Q, QT, T, 17G28, Q, used invarious models listed on page 173 173 to 190

INDEX (by make and model or chassis number) . . . 191 and 192

THEORY

Emma 111EIMERMEll

This manual is made up of factory prepared service material. Editorial changes andselections were made to conform with the objectives of this manual. Our sincere thanksand appreciation is extended to every manufacturer whose products are covered by thematerial in this manual and who aided us in the preparation of this book.

71. Afiet.1-e-t-------; Chief Editor of the Engineering Staff, Supreme Publications.

4

VOLUME TV -19, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRALFPICTURE CENTERING TABSilo. tabs closer together or fartherapart to center picture

VHF ANTENNA

FFOCUS ADJUSTMENT -ompe only to improve Foe..

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD14E305-1

HEIGHTVERTICAL LINEARITY

To correct improper picture heighta vertical lineonty, alternatelyodjust MGM and PUT. UN.

*PICTURE GUARD

*WIDTH CONTROLwer=omew,gr

is.

*AGC CONTROL *HORIZONTAL LOCK HORIZONTAL

*DETAILED ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION GIVEN ON PAGE $

PICTURE GUARD ADJUSTMENT

The Picture Guard control cannot be set properly if theHorizontal Lock, Vertical Hold or AGC controls are out ofadjustment. Before attempting to adjust the AGC control, seeinformation under "AGC Control Adjustment".

The Picture Guard control is used to improve sync stabilityin areas (especially fringe areas) where interference causedby ignition systems, switches, motors, etc. results in an =-stable picture. NOTE: This control has been adjusted at thefactory. It should only be turned from its original positionif picture is unstable (jitters or loses sync) due to noise.

To adjust, turn Picture Guard control (at rear of set) tothe right until picture becomes stable. A compromise settingof the control may be required in areas having both strong andweak signals. If the control is set too far right, picture mayoverload on strong signals.

IMPORTANT: Keep Picture Guard control as far to the leftas possible while still maintaining good sync stability on allchannels. If control is turned too far to the right in strongsignal area, picture instability may result.

Cl,8801 UHF V102 IN 19B8B-V102 IN 19UB8B

MIXER V101 IN 19888-V101 IN 19U888

V801 & CR801 ONLY IN 1911888

CR401 HORIZ PICTURE TUBECAM VIDEO PHASE DET N V305

E4,Tr.:1

NIOISE INV..SYNC SEP

GATED ACC

VIDEO AMP&SOUND IF

SDEUTOND

3RDIF

2NDIF

1ST IFSOUND

UTPUT.

vERTOSC&

VERT OUTPUT

HORIZ

OSC

HORIZ

OUTPUT

DAMPER

TIVIEC IT1EF J=

_J "C

DEFLECTION YOKE*OKE RETAINING SPRING

To coned picture tilt, loosen screw on

yoke retaining spnng. Estate yokeuntil picture is straight Tighten

straw

HV COVER


atcuit BREAKERRESET BUTTON

RANGE

MODEL CHART

Model Chassis

TG310 191388TGU310 1901388TG311 19888TGU311 19UB8BTG312 19888TGU312 19UB8BTG313 19888TIU313 190 BOBLG301 19B8B160301 19UB8B16302 19880110302 19UB8BLG303 19888110303 19UBBBLG311 19888110311 19088016312 191388110312 190B8BLG313 19888110313 19UB1313

16321 19B8B110321 190888LG322 19886LGU322 191888LG323 19888110323 190880

ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MC TRAP

Alignment of 4.5 MC (beat interference) trap "Al2" re-quires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool (partnumber 98A30-12).

To align 4.5 MC trap "Al2", tune in television station withbeat interference pattern in picture. While closely observingpicture, adjust slug "Al2" for minimum interference pattern.

Note that adjustment "Al2" is top slug (slug farthest frometched circuit board). Use caution so as not to disturb bottomslug (slug nearest etched circuit board) as sound IF alignmentwill be affected.

Channel AdjustmentsLocation for VHF Only

Sets.

RECTIFIER

VHF CHANNEL SLUGACCESSIBLE THROUGHHOLE IN VHF TUNER

V OVERALL VHFOSCILLATOR

TRIMMER.ADJUST ON

HIGHESTCHANNELRECEIVED

011)

Channel Adjustment Location for VHF -UHF Sots.

TUBE LOCATIONS

1701

L


ADMIRAL Chassis 19B8B, 19UB8B (Continued)

VHF TUNER 94E203-2

L713

L7I2L7I1

L710

L709L708L707

L706

L705

L704L703

6FS5VHF 1111

V 701

01021- 30--

COT,4.11 t

0104

6 WY

0111104

L756 0DOG

1/2 6FG7 -4.311C 1/2 6FG7INF 11301 100001 VHF OSC.

11

II-C1MMICK V7020 WY V7028 NW

.S3

L726

L725

L724L723

L722L72I

L720

L719

L718

L717

L7I6

L715

-J01,- C1011

15

GIMMICK5703

L738L737

L736

L735

L734L733

L732

111013 2201

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD 14E30

C111

1172 6AW8ASOUND IF ANF.

6D T61

V3048 ASOUND

v20DET.1

1000 2., ISI r 1410,

0121 1 *5-2I-

1

1/13ANN.

ClIS C114 121

100 1000

(Chassis 19UB8B uses a different tuner)

SCHEMATIC NOTESNumbers or letters inside hexagons indicate align-

ment points.Fixed resistor values shown in ohms 10% toler-

ance. 44 watt; capacitor values shown In micro-mlcrofarads ± 20% unless otherwise specified.

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMSLine Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast con-trol fully clockwise; all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Picture Guard or HorizontalHold controls.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted.DC voltages measured with VTVM between tubesocket and chassis, unless otherwise Indicated.Voltages marked () will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal Input.For waveforms, controls set for normal picture.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.

I MIME OfIfIPS N MINK SC IliaMN WWII 01411111(

ON COMOIS /WOES eicellai10141/01 AID WWI STIR/IC. 7501

COMPONENT 4111 MO/710111 1

ILACK/1101

'LACE

M501 M502

Ill NWSO CICLESIC 0111

ON OFF -SO TGN 1502NI 01 4101

11 10

C120.

1000

r

0.4503It 24 VIII FUSE

tIEEN/TELLOV

:40 4C101E9

.111.

. :--1 j0(1

VHF TUNER

V702

146 257-8

L751

1750L749L748

L747L746

L745L744

L743L742110,L741

14E305-1

GUI120

,F)CUT

-tc-1

120

120

L310

,P4

5U4GBRECTIFIER

V501

2.2

7554;tzt,1

[TUNINGFINE

0111101

--1Cln)1--10

Sit

C201

12021001

IL2010

C203

F-125%

L204802024.5

L_ _ Sit_ _ _i1/0

6 BZ61ST IFV 301

:Jr12.3-301

'11311

C30220

1301 1303

I (I)

04001.01172 I

1403

ta 21

C4dt1.2211

TO 101.0F4214 0201

ACC

14012001

1441

O

I

itt

I

I

I/Or

(I,F-0421

10%

CH13-1341.25110

430347

304 31302IS S 1000

-1(-0303 C305 t3-13 12041.25110 4304

11305311 1301

45.316

C301

13JvVV2201

it- 0301 . 120

1301

1404

1400

1001

S 0421.60111

REV

CUEDACC

3 IMP1401new111

F.11404 -v-j 1740231" 4111. 110111/.

3.IMEC

I IIIIIIIIIVI

1401

-_1---wte- 1 J.NW

6K11OR 6Q112RIEV401 0404

114SYNCI41i

I

irt:437° 22.14 a. ::::SEP

1 01

F11437III t,C1I 93B5-6 PICTUREiv, 43161.-~e-4. Now lust pET. GUARD

i 1431C 2.1 MEC CR401 CONTIII kI* "431 1440 1441 I ,00,_1101 101 1SEC

141415011

1412

f\IN 111501 MOW.

tlsr -f-CS021

uat IOW- 3505

OMulu 1p IF

!SOY

A

0420.001 MI

-1_

f\\2or1111111

-f-

4101 v,

1413

I HOR ZLOCK

liLli 441NC

I 1441

RA

451

6


ADMIRAL Schematic for 19B8B Television Chassis Stamped Run 10.

.0411ECool

I

L

0217

6211 r)

!NEC

VOLUME

12100t KIF.0022 IF

loll

1501

iras gaffer10 rIa r,101/

AlitCF 1,01

5%

1215- r

,00 2.5

11111

'NEC5%

'Cr

sill/5,, ILIA0--',.................g/ .I. 0214 .

.042744NV r 1.4Kr PEO 4,o .?

I 1 4:NIII,, 1 2:04

6AS5SOUND OUTPUT

V202

121501

T201

11

02171

10112004

0

4.550

126 6CB6A ,11315

031 C51111D 11 3RD EE IOCK

41I I I

41

302 v303 5% I sil :

- 0502.41 - - C511.4.1 - - - - i'lil1!;t1 02 ' 5

4454L

wp ^p fol/F. ft'fi, Of I. 305 1311ril LW rrrl ISIS.Mr i.t, 1 rI

1 VIDEO OE T. L 304r 100

08301- - ...

510 T 303 .s. 2.1

1aI 301

C;415C II 'I

115

44.5110 01

el -0301 9311

T120 .00511F

11512

0310 410

1.0022.7

1134

0 312

1313

C5I3120 1514

4" SOTTON top43.5 NC 42.003

-V-5.54VEIT.

10%

111111111

315 . 1

1.1 .

10% 1311

_ _ J 1000

1311221

pi?

1/26AW8ACOEO 441.

V 304 A'10, 2520

Sr

15255411.5.11 18

1321

11 211

..vve1

/1322

!I I 1501

1307

BRIGHTNESS*1321

0324

681

111

i21

132414501

4531

1001

771

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD 14E 257-81/2 6EW7 235, -irlr...-

VE 11. CSC. VEIT. .TIE"0401441

0401 .022 or "is FIf n'lliVV4024 ---4--40,/

114.10% C 021420-PP1421/

.0, 1001 UK

MI 041411422

T.00010r 4214..10%

4/0

1411 _to, NW531 Ill

454

_1__.

-0410Tow1412.2 NEC 1424

2:, I"Mt C4i3

11423 1-12011 10014F

03211011111Th

1/2 6EW7 miF VERT. Oil IPUV-T---.C115 V402 e

1 Nei ONION001111r..6ly

1313

331

1321AN,1.21

2.3 I C411. {57 ;...o I

-@

r VERT UNtal 1450

400141

5501o

400

;2.211EC1;11425 .44

II

1009

Hu 1927741330

=200oF50 I

0411IV

0

)41.441

40K j. 110iI 0415

15

) tI 1430 1444

Toon 1.1001NI

- 001041 IF

6CG7K.115vKaV40L(3ost/ NOW.

10432-r120

10% 12104,1

5%

-r C433

YY 10%4..

;INS.271

1,5r

1 451100

5%

ROO1201

0434

1154 6DQ6Aj"40112. 000,14.1)117PUE

1456IJ

IHELD

EIGHTH LD

1421 11121

1014 1100

NE0

0322

/0

T401

245.

IT 1.1.011

IC.1511

TO 1400

23AU P41332 1521

. 12 1

;147r44

i fir:1.308

_C323 11331-.2211/ 1101

CONTRAST1561330

+305

50

.

mulct ro g., etcowafril ivos4015 11511ocus

/+1121

r+1.

030034147III

6-1

01431.2701

a

"OP

-0111100

1211441

tMOTES COMPOIENTNOT MIMEO ONETCNEO CIRCUIT104110.

4 1/Jr

1452IIIII

11551201

11510301

14541201

131If01

IN

035104.

1.2ai

4/50- itsvartED

53a I Mt

115751G3GT OR 1

N. V. 120111111 14604406 ill

4.741

34

WEI

11552.74E1

C120017II

414

1.56

1.403

C131

.02%7er

10

1.114

3.114401.i1

6AX4GTBOR 6DE4

5 DIMPER

1402 4405

SOCKETM402

LUC 14E1

1=1 ..... MM. NM NOM 41=11=11 IM11111 MIN NI im

RESET0/CUll

11

11(11(1I--45555,

314024 vENT. DEF. 1012E- s

2U.1C

M401PIN CEO

PEL LU NE0

- 170751

3JT40213 5011 . SEE. YOKE

To *10 of V305

7


ADMIRAL Chassis 19B8B and 19UB8B Service Information, Continued

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is usedsolely to adjust the receiver for optimum operation under allsignal conditions. Note: This control is set at the factory andwill not normally require field readjustment.

Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picturebending, tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However,these same conditions can also be caused by other troubles inthe set. Adjust as instructed below:1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls to maximum (fullyto right).4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the pointwhere picture is weak (loses contrast).5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Holdcontrol (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending ofvertical lines at top of picture.6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picturejust begins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Thenvery slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point atwhich picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.

7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approxi-mately 10 degrees further to the left.8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Pictureshould not overload and should reappear immediately afterchanging channels.

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT

Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears"when switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotatingflexible shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:

1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Pic-ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC controlhas been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.

2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync.Interrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selectoroff and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picturebends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that pictureremains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appearat top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-sary, repeat procedure.

HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT

The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory andseldom requires readjustment. Horizontal Range adjustmentneed only be made if tube V403 (6CG7) has been replacedand the picture cannot be locked -in with the Horizontal Lockadjustment or if the Horizontal Lock adjustment has insuffi-cient range (adjustment only possible at extreme end rotation).

Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure thatthe picture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical andhorizontal sync indicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of onlyhorizontal sync generally indicates trouble in the horizontalsync (phase detector) circuit. Adjust as follows:

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock (jumper) cord.

2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normalpicture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGCcontrol has been adjusted according to instructions given inthis manual.

3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R" (pin2 of V403, 6CG7) to chassis ground.

4. Connect a .22 mf. 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"(junction of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R443,10,000 ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock,turn receiver off when making this connection.

5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re-mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.7. Remove wire short from test point "R" (pin 2 of V403,6CG7.8. Set Channel Selector to weakest station. Switch ChannelSelector on and off channel, picture should remain in hori-zontal sync. If necessary, adjust horizontal lock coil slightlyto bring picture in sync.

WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

1. Turn receiver on. Allow a few minutes for warm up.2. Tune in channel with normal picture. Set brightness andcontrast controls to maximum (fully clockwise).3. Loosen screw on yoke retaining spring. While holding rearof yoke (for preventing tilt), slide width sleeve in or out ofyoke coil for obtaining full picture width, plus a slight amountof overscan. Width sleeve should be at top of tube neck.

IBOT TALI --S LU-g L - --4.5MC SOUND

TAKE OFF 0202) 1

A104.5MC SOUND

IN TER STAGE

A94.5MC SOUND

DETECTOR

6ASS

Al2TOP SLUG

4.5 MCSOUND TRAP

6Awe

t SLUG NEAREST 70 ETCHED ciRcua BOARD

Figure B. View of Etched Circuit Board

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allowabout 15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjust-ment locations.

*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30-12),slowly turn slug A9 several turns to left until a buzz is heardin sound. Then slowly turn slug A9 to the right for loudestand clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points (approx.1/2 turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The slug should beset at center of second point of loudest sound noted as slugis turned in (toward etched circuit board).

*CAUTION: Do not readjust slug A9 unless sound is dis-torted. If A9 is readjusted, all steps in alignment procedureshould be repeated exactly as instructed.

3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consider-able hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, con-nected between antenna and antenna terminals. Signal canalso be reduced by disconnecting antenna and placing it closeto antenna terminals or leads.4. Carefully adjust slug A10 for loudest and clearest soondwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug A10. Note:Slug A10 should be at end of coil nearest etched circuit board.

5. Carefully adjust slug All for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug All. Caution:Slug All is bottom slug (adjustment nearest etched circuitboard). Use care so as not to disturb top slug (adjustmentfarthest from etched circuit board).

6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjust-ment is required. However, if sound remains distorted atnormal volume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound),repeat entire procedure.

8


ADMIRALMaterial on pages 9 through 14 is exact for Chassis 16G9B used in Models P901,P902, P909, and Chassis 16UG9B used in Models UP901, UP902, and UP909.A number of other chassis are very similar to these sets, but use different tunerssome intended for remote control operation. These chassis are 16B9B used inModels P910, P911, P915, P918; Chassis 16UB9B used in UP910, UP911, UP915,UP918; and remote control sets 16A9, -U, 16C9, -U, used in Models PS921, -U,PS925, -U, and PS928, -U.

CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR VHF ONLY SETS

These sets are provided with an over-all channel adjustment screw,see illustration. Adjust .as follows:

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect antenna and interlock line cord.Turn set on and allow 15 minutes for warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted. Set FineTuning control at center of tuning range, by rotating it one thirdturn clockwise from full counter -clockwise rotation. Set other tuningcontrols for normal picture and sound.

3. Using a non-metallic alignment tool with metal tip blade, care-fully adjust channel screw for best picture. Note: Sound may notbe loudest at this point.

4. Check adjustment on lower channels to he sure that good pictureand sound can be tuned within range of the Fine Tuning control.If good picture and sound are not tunable on a lower channel, touch.up adjustment of the over-all channel screw may be made on thelower channel, as a compromise adjustment to favor all channels.

CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR VHF -UHF SETS

These sets are provided with a channel adjustment slug for eachchannel, see illustration. Adjust as follows:

1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at channel to be adjusted. Set other tuningcontrols for normal picture and sound.

M951 COUPLATEPART NO 63810-4

VHF8902

INPUT .3-I MEG300n 1

0901

11

U7C1 1.51011

I / E i9oTea

U _1 .3 -INFO

C9021

LLITO 1.5_11

M952 COUPLA EPART 11063010-4

VHF TUNER 94E202-13

090350

L9040

0904

Eli 2F05AVHF AMP.

3. Remove Channel Selector knob, Fine Tuning knob and plastic cupbelow knobs.

4. Rotate fine tuning shaft so that adjustment slug is visible throughhole at front of VHF tuner.

5. Using a non-metallic alignment tool with 34" blade (part number98B30-22), carefully adjust channel slug ior best picture. Note:Sound may not be loudest at this point. Repeat procedure for eachchannel to be adjusted.

2 3

A +

L901

C906 C907

2909190218:97 L903 27

;E ACC

- (21 - VOCIt/01/710#./4

VHF Tuner 94E202-13

v9CM

'toe

L 904B-

L 904C

5-0- -o-

C914AA Ac9,361/25cc8OR

)"' 1/25CG8A4

= 0915VHF MUER

1-4 5 V9024

R 901

18-TC9li

8904 41K 1000

0912

CVO

HIT c4c,90

0931 19322

1000 10000 0

/10

t2 104

0V901 V900

200

09331000

L904D

al)

ILIAC Cl22

L907

42.811C

490800

1000

C1030 (-4.0929

° 8910 100010001000 I 0

INDIVIDUAL SLUG ADJUSTMENTLOCATION

Channel Adjustment Location for VHF -UHF Sets.

CHANNEL STRIPS2 THRU 13---

J

I/z5CG8oR1/25CG8AVHF 050.V90213

0915/1 O#1177

10929

I2Y

micro 194,110jI CIO

used in Chassis 16A9U, 16C9U.

OVERALL VHFOSCILLATOR

TRIMMER.ADJUST ON

HIGHESTCHANNEL

RECEIVED.

Channel Adjustment Locationfor VHF Only Sots.

9

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED

ADMIRAL Chassis 16G9B, 16UG9B,

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Connect isolation transformer between AC line and receiver. Con-nect negative of 3 volt bias supply through 10K resistor to test points"T" (IF AGC) and "X" (RF AGC). Connect negative of 9 volt biassupply to center terminal of picture guard control, positive to chassis.See figure B.

Connect signal generator high side to insulated tube shield overoscillator -mixer tube, low side to chassis near tube shield.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a decouplingfilter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect a jumper wire acrossthe antenna terminals. Set Contrast control fully to the right. SetAGC control fully to the left.

Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warmup. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no. 98A30-13.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator against fre-quency standard for calibration.

*1 Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A2 for maximum.

*2. Set generator at 44.2 MC and adjust Al for maximum.

3. Repeat adjustment of Step 1.

t4. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A3 for maximum.5. Connect wire jumper across IF input coil L301.

16. Set generator at 44.8 MC and adjust A5 for maximum.

7. Remove wire jumper from across IF input coil L301.

t8. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A4 for maximum.

9. Set generator at 47.25 and adjust A14 for minimum.

10. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response CurveCheck" given below.

*If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias to -11/2volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.

tlf necessary, keep reducing generator output so that VTVM readingwill be 1.5 to 2.5 volts above no signal voltage reading.

TO TEST POINT 41,000 OHMS

A544.8 MC

MIXER PLATEON VHF TUNE

A1447.25 MC MIN.

TRAP

CHASSIS

GROUND =Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

1210

1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

etc., Alignment Information, Continued

TO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPE

L401

6CG7

3DT6

12CU5

IF AGC.,

JCT. OFR301, R302,

R303 II C303

S

OJCT. OF

R312 A L307

3826

6K11

oz)3DK6

6AW8A

RF AGC

JCT. OF R404,R405 A C401

A74.5 MC SOUNDINTERSTAGE

A8BOTTOM SLUG

4.5 MC SOUNDTAKE -OFF

A9TOP SLUG

4.5 MC TRAP

A64.5 MC

OUADRATURE

AlBOTTOM SLUG

44.2 MC MAX.

A4 A3 A242.7 MC MAX. 44.3 MC MAX. Co TOP SLUG

IF INPUT 1ST IF 42.7 MC MAX.

* SLUG NEAREST TO ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARDA SLUG FARTHEST FROM ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD

Figure R. View of Etched Circuit Board Showing Test Point Locations andIF Alignment Data.

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK AND IF TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Connect isolation transformer between AC line and receiver. Allowabout 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warm up.

2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Contrast control full to left.Connect negative of 3 volt bias supply to test points "T" (IF AGC)and "X" (RF AGC), positive to chassis ground. Connect negative of9 volt bias supply to center terminal of picture guard control, positiveto chassis. See figure B.

3. Connect sweep generator high side to insulated tube shield overoscillator -mixer tube, low side to chassis near tube shield. Set sweepfrequency to 43 MC, sweep width approximately 7 MC. If externalmarker generator is used, loosely couple high side to sweep generatorlead on tube shield, low side to chassis. Marker frequencies indicatedon IF Response Curve.

4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" through a de -coupling filter (figure A), low side to chassis.5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figure C. Keepmarker and sweep outputs at very minimum to prevent over -loading.A reduction in sweep output should reduce response curve amplitudewithout altering the shape of the response curve.

If video IF carrier marker (45.75 MC) does not fall at the 50 to60% point on curve, position it with adjustment of A5. If curve isnot symmetrical, adjust A3.

For sets with 16UG9B VHF -UHF chassis, set VHF tuner to UHFposition. Feed IF sweep generator to VHF antenna terminals through300 ohm matching pad. Adjust Al3 for minimum overall response,see figures D and F. NOTE: More than two peaks may appear onresponse curve.

41.255C

MARKER

IMAT N 1 a41518 1)

4.5 MC

4575 MCYA KER

50%7060%

Figure C. Ideal IF Response Curve.

TUNE All FOR MINIMUM

OVERALL RESPONSE.

Figure D. Over-all Response for41 MC IF Trap Adjustment.

VHF AMPLIFIER AND MIXER ALIGNMENT FORVHF TUNER 94E163-10

Connect isolation transformer between AC line and receiver. Allowabout 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warm up. Seefigure F for adjustment locations.

Connect negative of 3.0 volt bias supply to test point "X" (RFAGC), positive to chassis, see figure B.

Connect sweep generator 300 ohm output to antenna terminals. Ifsweep generator does not have a built-in marker generator, looselycouple a marker generator to the antenna terminals. To avoid dis-tortion of the response curve, keep sweep generator output at a mini-mum, marker pips just barely visible.

Connect oscilloscope high side through 15,000 ohm resistor to testpoint "W" on tuner, low side to chassis. Keep scope leads awayfrom chassis.

Do not remove VHF Tuner bottom shield during alignment.

1. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 10. Video marker at 193.25MC; sound marker at 197.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to channel10. Check response obtained with VHF response curve shown infigure E. Alternately adjust A10 and All as required to obtain curvehaving maximum amplitude, symmetry and flat top appearance con-sistent with proper bandwidth and correct marker location.

2. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 6. Video marker at 83.25MC; sound marker at 87.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to channel 6.Check response obtained with VHF response curve. If curve is notwithin limits, compromise adjustment is required. Alternately adjustA10 and All as required to obtain curve having maximum amplitude,symmetry and flat top appearance consistent with proper bandwidthand correct marker location. After adjustment, recheck adjustmentof step 1.

10

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDEDADMIRAL Chassis 16G9B, 16UG9B,

3. Set the sweep generator to sweep the channel to be checked. Setthe marker generator for the corresponding video carrier frequencyand sound carrier frequency. Use 3 volts bias. Check each channeloperating in the service area for curve shown. In general, adjust.ment performed in steps 1 and 2 are sufficient to give satisfactoryresponse curves on all channels. However, if reasonable alignmentis not obtained on an operating channel, repeat steps 1 and 2 as acompromise adjustment to favor the particular channel. If a com-promise adjustment is made, other channels operating in the servicearea should be checked to make certain that they have not beenappreciably affected.

DIP SHOULD SOUND NoNOT EXCEED 30 r MAY BE AS MUCH

OF TOTAL HEIGHT1--4.5MC --D-I / AS 10% DOWN

i_ _ _ 1 ....--" SIDE OF CURVET--MARKER, VIDEO CARRIER

I

MARKER. SOUND CARRIER

Figure E. Ideal VHF Response Curve.

TEST POINTw

Al2CHANNELSLUGS

IF OUTPUTCOAX /A5

MIXER PLATE

410 MIXER 13+ AllVHF TO R906 VHF

MIXER AMP

HEATER -TOL302

RF B+TO JCT. OFR402 B. R403

HEATER -TOPIN 4 OF V402

UHF B+

IF INPUTJACK M801

A20UHF ADJ

UHF B+

VHF ANT"X"RF AGC

TO JCT OFR409 5 8405

Figure F. Top View of VHF Tuner 94E163-10.

VHF AMPLIFIER AND MIXER ALIGNMENT FORVHF TUNER 94E203-1

Tuner 94E203-1 is a switch type VHF tuner featuring high stabilityand trouble -free operation. The inductors of this tuner are an in-tegral part of the channel switch and in general, alignment is per-manent. However, an over-all oscillator adjustment screw Al2 isprovided at top of tuner, should channel oscillator adjustment berequired after replacement of VHF oscillator tube. See figure G.If it is definitely determined that complete tuner alignment is re-quired, return tuner to Admiral Distributor for repair or replacement.

OVERALL MIXERAl2 OSCILLATOR AGC

TRIMMER

45MIXER PLATE

44.8 MC

IFOUTPUT COAX- RF

AGC

HEATER

13+ M XER OSC.TO R406

8+ VHF AMPTO R403

Figure G. Top View of VHF Tuner 94E203-1.

OVER-ALL VHF AND IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

Set AGC control fully to the left. Channel Selector on channel 12.Connect negative of 3V bias to test points "T" (IF AGC) and "X"(RF AGC), positive to chassis. Connect negative of 9 volt bias supplyto center terminal of picture guard control, positive to chassis. Seefigure B.

connect sweep generator to antenna terminals. Set sweep to chan-nel 12 with sweep output as low as possible. If an external markergenerator is used, loosely couple high side to sweep generator lead.

Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" through decoup-ling filter, low side to chassis.

Compare response curve obtained against ideal curve shown infigure H. If curve is not within tolerance, touch up the IF slugs, asinstructed. It should never be necessary to turn slugs more thanone turn in either direction. If curve is satisfactory on channel


etc., Alignment Information, Continuedchecked, all other channels should be satisfactory. IMPORTANT:When sweep output is reduced, response curve amplitude on scopeshould also decrease, but curve shape should remain the same. Ifcurve shape changes, reduce sweep output and/or scope gain untilshape does not change.

VIDEO

MARKER

60%!5%

SOUND MARKER

(MAY NOT BE

VISIBLE)

AT LEAST 90%

Figure H. Ideal Over-all VHF and IF Response Curve.


Alignment of 4.5 MC (beat interference) trap A9 requires useof a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool (part number 98A30-12).

To align 4.5 MC trap A9, tune in television station with beat inter-feyrrice pattern in picture. While closely observing picture, adjustslug A9 for minimum interference pattern.

Note that adjustment A9 is top slug (slug farthest from etchedcircuit board). Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug (slugnearest etched circuit board) as sound IF alignment will be affected.


1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allow about15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjustment locations.

2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30.12), slowlyturn slug "A6" several turns to left until a buzz is heard in sound.Then slowly turn slug "A6" to the right for loudest and clearestsound. NOTE: There may be two points (approx. 1/2 turn apart) atwhich sound is loudest. The slug should be set at center of secondpoint of loudest sound noted as slug is turned in (toward etchedcircuit board).

3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is considerablehiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, connected be-tween antenna and antenna terminals. Signal can also be reduced bydisconnecting antenna and placing it close to antenna terminals orleads.

4. Carefully adjust slug "A7" for loudest and clearest sound withminimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, reduce signalto maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A7". Note: Slug "A7" shouldbe at end of coil nearest etched circuit board.

5. Carefully adjust slug "A8" for loudest and clearest sound withminimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, reduce signalto maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A8". Caution: Slug "A8"islocated nearest bottom of shield can. Use care so as not to disturbslug nearest top of shield can.

6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustment isrequired. However, if sound remains distorted at normal volumelevel (when receiver is tuned for best sound), repeat entire procedure.*CAUTION: Do not readjust slug "A6" unless sound -is distorted. If"A6" is readjusted, all steps in alignment procedure should berepeated exactly as instructed.

ALIGNMENT OF UHF IF INPUT COIL USING ATRANSMITTED SIGNAL

Alignment of UHF IF input coil L807 (VHF Tuner 94E163-10)should be made if UHF reception is poor and after usual causes ofpoor UHF reception have been checked.

To align UHF IF input coil 1,807, tune in UHF channel withnormal picture and sound. Using non-metallic alignment tool (Admiralpart number 98A30-14) very carefully adjust slug A20 for best picture,consistent with good sound. For VHF tuner adjustment locations, seefigure F.

11


ADMIRAL Chassis 16G9B, 16UG9B Schematic, Continued

Ulf

2750

NV II WWI !Met011001 0211 a SW 1100119

7702

MOM MUMS1111114 1111111111LS.

111011-13LEO

11201 mini11,41;COuPtatrns,131110-3

miso

toe/ et WI" lifff fe/Olool ft,' of WI Nita,

11'4741",

4111

VHF TUNER 94E203-1

7701

L713

L702

L711

L710

L709L708L707

L706

L705

L704L703

Cn2FS5

afr -1,--CileaCt

ONE Ilia .14V701 ,

112515.0

1102I 30

VHF TUNER 94E163-10

5701

L.0221

100.4r" 1",:;00.1.

'''''.7.-11,1111.41111.MIalma mat

105FC7INF 111E1V7020

IS

0.726 L740

720

L719

L718

L717

L706

L715

714

C/061000

1114 24IAIN .11141

V259.98Ti0004 1r. IP MD.

tt.4.0.

UHF TUNER 94E173-1

- -r

1N82Aamt

7- cov

-so,

PO 101

4ttl_ 2AF4Bi-

.1

f I

tigrstrritat

IF I1C

LEn

4411 4a M1 1 V4011111

11 41 1111.11.1

ICI Mite

1501 01502

DE.10 (ICUS 0221115 2451$

L756

Mr 1101

00

5703

1101

1201

'00$111

liL500Fifrgc7F21

0072

0111111111t." ___..,

1113"AK

Cht 12.

r edi1eareeei1f0 01!IOW 0/1022110140

0402

L303

0302

I1101120

1

lagiumIC

L751

L750L749

L748L747L746

L705L744

L743a 0.742

.15-05.11.12L,L741

- L753ago

vmF TUNER

11111000

I

10

0 701

00T1100CO00

IMI120

L304

IClotol r

0405 0404

v301

*754

I

I

103031501

*'1":Y30I0

V702

c1250 041000 00 j

POO0304 0303 0202-1-

121.211

/01041.516.5% Og

102

AGO

/ 1141

CRS I

lac

'120 11121/302

Ai;th 111.1Murz ,1114

111110

v403 0401 v200

00 00 00 O® 00!At

L501II CxgIt

[Hi.04111

0501164200

'OFF -ON

`05. ua


ment points.Fixed resistor values shown In ohms t 10r;

tolerance, watt: capacitor values shomn inmieromIcrOfarads ± 211,1 unless otherwise specified.

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMSIsolation transformer used. Line Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast con-trol fully clockwise: all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Picture Guard or HorizontalHold controls.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted.DC voltages measured with VTV31 betw:en tubesocket and chassis. unless otherwise indicated.Voltages marked will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal input.For waveforms. controls set for normal pictdre.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.

11504

on ow

21

110001

/501

/49

1201

C 402,01 IF

Ir

-j,*. _

1141

INK

C UO

"00474I104

RESET__ _

01 0401

50 31/100111E/01

r1011Of INN

I

1501

50122000

CS501snail

COILS AND TRANSFORMERSL201 Phase Shift and Sound IF 72C 208-2L202 Quadrature Coil 72B 132-52L301 IF Input Coil 72C 132-41L305 RF Choke Coil (Orange Dot) 73B 31-4L306 Video Peaking Coil 73C 5-34L307 Resonant Choke Coll 73B 31-3L308 Video Peaking Coil 73C 5-40L309 Video Peaking Coll 73C 5-20L310 Trap Coil 73B 37-3L401 Horizontal Lock Coll 941) 17-14L402 RF Choke Coll 73B 37-9L403 RF Choke Coll 73B 37-9L501 RF Choke Coll 73B 31-1L502 Filter Choke (1.1 henry) .. 74C 18-33T201 Audio Output Transformer 79D 33-28T301 1st IF Transformer 72C 132-42T302 2nd IF Transformer 72B 207-3T303 Sound Take -Off Transformer 72C 185-2T401 Vertical Output Transformer 79D 43-20T402 Deflection Yoke 750C 350-7T403 Horizontal Output Trans. 79D 83-8

12

1087 5 .00110 IlOY

:-C"2 LION1 2018 Orr

4.5 220, =---TV ,200

104

. 2

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION16G9B Television Chassis. Schematic for VHF Tuner 94E163-10 and UHF Tuner 94D173-1 Used in 16UG9B Also Shown.

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD 14E256-6/2 6AW8A 3DT6

MX ;I Alt 500013v20 DEE.

3(03038 2222 Al ,

5

/041 201

-°°"`T60

I, NOP I/0 I /Cr. 010061 08111(414!

4105101

C209

CM .004MADE or

115

- .004141 f 03041.24

1206: I 60015604: T.04141

VOLUME020138E0

0014int

0214

4(450(0 raw 1(1/(c1II WW1 Ira, Or 1101

00201121

/10

S 1.14E6

1109 5%91045%

12CU550010 031441

v202ASO

414

301

12 INC

1304

641.5103

C 102

O 14

6KII OR 6Q111 1140

3BZ6EST IF

v301 /1187

I.141303

5%

iIC3O4110

06

alATV) 1.,

4822

.0,,,AGC -ism 1111C- $,

SYNC l c it NEC

SEP1

. v-.....

3DK6210 11v302 /400

0501

31

412

1N87A010. 011.01130?

Il1P

{4212,30

20

10 Ir170 r

150

1 C1i4 .1 33 I I

1/2 6AW8A- 4310 ic II: c01 I

1004 5% 111 511 viDE 0 IMP.Thvi4 H 1I A" "0"2325 4.1,10% I

1302 or OR if Ilia I

42.210 Fir S41f riff 1303 419, L505 L 301 130

0301410

/It

E130,5

05081.54

0111

331

4327

uJ

.0047 41

4 313

.Cj11

-011?,.4114 *20

./141/110I..1/MI'll 0/SCOVII"C/f0.

201.1,c.

simirgiji/

.420i313' 14

. C 212VF

2003

0213

22

200r 3:CI

314. 10 0.11104 Ill

2020; t li:Ti

BRIGHTNESS

I 0322 P111

14.5%1329 :1314 :

". .tto 4TR 44Igil309

0/3 11324

1315

1504

PS

5.66119

4Or0112

o %

11111111111111

19X P4,'114. Firm 71.113,

3309

L308

.005 in-

0125Etc

943421A

1.111

[001(1 10 4.101 C877/10!0(1 K00/0(5015/ focv.,.

.444,06313 !#/OK

C).410,NOISEINV.

'1413ale MEC

Ijj_

2406

1411 C41

100: ZL1_

I iy

y

t A

13t -,011413IV u. 101112

40v353

-r

2103 a II: 1414 Ar-V-"4.114701 7001

06,400

t'T3B5-6.2. /CM DU

C 4402-2 1453

INIC

=0431.101141'

1,r 10%

045?.0031114

10%

110,

HORIZ.LOCK

L40,

t.

8

-2506-25

430?.1/2

10 D E 714401

,, vEll. 050....,....,-..,+.2Hi v:020 2415

.1 4427 810 , ''ZI,Ir .....,.. )1.1 114

lrIVE111.111 111 .I44720% . 150 1 11

I CC?, -414-4...............

C4 iI 04 124

I4Sr ___4._ 1401 14244-44.--.-

T 5 W 1425Mr0011

204

.00140 !A .00021rI

'3' - C413- 1111

111

20011411801 .41420 VIII 162

1.0 VIC2.116FC

m= In

- tillVERT.H 1.115IGHT11640

1421 34.15126 242,10

0426121E0 5,

1118OM/ *0414.100121

it55 6CG7oRz

12)9L

6FQ7 PICTUREGUARD

:0x3 04y1454 NOME DSC V403 104

CONTROL pa

I\f,,1401

C45600411? 0.8

- 01!:Vs%r I

iOsi 1.1---0a

124

04.5r 1/0NOW.

I /

0456

0453 1001

1.001041

5111001 11(Clifi(11 1502CR502 t.1

11502

?IA 210

10011 100

COLO ?VC50.3

,..001114

III - Vo ...,a

50 Nt

CI-65044 ..1.. - 65041 - C5054

HIV'15441I 3501 1504 3504

111 ..,-

2454042114

110r

SOUND

OUTPUT

1ST IF

VIDEO ANP

SOUND IFCR301

ENO If VIDEO DEE

tar AC ISO! kV. REV

1101 01507-Lf""))--Of.i4COM

001('loll 01 1414 AO If

virloolorilf ROOK, milMM/t. 4010 40011*4tr/00.. 14/02244! 141400

5

14400111,o 01 (111415(/1 /02Ill'!.

MEM

461214

6451=01511

1.114

HORIZHOLD

5%

1201

4462

6004

172

0

010

0460

1-1.041

3113

4425145

((Or 3W

1410051

"Orroillf

2161

104141

'Wm1/2 IODE7040 4311.030./0014131

001111 v4028

2.248[6

1403

0411111.

VERT. cmLIN. 205050'

501

(081

.0- 54(41.

121

1230521- 5 OF

0004

Tool A

03201_1v,.

1G3GToR W131541100: 2/08F

1 K311.4.11201131E1119

v.06

119

DANPERv405 L402

eElivÎt

3.511

114121

1211.011

C11517

I10311.

L4034 To oio I lo till10 Off. Oi 1101

9E4

Zip 91120

1E0

2,4E5

FE

-1-340

Ur.

,821

431- 71,7,

2314C

2100

FOCUS

itdoriN Sff 141110110414 117044 oforotiol

1011/If( lf404441 101rill Flo SfIlior of40211041.

II 1f1511f0 11100.403 IlISCOOlfCIf O.

81402LOC 41E1

NOCE

-OUTPUT

DANPER

6G9BV701 --2FS5

V702 --5FG7

V201 -30T6

V202-12CU5

V301-3816

V302 --30K6

V303-6AW8A

V304-19XP4V401 -6K11 or 6011

V402-100(7

Y403 -6C07 40 6FQ7

Y404-1200641V405--12AX4GTA/B

V406 --1G3GT/1K3

CR301 --1087A

16UG9BV101--201V102--5CG8

V201-3DT6V202--12CU5

V301-3016V302 -30K6

V303 6AW8AV304--19XP4.

V401 --6K11 sr 6011

V402 -100E7

V483--6CG7 or 6F07V404 -12006A

V405--12AX4GTA/8

V406--1G3GT/1K3V801--2AF4B

CR301--1N87A

CR401-9385-6

13

11 11401 C*I01OSC

801111

SOUND

0E1 ej

NOISE INV

SYNC SEP ICOED ACC

SOUND41010 AMP&

OUTPUTMID IF

CR30025211 210 If 010f0 Off

1303 301

PICTURE

TUBE

0301

1114 P.0 1501

205011 481-06'.14ctso1L

'(..1 SOCKET


ADMIRAL Chassis 16.G9B, 16UG9B, etc., Service Information, Continued


The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is used solelyto adjust the receiver for optimum operation under all signal condi-tions.

Note: This control is set at the factory and will not normallyrequire field readjustment.

Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picture bending,tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However, these sameconditions can also be caused by other troubles in the set.

If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as instructed.1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.

2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.

3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls to maximum (fully to right).4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the point wherepicture is weak (loses contrast).

5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Hold con-trol (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending of verticallines at top of picture.

6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picture justbegins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Then veryslowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point at which picturebending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.

7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approximately 10degrees further to the left.8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Picture shouldnot overload and should reappear immediately after changing chan-nels.

IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made onthe strongest TV station received. If adjustment is made onlyon a weak station, AGC overload may occur when a strong TVstation is tuned in.

Note: For Picture Guard Adjustment see following paragraph.


The Picture Guard control cannot be set properly if the HorizontalLock, Vertical Hold or AGC controls are out of adjustment. Beforeattempting to adjust the AGC control, see information under "AGCControl Adjustment".

PICTURE CENTERING TABSNovo tabs closer fogad,* or

farther apart to cantor pis's...

VHF ANTENNA,_TERMINALS

HORIZONTAL HOLDCONTROL RANGE

ADJUSTMENT


CIRCUIT BREAKERRESET SUTTON

* AGC CONTROL

SILICON RECTIFIERS

SPEAKERTERMINALS

The Picture Guard control is used to improve sync stability inareas (especially fringe areas) where interference caused by ignitionsystems, switches, motors, etc. results in an unstable picture. NOTE:This control has been adjusted at the factory. It should only beturned from its original position if picture is unstable (jitters orloses sync) due to noise.

To adjust, turn Picture Guard control (at rear of set) to the rightuntil picture becomes stable. A compromise setting of the controlmay be required in areas having both strong and weak signals. Ifthe control is set too far right, picture may overload on strong signals.

IMPORTANT: Keep Picture Guard control as far to the leftas possible while still maintaining good sync stability on allchannels. If control is turned too far to the right in a strongsignal area, picture instability may result.

HORIZONTAL SWEEP ADJUSTMENTMake adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears" when

switching channels. If the Horizontal Oscillator tube V403 (6CG7)is replaced, the Horizontal Hold control may require adjustment.1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakest station,set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal picture.2. Adjust Horizontal Hold control to sync the horizontal sweep cit.-coil. If the picture cannot be locked -in at approximately the mid -rotation setting of the Horizontal Hold control, perform the followingsteps for complete horizontal sweep circuit alignment.3. Connect a jumper wire from junction of R452 (680K) and R453(1 Meg) to ground to short out oscillator control voltage from Hor-izontal Phase Detector, CR401. Connect a jumper wire across C452(.0039 MF) on Etched Circuit Board. This effectively shorts out theHorizontal Lock coil L401.

Adjust Horizontal Hold control until one horizontal blanking bar(from top to bottom of picture) appears on the screen. This bar maywaver back and forth slightly which is normal. If this condition isnot reached when Horizontal Hold control is at approximately mid -rotation, change the position of the built-in jumper that is connectedbetween R458 and R469. Short R458 or R469 with jumper or leaveboth unshorted to obtain one horizontal blanking bar when HorizontalHold control is set to approximately mid -rotation.4. Remove jumper from C452 (.0039 MF). Adjust Horizontal Lockcoil, L401, until the horizontal blanking bar appears on the screen.Remove remaining jumper wire. Picture will lock into sync. Ifpicture does not lock -in, trouble shooting of horizontal circuitry isnecessary to find source of trouble.

FOCUS ADJUSTMENTChange only to improve focus)

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING SPRING

To correct picture tilt, loosen screw on

yoke reloining spring Rotate yoke

until pietuce is stroight Tighten

screw

YOKE PLUG


To correct improper picture heightor vertical (rarity, alternatelyadios, NIGHT and VEST. LIN.

*DETAILED ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION GIVEN ON OTHER AGES

Rea View of Chassis Showing Adjustment Locations (UHF Tuner in 16U091 Chassis).

* PICTURE GUARD

14


ADMIRALDEFLECTION YOKE

YOKE RETAININTo correct picture lilt, loosen screw on

yoke retaining spring Rotate yokeuntil picture is straight Tighten

screw

PRING

VHF ANTENNA

TERMINALS

VERTICAL LINEARITY

HEIGHT

To correct improper picture height

or vertical linearity, alternately

othust HEIGHT and VERT. LIN.ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD

14E308-1

PICTURE GUARDSee information under "PictureGuard Control Adjustment".

HORIZONTAL LOCK

FOR MODELS USING

16D9, 16D9B,16UD9, 16UD9B,

16F9, 16UF9

PICTURE CENTERING TABSNor. tabs Mow together or

'miner sport to order *two.

HV COVER

A SC CONTROLse intonation under "AOC Coo -

trot Athuriment".

CIRCUIT BREAKER/ RESET BUTTON

AC INTERLOCKSOCKET

HORIZONTAL RANGE

PROVISION FOREARPHONE JACK

The material on pages 15 through 20 is exact for sets listed above, at right.Remote control Chassis 16E9 and 16E9U, used in Models PS940, -U, PS942, -U,PS949, -U, have practically the same main chassis and different tuners. AlsoChassis 16J9, -B, 16UJ9,-B, used in Models ST971, STU971, ST972, STU972,STF981, STFU981, STF982, STFU982, are similar but incorporate a stereoamplifier or a stereo amplifier and AM -FM radio, with switching network.

Model Chassis

1930

1931

T935

TU930

TU931

TU935

P931

P935

UP931

UP935

C951

C952

C953

C909

C971

CU951

CU952

CU953

CU969

CU971

1609*

1609*

16D9°

16UD9t

16UD9t

16UD9t

1609*

16D9°

16UD9t

16UD9t

16F9

16F9

16F9

16F9

16F9

16UF9

16UF9

16UF9

16UF9

16UF9

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT

These sets are provided with a channel adjustment slug for eachchannel, see illustration. Adjust as follows:

1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.

2. Set Channel Selector at channel to be adjusted. Set other tuningcontrols for normal picture and sound.

3. Remove Channel Selector knob.

4. Turn Fine Tuning knob to left sir right until channel slug isvisible through hole in fiber strip at front of \ HF tuner.

5. Using a non-metallic alignment tool with 3/32" blade (part number98B30-22), carefully adjust channel slug for best picture. Note:Sound may not be loudest at this point. Repeat procedure for eachchannel to be adjusted.

ATOR4T11173 6\31-a

ADJUST VHF CHANNEL SLUGTHROUGH HOLE IN FIBER STRIP I

ROTATED WITH FINE TUNING KNOB

Front View of Escutcheon. Channel Knob Removed.

Schematic for Tuner used in 16D9B Chassis.

* or 16098

t or 16UD9B

VHF TUNER 94E200-34..'"..""

OSA

---------UHF MIXER

fcoopiUHF

OSC

PICTURE TUBE

V304

102 IN 160911.161.1D9B-V702 IN 1609,1619-V902 IN 1609,16UF9

Y101 IN 160911.161.1098-V101 1k16129.16f9-R901 IN 161109.161119

NOISE INVSYNC S P.

& GATED ACC

VERT OS

OUTPUT

CR401'NORI/

PHASE

DET

VIDEO AMP

8SOONDIF

L_JESOUND0

1ST. IF

2ND IF

VIDEO

,DET.

UDRaOSC /".

00 SOUND

OUTPUT

HORIZ

OUTPUT

DAMPER

RECTIF1ER'4

or

15

010310


ADMIRAL Chassis 16D9, 16F9 (Chassis 16D9B, 16UD9, -B, 16UF9 use different tuners)

VHF TUNER 94E201-3 oR -20 img,vouuss'EN 11gL7040 L 7048 L704C

A A +A AAcT,,A_ C /04

.051-011.513=

" 6GK5. Ce )4,4,(---4. VHF AMP.

0701 1© 'F.7-13°.5

170 5

11010/74

C10011

0

070149

0

1/26CG8 oR'/26CG8A

111(13

2.29

VHF 4102407020

110,

2204

L 704D

----

A

L706HIE 101111C C132

1000

et, lye

-STRIPS

2 111111 13

I/26CG8oR1/2 6CG8A I #701 ,S700110t 4051

VHF 05C.V

/05/21 0107 1,55555M10 241.

950'

Chi4710 1000 4+

C715

1

100 C125

1000 I

1,00


ment points.Fixed resistor values shown in ohms ± 107/ toler-

ance, 1., watt; capacitor values shown In micro-microfarads ± 20,7 unless otherwise specified.

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMSLine Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast con-trol fully clockwise; all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Picture Guard or HorizontalHold controls.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted.DC voltages measured with VTVM between tubesocket and chassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages marked (.; will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal input.For waveforms, controls set for normal picture.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.

Irl r0,1510 CreiESIC 0023115 01115

ie50, M502

20420(1 110/CII011/047 CIO 0111MIMI 11!010

150110131

IA*11510149- -I

114 1

C501

.01791 7a

5501

01

1150,4704 OFF -ON 1

ado 01 12061

4011 50*- SITS 115/514Cf 1,5,1110#91112f 51r00.11r 0! 1501 Ma

10111 OS 000$ RCA, Mil

15

030439

5%

302

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD 14E1i6AW 8A 6DT6

SOUND IF AMP SOUND DE T.

?eV

9101

03058 B 0201 0201 710

101

G104

11-C102

TO III /Of 0008V I

1

500

0-*194036 21 110101/1 MOM111 I /1111

0701

°01 1101

1500.5%

!III1.2291

1.41101

2001

AGC

O 1491

nw

I

M5034426FUSE*IRE

L20/0

12021.55%

0:15r

L301I 1. 1110

R304

171.5%

L 310C321 1112

,et-ta% ISA

47.2510

o Oa,..30, $11302 6K11 OR

1509 6Q11

GATED? 140, AGCxv

S5 %JY2St

821/nr,

122001V1

3 9401

L 2018

0003 6n°17.1111144/

6BZ61ST IF

0301

67e

410517

" 0106

-v-2.0

YERT0

71

1111111111112.- 0

4011, 1

SYNCSE P

V401

Cl05.004791

6DK2ND II

0502

OW 150

V

to

0IS04

8411 .0033142.29E0 1112

124(0

ISO

1415201E

NOISES.'INV.

71-1

.1

II/3 011/1/125/11 0! 00412

No six

0302

9410 904,009 4E11

0403 -Tliti11411

1502 65

0

111111111111

_t_1104

40112 1 117

1411111

9448

114452

101

=100040?

5%

LI NEC

1111

1704

" ,1,001

93B5-6 "-UT11451HORIZ. PHASE DET.

011401 6004 6804 .1

1SY

NOVI.

-C150

I10% I10'4

I H Y

1719 9502

ton 270

2010 1

725

II 7654,10 ,F717.

. 001/51110 JIV..' ...4 1180! NO/417 SiC5 46 C5041 - 05 IC

4010 10091 508c3504 3501 350y

MOW.'

I2421/04: Al! 141170111 0114 2(102(NEISUPNC,

1111,0(IICi 1(40/RCS 0/01 21111111142 01 20N11015.

11200 700224 MI 04220//025 /00/241(5 Ctaarst 20221100ISO #44'/251 SIMI!.

16


ADMIRAL Chassis 16D9, 16F9 (Chassis 16D9B, 16UD9, B, 16UF9 use different tuners)10-011=50,

202

4.22:201

4201

'205 10 All 01 MI,4704 1467 I COI

0209

.0191

0208

1001 560

C206.001111

CI1,5 IMO Ill1141 MAWS

42201501

1; COIS

.0022111

VOLUMEAt 01

NEC /1 WI34E0 WV/

SOUND OUTPUT "Ml1414SORIO WM IESIECI It 6CU51M

A330

V202 My LAE II

IC2110210 .0133117

1.411

C4744101 /171 11 Of 4102

.01(11

9104

0%

11211

150 2

0210

5

140

I 76543

4,.201N7,

2006

1221

1 MACK

1211 2/131 wit 11111(1144'51 - 60111Mr 10 1710

f

1N87AVIDEO DE T.

CA 301

11174 AR 11117.07414611151 IYP(

T302

12.1TOP

r

44.2112

601104

r13032.42

11310

1001

C3I1

I

316

5% I I 3 5%

1/2VIfriA

wy V 303A

013

L Ii

- L305 L307

2322

1.167%

1.100 5 n306 36

0111.43261.51

13141

36110412.

C315

11111111111

1096

.1i

C317

4/00

11313 tom1.44 1501

2L30923n

4315

4321

001 5.11. Tv

UP4131

011_ Tfr.005%

1

4 63k E3_ r±1_501 1/26DE7 lrir 235VVERT. OSC VERT.

416 3- 1402A "D.

11111111111111111111

v

3005

2001VE11,-0-

HIS CIII

i

111 Oaf 11

0%

391

44241.2

11.121.1120

eft

12K

6113MO

4111

1 2.210CC/110

I

A, 1101

149GeMT .0

WI 10422

,1130

51EC 111

10

WC 1051

-4-HORIZ.LOCK

6CG7 103452 * L40I 11611 15°11.-

740111Z. OSC. ,010 !On 561 Gump1403 1001 CONTROL

O

11151

121C

-o$14

454

prsomil

-.-1405132o7 "51OT 171

-0454_...4 i_ 120,

110612.

.011111

--4--

;717

221

1477

7007 a

6451

5%

AC455-HO10%

if 0.004011 _LC163

'1001115%

0oi -:::72l Ile%

4411200

6DQ6AHORIZ. OUTPUT

1Or

HORIZ.RANGE 0160

.04110

4163,4101 0

4451

'Soo 454

4417011161

701705 4.11114141 2./026

#760'4707

fit4111.04/111

1.01144 116

1561_11/

.151311

r-700

.9.542

1.4a

60

5.543

21

0.

CPO15

10%

1311

11.21

4321

O

0 2 TN

9310

251

142013- 15. re

we BRIGHTNESS

1335

132..-22005

1321

SOK

19XP4114 PICTURE TIME

6304

3.308C311 r#71, 1 n Ill.

,iir

CONTRAST 1321

121.5%

I 43233311 11

CC';1131i50, 200Y

1/2 6DE7VERT. OSCIOUTPUT

6102 BK."'7501

0111

61411C2130

- NOR506

11101

II loll

COMM? 70 1,1, III 1141477(4PROwle 1(51 fOCOS

470 r

'300 V FOCUS Alf

CAN I 3034 f !0103: 0119

T401 l 01". .0 2if---1- 10%If-.1100

3911110

VERT. LIN.4435 I/50

AICOOM

500 V40112.

1'40_5_5

4466

MAO/

tor

1132

3 .1 ai

14026

1G3GT OR 1K3M.V. RECTIFIER

2 140615 1.5.5141

la

'Mr

6 In

1 IL

LT _ j

1CL.

PAY MY "'I.01514

1.61111

.-1C/655%1001141

QOM. R"L0103 -L

lor,7-,ffal I

-3

"4

V405DAMPER

6A X4GT13OR 6DE4

L402

17


ADMIRAL Chassis 16D9, -B, 16UD9, -B,Schematic for Tuners used in 16UD9 and 16UF9 Chassis.

VHF TUNER 94E202 -40R-21 11:0=11:1.""

Wil.1111.1a1.,11+

"1!

(/loch ORVt *CCMTZP:

UHF TUNER 94E162-7on 11

-WIt.:=118 r__

4tmlitB


The ACC control is an AGC threshold control which is used solelyto adjust the receiver for optimum operation under all signal condilions.

Note: This control is set at the factory and will not normallyrequire field readjustment.

Improper ACC control adjustment can result in picture bending,tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However, these sameconditions can also be caused by other troubles in the set.

If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as instructed.

1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.

2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.

3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls fully to the right.

4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the point wherepicture is weak (loses contrast).

5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Hold con-trol at side of set) for steady picture, without bending of verticallines at top of picture.

6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right. until picture justbegins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Then veryslowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point at which picturebending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.

7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approximately 10degrees further to the left.

8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Picture shouldnot overload and should reappear immediately after changing chan-nels.

IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made onthe strongest TV station received. If adjustment is made onlyon a weak station, AGC overload may occur when a strong TVstation is tuned in.

Note: For Picture Guard Adjustment see following paragraph.

16F9, 16UF9, Service Material, ContinuedPICTURE GUARD ADJUSTMENT

The Picture Guard control cannot be set properly if the HorizontalLock, Vertical Hold or AGC controls are out of adjustment. Beforeattempting to adjust the AGC control, see information under "AGCControl Adjustment".

The Picture Guard control is used to improve sync stability inareas (especially fringe areas) where interference caused by ignitionsystems, switches, motors, etc. results in an unstable picture. NOTE:This control has been adjusted at the factory. It should only beturned from its original position if picture is unstable (jitters or losessync) due to noise.

To adjust, turn Picture Guard control (at rear of set) to the rightuntil picture becomes stable. A compromise setting of the controlmay be required in areas having both strong and weak signals. Ifthe control is set too far to the right, picture may overload on strongsignals.

IMPORTANT: Keep the Picture Guard control as far to theleft as possible while still maintaining good sync stability on allchannels. If control is turned too far to the right in a strongsignal area, picture instability will result.


Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears" whenswitching channels. Adjustment is made by rotating flexible shaftextending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:

1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakest station,set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Picture. Important:Before proceeding, be sure that AGC control has been adjustedaccording to instructions in this manual.

2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn Horizontal Lockadjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync. Interrupt thetelevision signal by switching Channel Selector off and on channel.Picture should remain in sync. If picture bends or loses sync, adjustthe Horizontal Lock so that picture remains in sync and bending ofvertical lines does not appear at top of picture. Check adjustment onall channels; if necessary, repeat procedure.

IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using the HorizontalLock control, it will be necessary to make Horizontal Range adjust.ment as instructed below.

HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT

The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory and seldomrequires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made if 6CG7 tube(V403) has been replaced and the picture cannot be locked -in withthe Horizontal Lock adjustment or if the Horizontal Lock adjustmenthas insufficient range (adjustment only possible at extreme endrotation).

Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure that the pic-ture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical and horizontal syncindicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of only horizontal sync generallyindicates trouble in the horizontal sync (phase detector) circuitAdjust as follows:

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord.

2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakest station,set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normal picture. Important:Before proceeding, be sure that the AGC control has been adjustedaccording to instructions in this manual.

3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R" (pin 2 ofV403, 6CG7) to chassis ground.

4. Connect a .22 mf, 400 volt capacitor from test point "S" (junctionof horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R454, 12,000 ohms) tochassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock, turn receiver off whenmaking this connection.

5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range control atpoint where picture is in horizontal sync and almost remains station-ary with tendency to shift to left or right.

6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil. Sethorizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontal sync andalmost remains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.

7. Remove wire short from test point "R" (pin 2 of V403, 6CG7).

8. Set Channel Selector to weakest station. Switch Channel Selectoron and off channel, picture should remain in horizontal sync. Ifnecessary, adjust horizontal lock coil slightly to bring picture in sync.

18


ADMIRAL Chassis 16D9, -B, 16UD9, -B,

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Connect negative of 3 volt bias supply to test points "T" (IF AGC)and "X" (RF AGC), positive to chassis. Connect negative of 9 voltbias supply to center terminal of picture guard control, posifive tochassis. See figure B.

Connect signal generator high side to insulated tube shield overoscillator -mixer tube, low side to chassis near tube shield.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a decouplingfilter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect a juniper wire acrossthe antenna terminals. Set Contrast control fully to the right. SetAGC control fully to the left.

Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to warmup. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no. 98A30-13.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator against fre-quency standard for calibration.

I Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A2 for maximum.

2. Set generator at 44.2 MC and adjust Al for maximum.

t3. Set gerzerator at 44.3 MC and adjust A3 for maximum.


t5. Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust Al4 for minimum.

6. Place short jumper wire across L301.


8. Remove short from across L301. Then repeat "Step 4."

9. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response CurveCheck" given below.

'If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias to -11/2volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.

tlf necessary, keep reducing generator output so that VTVM readingwill be 1.5 to 2.5 volts above no signal voltage reading.

TO TEST POINT 47,000 OHMS

RF AGC

JCT OF C401R404 a R406

* ASBOTTOM SLUG4.5 MC SOUND

TAKE -OFF

A A9TOP SLUG

4.5 MC TRAP

A74.5 MC SOUNDINTERSTAGE

A6 JCT. OF L307 a4.5 MC PIN 7 OF V303

QUADRATURE

-----=,...-,VTVM 0.Tioll OSCILLOSCOPE

CHASSIS

GROUND =-

Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

A443.3 MC MAX.

IF INPUT

K11 or 6Q11

IF AGCJCT. OF R301,R302 L R4I3

68Z6

6CG7

60K6

* AlBOTTOM SLUG44.2 MC MAX.

4, SLUG NEAREST TO ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARDA SLUG FARTHEST FROM ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD

A 42TOP SLUG

42.7 MC MAX.

A1447.25 MC MIN.

TRAP

A344.3MC MAX.

1ST IF

A544.8 MC

MIXER PLATEON VIHF TUNER

Figure R. View of Etched Circuit Board Showing Test Point Locations andIF Alignment Data.

16F9, 16UF9, Alignment Data, Continued

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK AND IF TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment warm up.

2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Contrast control full to refl.Connect negative of 3 volt bias supply to test points "T" (IF AGC)and "X" IRF AGC), positive to chassis ground. Connect negative of9 volt bias supply to center terminal of picture guard control, positiveto chassis. See figure B.3. Connect sweep generator high side to insulated tube shield overoscillator -mixer tube, low side to chassis near tube shield. Set sweepfrequency to 43 MC, sweep width approximately 7111C. If externalmarker generator is used, loosely couple high side to sweep generatorlead on tube shield, low side to chassis. Marker frequencies indicatedon IF Response Curve.4. Connect oscilloscope high side, to test point "V" through a de.coupling filter (figure At, low side to chassis.5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figure C. Keepmarker and sweep outputs at very minimum to prevent over -loading.A reduction in sweep output should reduce response curve amplitudewithout altering the shape of the response curve.

If video IF carrier marker (45.75 MC) does not fall at the 50 to60% point on curve, position it with adjustment of A5. If curve isnot symmetrical, adjust Al.

412511C

MAR ER

(MAY II T BE

VISIB EI

455C

451511CMARKER

50500 60%


VHF AMPLIFIER AND MIXER ALIGNMENTConnect negative of 3.0 volt bias supply to test point "X" (RF

AGC), positive to chassis, see figure B.Connect sweep generator 300 ohm output to antenna terminals. If

sweep generator does not have a built-in marker generator, looselycouple a marker generator to the antenna terminals. To avoid dis-tortion of the response curve, keep sweep generator output at a mini-mum, marker pips just barely visible.

Connect oscilloscope high side through 15,000 ohm resistor to testpoint "W" on tuner, low side to chassis. Keep scope leads awayfrom chassis. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipmentto warm up. See figures Fl through G2 for adjustment locations.

Do not remove VHF Tuner bottom shield during alignment.1. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 10. Video marker at 193.25

MC; sound marker at 197.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to channel10. Check response obtained with VHF response curve shown infigure E. Alternately adjust A10 and All as required to obtain curvehaving maximum amplitude, symmetry and flat top appearance con-sistent with proper bandwidth and correct marker location.

2. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 6. Video marker at 83.25MC; sound marker at 87.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to channel 6.Check response obtained with VHF response curve. If curve is notwithin limits, compromise adjustment is required. Alternately adjustA10 and All as required to obtain curve having maximum amplitude,symmetry and flat top appearance consistent with proper bandwidthand correct marker location. After adjustment, recheck adjustmentof step 1.

*3. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 10. Video marker at 193.25MC; soend marker at 197.75 MC. Set Channel selector to channel 10.Use 15 volts bias. Increase sweep generator output to maximum andincrease *oscilloscope gain as required for obtaining usable responsecurve. Adjust Al2 for minimum response (amplitude). After adjusting Al2, conclude by repeating steps 1, 2 and 4.*Neutralizing adjustment (not in 94E200 tuners). If usable responsecurve is not obtained, connect oscilloscope to test point "V" throughdecoupling filter, see figures A and B. Note: IF amplifier must bein normal alignment. Adjust Al2 for equal peak amplitudes with dipat center of curve.

19


ADMIRAL Chassis 16D9, -B, 16UD9, -B, 16F9, 16UF9, Alignment Data, Continued

4. Set the sweep generator to sweep the channel to be checked. Setthe marker generator for the corresponding video carrier frequencyand sound carrier frequency. Use 3 volts bias. Check each channeloperating in the service area for curve shown. In general, adjust-ment performed in steps 1 and 2 are sufficient to give satisfactoryresponse curves on all channels. However, if reasonable alignmentis not obtained on an operating channel, repeat steps 1 and 2 as acompromise adjustment to favor the particular channel.

DIP SHOULD

NOT EXCEED 30 .

Of TOTAL HEIGHT

MARKER.VIDEO CARRIER

SOUNDMAAKER

MAY BE AS MUCHFe-4.5NC -.1

AS 10'/. DOWN

SIDEOf CURVE-A



Al 3VHF CHANNELDJU 5 T ME NT

B+MIXER -OSCTO PIN t OF

V202

HEATER

ASMIXER PLATE

44.0 MC

All B+ VHF AMPMIXER GRID TO JCT OF

R403 5 C301

410VHF AMP PLATE

IF OUTPUT TEST POINTCOAX "W"

VHFANT.

AI 2NEUT.ADJ.

VHF ACCTEST POINT

"x"

Figure Fl. Top View of VHF Tuners 94E201-3 and -20.

TEST POINT.X.RF 5+ VHF AMPAGC TO JCT. OF TO JCT

R404 8 C401 C301 a R403

TO HEATERSVHF AMP PLATE

13+MIXER-OSC A5TO R322 MIXER PLATE

4 .13 MC

IFOUTPUT

COAX

A13CHANNEL

All SLUGS

MIXER GRID) TEST POINT'1,"

Figure F2. Top View of VHF Tuner 94E200-3.

AI 3VHF CHANNELADJUSTMENT

5+MIXER-OSCTO PINI OF

V202HEATER

ASMIXER PLATE

ICS MC

All 5+ VHF AMPMIXER GRID TO JCT OF

R403 a MtA10

VHF AMP PLATE

VHFANT.

Al5UHF ADJ

ACKM901

AI2NEVI.ADJ.

VHF AGCIF OUTPUT TEST POINT TEST POINT

COAX

Figure 01. Top View of VHF Tuners 94E202-4 and -21.

TEST POINTY B+ VHF AMP 9+RF ARC TO JCT TO JCT OF MIXER -0SCOF R404 8 C301 & R403 TO R322C401.

UHF 0+

915UHF AOJ I

VHF AN

IF INPUTJACK MI05

UHF 0+

TO HEATA10

RS ',VHF AMP PLATE MIXER GRID)V

A5MIXER PLATE

44.8 MC

IFOUTPUT

COAX

A13HANNELSLUGS

MIXER AGCTO JCT OF0401 & C402

TEST P91NT"W

Figure 02. Top View of VHF Tuner 94E200-4.

VIDEO

MARKER 4

60%._5%


Set AGC control fully to the left. Channel Selector on channel 12.Connect negative of 3V bias to test points "T" (IF AGC) and "X"(RF AGC), positive to chassis. Connect negative of 9 volt bias supplyto center terminal of picture guard control, positive to chassis. Seefigure B.

Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals. Set sweep to chan-nel 12 with sweep output as low as possible. If an external markergenerator is used, loosely couple high side to sweep generator lead.

Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" through decoup-ling filter, low side to chassis.

Compare response curve obtained against ideal curve shown infigure H. If the curve is not within tolerance, adjust A5 to positionvideo marker; adjust Al to correct shape of curve. It should never

be necessary to turn slugs morethan one turn in either direction.If curve is satisfactory on channelchecked, all other channels shouldbe satisfactory. IMPORTANT:When sweep output is reduced,

response curve amplitude on scopeshould also decrease, but curveshape should remain the same.If curve shape changes, reduce

Figure H. Ideal Over-all VHF and sweep output and/or scope gainuntil shape does not change.

SOUND MARKER

(MAY 1101 BE

VISIBLE)

Ai LEAST 90%

IF Response Curve.


Alignment of 4.5 MC (beat interference)trap A9 requires useof a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool (part number 98A30-12).

To align 4.5 MC trap A9, tune in television station with beat inter-ference pattern in picture. While closely observing picture, adjustslug A9 for minimum interference pattern.

Note that adjustment A9 is top slug (slug farthest from etchedcircuit board).


I. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allow about15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjustment locations.*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30.12), slowlyturn slug "A6" several turns to left until a buzz is heard in sound.Then slowly turn slug "A6" to the right for loudest and clearestsound. NOTE: There may be two points (approx. 1/2 turn apart) atwhich sound is loudest. The slug should be set at center of secondpoint of loudest sound noted as slug is turned in (toward etchedcircuit board).3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is considerable

hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, connectedbetween antenna and antenna terminals. Signal can also be reducedby disconnecting antenna and placing it close to antenna terminalsor leads.4. Carefully adjust slug "A7" for loudest and clearest sound with

minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, reduce signalto maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A7". NOTE: Slug "A7" shouldbe at end of coil nearest etched circuit board.5. Carefully adjust slug "A8" for loudest and clearest sound with

minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, reduce signalto maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A8". Caution: Slug "A8" islocated nearest bottom of shield can. Use care so as not to disturbslug nearest top of shield can.6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustment is

required. However, if sound remains distorted at normal volumelevel (when receiver is tuned for best sound), repeat entire procedure.*CAUTION: Do not readjust slug "A6" unless sound is distorted. If"A6" is readjusted, all steps in alignment procedure should berepeated exactly as instructed.

ALIGNMENT OF UHF IF INPUT COIL

To align UHF IF input coil, tune in UHF channel with normalpicture and sound. Using non-metallic alignment tool (Admiral partnumber 98A30-14) very carefully adjust slug Al5 for best picture,consistent with good sound. For VHF tuner adjustment locations, seefigures GI and G2.

20


MODEL CHART

ModelTV

Chassis

C311 2088CU311 201188

0312 2088CU312 20088

0313 20A8

011313 TOUAll

C321 2088

CU321 20U88

0322 nuCU322 20UAll

C323 2086

CU323 nunC331 2088

CU331 201186

C332 2088

00332 201188

C333 2088

CU333 201188

1311 2080

LU311 200861312 208810312 20UA8

1313 2083LU313 201188

L341 2086LU341 20088L342 2088

10342 2011A8

L143 2080

LU343 20UU1351 2086LU351 201188

L352 208810352 201188

1353 2088

1U353 200861381 20/18

1.0361 200881.362 208810362 201138

1382 203310382 2001111

1389 2038111389 201188

L391 20381U391 20088

ADMIRALService material on pages 21 through 26 is exact for chassis and theircorresponding models as listed in the chart at left.

The group of chassis and their corresponding models aslisted at right incorporate a stereo amplifier and somehave AM -FM radio with stereo amplifier. The televisionsection of these sets, except for required switching addi-tions, is practically identical to sets described on thesepages and this material is applicable.

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING SPRING

To correct picture tih, loosen screw on

yoke retaining spring. Rotate yokeuntil picture is straight Tighten

,new.

VHF ANTENNA

ITCHED CIRCUIT BOARD14E303-2


To correct improper picture heightor rerticol linearity, alternatelyMiust NEICAT end VERT. UN.

* PICTURE GUARD

*WIDTH CONTRO

* AGC CONTROL * HORIZONTAL LOCK COIL

*DETAILED ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION GIVEN ON OTHER AGESRear View of Chassis Showing Adjustment .ocations. Tuner and contralti mounted on separate panel

In some models; on escutcheon In other models.

PICTURE CENTERING TABSMove tabs down moonier or larthelaped to comer picture.

FOCUS ADJUSTMENTChange only to improve Focus.

11r HIED CIRCUIT BOARD14E257-6

CIRCUIT BREAKERRESET BUTTON

* HORIZONTAL HOLDCONTROL RANGE

ADJUSTMENT

ADJUST PRESET FINE TUNING(Sets with 20B8 or 20UB8 Chassis)To insure good pictures and sound, it is

important that this adjustment be madewhen set is initially installed and adjust-ment be checked each time receiver isserviced. Note: Adjustment of preset finetuning is made from front of set with ro-tation of push -in fine tuning knob. Adjustas follows:1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes forwarm up.2. Set channel selector at channel to beadjusted. Set other tuning controls fornormal picture and sound. Remove chan-nel selector knob.3. Press "push -in" fine tuning knob allthe way in, until it engages slot in tuningmechanism. While holding knob in, turnit to the right until a definite stop is felt.Then very slowly, turn it to the left whiletuning for best picture with clearest

MODEL CHART

ModelTV

CHASSIS°

ST311 2008STU311 201108

ST312 2008STU312 201108

ST313 2008STU313 20008STF321t 2008STFU321t 20U08STF322t 2008STFU322t 20008STF323t 2008STF0323t 20008STF339t 2008STFU339t 201108

STF3414 2008STFU3415 20008STF361t 2008STFU361t 20008STF371t 2008STFU371* 201108

STF38ft 2008STFU389* 201108

With 3F2 Stereo amp-lifier

t With 653C AM -FMradio and 2PA5 stereoamplifierWith 6535 AM -FMradio and 2PA5 stereoamplifier

5 With 653 AMFMradio and 2PA5 stereoamplifier

A Suffix letter M afterchassis number Indicates separate tuningcontrol panel

sound. Note: Sound may not be loudest at this point.4. Release knob after making adjustment. Repeat steps 2 and3 for each operating channel.

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR SETS WITH20A8, 20UA8 AND 20UA8M CHASSIS

These sets are provided with a channel adjustment slugfor each channel, see illustration below. Adjust as follows:1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes for warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at channel to be adjusted. Set othertuning controls for normal picture and sound.3. Remove Channel Selector knob. Turn Fine Tuning knob toleft or right until channel slug is visible through hole in rotat-ing fiber strip at front of VHF tuner.4. Carefully insert 3/32" screwdriver blade, flexible, non-metallic alignment tool (part number 98B30-22) through holein channel indicator disc and tuner mounting brackets. Withslight inward pressure and rotation, work alignment tool intoadjustment hole of tuner. When alignment tool engages chan-nel slug, carefully adjust slug for best picture. Note: Soundmay not be loudest at this point.5. Repeat entire procedure for each operating channel.

21


ADMIRAL Chassis 20A8, 20UA8, 20B8,

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENTConnect negative of 3 volt bias supply to test point "T"

(IF AGC) and "X" (RF AGC), positive to chassis. Connectnegative of 9 volt bias supply to center terminal of PictureGuard control, positive to chassis. See figure B.

Connect signal generator high side to test point "W", lowside directly to tuner.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a de -coupling filter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect jumper wireacross antenna terminals. Set Contrast control fully to right,Picture Guard control fully to left.

Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment towarm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no. 98B30-13.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator againstfrequency standard for calibration.1. Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust Al. for minimum.*2. Set generator at 41.25 MC and adjust A2 for minimum.3. Set generator at 39.75 MC and adjust A3 for minimum.4. Short out IF input coil L302 with jumper wire.

t5. Set generator at 45.3 MC and adjust -AS for maximum.Top of core A6 should be about level with top surface of tuner.

6. Remove short from IF input coil L302.t7. With generator at 45.3 MC, adjust A7 for maximum.t8. Set generator at 42.0 MC and adjust A4 and A5 for

maximum.9. Repeat step 1.

t10. Set generator at 42.3 MC and adjust A8 for maximum.tll. Set generator at 44.2 MC and adjust A9 for maximum.t12. Repeat steps 10 and 11. To insure correct IF alignment.make "IF Response Curve Check".*If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce biasto -11/2 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.tIf necessary, keep reducing generator output so that VTVMreading will be 1.5 to 2.5 volts above no signal voltage reading.

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment towarm up.2 Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Contrast control fully toright, Picture Guard control fully to left. Connect negative of3 volt bias supply to test points "T" (IF AGC) and "X" (RFAGC), positive to chassis ground. Connect negative of 9 voltbias supply to center terminal of Picture Guard control, posi-tive to chassis. See figure B.

3. Connect sweep generator high side to test point "W", lowside directly to tuner. Set sweep frequency to 43 MC, sweepwidth approximately 7MC. If external marker generator isused, loosely couple high side to sweep generator lead, lowside directly to tuner. Marker frequencies indicated on IFResponse Curve.

4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" througha decoupling filter (figure A), low side to chassis.

TO TEST POINT 41,000 INNS

CHASSIS

CROUND "=

1210'NMI

TO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPE

Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

41.25 MC

MARKER

(MAY NOT BE

VISIBLE)AT LEAST 90%

42.0 MCMARKER

40%

4.5 MC

APPROX. 3.8 MC

43.5 MC

MARKER

47.25 MC

MARKER

45.75 MC

MARKER

50%1060%

45.0 MC

MARKER

30%


A24I,2SMC MIN.

TRAP

a A13TOP SLUG

4.5MCSOUND TRAP

Al2BOTTOM SLUG4.5MC SOUND -

TAKE OFF

Ail4.5MC SOUND

INTERSTAGE

Al 04.5MC SOUND

DETECTOR

20UB8, Alignment Information, Continued

Al47.25MCMIN. TRAP

5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figureC. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to pre-vent over -loading. A reduction in sweep output should reduceresponse curve amplitude without altering the shape of theresponse curve.

If video IF carrier marker (45.75 MC) does not fall at the50 to 60% point on curve, position it with adjustment of A7.If curve is not symmetrical, adjust A9.

VHF AMPLIFIER AND MIXER ALIGNMENTConnect negative of 3.0 volt bias supply to test point "X"

(RF AGC), positive to chassis, see figure B.Connect sweep generator 300 ohm output to antenna term-

inals. If sweep generator does not have a built-in marker gen-erator, loosely couple a marker generator to the antenna term-inals. To avoid distortion of the response curve, keep sweepgenerator output at a minimum, marker pips just barelyvisible.

Connect oscilloscope high side through 15,000 ohm resistorto test point "W" on tuner, low side to chassis. Keep scopeleads away from chassis. Allow about 15 minutes for receiverand test equipment to warm up. See figures F and G for ad-justment locations.

Do not remove VHF Tuner bottom shield during alignment.1. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 10. Video markerat 193.25 MC; sound marker at 197.75 MC. Set ChannelSelector to channel 10. Check response obtained with VHFresponse curve shown in figure E. Alternately adjust A14and A15 as required to obtain curve having maximum ampli-tude, symmetry and flat top appearance consistent withproper bandwidth and correct marker location.2. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 6. Video marker at83.25 MC; sound marker at 87.75 MC. Set Channel Selectorto channel 6. Check response obtained with VHF responsecurve. If curve is not within limits, compromise adjustment isrequired. Alternately adjust A14 and A15 as required toobtain curve having maximum amplitude, symmetry and flattop appearance consistent with proper bandwidth and correctmarker location. After adjustment, recheck adjustment ofstep 1.

*3. Set sweep generator sweeping channel 10. Video markerat 193.25 MC; sound marker at 197.75 MC. Set Channelselector to channel 10. Use 15 volts bias. Increase sweep gen-erator output to maximum and increase oscilloscope gain asrequired for obtaining usable response curve. Adjust A16 forminimum response (amplitude). After adjusting A16, con-clude by repeating steps 1, 2 and 4.

*Neutralizing adjustment. If usable response curve is notobtained, connect oscilloscope to test point "V" through de -coupling filter, see figures A and B. Note: IF amplifier mustbe in normal alignment. Adjust A16 for equal peak ampli-tudes with dip at center of curve.

4. Set the sweep generator to sweep the channel to bechecked. Set the marker generator for the correspondingvideo carrier frequency and sound carrier frequency. Use 3volts bias. Check each channel operating in the service areafor curve shown. In general, adjustments performed in steps1 and 2 are sufficient to give satisfactory response curves on

A6MIXER PLATE ON VHF TUNER

45.3 MC MAX.

A3 1 A439.75MC MIN. 42.0M0 MAX.

TRAP IF INPUT

IL302

COIL

Q

ELBE

6076

A7 A5 A A8 *A945.3MC MAX. 42.0MC MAX. TOP SLUG BOTTOM. SLUG

1ST IF 2ND IF 42.3MC MAX. ..44.21AC MAX.3RD F I

* Sale NEAREST TO ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARDA SLUG FARTHEST FROM ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD

6AW8

6611 OR 6011

OTEST POINTJCT OF L305

R3I9

OIF AGC JCT. OFR304 a R406

AGC JCT OFR404 a R405

Figure B. View of Etched Circuit board Showing Test Point Locations and IF Alignment Data.

22


ADMIRAL Chassis 20A8, 20UA8, 20B8, 20UB8, Service Information,all channels. However, if reasonable alignment is not ob-tained on an operating channel, repeat steps 1 and 2 as acompromise adjustment to favor the particular channel. If acompromise adjustment is made, other channels operating inthe service area should be checked to make certain that theyhave not been appreciably affected.

DIP SHOULD

NOT EXCEED 30 .

OF TOTAL HEIGHT

t _ _

MARKER. VIDEO CARRIER

1-*--4.SMC

JSOUNDIVRER

MAY BE S MUCH

/ AS 10% DOWNSIDE OF CURVE



A17 A15 13+VI4F AMPVHF CHANNEL MIXER GRID TO R403 VHF MAR PL ATEADJUSTMENT

8+MIXER -0TO PIN 30

V202

HEATER6.3 VAC

A6MIXER PLATE

43.3 MC

VHFANT.

A16NEUT.A0,1.

*x.TEST POINT

IF OUTPUT TEST POINT VHF AGC TOCOAX TO JCT. JCT OF R404,

OF R300 9 C300A R405 8 C401Figure F. Top View of VHF Tuners 94E201-11 and -14.


Set AGC control fully to the left. Channel Selector onChannel 12. Connect negative of 3V bias supply to test points"T" (IF AGC) and "X" (RF AGC), positive to chassis. Con-nect negative of 9 volt bias supply to center terminal of pic-ture guard control, positive to chassis. See figure B.

Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals. Set sweepto channel 12 with sweep output as low as possible. If an

Continued

Ml A15 13+VH£ AMP A14VHF CHANNELADJUSTMENT

MIXER AGCTO JET OF8302.8304a C400

8+MIXER-OSCTO PIN 30f

V202HEATER6.3 V AC

A6MISER PLATE

45.3 MC

MIXER GRID TO R403 VHF AMR PLATE VHF ANT.

WIF OUTPUT TEST PONT

COAX TO JCT.R300 it C300A

A18UHF ADJ

JACKM901

A16NEUT.ADJ.

.x.TEST POINT

RF AGE TOJET OF R404,R405 9 C401

Figure G. Top View of VHF Tuner 94E202-15.

external marker generator is used, loosely couple high side tosweep generator lead.

Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" throughdecoupling filter, low side to chassis.

Compare response curve obtained against ideal curve shownin figure H. If the curve is not within tolerance, adjust A7 toposition video marker: adjust A9 to correct shape of curve. Itshould never be necessary to turn slugs more than one turn ineither direction. If curve is satisfactory on channel checked,all other channels should be satisfactory. IMPORTANT:When sweep output is reduced, response curve amplitude onscope should also decrease, but curve shape should remain thesame. If curve shape changes, reduce sweep output and/orscope gain until shape does not change.

SOUND MARKER

(MAT NOT BEVISIBLE)

AT LEAST 90%

Figure H. Ideal Over-all VHF and IF Response Curve.


The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is usedsolely to adjust the receiver for optimum operation under allsignal conditions. Note: This control is set at the factory andwill not normally require field readjustment.

Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picturebending, tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However,these same conditions can also be caused by other troubles inthe set. Adjust as instructed below:

1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls to maximum (fullyto right).4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the pointwhere picture is 'weak (loses contrast).5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Holdcontrol (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending ofvertical lines at top of picture.6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picturejust begins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Thenvery slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point atwhich picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approxi-mately 10 degrees further to the left.8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Pictureshould not overload and should reappear immediately afterchanging channels.

IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made onthe strongest TV station received.


The Picture Guard control cannot be set properly if theHorizontal Lock, Vertical Hold or AGC controls are out ofadjustment. Before attempting to adjust the AGC control, seeinformation under "AGC Control Adjustment".

The Picture Guard control is used to improve sync stabilityin areas (especially fringe areas) where interference causedby ignition systems, switches, motors, etc. results in an un-stable picture. NOTE: This control has been adjusted at thefactory. It should only be turned from its original positionif picture is unstable (jitters or loses sync) due to noise.

To adjust, turn Picture Guard control (at rear of set) tothe right until picture becomes stable. A compromise settingof the control may be required in areas having both strongand weak signals. If the control is set too far right, picturemay overload on strong signals.

WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

Width adjustment is made at the factory and generally willnot require field adjustment. Adjust as follows:1. Turn receiver on. Allow a few minutes for warm up.2. Tune in channel with normal picture. Set brightness andcontrast controls to maximum (fully clockwise).3. Loosen screw on yoke retaining spring. While holding rearof yoke (for preventing tilt), slide width sleeve in or out ofyoke coil for obtaining full picture width, plus a slight amountof overscan. Width sleeve should be at top of tube neck.4. After adjusting width, be sure yoke is seated against bell ofpicture tube. Check picture tilt. Tighten yoke screw.

23

300 n

INPUT

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I

ADMIRAL Schematic for 20A8 Television Chassis Stamped Run 10.

Schematic for Tuners Used in 20UA8, 20UA8M and 20U138 Television

Chassis Shown on page 26.

VHF TUNER 94E201-14 oR-16 J94E201-14 USED IN 20AR194E201-16 USED IN 2088

L 704A L7048

A A -4-C 101

6GK5SO

C70215

10%

C 70+1

10%T

T 701

goo,-r ono

1M701

VHF AMP.v 701

/MY

2

.471

14--4_;u1

O

IF ACC

0109.5-3.5

C7011

100

5L 704C--,1511T5-

17040

cm 1-Is /26CG8 OR AA

_v.-- 1/2 6CG8 ACt VHF MIXER

v70211

8702

SCHEMATIC NOTESNumbers or letters inside hexagons indicate align- ;

ment points.Fixed resistor values shown In ohms ± 10% toler-

ance, 11, watt; capacitor values shown in micro- C22-14

microfarads ± 20% unless otherwise specified. 1000

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMSLine Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast -con-trol fully clockwise; all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Picture Guard or HorizontalHold controls.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted. DCvoltages measured with VTVM between tube socketand chassis, unless otherwise Indicated.Voltages marked () will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal input.For waveforms, controls set for normal picture.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.

0071:A' 111110E 011110S ON 00111011111701.

41101 1001/0h 141:4111 ANNON 10111015 MO/CATES ClOCII/Sf10111101 400 141:100 W17:01.V COM1011117101011140111/111/111411

FLACciRED

11501 M502

YOUS10 CICZ EsAC 0111

7501

MACK,

II fgMT . ON 4108

1210

M503* 26111141 CUM

CREEP/ YELLOi--5

:e. JY AC

'GREEN

.1(ler IC

ITU

r

L

Q11 (--4.

VHF TUNER

V701

14E 257-8

1706FINE TUNING C122

1000

-I-C1137.25

1707

45.4MC

1000

0327820

- CRAWL STRIPS; 2 TM 13

1/26CG8OR_J

1/26CG8AVHF OSC.v 7028

2'95Y

RIM 5-e4.74

CST1000

5U4GBRECTIFIER

V501

M504PILOT L10111 1C 51

ETCHED1/2 6AW8A

SOUND IF AMP.

v304 ElR20i .131

I4-vs",56K

C4001_I1.0 MI

C122

4200,50

T 0401-.2241

10 JAL Of1114 A MI

1501

. C502A4014I

3506

11404 I1201

CIRCUIT BOARD 14E30:

6DT6LSOUND DE ROE

V201 j 390

14011

3.;47.25MC

Al

_L

Z4.;1311

"

6BZ61ST I F

V301

42.0 MCI :1302.21(1:1

4303

33°2 202 13048302000L301 L303T

43

Or C301 gi'C303 cespos

3-13 3-1741.25mC 39.151IC 8304

1156'

1508

)4305398

_ C306

182011306 4308410 -.N.N5.,*-

221

4307ANV.2208-)I-

C306 820

04n.

12410

AGC o '4402

100118408

2008

/1.50

05028IL PONE

3506

A

GATED

ACC

6K11OR 6Q11V401

SYNC

SEP

Tll

4 VERT

101

0101100

= C426 -'5%10V

III.001 IF

86 -C,43TFI 359

7590812

T

506

110112.

1400

208E0

LAOIS;

INV.

5

C405

02141

1111193B5-6 PICTURE nut, 438

40-nw- Ma PHASE Dn. GUARD 114N R438S 2.211E0 CR 40i CONTRIII

111/ 8439 8440 1441-...w--.0-......\,---.,,,,,,--8908 6804 IMEC

1042700420- 10%

f\ r40111.1

001 el

AWL20- 9

A

I

O

100111414

1501

I HORIZLOCK

Irtli 5" 111442

HOR

R44

RAN

45(

24


g 4.51C

tI 202

_

0201.042111

16210

-.00141

42104S NEC

BASS/TREBLE

6CB6A[1 3RD IF

V303

6

!Jar

0309120

247 I

4209410

02121.404111f

,

VOLUME

me

r0213

6CW5/EL86SOUND OUTPUT

11613WED rill MESPECT v202TO COM, /11.1 V/OS) 1501

_J

.01 IF

*211I NEC

5%

7

11213_MY100

112'NEC

3

I COIN.0014f

T241

MON

1/15 001/1 SUSII/IM ONE

IO

0

1201BLUE

RED

COIN4011F

2001

R215 .10039

C2114

6011!

2004

0

M201

-C7" 3-0 ZUr 120229104

%01. 13/6 141.5°1;1i /26AW8ATS

x1 :141 II: "T VIDEO AMP.

/ V3042

L C301,41 -0311.4.1 - 9 /2" 4320

all DI WICSIN' IMF WO.

VIDEO OTT.CR301

130314 .1

I 11; J I c3314 .1 : L

119 118

47 ., I0% Io% .

8314

470 AUTON TOP

44.2 NC 42.3416

3.5VVERT

13182200

IllL305 1319 -.4Y --- es,

231

1

041 ANNA. ±BRIGHTNESS* -

L307

C324

.-11(5%

4123 R321 11331 .We5.60 l 13 IOU

new aj11324 f

15004321

igv111322 4325

21C-3217-e'inn6.IV

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD 14E257-81/26EW7 2 51

C4.08VERI OSC. VERT. Irir 4

11116

C4D20

1

41s

V40.221-1

11

.022

i

4/01

a

-lir C4i2

.01IF

1000 421

Ho .10% 0420 1421

0111

014 -C4092

8 . 4419330 410 I0791!- 01'1 2 NEC

1/26EW7VERT. OUTPUT,

0413 v40213

01621711 :Tei:321,

R333a -39K

R 326

8.24

10504

I.40s2111F

{1422

4424

2.1 NEC

1425VERT.

12041 047300,N,

.0060101.64v

Z'3 C417050201.9 lsr 0

1401

III 10011E350 4r 9 o 443

400MI - 0

111425VERT 34

2.2 NEC I LIN 0456

I (4421 IC21101500 La, 200117

NIN -_=. 504O

CHEN

4E0

11321

1104

TO 1401

23BTP41 R 332 43211

1000 F8,21-1

IoI w

I C322LI 41"

-L3081 -.UL

T 5% -032314335.22111 41011

T401

I

J

245.

in

-YELLOW

IC15117411

33 I

6CG 711 V

NO II.05C.6115 V DQ 6A

I NOW NORIE.OUTPUTV403 Ao/ V404

Ii0 Y /MJY I6202120

R4410434

012

2005% . 00- 4?

1- 0433110

4450

1206

11451 _in,

HVELRDT t HEIGHT

1421 f"'r *4293000

454E0

5100

110r

10436.041IF

100 4

4446/11441

12

tDENOTES COMPONENT401ct10011E0 ON 1452

ETCHED CIRCUIT 1161011110. 39

44551200

9.2o

4.650

5.5a

4.7a

1403

1431

I.2a

44T/ ED

RED

ILUE

4454123 a

44532.14Et

443141C420

3300 11F

1124

4NT PEE

1.54

31910012.

4

1403000

5-

0439

I(4211!

10%

1.604

5001161M402

LUC VIEV

gm

3

CONTRAST11330256

11

2305

110- 4

1101112.

11- 0V

VERT.

_4_

WNW TO 4.1 MtIrriaifrIO ProriffS 111110194

04( 19

1

.0224F10%

411.

to

ti

ti

6330

.01117114

--104111

2101

11111

A 81C4433 11461

360 2104

61G3GT OR 1N.V.RECTIFIER A460

V406217111

31402A VERT. 0E1.10

---4- 1

I

3.1011 1

NOW..-_4_

1.

220 220 ti

6AX4GTB VINT ILK

NJJ ORDRE451402

V405PLUG

RESET M401

M505PIN VIEW

Cr- IT IREMER Tr EL

-I0r - --

(L) "dam2,/,A,; IAOTAC

L _ __F ., 2 7 m. 311402 El 110112. DEF. THE

25


ADMIRAL Chassis 20A8, 20UA8, 20B8, 20UB8, Service Information, Continued

VHF TUNER 94E202-15

CONDO TOS11117 OF 101101

0920

NC/ITEM

L909.7. L9098 L909C

ONINCIS OILY II0111101. I POSITION

2901$1111211 RN TIM

L903

2122 C1/3

" L90221

CNI 2102?/ 27

L901

1901

N9C1i

322 0

Z.T12011%212,

20

L2044 L9048 L 904C/NT--0

TN AMPV901

CN/

?00

0101.1-7

Al

1100Nil

aN

IfICC

a

A 2313" V26CG8 0R-4r7 1/26CG8ACIO

S

101411E0V902A

N Ilse

AI

211221.21

1c::

MIN

UHF TUNER 94D162-12oR13- L801

4401

ISO 0111 LINI

NI LIE __? 3.C1,2,801

L002 NT 1111E1 Loos

AF4BUHF OSC

11402 V801

C102T 0"v10 TUNER MOO ILLS!

V901

121

taco

tee 41 ef4ILISTO NHS

C ION71 33

Cl/NN t247:3

. I

21012 -NC. LINE

1905 11103S.41 .3-1.0

4

ACC

"CR301 VIDEO

L9040

A

C121 1

I CNINIEL I11011 III SNIP

_

OMNI von2 rim 0

_J

V26CG8 ORL906

jam _CM

11113

INS 11

118 CNNSCOT INC

1044

cmNMI

OR40IHORIZ

PHASE DET NPICTURE TUBEDET

Virfr],

3RDIF

2NDIF

1ST IF

00

NOISE INV -N V305 --SYNC SEP

& C AT ED ACC

VIDEO AMP&SOUND IF

SOUND

DET

OUND1OUTPUT

VERT OSC &

VERT OUTPUT

TUBE COMPLEMENT

20A8 and 2088V701 -66K5V702 -6C08 or 6CG8A11201-61)T6V202-6CW

1/26CG8A 0301-6B60/EL66V302-6826V303--6CB6A1104-6AW8AV305-23BTP4V401 -6K11 or 611111402-SEWV403-6CG1

APE OSC.

V9029

V404 -611116A

V405-6AX4GTB or 60E411406-1G3GT/1K3tan fO to

" V501-5U4GB41 o JSNCH" CR301-1N87A

(Crystal Diode)CR401-93115-6

Of PM (Dual Selenium Diode)

lI/Cf 3F0015/III! 13OJ

20UA8, 20UAIIMand 20UB8

V901 -60K51,902-6CG8 or 6C6I1AV201 -60T6V202--6C85/EL86V301-6816V3112--6826Y303-6C86A1104-6AW8AY305-23BTP4V401 -6K11 or 6011V402-6EW7V403-6CG7V404-6DQ6AV405-6AX46TB or 611E4V406-1G3GT/1K3V501-5U4GBY801-6AF48CR301-1N111A(Crystal Diode)CR401-9385-6(Dual Selenium Diode)CR801-1 N82A(Crystal Diode)

TUBE LOCATIONS

V102 IN 20A8 & 2088-V902 IN 2011A8,20UA8M & 20UB8

V701 IN 20A8 & 2088-V901 IN 20UA8,20UA8M & 20U88

V801 ONLY IN 20UA8, 20UA8M & 2OUB8/

HORIZ

OSC

HORIZ

OUTPUT

Tiv-REC

DAMPER

I molim-1

_ _ J

RECTIFIER


Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears"when switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotatingflexible shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal pic-ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC controlhas been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync.Interrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selectoroff and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picturebends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that pictureremains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appearat top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-sary, repeat procedure.

IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using theHorizontal Lock control, it will be necessary to make Hori-zontal Range adjustment as instructed below.

HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock (jumper) cord.2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normalpicture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGCcontrol has been adjusted according to instructions given inthis manual.3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R" (pin2 of V403, 6CG7) to chassis ground.4. Connect a .22 mf. 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"(junction of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R443,10,000 ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock,turn receiver off when making this connection.5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re-mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.7. Remove short from test point "R" (pin 2 of V403, 6CG7).

26


Emerson TelevisionVHF RECEIVERS (TV ONLY)

MODEL CHASSIS CABINET STYLE C R T TUNERS

1524 Portable120507-A 17BJP4 471212

1526 Table Model

1528 Console120515-C 21CBP4A

1530 Table Model1540 120541-C Table Model 23XP4

1542Or

120564-C Consolette On Chassis

1544 120541-C Table Model 120541-C 4712300,

23YP41546 120541-C Console

1548 120564-C Loboy On Chassis

1552 120.541-C Table Model 120564C

Models Using Chassis120507-A, 120508-B120515-C, 120516-D120541-C, 120542-D120564-C, 120565-D

UHF -VHF RECEIVERS (TV ONLY)

MODEL CHASSIS CABINET STYLE C R T TUNERS

1525 120508-B Portable 171311'4471213 (VHF)

471220 (UHF)

1529120516-D

Console2ICBP4A

471231 (VHF)

471220 (UHF)

1531 Table Model

1541 120542-D or120565-D

Table Model 23XP4On Chassis120542-0

23YP4On Chassis120565-D

1543 Consolette

1545 120542-0 Table Model

1547 120542-D or120565-D

ConsoleLoboy1549

1553 110542-D Table Model

LOBOY COMBINATION MODELS (VHF & UHF -VHF)Note. All Even Model Numbers Are VHF Only Receivers.

All Odd Model Numbers Are UHF -VHF Receivers.

MODEL TV CHASSIS AM/FMTUNER

STEREO

AMPLIFIERRECORDCHANGER

C R T TUNERS

1532 120541-C None ;20535-B1533 120542-0 Used 23XP4 4712301534 120541-C (Chassis: (VHF)

1534-A 120541-C or 120541-C, Chassis:120564-C 120542-0) 120541-C,

1534-B 120564-C 120533-B 120536-B 819159 120564-C1535 120542-D Four- OR

1535-A120542-D or Speed OR120565-D Stereo 23YP4

1535-B 120565-D Changer (Chassis:120564-C

471231 (VHF),,471220 (UHF)1536 120541-C None

120535-B1537 120542-D Used 120565-0 Chassis:

120542.01538 120541-C 120534 B1539 120542-D (Combined AM -Stereo) 120565-D1550 120564-C

120533-B 120536-B1551 120565-D

GENERAL INFORMATION

The models described in this service note are TV receivers

featuring o new high -gain chassis equipped with aluminizedpicture tube and glare -free faceplate which can be easily removedfrom the cabinet front. All 23" models employ the new square -cornered type of CRT with bonded faceplate, which requires onlycleaning of the exposed screen surface. The front tuning systemutilized provides for ease of channel selection as well as rapidadjustment of the Contrast, Brightness and Vertical Hold controls,while the "Magic Memory" volume control employed eliminatesthe need for re -setting of the audio level each time the set is

turned on. A four -section "Hide -Away" dipole is supplied withportable models, remaining sets have a built-in antenna concealedwithin the cabinet.

OTHER FEATURES

All combination receivers in this series (models 1532 through1539 and models 1550, 1551) feature a dual -channel stereophonicamplifier with matched speaker systems for each channel con-tained within the cabinet. The four -speed stereo record changeremployed in these models is equipped with dual sapphire styli

and supplied with a 45 RPM adaptor spindle to eliminate theneed for individual center -hole inserts. Models 1538 and 1539are TV-Phonoradio combinations utilizing a combined chassis forAM reception and stereophonic record reproduction; models 1534,1535, 1550 and 1551 are similar, but feature a separate AM/FMsimulcast tuner chassis in addition to the dual -channel stereo

amplifier.

DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE, TV CHASSIS

(See also separate instructions for removal of record changer,radio chassis and/or stereo amplifier chassis where combinationsets are concerned.)

TO REMOVE PLASTIC FRONT (17" SETS);

1. Remove line plug from wall outlet and knobs from cabinetfront.

2. Remove three Phillips head screws located at bottom ofplastic front, swing bottom edge out and unhook top edge fromcabinet.

3. Re -assemble in reverse order.

TO REMOVE SAFETY GLASS (21" SETS);

1. Remove line plug from wall outlet.

2. Remove screws used to secure retaining trim strip at topedge of safety gloss and free strip from cabinet.

3. Tilt top edge of safety glass forward and lift up out ofbottom retaining channel.


NOTE: ALL 23 INCH MODELS utilize a bonded faceplate typeof CRT which requires cleaning only of the exposed screensurface.

2?


FVFIF TUNER'''PART 10.71212

'WSW DN CHASSIS N..19090/A1

V-15 2CY6 II...AMP II V-16 5CGOosc &maul

9,3MC

TO P-66.11-117

TO LI IRMO1C-$.1

of 0ONiic

TOC-43 TO C-03

rVNF TUNER4cpA lor 71230

loSTO C.AMTX3 SC V-15 2F145 R. r AMP.V-16 5C68 oscamiwa I

45.3

TO WC... I /0TO C 10111C

MAR..UM,

ANT1NMA CONVECTORSTO R-1111,47

,VHF SECTION ° 1 UHF SECTION 6 1PAM ...../.31 , P.T712 0 II unr.147cartn°0"3041 , mg..= r.c,'=,,7fo,

1V-15 2CY5 R F AMP 'V-17 204,204A osc.II V -I6 5CGO osc salmi X-2 IN82Amix V-11 I,,,

ny

aMC

V-1$ v -I6

To a....1.3

P-77

33

10 v11,041

TOC 101ACC

10 70.11.a,

To v.,Pot

I. F. OUTPUT CIRCUITS AND HEATER CONNECTIONS OF TUNERS054D OM VHF CHASSIS Nos 120602A. 5160 AND UHF -VHF CHASSIS 1205065 65N0.

FUSEF -1ISpa

5-16

LOW VOLTAGERECTIfiERSI - I

109V

1505111a11 1521

R-5070

L-11020

V -II12005A

iaMrA

93

V -I3

5W.31PST

DIST.053=0.0.061atc.sp.1ew.

11

POS I11- IA

IOC- OIAGC 15555oP11 AO,

TOR -1111A-117

VHF ANTENNACONNECTORS

I LOCAL

LOCAL - CM..

IMq:MITCH .

M0 5M,;

SW-20 r T

.z.rivar

L

EMERSON Schematic Diagram 120507A, etc.

TO C 101A0CLINII

To I. lirroMA 101

TO

NORMAL

STK Awl,V-1 3AU6

C -211001

*00,0 Of TICTO.V-2 30T6

T -I 1.c.3 r...°I 20

.111. W.. 7 ovOV 1

0130V

17;IF SECTION10310.11. ta?9,...Cli00. n210OM CNA.3513 12091011 34201 I

C.- PART Of PATTI...V -IS 2E115 e kor, T"4°saV -I6 5CG8 osca main I

rI1. I

iL` -3J

riO0

33Ct L-2

27° :0°V-5

3C86

1ST v1010 carAMP

V-43C56 130v C.

ID1VN'tISTA.C11...L ,....0..at 0 rg P,AVC!

OfICT1:4 "c, ,470 X.-D-3.--TM,-.7. C-12 R-20

..II -16 1000 -05?l120K I 1°°°5-12 11-15

EC 2200SW

0 +120v SUPPLY

AT TUNER

+140 V SUPPLY

+1300 SUPPLY

-1C-63'000

METAL CABINET12 04 IN AVER TO SE SNORTED

TO I PINUP SUPYLVI47013

O49I

Ete

iitla30C PS

I 7'11010 SCSI 12055 IC 0V-9 0-14 .10

Tay

SIPS

I

I

,

I

L HEATERS ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

V -I V-2SACS SOTS

29

P.O

0-312C 5,12C5

oal2C125S6 v

V-4

110001000;

1711,104,21CeP4A,23514

6.3V IT

tv

V-6 PTVSASS

roracriptrAMP

CONIMNT$ONlUSED OM

P- I E.

V-5 16v3016 3016

(USED ON ISIS12000111 0 1,1

TUNIS MIATINSI7 o. CON. Crier° 311loaf c.c..,

R-134 ?MEG

I.,

SYNC SoEARATCR

V-9 3CS6

CONTROL 75A0011

30 C PS

SV

.50v

ON POWER S PPLY CHASSIS EQUIPPED WITHNYLON NOUN II. FEET, R-92 5 C-62 AREOMITTED AND 5- RETURNED DIRECTLY TOCHASSIS ORO N0.1

L a11. or. 110A00

I- 1 -°-.., 4- SW -1

.L

i . ION vOtalil

C-62 4201101

-1. R92 ;

i

....MOW

P01414.14,/

WITT INT( LOCHP-3 r 8-3

[ >!a III VOLTSAC L NI160 0151

30v

300 VIDEO1 AMP

V -6ASASS

30CP5

DI

54

,-,-115 INC 411.2 MAC

71 7 T-4 rir.. ,]...:Ti 5-..-Fp... i .

I1

c - 16

I"03,I

A-22470

+ISO ,E

T

TITSCPS 7675CP,

,Tv 1CPS X -I

COMPARATORkkASI

-7 -ito

c5-451510

r111111

+130V +130v

j500R-509

-- VERTICAL 11.11A11111

.4

565

N -2Itz.000

4700

if .2,25

£H/

7075CPS

30C PS

C-45022

1C-42T

AT

130

at. OSCILLATORI V-78 8E88

-I 1510

R-111)2 MG 11-61

6O20K R-''''''

:XVIa:Olaca47s!:,C.A cA'atedgTaicc:Oracaot* SIGNIFIES TURMAN CAPAC.TONS,CAPACITY NI.CROIARADS

RESISTORS ARE IN OMM$ 1 av300 WATS/ MO I/O WATT.UNLESS OTHERWISEARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATIONLITTER T INDICATES TOP CORI, LITTER 5 iNOICATISSOTTOm CORE IN 002151 Town) TRANSFORMERS

28


305T

C-22047

33K

el

6C67\-13Tv

C,38\24.

.t.E1

100

AUDIO OUTPUTV-3

12C5,12C5/12CUSoKI2CUS

900PP

30 C PS

VIDEO AMPLIFIER

V -7A 8E881,603 R -4 0

U8 4700

8120v

4.1 ov

6002 C-25CONTRAST

7875 CPO

R-91 55

1.71110 C-36'100

R -470K

C-40

11=1- \NOT rED .18,A5

BRIGHTNESS

5004.

0

SP - I

I

T

TO R-23ON MONAURAL -STEREO

AMPLIFIERION coNIFNrioN sET3

oNLYI

L -775008

Dow

30v

R-,922°.117 SETSR.37,10018_37 R -39,220K A .

688 21 SETS

R -39, 470K23.SETSR-37, ezx

O m BOOST

71175CPS

30 CPS

HORIZONTALOUTPUT

V -II I2D06A

134

R-6220

NOTEAIPOINTS ON PHEterLIC BOARD PAARKE004.ARE cONNICTED TO Pri*ER cr.Ass.s BY8 -PIN( OCTAL I CLOG nrumBENS I - 8 INDI-CATE PINS ON PLUG D- 2 SYMBOL 0*170 NUMBERS - 8 SIGNIFIES RICIP -T8CLIS Of EL -PIN 100.1 SOCRE T ONPOWER CHASSIS

0.14"SgiM75./

+140VNOT .80 18.2NN-3 IS CIRCUIT

130V (C-6

10000r11.

--r800v R -e9

4700

N V-1412083VERTICAL OUTPUT R-67

1 C n.,

'AL SIZE

p,cTuRE TUBE

CCENTERING

UN,

OV

30v

T -7 n1004 VOLTAGE

8-3

0,000 10.000

56K

RECTIFIER

IK3OR

V-12

DAMPERV -I312 D4

02V

=TT

- 9ANORCOILS

DEFLECTION

VERTCOILS

L-99

YOKE

EMERSON Chassis 120507A, etc.

TO REMOVE POWER SUPPLY:

1. Remove line plug from wall outlet and back cover fromrear of cabinet.

2. Remove socket from base of CRT and unplug green lead(pin 2 of CRT socket) from terminal strip on power supply.

3. Disengage 8 prong plug and cable assembly from videochassis at the power supply.

4. Remove two screws used to mount interlock bracket tofloor of cabinet (combinations sets only).

5. Remove yoke clamp from yoke.

6. Disconnect high -voltage lead from second anode cavity ofCRT and discharge by shorting to tuner chassis or aquadag coat-ing on CRT.

7. Remove screws used to mount power supply chassis fromunderside of cabinet.

8. Slide chassis out through rear of cabinet while sliding yokecarefully from neck of CRT.


TO REMOVE VIDEO CHASIS, FOLLOW STEPS 1 TO 3 AS OUT-LINED FOR "REMOVAL OF POWER SUPPLY" AND;

4. Remove all TV control knobs from cabinet front.

5. Disengage speaker leads at the speaker (TV -only models)or from the speaker terminal strip mounted to floor of cabinet(combination sets).

6. Disconnect external VHF antenna (if used) and UHF an-tenna (UHF/VHF models only) from the antenna terminal strip.

7. On sets utilizing an independently mounted antenna term-inal strip, remove mounting screws and free strip from cabinet(Do not remove on sets where antenna terminal strip and mount-ing bracket are secured directly to chassis).

8. Remove two hex -head screws used to secure fibre mount-ing board at front of chassis to cabinet (21" and 23" sets only).

9. On 17" sets only, remove three hex -head screws used tosecure rear chassis -mounting bracket to cabinet and slide chassisout to rear. On 21" and 23" sets, remove two Phillips head screwsfrom top and two Phillips head screws from bottom of rearchassis -mounting rail and slide chassis out to rear.


DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES; RADIO, STEREO

AMPLIFIER AND RECORD CHANGER

TO REMOVE RECORD CHANGER:

1. Remove line plug from wall outlet and back cover fromrear of cabinet.

2. Disengage AC connector and both audio plugs from bettom of changer.

3. Remove plastic cable clamp used to secure audio cables tochanger and disconnect remaining wire from ground lug locatednear dual sockets.

4. Remove "C" clips from bottom of three changer -mountingbolts and snap toggle clips (located on same three mountingbolts) into vertical position.

5. Set speed control on changer to 16 RPM.

6. Remove changer by lifting out through top of cabinet.

7. Re -assemble in reverse order, taking care to replace greenaudio cable in top, black audio cable in bottom of dual socketat base of record changer.

CHASSIS Nos.120507A,1205088,120515C,120516D,120541C,120542D

29


EMERSON Chassis 120564C, 120565D

TO REMOVE STEREO CHASSIS 120535B AND 12053613 (USED INMODELS 1532 TO 1536 AND 1550, 1551) FOLLOW STEPS 1 TO 3AS OUTLINED FOR "REMOVAL OF RECORD CHANGER" AND:

4. Remove all stereo amplifier controls knobs from cabinetfront.

*5. Disconnect speaker leads from both left channel and rightchannel speakers.

6. Disconnect speaker leads from stereo amplifier at terminalstrip mounted to floor of cabinet.

7. Disconnect th. AC line cord (used to supply power to thestereo amplifier) iron interlock on TV power supply. Mark inter-locks in some manner to maintain proper line cord polarizationduring re -assembly (see page 2).

8. Remove pilot light assembly from bracket by sliding offto rear.

9. Disengage 9 -prong power cable and 5 -prong audio plugfrom tuner chassis (AMFM-Phono combinations only).

10. Remove hex -head screw and washer from lower mountingbracket at front of chassis.

11. Remove hex -nut and washer from upper and lower mount-ing brackets at rear of chassis and remove chassis from cabinet.


*NOTE: Mark speaker connections in some manner to assurecontinued proper phasing of the stereo channels after re-assembly.

TO REMOVE AM/FM TUNER CHASSIS 120533B (USED IN MODELS1534, 1535, 1550 AND 1551) REMOVE STEREO AMPLIFIER CHAS-SIS AS OUTLINED ABOVE AND;

1. Remove all tuner chassis knobs located inside record changercompartment.

2. Disconnect FM antenna, loosen screws used to secure FMantenna terminal strip and free strip from cabinet.

3. Disconnect both leads from AM loop antenna.

4. Remove three hex -head mounting screws located at lowerleft, lower right and center of plywood chassis mounting boardand remove chassis from cabinet.


TO REMOVE AM/STEREO CHASSIS 120534B (USED IN MODELS1538 AND 1539) FOLLOW STEPS 1 TO 3 AS OUTLINED FOR "RE-

MOVAL OF RECORD CHANGER", AND;

4. Remove AM tuning knob and stereo amplifier knobs lo-cated inside record changer compartment.

5. Disconnect both leads from AM loop antenna.

**6. Disconnect speaker leads from both left channel and rightchannel speakers.

7. Disconnect speaker leads from stereo -amplifier at terminalstrip mounted to floor of cabinet.

8. Disconnect AC line cord (used to supply power to stereoamplifier) from interlock on TV power supply. Mark interlockin some manner to maintain proper line cord polarization duringre -assembly (see page 2).

9. Remove pilot light assembly from bracket by sliding offto rear.

10. Remove four Pa!nuts used to secure chassis -mounting boardto cabinet front and remove chassis through rear of cabinet.


"NOTE: Mark speaker connections in some manner to assure con-tinued proper phasing of the stereo channels after re -assem-bly.

0 1111,1-07

VHF TUNER1511' Ne .171250

1 U510 01005515 MG 12016a

V -I5 2FH5 R. F11111. I

I V-18 5C08osc motel

1001611'[

r-i_-_ 177_,el)TO ft 16,1-11

I VMF SECTION 1 UHF SECTION 6 1

t.s. wiTh um. 51C/i0.1T2701 1105101.14 VNO ITC,. ,166, Is1 ti. 712 57 0.1,6,67.220

IosI

OM Co1351566120565co IV -I5 2FH5 R i AMP V -IT 2AF41.2AF4Aosc

IV -I6 5C613 osc MIX/RI X-2 INII2Aris v179 4 "--44-16

P.S.RORRIAL 680

4' R-8/ 1680

11. -

SW-2Loc.LI

CONNICTOPS

D / I

met=1.131101.11101011,06.11

6

F -I

TO C 10I4C OnTOR Illitogot1

UM INTINNA COMMICIORS

To C 0116C .1T !MIR 8

5V

0157.1C1 101/1.

SW 53 ltrv's17.:L

s.o=.44:Z:os

I F OUTPUT CIRCUITS AND HEATER CONNECTIONS OF TUNERS

I OSF c-5

I.6A.F 20081250MF

"778

I 4i'I IV,'

L

L -II

li - 802000

.0.-1T:

0 .14o v SUPPLYAM

074',"

I 0.250 V SUPPLY

R-612000

k oucFvO41101LTA61 C - 621 717.0 - 311

I12050 T12030SE -1

-79

2099

V-,3CS8

40,AC1

V -I3AL16

29 3v1AC

15

1.W,11°

I 30V SUPPLY

C - 621000

611T.C61111IV-11 V -IS - Ar

two PI 11761 70 61 sncoulD12 D068 12 0 P08111 SUPPLY CRA59

AC1 69 9, :ACIr r

V -I48185

nC

V-1013C01

1

I

V-2 V-6 21 5vtAcl V-5 ID SvISCI V-1I3 0 T6 5.4 Se \, 3086 /i - 3C86

26 9VIACL

5 9vIAC1 I

50 5 IACI

V-3RCS .12C 5,1

01.12[05

C 55 C - 56 C-57 C-511 C-591000 10001 11000 11000 1.1000

HEATERS ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

L01217 F414/(001o4 cOnNICriONS 911

Fun!! a WAG..

J

!1-70111161.

C1111

5,6,17 001 LOCKS -I P -I

[ 117 VOL/5AC 1185ISO CPS)

30


EMERSON Schematic Chassis 120564C, 120565D

SMC AMPV-1 3AU6

AVOID DETECTOR

V-2 3076T -1-4.7.44-1 1820IHNIN DOTS 1 7

I

T.P.

R-81500

SP -I NOT USED ON COMBINATION MODELS

AUDIO OUTPUTV-3

12C5,12C5/12CU5onl2CU5 T-2

2

07

+130V +230V +140V

ET of

-26V

II firrs

3-1-/'9-105

R-171200 56

1;714- 07

6#06.

274

vap0 C4-44 ; aD,I0I

EST;

V-4 V-53CB6 ,, c 3CB6 ,.,

I

-29v

T-3 \

1-741--4-----WV1--47 C-12 0-20.1is moo1120K

-C15I °°°: 15-12 17-111

2,2MM) 2205vW

R-134,71016

FE,_

42:MEG

1--

IS K

I-110.000 0-24' 5 -17-1-NEW -4

2204,0

lo

qT

) CPS

01 MACRO

3OCP5

SYNC 51AARATOR

V-93CS6

7875 CPS

0-427 3,02011

+130V

ALL POINTS MARKED ARE TTO CONTROL BRACKET

v_30 CPS

9- ON ROA.

SM-1011 -Off

ION'-CONTROL/

5-52

5-561.51610

VERTICAL HOLD

X5005r-_-- VERTICAL LIEU OD.

+130V

+1300 7875CPS

C-41-.V TO -94V.022

VIDEODETECTOR

V-6135A58,

C -I96,2

cgOI4 23-

80

470 ;V+ :O.0-25

T. P.

11111

P;i! L30 CPS

7675CPS

7875 CPS25VP -P

5v TO 25

VERT OSCILLATORI V-70 8E1381

30 CPS

VIDEO AMPLIFIES

V -7A M88T PI

L-11 RT-6

330UN 1700t

C t7ISO' 4200Sv

3.4v 2200

L -5A100 C-2UN 04

11058 521100. 03 Ov

o

321 R6i11 CONTRAST

78750 PS

ov TO 201.1

2V TO 9v

SP

TO 0ON MONAURAL-STONO

ION 601:11711.ATITN160011.1ORM

5W 6/1 L -7p TT 750.111700

+130V

R-571500NOR. MOLD

225V TO 250v

."-C - 45 MOTIMM 14

1-510 R-61 -2.25E6 j_ MA .

-A7 4200 3,,:tE11.=0-.2

250

P-2,t4,71,11gt.1.47.11.,

S-2WCONNICTOTROCTALMOC611

0.11001 wt.NALLALL POINTS ON PHENOLIC 80400 MARKI00-1.ARE CONNECTED TO POWER CHASSIS BY19-2N (OCTAL / RUG NUMBERSCATE PINS ON PLUG P - 2 515001v/1H NUMBERS I -11 SIGNORS RICIP -TACITS Of 11- PIN IOCTAL I SOCHI 1 ONPOWER CHASSIS

250 V

HORIZONTALOUTPUT

+250 V

T -8

PICTURE TARE

23YP4V -B

M-1 CCENTERING

UNIT

ov ra .1C

T WRZCTIFIER I

OR

1K3V -I2

R - TE T

DMPIRV -I3

oo1204

1 8-75680

C

1 0-76480

1+250V DEFLECTION

42500

CHASSIS Nos.1205640,120565D

1 SIGNIFIEST MICRO- .s.F 5".1.s 0° C.A.rtranovatigiv. IN

SIGNIFIES TUBULAR CAPACITORS, CAPACITY IN MICROFARADS

RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS 001000 0.5151 AND I/O WATT,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATIONLETTER T INDICATES TOP CORE, LETTER El INDICATESBOTTOM CORE IN DOUBLE TUNED TRANSFORMERS

iI

VERT ICOILSL-98 I

FI

YOKE

31


EMERSON Alignment Information

GENERAL ALIGNMENT NOTES

A. Connect TV chassis to AC supply using a 1:1 ratio isolationtransformer.

B. Set tuner to highest unused channel and allow chassis andequipment being used to warm up for 10 minutes or more.

C. -3 volts bias through a 10K resistor to AGC testpoint (junction of R-15, R-16 and C-12).

D. Maintain signal generator output no higher than necessaryto produce readings not in excess of two volts and use insulatedalignment tools for adjusting.

E. Video IF alignment requires the use of a shim for signalinjection. This can be easily constructed by pasting a thin pieceof metal foil (approx. 1/2 x 2 inches) on a slightly larger piece ofheavy paper. Insert this shim between the tuner mixer tube andits shield in such a manner that the foil side faces the tube.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT1. Connect high side of marker generator to metal foil on sig-

nal injection shim, low side to chassis through 1,000 mmf capa-citor.

2. Connect VTVM (-5 volt range) to video detector test point0 (junction of L -5A and 1-5B).

3. Peak the following for MAXIMUM indication on meter atthe frequencies specified:

a) T-5 at 44.25 MCb) T-4 at 45.1 MCc) T-3 at 42.6 MC

4. Adjust L-2 (41.25 MC trap) for MINIMUM indication on me-ter at 41.25 MC.

5. Adjust 1-3 (input coil) in towards base of coil for. MINIMUMindication on meter at 43.1 MC.

6. Adjust T-9 (tuner plate coil) for MAXIMUM indication onmeter at 45.3 MC.

7. Re -tune 1-3 (input coil) for MAXIMUM indication on meterat 43.1 MC.

To observe the response curve, remove VTVM and connectan oscilloscope through a 10K isolation resistor to video detectortest point (junction of L -5A and L -5B). Connect sweep generator

to metal oil on signal injection shim (along with marker)and set frequency of generator to sweep highest unused channel.Adjust output of sweep generator to produce about two voltspeak -to -peak on scope and reduce output of marker generatorbelow level where distortion of the response curve occurs.45.75 MC marker should fall between 65% and 70% down fromcenter of response, 42.75 MC marker should fall between 50%and 60% down from center of response.

R-99 C-65

R-19

SE-1LTA

Low VOGE

i

55555*'POWER

SUPPLY

T-8

DAMPERCI 1e3GT OR 400VOLTAGE RECTIFIER

..420 g2fgo

(4-12

T-7

-1I I I

!_-"11HOR. OUTPUT

TRANSFORMER

P-3 F -IAC INTERLOCK .

POWER SUPPLY, CHASSIS 120564C,5650, USING VOLTAGE DOUBLERSELE NIUM RECTIFIER ASSEMBLY

POWER SUPPLY, CHASSIS 120507A,508B,515C,5160,541C, 5425 USINGSINGLE SILICON HALF -WAVE RECTIFIER

R-1119 C-65

L-11

0-50

5^2DAMPER

POWERSUPPLY

81-1(1)

og-Te 10E1

-69

C-64

MDO6AHOW OUTPUT

(.11-771

-71 -1 FFF-IP-3 1.25 AMP

AC INTERLOCK

C-514,6

MOAT OR 1145.141044VOLTAGE RECTIFIER

`V-12

wwwww

Chassis 120507A, 120508B, 120515C, etc.

Fi -57HOR HOLD

SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Using a strong T.V. transmitted signal, adjust T-6, soundtakeoff transformer, bottom, and T-1, sound interstage trans-former, top and bottom, for the loudest sound.

2. Adjust L-1, quadrature coil, for clearest and loudest sound.If two peaks are encountered, use the position where the slugis closer to the circuit board.

3. With the antenna loosely coupled to the set, (simulating aweak signal) repeat step No. 1, tuning for maximum volume andminimum distortion.

4. If a V.T.V.M. is available, measure the voltage across R-6,560K resistor. Voltages should be between -3 and -10 voltsand not vary by more than 3 volts between a strong and weaksignal.

5. Check sound on all channels and repeat entire procedureif necessary.

4.5 MC VIDEO TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Tune in a local station and adjust the fine tuning controluntil a 4.5 MC beat is visible in the picture.

2. Adjust T-6 (top) for minimum 4.5 MC beat on screen.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT (RE. Fig. 1)

The horizontal oscillator con be aligned without removing thechassis from the cabinet. To accomplish this, tune in a known"good" channel, set both the LOCAL and FRINGE switches inthe NORMAL position (down) and proceed as follows:

1. Disable sync by shorting test pointOto B- (printed circuitchassis). Do riot short to power supply chassis.

2. Set Horizontal Hold control to center of range and adjustL-8, horizontal phase coil, for momentary lock -in (Picture willsway from side to side due to absence of sync).

3. Remove short from test point 0 Picture should nowremain in sync when switching channels without the need forre -adjustment of the Horizontal Hold control.

ADJUSTMENT OF 'LOCAL' AND 'FRINGE' SWITCHES

Local and Fringe switches have been added to these sets topermit easy adjustment of reception from local and distant stations.

For strong local signals which may cause buzz, streaking,vertical jitter or loss of grays (washout), push "LOCAL" switch up.

To obtain a steady picture in noisy fringe areas, push"FRINGE" switch up.

For normal operation in most areas, push both "FRINGE" and"LOCAL' switches down.

V-4SC216VID ED

IF AME

L-3ASA MC

50:4.. Fig. 1 -Tube Location and Alignment Points Diagram(COMBINATION

MODELS ONLY, Power Supply and Etched Printed Circuit Board Chassis

V-312C5.

I2C5/12CUS,

AUDWUT

L-2

V-230T6

AUDIO DETECT.L-4

4.5 Mc

AI 25MC

1-342 ANC

sass3r.2 VIDEO .0.

2FFZEOF

0 T-415.1 MC

L-8

0 V-10SCOT

NOR. OSC

CONTROL

714.5 020 V-1

SAVAAS NC A@

7-6

\IOC

O

R-8ON-OfF

PUS11-111.11111VOLUME

R-32CONTRAST

0V-7RES@VIDEO AMP

VERT osc. R-38V-9 BRIGHT

SC S6 0SEM54TOR 0

R-63VERT SIZE

- X- IPHASE

COMPARATOR

ACK(BEVELED EDGE,

V-1412085

VERT. OUT.

NOTE ON CHASSIS 120564C,5650. V-14 IS 5E125

F1-5111VERT HOLD

0R-59

VERT. LIN

32


EMERSON Chassis 120507A, 120508B,HORIZONTAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT (REF: FIG. 1)

The chassis described in this service note have been designedfor proper horizontal sweep under the normal changes usuallyencountered in line voltages. Variations from proper width maybe compensated for by removal or installation of R-69 from thehorizontal circuit as shown in the schematic diagram for thechassis concerened. It is not necessary to remove the chassisfrom the cabinet to accomplish this, since R-69 is mounted on aterminal strip located on top of the power supply chassis,approximately one inch from the interlock plug.

PRODUCTION

etc., Servicing Information, ContinuedAlways remove line cord plug from outlet before performing

the above adjustment. Do not attempt to remove (or re -connect)R-69 with power applied to the chassis.

VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS

Vertical size and linearity may be adjusted from the front ofthe cabinet after removal of the Brightness and Vertical Holdcontrol knobs. Insert a fiber alignment tool or a long thin screw-driver into the hollow Brightness control shaft to adjust verticalsize, and into the Vertical Hold control shaft to adjust verticallinearity.

CHANGES:

CHASSIS 120507A, 508B, 515C, 5160, 541C, 542D

The schematic diagram 4 shown in its latest condition at time of this printing. Pre.vious chassis may differ slightly, as some c-ianges were incorporated during the course of productionThe chart given below lists all changes to dote, as well as identifying the chassis concerned. It shouldbe noted that any chassis marked ith a given triangle also contains all previously affected changes.For example, a chassis marked will also have all modifications for that chassis under Z.S,and

NOTE. Any letter outside (Ex ,LA) indicates a change in the RF IF/VIDEO chas .is, anyletter inside a triangle Ex 1 indicates a change in the power supply chassis.

AREA INDICATEDON SCHEMATIC

MODIFICATIONS INCHASSIS MARKED

PURPOSE OFMODIFICATION CHANGES EFFECTED

AChassis. 120507A

AATo improve vertical linearity attop of raster

R-67 changed to 820052, 1 watt(was 680012, 1 watt)

AChassis: 120507A

A B

To increase range of horizontalhold control

R-55 changed to 470K (formerly 820K in parallelwith 220K)

R-90 (2.2M) added between pin 7 of V-10 and Bminus.

R-91 added between pin 2 of V-10 and B plus, 130V.R-85 changed to 470K and re -wired from junction ofR-55 & 12.57 to B plus, 130V (formerly 330K fromjunction of R-55 and R-57 to B minus.

AChassis: 120507A

120508BA 120515C

1205160

Couplate not necessaryN-3 (couplate) deleted from circuitC-65 (10,000 mmf -1KV added from grid (pin 2) of

CRT to B minus.

AChassis: 120507A

12050861205150

Increased reliability factor C-49 changed to .1 mfd-600V,(was .1--400V)

120516D

AChassis:120507A A C

To eliminate possibility ofwhite compression

R-31 changed to 10 ohms,(was 3.9 ohms)120508B

12051501205160 A

A120515C

Chassis:120507A1205088 C

Not needed on chassis withinsulating grommetscircuit.R-92 (470K) and C-62 (10,000 mmf.) deleted from

B minus grounded to power supplychassis.

120516D

120541C1205420 A

CHASSIS: 120564C, 120565D

nA A (or higher) coding indicates that the CRT focus electrode (red lead from base pin 6) has beenre wired to B 250V instead of B minus to improve picture focus. When replacing the CRT, bothpossible methods should be tried and the lead should be connected to the terminal which resultsin best overall focus.

2)Z B lor higher) coding indicates that R -I 1 has been changed from 470 ohms to 220 ohms for thepurpose of increasing tuner B to provide slightly higher RF gain.

33


EMERSON Chassis

1

120507A,

3PIN 0,p-2

I

120508B,

4

etc.,

1 5

Servicing

1 6 1 7

Information,

8 I 9PIN 10 CRT

SOCKETt

Continued

10

(1) <1 c 7 ,, Tmerson A

A D ° 'A, 0 C7 r, r ,';-, , x, 1-4r-----

I°74-1: .

ts` 4 (:4 I> 1--(),,

D \`..p '47i" (> D

c-8,---\ ,.0i ..1 i>o A

A

C1-4:,:.-0' rL

''\..

B

,,pT 1111 VO16b!...,9i- Ns< -1> '

1"- 7 3-11, IA)6I 0 ° 1- BSW -3 L-1 rqr24.

a''a 1

<I<I f), cDi

C.',N P 0 R-40E>- -13 Cir) 41

r -R-6-) (?'"): r. c, , OAH c..6 j ,..).. 2mrr .....,) -4,v "TV..., vD0

L./INPUT,.,

,a PT ,..) Z1< `' ,,,) 0;.-- .,(0 ,( 4 (T-5) 012, v- ,,,,9,

-Ps--'10.:,'

-4700 --I 2W

21TERM.Tn rSTRIP

j it..\--, kr D1 0 L - 64

VHF

E411.----------.-TUE,N4E5'-' t-/ :?(.7tt-', . t fq;) L-50 T- 6C-59 c.., Nn s-l'A%.-_,_l

E 6,3 c, ,-,-,'.9., 0

_0

0*,_< t):

Nrp.zi,,, I> i/ a 1A., , 0, a t>

E

u, , ft, 0 73\...

ru '

C 0 C i ., t, L 4 ,P CO0- Al, IV

..."''''. < '7 4111 9 \ "0 ( 0 \ 4i,;10 )41-83' '4,9\ .1.7 40 ..., F1? % r.>/ l> ' >FTUNER.___ Ao 1 S r. r) r.HEATERS

1, I? a 1 q, 4c, ,P. 0 piN itA° CRT

-51 i < r- _,.., SOCKETN

,--C".0 ),pi ,-, C1.

..,.,,,, ,..,/,--C-27---i1:,, 1

r r e!vh-") 2--r-' ." /3 x (6vHF '-' ,I, ,......." r-"N- Fs 4r...--_____- .4. 0 OE ,.,..-AGC ,...,, 0 c 1..u, & GG 7---r --, . \.5) ,- a ii'ss, F ,,,., v 40 ,-R-65, I. I.

73 -1D i9 1 \--,,c,:',9, .'ir) C-30 9 1 0 c..41PING, e.2 1 sr I 4.A 2'0: '. 9 , > 1.-------

,:'9 2? it> `6).?..., 01,ii,_C ° C-43 4.1it ^R C'l. 0 n

H ''--1371z. P, > ;,,,,, -1? V' s ct.-6 6q" A I. HL4

I- n3 r rr 73 23,,,'_3 .1 S 'A..53 V.-10

73 ' 1 ' KA 1 - .,,,,, 26^ i't ti. 0 1 .- -0 ... ri w r) , in otL:10 .1

J

C-39 1;:----,, 0, ea\

-. 4f. cis ? 0 y li'-, rsr -R-3,3-, 4 ,.t. t> 12 ti' 0 to C-450 txI> 0 4 <1

.C. 4 -; T. CE-4j L :S''

J

C-46

(Separate conditionsSTEREO chassis.service note.)

VOLTAGES ANDconditionstest point (unction

age and woveshapedue to componentchassis under test.

RESISTANCE

PIN 1,

1

CONDITIONS

applyFor details,

WAVESHAPESpicture

ofreadings

tolerances

1

I' 2

1 2

Fig.

FOR

to readingsrefer to

were takenand sound).R-15, R-16)

obtainedand

READINGS,

3

2- Etched

VOLTAGE

takenpage 26 in

underAGC voltagewas minusmay vary

strength of

TV

I

-.-Pm 6, P-2

4 I 5

Printed Circuit

AND RESISTANCE

on AM, FM, orsection III of this

actual operatingdeveloped of

four volts. Volt-± 20% in value

input signal to

CHASSIS 120507-A,

6

Board Chassis

RESISTANCEreadingsminimum± 10% due

All MEASUREMENTStuner chassistained atresistanceall waveshopes

508-B,

1

PIN 3,

7 1

(Top

READINGS,

READINGSare affectedvalues arelo normal

,unless115 voltsmeasurements

shown.

515-C,

,P-2

8

View)

ALL

were takenby control

given.component

were tokenotherwise

AC. A VTVMand

516-D,

9

TV CHASSIS

withsettings,

All resistancetolerances.

betweennoted),

wasa low capacity

541-C,

10

no power applied.bothreadings

pointswith line

used for allprobe

542-D.

Wheremaximum and

may vary

indicated andvoltage main.

voltage andwas used for

SYMBOL TUBE TYPE PIN 1PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN 7 PIN 8 PIN 9

V1 3AU6 1 0 7 6.5 1M 1M 220 - -V2 3DT6 4 560 6 6.5 '1.5M 1M 560 - -

. v 3 12C5/12CU5 180 15C1 to 850K 14 16 151/ to 850K 1M '2M - -V-4 3C66 1.1M 56 3.5 4.2 1M `1M 0 -- -V-.5 3CB6 1.1M 47 4.2 5 1M 1M 0 - -V-6 SAS8 1M 0 180 5 6 4.7K 0 0 1MV.7 8E88 0 500K to 1.9M 6M to 6.5M 9 7 1011 to 60012 340K 1M 1MV-9 3CS6 1.3M 0 9 10 40K '50K 1.7M -- -V.10 6CG7 '360K 450K to 600K 1K 14 12 2401 1.3M 1K 0V -II 12006 N. C. 18 N. C. 1.5M 2601 N. C. 22 0 Plate Cap 6008

V12 103GT INFINITE Plot. Cap 600K

V -I3 1204 N. C. N.C. '3901 N. C. 606 N. C. 18 16 -V.14 120135 '2M 100 2.3M to 2.8M 12 10 2.3M to 2.8M 100 N. C. 3M

Pin 6 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12

V8 CRT 0 4.71 0 1901 or 3201 75K to 250K 1.5

NOTES: All resistance reading given are in ohms, "K" is Kilohms, "tiA" is Megohms. Indicates varying resistance: allow 30 seconds for meter to settle.N.C. Denotes no connection at terminal indicated.

34

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONEMERSON Chassis 120507A, 120508B, etc., Servicing Information, Continued

,- 413`,"1141,1""" PIVZ7'io(--)

V-3 Yu

-co.Im*L1K-110$1101111110A ,....-- v- 2 t2C57121115, o ::"'--. \ 111.1-11/11.0411/11110$ OF110 ATries - 3576 MG./5 i ' ;t4411117111.migpsesemonn. Alp ALUM, D Li\ 4. 1st

1.011FLOT TO 011111111i 4' ...' e, 1110011t Of C... V'44W. / s 1 TOLT$4111s I

TI. -1110 POWB

...."444.4 \v., ,/ N. te \ ......'$\*. - 1.-1 ,.-2 Bj 4wee Y-4, \ 3C86.3AU6 I . \ '''. T-0 ''' I /0 ) * "P/-14k w s N .0._.-----3.4

TYCO 44 Pe

D i . / \3 \ I *) \ T- 3 ..........., L-312 ithIC /2 4311,C1-13

'..521C, \ ,..-.3 of '''`,, 11". ./...\,V-7 %....---- , V-6 120v ..C.* . .T, T''./O0 BE B_§ 51198 i $1$A '''''

E k) I' titAoTiil_ s:.:"'"' `...,3'.'',...` 32- ' i ) \1 E4: 25U ,,,,,,,s V-5 \-'' \

,ee,, r. ,e' ---', ..,,i I, 4. 3C66 ii, 1...,,,,,,gee tr

"4-112914\ 4 i% .:411 .....7.,

,A / ..., ,. .,...../ ,u \ do" 1F

120V0,---.--'4' v-, e'".... " 4 4$ 11/C sT \ 14

FO -___.."414 1 F

t (a ,0 \. : - 4., . 011111C

T , /tirrait 40; rei 'iH - $ $ +t H(0. r. co.i ..s, e 7 *41.41) tt,........,_

1 1' k ,.,...

k,s ;..J

..,/,..,...0r.... Q., J

10 I 9 1 8 I 7 I 6 1 5 1 4 1 3 I 2 I 1

Fig 3 -Etched Printed Circuit Board Chassis (Bot. View)

SYMBOL -COORDINATE CHART (REF -Fig 2 and 3) Sym. Coor. Sym. Coor. Sym. Coop. Sym. Coor. Sym. Coor. Sym. Coor.C 2 D-6 C-19 E-5 C-36 H-4 C-53 1.9 TP C F-2

Sym. Coor. Sym. Coor. Sym. Coor. Sym. Coor, Sym. Coot. C-3 A-5 C-20 E-6 C-37 G-2 C-54 1.10 TP D E-6R-1

R-2R-3R-4R-5R-6R-7R-8R-9R-10R.11R-12R-13

D-6B-7A-6A-8B-5D-4B-7B-10A-4D-1

.8-9F-1

F-1

R-16R-17R-18R-19R-20R-21

R.22R-23R-24R-25R-26R-27R-28

E-2

D.1F-2D.3D-4E-3E-4

F-4E-90-4E-6E-6F-6

R-31

R-32R-33R-34R-35R-36R-37R-38R-39R-40R-41

R-42R-43

E-10D-10J-2D-9A-7B-8F-10G-10A-9

B-9F-8H-6

R-46R-47R-48R-49

R-50R-51R-52R-53R-54R-55R-56R-57R -S8

H-5G-5H-4H-4H-40.3H-211-2

J-2J-3H1H-1H-10

R-61

R-62R-63R64R-65R-66R-67R-82R-83R-848.85R-88R-90

G-9H-9G-9H-7G-71-6H-7E-10F-8G -IH-1F-9G-3

C-4C5C-6C-7C-8C-9C-10C-11C-12C-13CAAC-15C-16

A-6A -SD-4D-5A-8A-2G-1D-1F-1

B-2B-3D-3F.,*

C21C-22C-23C-24C-25C-26C27C-28C-29C-30C.31C-32C-33

E-6D-6D-8E.8

E-9F-6F-8

G-6H-50-5J-4H-4H-5

C-38C-39C-40C-41C-42C-43C-44C-45C-46C-47C-48C-49C-50

J-31-2

G-8H-9H-8H -B

J-5J-9H-8

C-55C-56C-57C-58C -S9C-60C-64

I.-1

L-21-3

L-4L-5L-6

F-6F-5G-3F-2E-2G-10F-7

11-4

0.3E.1

8.68-70.9

L-11L-12L-13

T-17.2T-3

'1-47.51-6N-1N-2X-1

F -S

E-2

B-6B-1

E-3F-4D-5E-8

G-7G-8H -S

TP E

TP FTP HV.1V-2V-3V.4V.5V-6V-7V-9V-10V-14

G-7G-4D-4D-7B-5A-30.2F-38-5F.7G-611-3

1-7R-14R-15

G.1D-1

R-29R-30

E-78.8

8-44R-45

H-6H-6

R-59R-60

H-91-9

R-91C-1

H-20-8

C-17C-18

G-58.4

C-34C-35

H-2.1.4

C-51C.52

1-7.

L-8A-70.2

TP ATP B

A.10D-9

*Bot.View Only

RESISTANCE READINGS TV CHASSIS 120564-C, 565D

Symbol Tube Type Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin S Pin 6 Pin 7 PIn 8 PIN 9V-1 3AU6 1 0 7 6.5 25K 25K 220 - -V-2 3DT6 4 560 6 6.5 *220K *27K 560 - -V-3 12C5/12CU5 180 150 to 850K 14 16 150 to 850K *25K 025K - -V-4 3C86 lhk 56 3.5 4.2 *25K *25K 0 - -V-5 3C66 1M 47 4.2 S *25K '25K 0 - -V-6 5A58 25K 0 180 5 6 4.7K 0 0 25K

..V-7 8E38 0 500K to 1.9M 5M to 5.5M 9 7 100 to 6000 340K 25K *27KV-9 3CS6 900K 0 9 10 *26K *40K 1.5M - -V-10 6CG7 120K 400K to 500K 1K .re 14 12 *39K 1,3M 1K 0V-11 120Q6 N. C. 18 N. C. *23K 260K N. C. 22 10 Plate Coo c°V-12 1G3 -G7 INFINITE Plate Coo 00V-13 1204 N. C. N. C. CO - N. C. 23K N. C. 18 16 -V-14 8EM5 23K 100 2.3M to 2.8M 12 10 2.3M to 2.8M 100 N.C. 24K

Pin 6 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12V-8 23XP4 0 4.7K 0 23K 82K to 220K 1.5

NOTES: All resistance readings given are in ohms, "K ' is Kilohms, "M" is Megohms.* Indicates varying resistance: allow 30 seconds for meter to settle.N.C. Denotes no connection at terminal indicated.

35


r

EMERSON Chassis 120536B and 120533B used in 120541C, -564C, -565C

RIGHT CNANN21.

S -S

RECORD CHANGER

Fl9-2 So!20.1.0 S211 I

II

IDui,/;1"1';1togi11T/

L-.712: TZVe(1=11221.11

-

__ V :q:n

c-

SW -5 r -s

21.1./1D DOT

MONAURAL AND STEREO AMPLIFIER BOARD

011

CHASSIS No. 120536B

-

AM TUNER BOARDAM v

v-1 .. 1 453 IWO

V -2-.v.,. 611E6, r*. 6BA6

.11 1M -1

zio:Ic.61

FM TUNING UNIT114111.11. 2211T .7.111 . OSC

V-5(A)6DTB V-SIES6DTEI

7's L-9 J LYJIi

,1011V121110,1.1

1° 0,,9;.'!:;.,, c _ i i , 30

C-32 C-33' _75-15-_

-2-

i "

'-'

2-i 12". Tic-,

I ,1:... ...."eonIR213,..

I..NO

..ta.1 61

NTINNA1300 OHM

_4241.0"SW -4

APC SWITCH

2«0 PM 1 AMP

V-46BA6

41.10.0 DM,V-HATI2Ax?

ROUT

.010 u1.1V.2

251H5

coils

=:U'rV-3

25E145

SW -5secrioN 4-110ITIOM

FUNCTION SWITCH1.0111 V112/1

2,1.111/1 ....... C01.110.ClOC1111111001111100-.

POSIT101151.001211111

2 - 121

- 11110110

*CERMIC CAPACITORS CAPACITY IN MICROISICROFARAOS

*TUBULAR CPACITOR 3,CAPACITY IN NICRO-FARDS

RESISTORS IN ONSISI X 1000 010.131ANCi WATTUNLESS NOTED.ALL POINTS ARC RICO TO CONTROLSNACKS T

174. FS DETECTOR

- 5-3A R -E R -IIr000 2.800

IST FM 1.1 AMP

V-3 6BA6

FM TUNER BOARD

io

100

IIN542

j Tr)11 .R-50 -12

.000 00

T -I

onlw saeUST

SI.1

RICrorilit

CHASSIS No.120533B

1

2"!

SP -2

R23 TO T-21 100 ON T V

C

...

NOTE

*igtrIkT, '''''''''''''''CRISCRvED 01EriaLs,REFER TO .312SER...SAW ON PAGE 2

r Noy

TOISTaTOZ.ROL

3 Cr ON a I t r NNE.

1 0111 IICON112CT IT11

P -s P-3PAGAN P.M

e - 0

FT] ;SECTIO

H E A T E R S

II -33IONS.

P -5NR Slot

ICONNICT nn -ON ININANAL.ATIRPO ''''' el

P -6cm worn - 00.

SIONA.FRAL0

3 G


Emerson TelevisionVHF TV RECEIVERS - MANUALLY OPERATED

MODEL CHASSIS STYLE CRT VHF TUNER1626 120530-C

Table Model 19XP4 4712511628 120552-E 4712711632

120549-C 23CP4 471225

1636 Console1640

Loboy Console16441648

Console

LOBOY

16561660

16801684 CONSOLE1672 120555-E Table Model

19XP4 4712281676 Portable

Chassis: 120530C,

120549C, 550D, 551C,

120552E, 553F, 554E,

120555E, 556F, 557E

UHF/VHF TV RECEIVERS - MANUALLY OPERATED

MODEL CHASSIS STYLE CRTVHF

TUNERUHF

TUNER1629 120553-F 19XP4 471272 4712601633 Table Model

1637 Console1641 120550-0 Loboy Console 23CP4 471226 471227164516491657 Console16611681 LOBOY1685 CONSOLE

1673 120556-F Table Model 19XP4 4712291677 Portable

COMBINATION MODELS - VHF, UHF/VHF, VHF WITH WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL

MODELTV

CHASSISREMOTECHASSIS

AM/FM-AUDIO CHASSIS

STEREOCHANGER STYLE CRT

VHFTUNER

UHFTUNER

1668 120549-C -120566-B 819167 Loboy

Consoles 23CP4471225 -

1669 120550-D - 471226 4712271670 120551-C 471235 471225 -

VHF TV RECEIVERS WITH WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL

MODELTV

CHASSISREMOTECHASSIS STYLE CRT

VHFTUNER

1630 120554-E 19XP4 4712711634 Table Model

1638 Console16421646 120551-C Loboy Console

23CP4 4712251650 471235

1658 Console16621674 Table Model1678 120557-E Portable 19XP4 471223

FUSE REPLACEMENT (23" SETS)Chassis 120549C, 550D and 551C (all 23" models) utilizea new chemical -type fuse and fuse holder not found in pre-vious Emerson sets. This type of fuse, which affords maxi-mum circuit protection while eliminating needless failurescaused by momentary surge currents, is equipped with akeying arrangement which prevents insertion of similar typefuses of a different rating. When making replacements, useonly Emerson part number 808232 or Belfuse number 500-1.

SPEAKER REPLACEMENT AND PHASINGProper speaker phasing must be maintained in all modelsusing more than a single loudspeaker, and particularly incombination models featuring stereophonic sound repro-duction.To check speaker phasing in TV -only models in this series,place a 3 -volt battery across the secondary winding of theaudio output transformer and note whether or not all conesmove in the same direction at the same time. If they.do,speakers are properly phased; if not, reverse connectionsto the speaker whose cone moves in opposition to the re-maining speakers in the system and re -check.To check for proper phasing in combination models, firstset the ON -OFF switch on the AUDIO chassis to its OFFposition. This will place both speaker systems in paralleland connect them to the TV chassis audio circuits.Speaker phasing may now be checked in the same manneras described above for "TV -only" models.CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE CHASSIS WITHOUT

SPEAKERS OF A SUITABLE DUMMY LOAD.

PRE -DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION (SERVICE HINTS)I. Removal of the TV receiver chassis is not necessary

to service the remote control unit found in sets featur-ing wireless remote control. This can be easily per-formed by disengaging the plugs and connectors perti-nent to the remote control chassis, removing the re-mote control chassisfrom the cabinet, and then re-connecting the appropriate plugs.

2. On 19 inch sets featuring top -mounted controls (models1672 to 1678), both sides of the chassis can be serv-iced without removing it from the cabinet. To accom-plish this remove the back cover, plastic front and theCRT, which is held in place by four self -tapping screws.Turn the yoke completely around so that it faces theback, re-insert the CRT from the REAR of the set(anode cavity must face UP), and re -connect the socketand cable assembly to the CRT anode cavity, using astandard high -voltage extension.

3. When disassembling any model using more than a singleloudspeaker, always identify each of the individualspeaker lends in some manner to insure against improperphasing of speakers during re -assembly (See also"Speaker Replacement and Phasing" on this page).

DISASSEMBLY OF 19 INCH MODELS 1626 to 1630NOTE: Removal of the safety glass requires only removal

of the top -retaining trim strip at the cabinet front.I. Remove line cord plug from wall socket and back cover

from rear of cabinet.2. Remove all knobs from cabinet front.3. Loosen screws used to secure antenna terminal strip

and free strip from cabinet.4. Unplug socket and cable assembly from base of CRT.5. Remove yoke clamp from yoke.6. Disconnect high-tension lead from anode cavity of

CRT and discharge by shorting to chassis frame. Donot short to any metal parts on cabinet.

7. Disengage cable connector located between wirelessremote control chassis and tuner assembly (remotesets only).

8. Remove two hex -head screws used to mount rear tunerbracket to cabinet.

9. Remove all hex -head screws used to mount speakerand control panel to front of cabinet.

10. Remove two hex -head screws used to secure topchassis -retaining brackets to cabinet.

11. Remove five hex -head chassis mounting screws fromunderside of cabinet and remove chassis through cabi-net rear.

12. CRT may now be taken from cabinet by removing fourmounting nuts and washers located at.corners of CRT.


37


EMERSON Chassis 120530C, 120549C, 120550D,DISASSEMBLY OF 19 INCH MODELS 1672 to 1678

To remove plastic front:1. Remove knobs from front control panel.2. Remove 3 Phillips head screws from bottom edge of

plastic front.3. Pull bottom edge out slightly and remove entire front

by lifting straight up.4. Disconnect leads from speaker, noting their positions

for proper re -connection during assembly.To Remove CRT, follow steps 1-4 above and:

5. Remove cabinet back.6. Remove socket from base of CRT.7. Remove yoke -retaining clamp.8. Disconnect high -voltage lead and short to chassis.9. Remove four hex -head screws (used to mount CRT to

cabinet) and remove CRT.To Remove Chassis, follow steps 1-8 above and:10. Remove VHF indicator dial from tuner shaft.11. Remove hex -head screw used to secure VHF tuner to

cabinet (located 2 inches above fine tuning shaft).12. Remove two hex -head screws used to mount remote

control chassis to cabinet (remote sets only).13. Remove UHF indicator dial from UHF tuner shaft and

remove mounting nut from threaded shaft bushing (UHFsets only).

14. Remove hex -head screws used to secure chassis tocabinet and remove by sliding out to rear.

15. Re -assembly in reverse order.

DISASSEMBLY OF ALL 23 INCH MODELS

To Remove CRT:11. Remove line cord plug from wall outlet and back cover

from rear of cabinet.2. Disconnect CRT socket from base of CRT.3. Remove yoke clamp from yoke cover.4. Disengage high-tension lead from anode cavity of CRT

and discharge by shorting to chassis frame. Do notshort to metal cabinet ports.

5. Remove hex -head screws (used to secure lower edge ofCRT mask) from underside of cabinet front. Pull loweredge of mask out and down to free mask from cabinet.

6. Remove four screws from mounting lugs at corners ofCRT and remove CRT through front of cabinet.

To Remove TV Chassis, follow steps 1-4 above, and:7. Remove all knobs from TV control panel at front of

cabinet.8. Loosen screws used to mount antenna terminal strip

and free strip from cabinet.9. Remove four nuts used to mount control panel to

cabinet.10. Remove two hex -head screws used to secure rear

tuner -mounting bracket to cabinet.11. Remove four screws used to mount UHF tuner to

cabinet (UHF sets only).12. Disconnect speaker leads at the speakers.13. Disengage cable connector located between remote

control chassis and tuner assembly (remote sets only).14. Remove two screws used to secure top chassis -mount-

ing brackets to cabinet.15. Remove five chassis -mounting screws from underside

of cabinet and remove chassis by sliding out to rear.16. Reassemble in reverse order.

DISASSEMBLY OF AM -FM -STEREO CH. 120566B

1. Remove line cord plug from wall outlet and back coverfrom rear of cabinet.

2. Remove all knobs from AM -FM -Stereo chassis (insiderecord changer compartment).

3. Disengage 3 -prong AC connector frOm base of recordchanger.

4. Disconnect both the red and the blue shielded audiocables from dual socket at base of changer.

NOTE: Red cable must go to top, blue cable to bottom ofdual socket during re -assembly.

5. Remove pilot light socket assembly from lower cornerof cabinet front by sliding from bracket.

6. Disconnect FM antenna, loosen screws used to mountantenna terminal strip and free strip from cabinet.

7. Disengage AM antenna leads from loop inside cabinet.8. Unplug AC interlock cord from rear of chassis.9. Unplug speaker circuit transfer leads from terminal

strip located at floor of cabinet.10. Unplug speaker leads from both the left channel and

the right channel speaker systems.11. Remove two hex -head screws used to secure top edges

of AM and FM dial backing -plates to cabinet.12. Remove two palnuts used to secure lower edge of

chassis -mounting board and remove chassis fromcabinet..

OPEC

etc., Servicing InformationUHF -VHF TUNER ASSEMBLIES

VHF TUNERS471229,471272

UHF TUNERS CC -1171471227,471260

7,745 OCT 5 IE. r. AMP.IV-18 6C1.66 05661 wan

010.60BCFM066,

1140

I eT-IE

O

L-)6

alDc12055.1

IONS Y.

V -t0Fun

1.10111

VHF TUNER471226

41.0MC

V-19

TO MT TERM STRIP

IV -15 6E115 R F AMP.V-16 6CG8Aosc AMIMER

YC

Iq

CLOSED INPOS ONLY

I OF145

V-20UNf PILOTLIDNT

T-10

V-19VHF PILOT

WET .HTERLOC LP-1 3-1

ID

R -136I41001 I.

FT176AMA MilrI X -t 188811,

eV

5',FRC

TOR IIITLMER

TO V I.PAR 6046ATIR111

TO C MUM.. A.)

TO I r IHPIC11

RouNxD- ON 00APD

TO R-9 ITUHER es,

TO O PIN. IREATERS

as TO C-20 (TUNER A.,

VHF TUNERS

VHF TUNERS471228,471271

V-15 6CY5V-16 6CL6A

V-16

V-19

OrIgNg

0-10 I

1

V 11 TO TORO STRIP

715 6FH5 /SF AMPIV-16 6CGBAOSC SOOTY

V -IS V-16

TO ',INV10-o

75C -T

O(23NO51

z-<_

1000

r777,<,

- 3

17,7

1 -SA I

R - 9220

HER As

2,7,°=.2 c-,3±

TO -,PIN INENTERSI

V-19NE OTLIGHT TUNER LC

* CERAMIC CM MICA CAPACITORS,cAPACITY IN MICRO - MICROFARADS

* TUBULAR CAPACiTORS,CAPACiTY IN MICROFARADSRESISTORS IN OHMS( K 1000 OHMS) AND 112 WATTUNLESS NOTED.

ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

T INDICATES TOP CORE, B INDICATES BOTTOM CORE IN DOUBLE TUNED

TRANSFORMERS

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

V-113SU4GB

1 -IS

0 HEATERS ON TUNER151

10 CPS

OH -1-255 V SUPPLY

+2400 SUPPLY

V-6 ,ATE RS ON POINTED

,041,

S-1 ON AM -FM STEREO CH(COMBINATION SETS ONLY)

U.2

C-vOLTS AL ONlf60 LES

-6V

I F AG,

1675 EPS -

--,Prr

30 CPS

351.5 MEG

I

1 5v

30 CPS

38


EMERSON Schematic Diagram Chassis 120530C, 120549C, 120550D, 120551C, etc.

I

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOA RD

438C AMPV -I 6AU6

1.30

R 1

PART OF PATTERNILPRO2 12.

15

R -13470

L-441

Y3YC

ZOO VIDEO

sv 6826V-5

IOOO

.010 DETECTORV-2 6076

T-1102 20911010021!

7

IIOADD

- -

+135 135

7 7

3140 VIDEO VIDEOAMP i f AMP DETECTOR

V -6A V-656AS8

2100 6148 cif!..3. . -35v-4 , 11-3. t,t7T-4 MK ,. 7 ..-

E. 7-5 I 5

, 7. eiv - 0,,

i- C-11.I

.4...JSv 1000 OV

H.S90 .275T

1 iii',? %IS19

6-7 0

,2 -26 i;(3 6

11 ) R 2

:-'7 TO 1500 140,:31 L - TA100.

C-17 IDID 10.000 +135 v

, 1 j01° I +1350

EEO N -1

***-1 2011-

-E5v SYNCAGC AMP95 3 V-9

9 6BUO

10,000 1

C

2 373309

+135

240 0O R-395 MEG

- DISTANCE

+2400+1530

Et 000

.100

N-2A 2700

fOOOE-V,InniViareriETs II --

C-44 T"80 C-5 SC - 47 147 460039 0 10001 022 00

OR0033 12

VERTICAL 601,HOLD

R - 56 , 255E6 30 CPS NL--p - 59 a 605000 2 22E4VERTICAL 11141ARiT1

HON HOLD

22000,,

4700550

TO DECOUPLED9+ ROOST SUPPLYAT R-96 6 C-80TO 20 OSO E+ CHASSIS)

111116111(1206V

30 CPS

4710111111 CAPACITOR 11111II tom OFTERPAE 90047 .10 .

SOW 02.4

V DEOLitlir It R

V -7A6AW6A

776.71

4

50 2-331200

.03 50-_

71.5CPS__E

1--10

1. 250

....7\ - 7875 CPS

C-32 CIAPHASE215 OPARAIOR. 11--\ 11ct ra:l ......

Pli7.A 1.'2'7)

R-5010011

--C-3

fAI1---c -I.-

C -31 11°C*

-

fag

R-565800

P

R-725000758

7 I

+I 50022HORIZONTAL DRIVE

(10,000 WEEON CHASSIS120530-C

ONLYOUTPUT

V-3 60.15EST

130V

4.-05080

0.2 MEGON SOIAE -CHASSIS/ SOOS I

T -2

TOSPEARE5151

--44-Ut*+135 V SUPPLY

7+15011110200. WREN

C-70 IS 40.P -SEE PARTS LOITI

-75470

526

+2550

+24004

L PICTURE TUBE

+800ST

+135 +11---1

19XP4 om232P4

-, r

1'6`

71170 CPSf1

-19 R -6T

NavP -p

C047 T 2700

Q

R-642200

C 5250

+240v

VENT osc.LLTonV-75 6AWLA

712816 zni.E.FIG VERTICAL SITE C-66

G.7 I

L.

2-62201

033o

ADJUST FO. 01FliAVIS FOCUSV-8

TO 9+ROOST.

TOTS CPS

HORIZONTALOUTPUTV I I

6D068,434600611

14501211

42600.,(19-)

10,000C -81I 2I

1 123 IR-60

4°,,°623')

WO 017111OM UM YTS

+240 V

30 CPS

30 CPS

VERT OUTPUT L.,

V-146 E M5

10

L01703+2400 +2550

CHASSIS Nos. 120530C.549C,550D,551C,552E.553F.554E,555E,556F.557E

PLiTES t CON.FTIgli.S0431;61:14-i5D8A2,9,17-EVArIDORN-3A4u1:107MOCHASSIS.

* C -57,C -75,C-76 AND C-79 NOT USED ONCHASSIS I20555E,556F AND 557E.

** R-96 AND C-80 NOT USED WHEN R-7 ISCONNECTED TO 8+ 240V.

CENTERING551219LT

1001 USEDROT USED

OV 0 RV

290 TO 1300

I_ HIGH VOLTAGE CAGE

I N o7-7

I I: 7,11VTIVN

IN g 163GT

IN. V -t2

I .NgMA'

I 0 DD 12-93,1k,

I I:.I II °N..

C152(-1

CO.

r*Ioo°11-11t C-60

61-22 '"AP4E 410 7

r4

It

T - 8

111100

O9]TI OF NO UH

,IP, +2550

111

I "'I1.911J.,23.1

C-58- 62R

150 COILS IH68

I

12- 942202 -L

10

L- 4

R-0456

DEFLECTION YOKE

DECOUPLED+ ROOST SUPPLY

TO 1171

01 RTCOILS

39


EMERSON Alignment Information Chassis 120530C, 120549C, 120550D, etc.

GENERAL ALIGNMENT NOTES:A. Set tuner to highest unused channel and allow both

chassis and equipment to warm up for ten minutes ormore.

B. Connect -3 volts bias through a 10K resistor to theAGC test point (junction of C-12, C-14 and R-11).

C. Maintain signal generator output no higher than neces-sary to produce a reading not to exceed two volts onVTVM and use insulated alignment tools for adjusting.

D. Video IF alignment requires the use of a shim for sig-nal injection. This con be easily constructed by past-ing a thin piece of metal foil, (approx. Y2 x 2") on aslightly larger piece of heavy paper. Insert this shimbetween the tuner mixer tube and its shield in such amanner that the foil side faces the tube.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT1. Connect high side of signal generator to metal foil on

shim, low side to chassis through o.001 mfd. capacitor.2. Place a VTVM (-5 volt range) at video detector test

point (junction of L -7A and L -7B), common lead tochassis.

3. Peak the following for MAXIMUM response at the fre-quencies specified:

T-5 at 44.25 MC, T-4 at 45.3 MC, T-3 at 42.6 MC4. Tune the following for MINIMUM response, increasing

signal generator output as necessary:L-4 at 41.25 MC, L-1 at 47.25 MC, L-3 at 45.0 MC

5. Peak T-9 on tuner for MAXIMUM out put at 45.0 MC.6. Set generator at 43.1 MC and re -tune L-3 for MAXIMUM

output.To observe the IF response curve, connectscope, thru a 10,000 ohmisolation resistor, in placeof the VTVM. Inject asweep signal (40 to 50 MC)along with a loosely coupledmarker generator at the mixertube in the manner describedabove. Adjust the output ofthe sweep generator to pro-duce about 2 volts peak topeak curve on the oscilo-scope and reduce the markersignal so as not to upset theresponse curve. The 45.75MC marker should appear be-tween 55% and 65% downwith respect to the peak.SOUND IF ALIGNMENT1. Using a strong T.V. transmitted signal, adjust T-6,

sound take -off transformer, bottom, and T-1, soundinterstage transformer, top and bottom, for the loudestsound.

2. Adjust L-2, quadrature coil, for clearest and loudestsound. If two peaks are encountered, use the positionwhere the slug is closer to the circuit board.

3. With the antenna loosely coupled to the set, (simu-lating a weak signal) repeat step No. 1, tuning formaximum volume and minimum distortion.

4. If o VTVM is available, measure the voltage acrossR-6, 560K resistor. Voltages should be between -3 and-10 volts and not vary by more than 3 volts between astrong and weak signal.

5. Check sound on all channels and repeat entire proced-ure if necessary.

on oscillo-

47.25 MCADJACENT

SOUND

FIG. 1 - OVERALL I.F.RESPONSE CURVE

4.5 MC VIDEO TRAP ALIGNMENT1. Tune in a local station and adjust the fine-tuning con-

trol until a 4.5 MC beat is visible in the picture.2. Adjust T-6 (top) for minimum 4.5 MC beat on screen.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENTThe horizontal oscillator can be aligned without removingthe chassis from the cabinet. To accomplish this, tune thereceiver to a known "good" channel, set the LOCAL -DISTANCE control (R-38) fully counterclockwise (localposition), and proceed as follows:

PROCEDURE:1. Disable sync by shorting test pointOto chassis.2. Place a jumper across horizontal stabilizer coil

L- 10.3. Set horizontal hold control to center of range.4. Adjust frequency range trimmer CT -1 for momentary

lock -in (picture will sway from side to side due toabsence of sync).

5. Remove jumper from L-10.6. Adjust L-10 for momentary lock -in (picture will

sway from side to side due to absence of sync).7. Remove short from test point°

The picture should now remain in sync when changingchannels. Failure to do so indicates a defect in the hori-zontal oscillator, phase, comparator or sync circuits.

ADJUSTMENT OF LOCAL -DISTANCE CONTROL (R-38)Before adjusting, make sure the Horizontal Oscillator hasbeen properly adjusted (see above).Sets are shipped out from the factory with this control setto its "distant" position (maximum clockwise). This posi-tion provides best signal-to-noise ratio (minimum snow)and should not be changed unless overload (streaking inpicture, poor sync stability, high distorted contrast, etc.)is noted on the stronger channels. If overload exists, setcontrast control to max. clockwise and adjust "Local -Distance" control in a counter -clockwise direction to apoint just under an overload condition.HORIZONTAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT (R-80)The chassis described in this service note have beendesigned to provide proper horizontal sweep under thenormal variations usually encountered in line voltages.Should unusually low line voltage be encountered, itmay be necessary to short out R-80 (3300 ohm, 1 watt)to provide sufficient sweep. Abnormally high line volt-ages may require the removal of the short across R-80to prevent over -sweeping of the picture.The above mentioned jumper con be placed across (orremoved from) R-80 without removing the chassis fromthe cabinet, since it is mounted on a terminal strip justto the right of the horizontal output tube.

HORIZONTAL DRIVE ADJUSTMENT (R-79)The horizontal drive control, located just below thehorizontal output tube, should normally be in its mostcounterclockwise position (minimum resistance incircuit). If overdrive bars (indicated by white verticallines in the roster) appear at this setting, slowly advanceR-79 in a clockwise direction until the lines justdisappear.

VERTICAL SIZE (R-63) ANDLINEARITY (R.59) ADJUSTMENTSVertical size and linearity may be adjusted by insert-ing a fiber alignment tool into the hollow shafts of thebrightness and vertical hold controls, respectively,Insert alignment tool into the hollow brightness con-trol shaft to adjust vertical size, and into the hol-low vertical hold control shaft to adjust verticallinearity,

FOCUS ADJUSTMENTAny one of four different voltages (available at thequadruple terminal strip mounted directly below the 6CG7tube) may be utilized as a focus potential. Remove theinsulated clip -lead connector (attached to one of theterminals on this strip) and alternately try connecting itto each possible terminal, leaving it connected to theone which gives the best overall focus.

CRT REPLACEMENT INFORMATION (23" SETS)All 23" sets in this series utilize the new square -corneredCRT with bonded safety faceplate, which serves to pro-tect the tube as well as eliminating the "dust trap" com-monly present behind the safety glass of sets using a con-ventional type of picture tube. Therefore, when replacingthe CRT, replace only with' the same type and number asoriginally supplied. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SUBSTITUTEANY OTHER TYPE OF CRT.

40


EMERSON Chassis 120530C, 120549C, 120550D, etc.,

CHANNELS 2-13OSC. ADJUST

CHANNELSELECTOR

FINETUNING

R.F.TRIMMER

MIXERTRIMMER

135 V

6CG8A03C. MIXER

ANTENNA INPUT ASSEMBLY962852 (TUNER 471225)962851 (TUNER 471226)

t4 -UHF

I. F.

HEATER 962850 OUTPUTFTUNING

VHF TUNERS 471225, 471226

ca

@ 00 88.71

y.8-340Ci

9 1<1.f.5'

I> 10

3- 7-89-21,

Oa

;1.

! 7, 7, ,',:-o\, o/6,

././Z: VI

_,... ,r)N 11'

,--it-d- 0 06-. 0

%.1 .6êic.A

fl

IN ft:1

t

In :g a

0

je u at 7.-92-91- c1

11 if __,...3-1.' I> ,--,v.... e ,...,..,It die, "" 'ac -GE-8-,

1

J 0 92-3L 0 0.. t el

'.%

btimsg, ,s49-;Ja

471226ONLYI

AGC

6FH5R.F AMP

0 DI'

9.0. 0

1 0 Ina NouT

A:0

65-3 2-0

6

r

1000 1000GMV

4.)(H110)

2.2Kt10%1W

V

I35V

c,

1120

L 300 flBAL INPUT',

'''' 'PC;

30

471225(ALTERNATE

Servicing Information, Continued

134.7K

.3- 6CG8A 2.23.5 6 -2 4-

91 _-_ 6 L-9 47K

%

220K

AGC TP

27 - 775 -09"/(21( I( -*-41-1- 300 IL

L.." I BAL INPUT1 --Train

27 27N750 N750

471226SCHEMATIC,SECTIONS)

1000GMV

5+135V

6FH5

3

1000 1

VHF TUNERS 471225, 471226

NOTESALL RESISTORS ARE 1/4 WATT,207. TOL ,UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED.

ALL CAPACITOR VALUES GIVENARE IN MICRO-MICROFARADS

CIRCUIT SHOWN IN DOTTEDLINES USED ON TUNER 471226ONLY

*

1000GMV

6CG8A2

6CG8A

4 7K , 107. TOL .1/4 WATTC R ON TUNER 471225

G 2 7K,10% TOL , 1 /4 MAWON TUNER 471226

15 MMF,10% TOL., 500VON TUNER 471225CI,

28 MMF,109. TOL.,500VON TUNER 471226

3

41

°^:° T -I ,r- 6AU:6

/ I *41., '

J t 1G I

V -I0irCG 7


EMERSON Chassis 120530C, 120549C, 120550D, etc., Servicing Information, Continued

r-- - -

V-261)16

f"..4.5L11C /0/,.10

c....ott2 s,.. 4 5

,! ...,/,..,

'''\ L-10HOF. 01C

/ I v..._..-

0 e.,...:...0 :

AAAAA 141411;D:4;

1-5 (O\25 ihK k

1-45 51.15

Toy 1,. /6\/ k.1

621213

6556V 6

=

1-3L-4 42 6 m C

ijMI V-4

6BZ6

I I00111

L-1 I

14444ff 1.124

1,44- ,xt

1*15 011144-41.0114

I -00071104 44,DSC -1.444';11::1,.1,1,41:411.4 ORM

f -1,44144,

1, -Tr, POINT

I I

!I 01

1,47-,t.

L_____J

FIG. 5 - ETCHED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, TOP VIEW

CONDITIONS FOR CHASSIS READINGS

VOLTAGES AND WAVESH APES were taken under actualoperating conditions (normal picture and sound). AGC volt-age developed at junction of C-12, C-14 and R-11 was minussix volts. Voltage and waveshape readings obtained mayvary 20% in value due to component tolerances and strengthof input signal to chassis under test.RESISTANCE READINGS were taken with no power applied.

Where readings are affected by control settings, both maxi-mum and minimum values are given. All resistance readingsmay vary 10% due to normal component tolerances.ALL MEASUREMENTS were token between points indicatedand chassis (unless otherwise noted), with line voltage main-tained at 115 volts AC. A VTVM was used for all voltageand resistance measurements and a low capacity probe wasused for all waveshapes shown.

RESISTANCE READINGS

SYM TUBE TYPE Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9

V- 1 6AU6 1.5 0 0 .1 *50K * 50K 220 - -V- 2 6DT6 5 390 0 . 1 * 300K * 50K 560K - -V- 3 6CU5 *50K 1.2 M .1 0 N.C. *50K *50K - -V- 4 6BZ6 68K 56 0 .1 * 55K * 55K 0 - -V- 5 6BZ6 69K 47 .1 0 *50K '52K 0 - -V- 6 6AS8 *48K 0 180 .1 0 4.5 K 0 0 * 44K

V- 7 6AW8 0500K to

2M

5.9M to

8.4M0 .1 20 to 300 4.5K *48K * 34K

V- 8 CRT .1 22K *3.5M 0 to 3.5M - - 1001( to

240K0 -

V- 9 6BU8 * 50K *50K 270 K .1 0 * 46K 250 K * 70K 3M

V-10 6CG7 *82K 100K 1.2K 0 .1 450K 3M 1.2K 0

V-11 6(46 T.P. 0 N.C. * 44K 680 K T.P. .1 0 to 30 -V-12 1G3-GT I N F I N I T E -V-13DA4

6

6DE4N.C. N.C. 3.5M N.C. *42K N.C. .1 () -

V-14 6EM5 *40K T.P. N.C. .1 0 2.3M -2.8M 270 N.C. *44K

V-18 5U4 -GB N.C. *401( N.C. 20 N.C. 20 N.C. *40K -NOTES: All resistance readings given are in ohms, "K" is Kilohms, "IA" is Megohms.

* Indicates varying resistance: allow 30 seconds for meter to settle.N.C. Denotes no connection at terminal indicated.T.P. Denotes connection used as terminal post.

42

FAY

L -

I

LOO

PA

NT

EN

NA

EM

ER

SON

Cha

ssis

120

566B

, use

d in

120

549C

, -55

0C, -

551C

, Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am

AM

TU

NE

R B

OA

RD

AM

10S

v (W

I,,,

CO

Nvi

nTE

RT

-30"

"11

I A

MP

613E

617

V-

AE

A. 6

AT

ws

716

\\....

.:-5

BA

610

501.

1I =

iti I

IO

VIW

A1

,is-5

V

IOW

*..-

2B"i

v -

-X

.G2

l'ilq

1:4

60_

FY

R F

AM

P

V-6

(A)6

DT

S

Ov(

Aw

ZE

WIE

I

5-33 56 C-3

45.

2

FM

TU

NIN

G U

NIT

PA

NT

MO

TIII

IIP

M O

SC

V-6

(916

DT

EI

33N

l7S

-MA

W-1

AN

EN

1

222

-,r4

4

PN

T O

F P

777

.

T -

4X

-1°1

iPP

NO

sA

MD

ET

EC

T

1 A

LI

OW

ED

PP

PP

P O

AT

SS

PC

c-32

1

2201

±-

C00

5

==

R36 10

KL

- 10

AV

W IA

NC

ir.'.

_L, C

-S

Oov

IFE

E,A

FC

WT

I

C-4

5l

N. 6

.I N

AS

-C .0

'A°F

.-71O

..-

W

a0-1

T1

12

,000

,0.0

C:.7

000'

0CO

NT

.085

S31

CR

-Ien

-2

.k

115

IE

AN

TE

NN

A(W

e..

_L-

-WE

TO

li-E

Tco

s I

SW

-2

Wow

HE

*,5

-PO

S F

UN

CT

ION

SW

ITC

Hsm

owt.

NE

cau

rrrE

m.

TV

.C

i0C

.011

PO

SIT

ION

-SAT

M

_PC

ni! r

efer

ral

SiT

iC11

14-

PS

0404

.MP

.W

AR

EN

D F

EE

F A

MP

T6

ft,. C

o/T

1CT

OR

10M

CV

-03

6I3A

6X

-3R

-47

R-5

110

0068

00

'111

N54

2C

32 -

r1

"%rm

.°-1

X-4

Cir

,-T

-

R-w

C-5

3350

KW

422

00

FM

'TU

NE

R B

OA

RD

-5 100

WV

`

* C

ER

AM

IC C

AP

AC

ITO

RS

, CA

PA

CIT

Y IN

MIC

RO

- W

ICR

OF

AR

A13

5S

W -

4,..

..T

UB

ULA

R C

AP

AC

ITO

RS

, CA

PA

CIT

Y IN

WIC

RO

WE

RA

DS

.O

FF

FC

SW

ITC

HR

ES

IST

OR

S IN

011

165

1.10

00 W

WI A

ND

. WA

TT

ON

UN

LES

S N

OT

ED

-co

wno

t

CH

AS

SIS

No.

1 2

0 5

6 6-

B

w":

3=)

= =

CD

=)

"050

°°°

MO

NA

UR

AL

AN

D S

TE

RE

O A

MP

LIF

IER

BO

AR

D

NI G

H T

CH

AN

NE

L

LEF

TC

HA

NN

EL

wilv

IAC

I 66

ION

TW

IEE

-22

3303

5.55

nIS

*

NOTE.

GM

AIN

TA

INLA

1S

PR

OP

ERVOLTAGE DROPS,

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L11

0551

AU

DIO

AM

P

V-1

1/11

12A

X7

LOU

DN

ES

SC

ON

TR

OL

SW

!11-1

.231

18I

-.6

110

.000

4111

WIG

*

y--0

in/0

.Au

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L(T

RE

BLE

500K

C,2

1

-t-1

SN

OT

I. C

OR

RE

CT

PH

AS

ING

OF

SP

EA

KE

RS

MU

ST

BE

OB

SE

RV

ED

.

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

V-2

25E

115

11-1

DO

OK

TO

NE

:41C

OB

G

_C70

0V

-118

)R

-6)

12A

X7

503K

1Ac-

ilD

EI

4VV

ER

AC

YE

E -

216.

C-6

R-2

10.0

00F

otT

ON

EG

ON

ER

°(B

AS

SI

mic

otC

-121

1EA

5-15

250.

17,S

S=

C_,

ILL vo

vv

-ii

PIL

OT

LIG

HT

260(

5 25

105

68A

661

1116

686

\66A

6I

!S

OT

S12

A1T

V-5

0-2

v -

0.v.

0.7

IV

--1

L -I

2L

IL -

H1

IOW

T-1

TO

WN

E .E

ON

W.

C-1

3..0

22

1111

0

R -

1TR

-11

620

31Ir

150

5111

an.

Ill

52°3

14:

b1$3

801,

431

(Eyv

AC

C12

'H

EA

TE

RS

R-2

010

00(O

W

ft-ts

401W

coss

rmso

or

8-1

RE

CT

IFIE

R

SI-

I

RIG

HT

SID

IW

E A

AA

AA

sin

AK

ER

CO

NN

Iclo

ws

1W 4IA/ N

P

SP

-1

WH

ET

.

SP

-2

5001

111

xUx

SP

-3

TW

EE

TE

R

SP

-4

WO

WE

R

11T

eRN

AL

'maw

CO

NN

ICT

OO

S

5-2,

5-3

igg?

ST

ER

EO

CH

AN

GE

RIR

O

TO

WIE

RLO

CA

ON

Tv

MA

W.

I HE

WW

1108

.10

1-3

tTi

tJ

Utt

Co

to

to O Entii Pe

i


EMERSON Chassis 120566B used in 120549C, -550C, -551C, Continued

m.TO1I!trr ma Myr

SCCLTi411,3,1E°ClY

A

le w

.LLOOPTRINGINFORM1111,11 DIAL CORD TO T. SPECIFICATIONS SHOWN AND

ATTACH TENSION SPRING AT KNOTTED END,2,,ITACH SPRING TO DRUM AND STRING AS SRO. IN,c)R11 OR(E),Ahll T START, FEED DIAL CORD UNDER NO SERI DIAL

IICKPLATE3 ATTACH DIAL POINTER WE OIAL POINTER ALIGNMENT/

DUAL T.= E

ROON

ELECTROLYTICC-16 IT,I8

Toda-2 sec, 2

To 6W -t SECT, REAR

24 1,,oOr-2.SECT 2 TO SIAI.SECT 3,

SETTiio T '3W,RE'R R

PRONT"222

To '22

P-25 TO W;

56C

ATSOSECS t,REWS

25E146

DUAL LOUD.CONT.

DUAL BM To JuleCTP2MCONTROL %mut

2g,,,, 2163

25EH5 pueyo

45 C-441

1,22004

WxC0 - 0050

ro:

' SECTNE-63.1re.

ewx.

°Y,i 0-I \-P42

-3

sjcci 1.11/A'AR

ELECTROLYTICSP

T-

ETCHED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CHASSIS 120566B (TOP VIEW)

1.00 RO

coo KC

EALAMCE/MOwc.

Mu -PulseWRIT.

TREWS.ARO

OR -err1.66-PuMil

DIAL CORD STRINGING

R-45C-60

-55

c -

I F COAXIALLEAD

FM ANTLEAD

C-47

TO L -ID

C-64

FIL LEADTO PIN 9

OF V -I

DIAL STRINGTUNING SHAFT L PULLEY

FM TUNER 471161A - TOPCONNECTIONS FOR LIGHT SERVICING

FM OSCILLATOR TRACKING

When replacing the FM oscillator tube, select the tubewhich provides most accurate oscillator tracking with AFCswitch in "off" position.

AM TUNING

CTR-A

Tr'0201:w55KC

(TOP ROT) CT -B

TRIMMER1620KC0

6BE60 CONVERTER

fdP6BA6

0 T-455KC

TOP 6 SOT)

AM SECTION

AUDIO AMP AUDIO OUTPUT

FILTER C...) (RIGHT CHANNEL

I -

12A0725EH5

AUDIO. OUTPUT V 1 V-2i

HAWING

6DTB 1-5107MC/TOP

BA*I

6BA6Vad

®1'N.F°ALC, 6BA6

2`M Fmp

(INT II? OCICI [ [T-7

WTI

25EH5 10.7 MCTOP IS

AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMERSSTEREO/MONAURAL AMR SECTION

T-2 T-1 0 1-6NC

(TOPSOT)

FM SECTION

TUBE AND ALIGNMENT POINTLOCATIONS, CHASSIS 120566-B.

REMOVAL OF FM TUNER FOR SERVICE OR REPLACE-MENT

1. Remove dial back plate assembly.

2. Remove FM dial pointer and FM dial string.

3. Unsolder all leads and components from top of tuner(including CR-1 and CR-2).

4. Remove V-7 and V-8 (1st and 2nd FM IF amplifiers)from their respective sockets.

5. Remove C-50 (10,000 mmf) and C-24 (2,200 mmf) fromcircuit board at left front of tuner.

6. Unsolder ground strap from left front side of tuner (asviewed from tuning shaft).

7. Loosen mounting nut behind FM dial pulley by turningcounter -clockwise, using a IV open-end wrench.

8. Slide front of tuner toward left until it clears notch intuner mounting bracket and carefully remove tuner fromchassis.

9. To replace FM tuner, reverse above procedure.

44


GENERAL ELECTRIC"LW" Series used in Models M202, M203, M204, M205

HORIZONTAL HOLD -1. Remove the cabinet back as described below.2. Tune the receiver to a weak signal and adjust

the controls for normal operation.3. Short Test Point VI to the chassis with a

jumper wire.4. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor from Test Point

VIII to Test Point IX (in parallel with L251.)5. Adjust HORIZONTAL HOLD potentiometer, R257,

until picture just "floats" back and forth acrossthe screen. Leave R257 set in this position.6. Remove the 1000 ohm resistor from Test Point

VIII and Test Point IX. Adjust L251 (stabilizercoil) so that the picture again just "floats"across the screen, turning the core toward theprinted board. Leave L251 set in this position.

7. Remove the chassis jumper from Test Point VLRepeat adjustments if the picture does not "lock".

PICTURE TUBE ADJUSTMENTS

YOKE POSITION - The yoke is secured to the neck ofthe picture tube by a "U" shaped clamp and spring,Figure 1. To adjust the yoke for picture tilt,loosen the clamp by squeezing points C and D withlong nose pliers until the eye of the spring

MAKE YOKE ADJUSTMENTWITH SPRING IN THISPOSITION

AFTER ADJUSTMENTMOVE SPRING TOTHIS POSITION TOSECURE YOKE

FIG. 1. YOKE CLAMP

slides over the bend in the clamp. The yoke cannow be adjusted for correct picture tilt. To se-cure the yoke, the pliers are used in the samemanner between points A and B until the spring eyeslides over the bend to its clamping position.PICTURE CENTERING -The picture centering deviceis located on the rear of the yoke assembly. Thecentering device consists of two rings each ofwhich may be rotated separately. Each ring hastwo tabs with punched holes. The holes are pro-Vided so that an insulated alignment tool may beinserted in them to provide an easy means of rota-ting the rings. Rotate the rings so that the tabsmove towards or away from each other to center thepicture on the face of the tube.FOCUS -The proper focus potential for the tube waschosen at the time the set was manufactured. If

it becomes necessary to install a new picture tubeor change the focus potential, any one of threepotentials may be chosen for best focus. Connec-tion points for these focus potentials are locatedon the sweep (small) printed board. The orangelead from R179 on the picture tube socket may beconnected for best focus as follows:

1. To the grounded wirewrap terminal at the rearedge of the sweep board behind V12.

2. To the B+1 wirewrap terminal nearest C210 onthe front edge of the sweep board.3. To the B+ boost wirewrap terminal just ahead

of the spark gap on the front edge of the board.

REMOVAL OF CABINET BACK

Most servicing operations of the "LW" receiversmay be accomplished with only the cabinet backremoved. To remove the back, first disconnect anyexternal connections from the antenna terminal

board and then remove the eight screws (two under-neath the chassis) which secure the cabinet back.Pull off the cabinet back. The power line connec-tions at the interlock will be removed as the backis pulled away from the chassis.

REMOVAL OF FRONT ASSEMBLY

For those few servicing operations which squireit (such as replacement of the picture tube, the

vertical output transtormer or the audio outputtransformer) the cabinet front assembly may be

removed from the chassis as follows:After removing the cabinet back as described

above, discharge the picture tube anode to chassis.Then remove the picture tube anode lead by

squeezing the anode clip and withdrawing it fromthe tube.. Remove the picture tube socket.Loosen the yoke clamp as previously described.

Slide the yoke back off the neck of the picturetube, turning it slightly clockwise as it comesoff to make sure it clears the projecting wirewrapterminals on the nearby sweep board.

Lay the set face down on a soft cloth to protectthe cabinet face and remove the screws at the cor-ners which secure the chassis to the molded cabi-net front. Then carefully lift the cassis awayfrom the front assembly.

Removal of Front Assembly: For normal servicing,the complete electrical disassembly described inthis section need not be carried out. Instead,thefront assembly may be dismounted and lifted care-fully from the chassis. Then, with the channel -selector end resting against the chassis edge, theother end may be swung away from the chassis toprovide access to the high -voltage terminals andother components.

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

Remove the front assembly from the chassis asdescribed above to gain access to the picture tube.Then loosen the two screws securing the tube slingat the top and bottom of the tube and disengagethe sling from the retaining hooks at each cornerof the front assembly. Carefully lift the tubefrom the assembly.When replacing the picture tube, take care to

position the tube so that it aligns properly, withthe anode button to the right when viewed from thechassis side.

REASSEMBLY NOTE

In reassembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.Caution should be taken in reassembling the cabi-net back to assure that the "fingers" on the lead-ing edge are aligned with the grooves in the frontsection. The edge should be pressed in slightlyduring reassembly to make sure that these fingerslock into place.

45


GENERAL ELECTRIC "LW" Series, Alignment Information, Continued

1

CI1000 ,upf

R2I6_C1

R31011

FIG. 2 I -F INJECTION NETWORK

COAX CABLE BRASS OR COPPERSHIELD BRAID TUBING

PHONOJACK

CLIP TO CHASSIS

IMPIUNIC - tgleaVVnlee."*.%?::.

I -F INJECTIONASSEMBLY PLUGSIN HERE

SHORT, STIFF, INSULATED WIREWITH END BENT TO FORM HOOK(CONNECTS THROUGH HOLE INTUNER TO LEAD OF RI03)

FIG. 3 INJECTION ADAPTER, 13 -POSITION TUNER

PHONO PLUG

1-RI

R2 CI(TUBULAR

SOLDER WRAP ASSEMBLY WITH TAPE SOLDER

FIG. 4 I -F INJECTION NETWORK PLUG CONSTRUCTION

VIDEO I -F SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION:The video I -F system must be in alignment in

order to align most other sections of the receiver;therefore, it is treated first. A list of thefrequencies of the tuned coils is given and may beused for pre -peaking these coils, but over-allsweep alignment is necessary to correctly alignthe I -F system.

AM PRE -PEAKING FREQUENCIES

L150L135L151

Min. at 47.25 MCMax. at 45.75 MCMax. at 42.50 MC

T151 Max. at 43.00 MCT152 Max. at 45.20 MCL153, L154 Max. at 44.15 MC

GENERAL NOTES:1. Allow receiver and alignment equipment at

least 20 minutes of warm-up time before proceed-ing.

2. Turn the volume control to minimum positionand the contrast control fully clockwise. Set thechannel selector to Channel 9 or some other highband channel where oscillator influence is notnoted as the fine tuning control is turned. Use astripless channel if set has a 13 -position tuner.

3. Short the antenna terminals together.4. Connect oscilloscope to Test Point III thru

22,000 ohm resistor not more than 2.5 inches awayfrom Test Point II.5. Connect -3.5 volts bias between Test Point II

and the chassis with the negative side of the biasvoltage on Test Point II.6. Inject signals from a properly terminated AM

signal generator or sweep generator through thenetwork in Figure 2 to the I -F injection jack*.

Align the receiver to produce the response curvein Figure 5. See "Remarks."

41.25M2-5%

42.5 MC5 0 % + 5%

47.25 MC(TRAP)

45.75 MC500/0 1- 5 %

45.0 MC -100 %105% MIN.

-115 % NOM.44.I5MC 125% MAX.

FIG. 5 I -F RESPONSE CURVE

*NOTE: On the 13 -position (VHF - UHF) tuner,WT86X103, the IF injection point is not connectedto a jack, but is accessible through a hole in thetop of the tuner chassis at the base of the 6CG8Atube (V2). On either of the 12 -position VHFtuners, WT86X104 and WT86X106, a jack is provided.The plug-in assembly illustrated fn Figure 4

can be plugged directly into the injection jackon a 12 -position tuner, but must be connected tothe 13 -position tuner through an adapter of thetype shown in Fig. 3. In this case, the insulatedwire connected to the inner contact of the phono-jack adapter is inserted carefully through thehole in the tuner case and hooked securely aroundthe lead of resistor R103 which passes directlybeneath the hole. The ground lead from the adap-ter jack is clipped to a convenient chassis pointnearby and the injection assembly plugged into theadapter to complete the coupling.Proceed as follows:

46


GENERAL ELECTRIC "LW" Series, Alignment Information, ContinuedVIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

STEPSIGNAL

FREQUENCY ADJUST REMARKS

1. 47.25 MC AM Adjust L150 for minimumscope deflection

Use maximum scope sensitivity andsmallest possible signal for the47.25 MC AM adjustments.

2. 44.15 MC AM Adjust first L154, thenL153 for maximum scopedeflection

Do not retouch these adjustments.

3. 38-48 MC sweep generator, withscope calibrated 3 volts peak topeak for 2 inch deflection; mark-ers at 41.25, 42.5, 44.15, 45 &45.75 MC

L135 (converter plate) formaximum deflection of the45.75 MC marker.

Do not retouch this adjustment,

4. SAMEL151 (1st I -F grid) for max-imum deflection of the 42.5MC marker and proper noseshaping

Symmetry of the nose in important.No portion of the nose should beout of symmetry of more than 3%.

5. SAMET152 (2nd I -F Plate) to place45.75 MC marker properly onthe curve

Repeat 5, 6, and 7 if necessary.6. SAME

T151 (1st I -F Plate) to place42.5 MC marker properly onthe curve.

7. SAME L151 if necessary to shapethe nose.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Connect a -7.5 bias to Test Point II, with thepositive bias lead grounded to chassis.

2. Short Test Points X and XI together temporar-ily.

3. Turn contrast control to maximum, volume tominimum.

4. Connect the detector network shown in Figure 6to Test Point IV and feed its output to an ACVTVM.

5. Apply a 4.5 MC AM signal through a 1000 µµf.capacitor at Test Point III.

6. Adjust the top core of T154 for minimum read-ing on the VTVM. Two core positions will givean apparent minimum indication, the correctone is reached while turning the core towardthe top end of the coil form.

NOTE: Retouching of the trap adjustment may be ne-cessary after alignment of the audio takeoff.

TO TESTPOINT17

TO CHASSISOF 4RECEIVER

0IIN64

68K 100K .1_200

FIG. 6 DETECTOR NETWORK

AUDIO ALIGNMENT

(A) With Calibrated Test

0

TO VTVM

0

1. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 of 4.5 MC trap align-ment procedure.

2. Connect DC VTVM (250V range) to Test Point XIIwith the negative lead grounded to chassis.

3. Apply a 4.5 MC AM signal through a 1000 µµf.capacitor to Test Point III.

T301 for maximum meter deflection. Two po-sitions of each core will give a maximum indi-cation. The correct one for each core will bethat nearest the respective end of the coilform.

4. Adjust the bottom core of T154 and bothcores of T301 for maximum meter deflection.Two positions of each core will give a maxi-mum indication. The correct position will bethe one nearer that end of the coil form inwhich the core is located.

5. Switch to a strong 4.5 MC FM signal on TestPoint III and remove the short between TestPoint X and Test Point XI.

6. Turn the core of L301 to the end of the coilform away from the printed board, and thencarefully tune inward for the SECOND peak in-dicating maximum undistorted output. (Thisposition may be checked by connecting a scopeprobe to the ungrouaded end of the volume con-trol and tuning for maximum undistorted sinewave on the scope.)

(B) With On -The -Air Signals

1. Tune in weak television signal and set the vol-ume control to minimum.

2. Connect a DC VTVM to Test Point XII with thenegative lead to chassis.

3. Adjust the bottom core of T154 and both coresof T301 for maximum as in Step 4 above. Ob-serve previously outlined peaking proceduresin tuning.

4. Switch to a strong television signal and ad-just L301 for maximum as outlined in Step 6above.

47


CHANNEL

FNETUMNG

HE

ORVHFUHF

TUNER

L1504725 MCTRAP

PARALLEL TO 0 .NL131 6821GRID COIL--- 682

BOARD

T151 _._..,___--------r---- I

1ST PFPLATE

PLATE

11533,20 VIDEO P FPL ATE COIL

VIDEO DCASSEMBLY

I -F SHIELD

07f

DO

GENERAL ELECTRIC "LW" Series, Service Information, Continued

R171BRIGHTNESS

(

CONTRAST

-F BOARD

T302L3C

AUDIO

m'Ot,',11.Tc°4-,3"

UZIVERT ?,M-/

HID AM,5 CLIPPER

0 AC INTEI °

LOC

00 00VHF UHF

EPN-

0401POWER LINE

FUSE

1401POWER

TRASFORMER

R203VERTHOLD

la

MPEA FUSE

0--"mT

25,OL

ROTATE CENTERINGRINGS TO CENTERPICTURE

HORI2M

6CG2

NORSTAB

TUBE AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

TO T251(WHITE)TERM 6

TO T201(RED1R215

8213 R2i4

TO T201FED/WT

TO WIDTHSWITCH, TERM.3

(GRAY)

YOKE WIRING

POLARITY PAINT CODE ON MAGNETS

RLRR VIEW FRONT VIEW

BORIZOUTPUT

(773'..\6FW5

VOLUME

6 9GTA

600.

_

1R150 CI51

I__ 33 BOO LIST

C15024

LI504 7.25MC

TRAP

I. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTSMADE WITH A VACUUM TUBEVOLTMETER IN RESPECT TOCHASSIS GROUND. WITH RECEIVERCONTROLS SET FOR NORMALOPERATIONS.

2. WITH LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINEDAT H7 VAC. MEASUREMENTSSHOWN MAT DEVIATE ±20%

3. VOLTAGES SHOWN IN BLACKMADE WITH THE SELECTORKNOB SWITCHED TO ACHANNEL WITH NO SIGNALAND THE ANTENNA TERMINALSSHORTED

4. WHERE VOLTAGE IN RED ISNOT SHOWN,VOLTAGE INBLACK IS MADE EITHER ONSIGNAL OR OFF SIGNAL.

VARIES WITH CONTROLSETTINGS

F402N0.26 GAUGE

(LINKI

R1515600

CI52

Z..Yt(7,4

V36826IV ,F

ON -SIGNAL WAVE SHAPESTAKEN WITH A NOISE -FREESIGNAL PRODUCING.I.5 TO-2 VOLTS AGC AT VHFTUNER FINE TUNINGCONTROL ADJUSTED FORMAXIMUM AGC.

ALL OTHER CONTROLS AREADJUSTED FOR NORMALOPERATION.

AA SCOPE SYNCED AT I/2vERT FREOuENCY

ARK SCOPE SYNCED AT inHOR12 FREOuENCY

WIDTH SWITCHHORIZONTAL

REAR VIEW

SIDE VIEW

WT76X31 1100 Deflection Yoke Replacement

OUTPUT TRANSFORMER

I32V

:4!=

UNLESS OTHERWISE N(K1000 M ,00CCAPACITORS MORE TWACAPACITORS LESS THARESISTORS ARE 1/2 W

WIRE COLOR CODE(USED IN MOST INSTANIBROWN -FIL AWERED HIGH BORANGE LOW 134RED a WHITE -8.0 BOCWHITE AGC

120nJ

40V

B-1-1

+268V

TO T25I L255TERM I RED/WH. WIDTH COIL

TO T251TERM.3

TO 1251TERM

9.105i

TO C262TERM. ON YOKE

Assembled to the replacement yoke flange are two pincushion correction magnets in easily removableplastic holders. Their use will provide several degrees of correction:... where maximum correction is required - mount magnets on front side of flange.... where no correction is needed - remove and discard magnets and holders.... where moderate correction is required - mount magnets on rear side of flange.The degree of correction required can be readily determined by viewing the top and bottom of the raster

with the vertical size reduced inside the mask opening.It is important that the magnets be mounted with correct polarity as indicated by the red paint at one

end. Observe as shown in Fig.

48

50V


GENERAL ELECTRIC "LW" Series, Schematic Diagram, Continued

C173.1.1300

000)7 II +268V R I 633301s

-T-C175.M800 CI64

VIDEO DETECTOR ASSEMBLY

LI57 L158T152 130V I

51 1040 I 8.26A

R161 _120K

60

V

206,

PC166

V56C86

3RD I -F

C162 01634.7

T1

L_ -JR164220

+135V 616556K

V6 B1/2 60,8CLIPPER

-÷-VOO

'!-4 vR162 -1 2

1.5

H111111111111011

* **

50V

86V 0

60V

VI2A1/2 6CG7HOR,Z.MIS

C 26139

C259

13113

62014 0201C68K 3300 6201C

POINT

**

C2014100

82010

c2018BOO 1

V12 B1/2 6C57

HORIZ.M.V.

**

500V 8203

V6 A1/2 603

VIDEO AMP

L15913040

C168

204-D7V 7V0 2.6V 6

'360%01671

3 102)417

S163390611

V 10A1,2 6067vERT OSC

-115V

RI69226

4,40K

120V

T154AUDIO TAKE -OFF

ES 4.5 MC TRAP

'A91-130V

* * 12°,31'0'v "1--_ 4 7c4O1D12. 'RI74

4- I35V1300V

6202470

20204C203 0,8 'f 800

s 180V

EN 73256

CONTRAST

L16168040

6,7251007w

TO PIN0, V7

C671.1 s162

400V 2408A

61761500

+268V +I35V

V 1061/2 6067

VERT OUTPUT

R209680

4

I_ yER 0,OLD

8262

1000 C254

TEST la 1820 160VPOINT.

62531.5

1.5V,II

1251A /-R 251 Z C256B

3900I

R254444 9

560 s251 /

HOR/Z I

R252 1

-.1? 6VSTAB 38,1

390K IT I .25,--.', p

Ltiv -1',27"

.=-

+268V

8,2,55

5%

C257820

( 5,).

13Vi

140V6

-I2V e C2597i 5000

ZIVTIZOI

1IIIEI,56 62Is 828 8200

11

625.4.7,263---. 6263

4--I(-

1 258 - 55,

6257

00012HOLD

626143K

6V

825982059.

POT 2-1[

R260i2K

,6

8208461

I 0202

8210 6207

ERT LIN

62068200

11

ST'6,00V

480V

-38V/

020450005000

HEIGHT

6212

C205

.033400V

%051500

13/6 BO

+268V V136E0,5

HOR12. OUTPUT

-35V8264420

R305,5600% 8307

V7 V8 -01 VOLUM_L

4 5 MC AMP 90V t Z --73,79" .005IC C3116AU6 lu 6006AUDIO DET

5C3011. I .---§Wi-C306 26I TEST -w-7±1E-'

15 1 I

7' 1 C3045 1800 POINT., =

2 90V I IS6 L Ly

I.4VR301270

TO 7154AU 010

TAKE OFF

1301 0301.5000 3300

R003021

1W

8304

1106N21.2W3a1

2

C 3.818

JL R 308560 470K1305

.1

_C207

T5000

C206.02710C/

ST 580v

6265

100138V

/ C260

a3°4c7,

**RV--- 2W

130V

I

245

<8310

7Z,"

B+2+135V

Ilj

140V

BL 0201

asNTT.85 V

m04130

R 175 I55V126 7 1

V 1 6PICTURE TUBE

19 Z

6

135VSG 201

SPARK GAP

3-8178

3005BRIGHTNESS

21r

1

30V

GREY

R0/ WP

4,62131100C.

2

C2621=-056

60009 182,4

1000

1TE

vE R7 8HOR YOKE I

6I

V1463

H v RECT

33.6.0

0268

6

RED SWHITE

201

8267

2200

V156W4GTADUMPER

C2641300 --410.,

E14- BOOST560V 2)1040

Rij.5

f11,1,;9

OCUSUPPER

TI

+268V

R1806800

lC 210-.01510v

k8OR1Z. Bs ANK1NG

C 265

V96C U5 T 303

AU010 C:T3Rej

2456

-oloiL

I35V 150V

41

5061C314

100mf0312800-r.-

Ot268V6312470

3W

"LW" MAIN CHASSIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM WITH VOLTAGES AND WAVESHAPES

4,502 6 9 V

F25I3'8A

13560

49

GI

E

12't

A 5

AC

.218

\A

3 4

,--,

Arv

...c2

0,),

<I,

/C21

0

CD

A9

RI8

0R

266

7--1

1A5/

0"A

8<

L 25

1R

256

C25

4`R

262

"R25

882

65C

253

-A-1

R26

1

B

R 2

I5

0

)0

00

0

T-I

I1J8

18T

-II1

J816

S

C26

kC

25V

ii\R

263

R25

9

25

C25

5

A ll

R25

27

R25

5l S

.C

25

R25

4

2

£10

it1Y

2518

R25

1c25

2_IY

2514

--

1

SW

EE

P B

OA

RD

CO

MP

ON

EN

T L

OC

AT

ION

S A

S V

IEW

ED

FR

OM

CO

ND

UC

TO

R

TR

IAN

GLE

(3)

NU

MB

ER

SD

EN

OT

E W

IRE

WR

AP

TE

RM

INA

LS O

N B

OA

RD

FO

RC

ON

NE

CT

ION

OF

WIR

ES

FR

OM

OT

HE

R C

OM

PO

NE

NT

S

A I.

TO

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL

AR

MA

2.

TO

V16

, PIN

3A

3.

TE

ST

PO

INT

A 4

. TE

ST

PO

INT

IX ;T

O B

+ I

8 R

257

(HO

RIZ

. HO

LDC

ON

TR

OL)

A 5

.T

O C

265

- F

251

A 6

.T

O V

16,

TE

RM

. 6 8

T25

I, T

ER

MA

7.

TO

C26

5 (B

+ B

OO

ST

); R

208,

CO

NT

RO

L A

RM

8. T

O R

257,

CO

NT

RO

L A

RM

A 9

. TO

YO

KE

, TE

RM

. 3 8

T20

1, R

ED

LE

AD

A10

. TO

I -F

BO

AR

D (

V6B

, PIN

3 8

RC

201

, TE

RM

. 1)

All.

TE

ST

PO

INT

MC

12. T

O R

257,

R20

5

SID

E

RO

MA

N -

3ZI N

UM

ER

ALS

RE

PR

ES

EN

T T

ES

T P

OIN

TS

2 3 4 5 6

CIR

CLE

D Q

A L

ET

TE

RS

RE

PR

ES

EN

T IN

TE

RC

ON

NE

CT

ING

WIR

ES

SO

LDE

RE

D IN

TO

BO

AR

D

O T

O T

25I,

PIN

1O

TO

FIL

. (V

15, P

IN 7

8 V

16, P

IN1

)

© T

O T

251,

PIN

5

VID

EO

DE

TE

CT

OR

BO

AR

DC

OM

PO

NE

NT

LO

CA

TIO

NS

AS

VIE

WE

D F

RO

M C

OM

PO

NE

NT

SID

E O

F B

OA

RD

.

.3-C

162

YI5

1

L154

CI6

31LI

57

VID

EO

DE

TE

CT

OR

BO

AR

DC

OM

PO

NE

NT

LO

CA

TIO

NS

AS

VIE

WE

D F

RO

M C

ON

DU

CT

OR

SID

E O

F B

OA

RD

.

PLU

G IN

TO

I -F

BO

AR

D W

ITH

CO

MP

ON

EN

TS

FA

CIN

G L

I58

RESISTORS

CAPACITORS

WIRE

CONNECTIONS

R178 -A2

C209 -K1

R180 -B1

C210 -J1

Al -A1

R215 -J2

C251 -B4

6.2-B1

R251-05

C252 -05

A3 -D1

R252 -05

C253 -F3

114-H1

R253 -D5

C254 -G2

A5 -H1

R254 -C4

C255 -D5

G6 -A2

R255 -C2

C256 -B2

117-C1

R256 -D2

C257 -D3

A8 -D2

R258 -E2

C258 -G1

A 9 -J2

R259 -E5

C259 -F5

&ID -B4

R260 -G4

C260 -H2

11,11-C4

R261 -F3

C263 -F4

A 12 -E6

R262 -G2

0-K2

COILS

R263 -G5

J -H5

R264 -G4

J5

R265 -I3

L251 -F1

R266 -H2

TUBES

DIODE

V12 -E4

Y251A /B -B5

V13-14

RO

MA

N (

II) N

UM

ER

ALS

RE

PR

ES

EN

T T

ES

T P

OIN

TS

LET

TE

RE

DC

IRC

LES

RE

PR

ES

EN

T B

OA

RD

MO

UN

TE

D W

IRE

ST

O P

OIN

TS

IND

ICA

TE

D.

0 T

UN

ER

I -F

LIN

K C

AB

LE

OT

UN

ER

CA

BLE

GR

OU

ND

SH

EA

TH

TO

R17

3 (C

ON

TR

AS

T)

00A

GC

TO

TU

NE

R

EO

TO

R17

3 C

ON

TR

OL

AR

M (

BLU

E)

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

CD

trj

'7:1

(1)

L."

tn H or 1

3 18"

gl co U) z

CAPACITORS

RESISTORS

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 I5 16

R30

5

aA

1307

8AX

II3A2

A

C30

6sA

,47

o%43

0-A

-111

16.

0 M

a)°

C30

5,4.

4111

1r

12 A

\,A

3R

304

< 6

.970

11V

\

C30

,4V

r301

7

306

308

R2I

I

202

C20

8

'20

R21

2-~

-\V

(07C

20C

206,

<

C20

3

I5A

R?I

016

0

0 0

410)

.00

0

L301

11A

302 302

301

11C

,311

IA

5

R3I

2

R17

4.)

" e3

12

1176

L162

AT

3r-e

404

C17

/

L 16

1

7,R

I69

fan

1154

<t6

9

C20

4

RI7

0

25A

24L

isA

8A

\C16

8

N23

10A

R17

2

465

R17

1

RI 0

...jjC

151

®I

1521

.ca

s,0-

%-

13C

I50

0

Rem

155

0 I

?

IR

I16

0

C16

6

R16

2

irA

17

R16

3

15

C 5

C15

1=.

CI7

2

E*I

57

*,,,5

/417

315

2

IC

IS

RI6

501

6916

7I

216-

22 A

,nns

,17

60

164

LI51

159

C40

2

CI6

1\c

- -

-

mL1

53 r

miZ

z,11

L18

5

4LI54

I C16

2O

Cr\

---

Y15

1C

I63:

C17

jp4

I

,,);c

____

__,L

157

- -E

S3-

Tii1J807

T111J809

F

1612 13 14

2 3 4 5 6 7

C150 -C2

C151-131

C152 -D3

CIS3-D5

C154 -D6

C155 -D4

C156-07

C157 -D9

C160 -C11

C161 -D13

C162 -B15

C163 -C15

C164 -E14

C165-010

C168 -H14

C169 -H10

C171 -G8

C172-08

C173 -E10

C174 -D15

C203 -K10

C204-113

C205 -K15

C206 -L16

C207 -L15

C208 -L11

C301-18

C302-17

C303 -J7

C304 -L5

C305-14

C306 -L3

C307 -L2

C308 -J4

C309 -J3

C310-14

C311 -G2

C312 -G5

C402 -B11

R150 -CI

R151 -C3

R152 -C3

R153 -E3

R154 -E6

R155 -D7

R156 -D6

R157-87

R158 -E9

R159 -B10

R160-17

R161 -E4

R162 -E12

R163 -F14

R164 -D12

R165 -G14

R167 -F15

R168 -E15

R169 -G10

R170-113

R171 -G13

R172 -F8

R174 -H5

R175 -G7

R176 -H6

R202 -K8

R206 -J15

R207 -K14

R209 -L8

R210 -J11

R211 -L7

R212-LI5

1301-18

6302-15

R304 -L5

R305 -L2

R306 -J3

R308 -H3

R310 -F3

COILS .5

TRANSFORMERS

L150-02

L151 -B2

1152-C1

L153 -C14

1154-1114

L157 -B15

LI58-015

L159 -F15

L160 -F16

L161 -C9

L162 -G7

L301-12

T151 -C6

T152 -C10

T154 -H10

T301 -J6

R/C NETWORKS

RC166 -F11

RC201 -115

TUBES

V3 -C4

V4 -C8

V5 -C12

V6 -G12

V7 -J9

V8 -K4

V9 -G4

WIRE

CONNECTIONS

V -D1

e -E2

1).-E6

TYM8

2A -C2

3-K1

-4-L2

5-F3

6-14

.8-K2

410-F6

4I1 -I5

_12-M5

413-87

15-310

416-311

417-F13

.18-013

419-813

,420-113

,21-015

A22-016

4.23-815

424-116

A25-316

DIODES

Y151-1315

R311 -G2

11312-F5

TEST POINTS

TPII-F13

TPIII-G15

TPIV-H7

TPX-J3

TPXI-14

tPXII-K2

8 N

UM

BE

RE

D(A

3 )

TR

IAN

GLE

SR

EP

RE

SE

NT

WIR

E W

RA

P T

ER

MIN

ALS

ON

BO

AR

D F

OR

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N O

F W

IRE

S F

RO

M P

OIN

TS

IND

ICA

TE

D.

AI

TO

R30

9 C

ON

TR

OL

AR

M

A2

TO

GR

OU

ND

SH

EA

TH

OF

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

A3

TO

YE

LLO

W W

IRE

AN

D V

OLU

ME

CO

NT

RO

LA

4T

O T

303

-C31

4A

5T

O T

3

II

A7

TE

ST

Ap0

031N

(BT

LxU

E

LEA

D)

6T

ES

T P

OIN

T X

I

A8

TE

ST

PO

INT

A9

Tn

TU

NE

R F

IL B

F40

2A

10

TO

TU

NE

R B

+ B

C40

IB (

RE

D L

EA

D)

AI

IT

O T

UN

ER

-1-

135V

8C

40IC

(O

RA

NG

E L

EA

D)

A12

TO

F40

2 8

GR

EE

N L

EA

D, T

401

A13

TE

ST

PO

INT

EC

, TO

PIN

7, v

16

9 10

tl Mz

dry

t=i 0 )-3 a cr)

CD

CD

O 4-3

p-, 0 1-3

MO

1-3 tn Mz

tri

A15

A16

A 1

7A

laA

19A

2015

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

TO

R20

8 (G

RE

EN

)T

O R

203

(BLA

CK

/WH

ITE

)T

ES

T P

OIN

T a

TO

PIN

I,V

16a

PIN

7, V

15(B

RO

WN

)T

O C

I67

(YE

LLO

W)

TO

120

1 (B

LUE

)T

ES

T P

OIN

T L

ET

O 1

401

(GR

EE

N /Y

ELL

OW

)T

OC

251

ON

SW

EE

P B

OA

RD

(G

RE

EN

)T

O C

40ID

TO

R20

4 C

ON

TR

OL

AR

M(G

RA

Y)

m IL

IKIJ

II I

HIG

IF IE

l DIC

IBI A

II -

F B

OA

RD

LO

CA

TIO

N A

S S

EE

N F

RO

M C

ON

DU

CT

OR

SID

E


GENERAL ELECTRIC "LW" Series, Service Information, ContinuedCLEANING THE CURVED PLASTIC SAFETY WINDOW AND PIC-

TURE TUBE FACE

Remove the chassis and picture tube assembly aspreviously described. The inside of the safetywindow and the picture tube face may now be clean-ed. A solution of pure soap and water and a softcloth may be used for cleaning these.

HANDLE AND ESCUTCHEON REMOVAL

To remove the carrying handle from the "LW"chassis, first remove the cabinet back and unscrewthe mounting screws (nuts in the case of the straptype handle used in some models) from underneaththe chassis top.

To remove the escutcheon, first take off thepanel control knobs and the handle or strap. Thenloosen the two screws holding the chassis to thetop of the front assembly and the three screwswhich hold the escutcheon in place along the frontedge of the chassis. Finally, push the escutcheontoward the rear until the three slots along itsrear edge disengage from the chassis.

TUNER AND TUNER BRACKET REMOVAL

The tuner may be dismantled from its mountingbracket by unsoldering leads going to other com-ponents and removing the four mounting screwswhich hold it to the bracket.

DISASSEMBLY OF CONTROLS

All of the "LW" chassis principal and secondary

controls are accessible for service and removal

once the cabinet back has been removed from thechassis. Those mounted on the top may be removedwithout dismantling the escutcheon simply by pull-ing off the control knobs and unscrewing the

mounting nuts through the slots provided at thetop of the chassis. The potentiometers mounted onthe auxiliary platform, near the antenna terminalboard, may be dismantled by straightening thetwist tabs which hold them in place.

M4 FRONT

VIuss

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

CAPACITORS MORE TRAM 1MARCPACITORS LESS TriahlRESISTORS RE Ill WATTI000 mI,000.000

SWITCHES MEWED FROM TROSTCA TUNER. TURES PACINGDOWNAR0SWITCH SHOWN IN CHANNELall POSITION

217,%GTL'gtiPALL OTHER VOLTAGES mEASoREDwITH 20,000f, VOLT METERNO SIGNAL APPLIED

oU, tr5 .G,

OSKAR

Disassembly of Controls: The vertical holdpotentiometer and the dual contrast -brightnesspotentiometers in late -production models are heldin place by twist tabs instead of nuts. Thesetabs may be straightened or twisted completely offto permit removal of the defective component.

CIRCUIT BOARD SERVICING

Both of the etched circuit boards in the "LW"chassis are so mounted that they may be servicedfrom the rear of the set once the cabinet back hasbeen removed. The conductor side of the sweepboard can be lifted into position for servicingafter the three screws holding the board to thetop of the high -voltage assembly are taken out.The IF board may be swiveled into position forservicing by removing three screws at the side andtwo at the bottom of the chassis and allowing themounting frame to pivot on the remaining screw,which is the one nearest the rear edge at the bot-tom of the chassis.Eleven screws hold the IF board to the metal

frame. These must be removed only if replacementof the board itself is necessary.

The IF shield mounts on four clips attached tothe board. It may be removed after the singlescrew holding it to the bottom of the board mount-ing frame is loosened.

HIGH VOLTAGE ASSEMBLY SERVICING

The metal box encasing the high -voltage recti-fier and transformer is held to the chassis bottomby four screws, and may be tilted for better ser-vice accessibility after these screws and thewires soldered to the transformer have been re-moved. To change rectifier tubes, it is only nec-cessary to loosen one screw at the rear of theassembly and drop the hinged "door" at the leftrear of the HV box. To replace the transformer,the rectifier socket or either of the two resis-tors (R267 & R268) beneath the socket, it will benecessary to remove the entire rear panel of theHV box as well as the screws holding the box tothe chassis.

02REAR

WT86X102 VHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

V2B68LB

CONv.

on 0+2 78V (AT MIN. BIAS)

oPinZNOTE

vOETALENT TTAS PO,NT 303

2tq A'C1 2

XEwit,. LOCAL S,GNAL

MOO

LIZ:11- ;ZAP

0_13+135Vc*0 NOTE.

voLTS AT 12S VOLTSA C L. .ITH USW.

SIGNAL

6 f VACZ1000

C 116

tl000 0 AGC

52


GENERAL ELECTRIC

U5 CHASSIS LINEELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITYThe vertical framing controls, R305 and R310, should be

adjusted simultaneously to give proper vertical size con-sistent with good vertical linearity. Final adjustment shouldbe made to allow the picture to extend approximately 1/8 inchbeyond the top and bottom edges of the mask.

WIDTH CONTROLThe width switch S351, located at the right side of the

cabinet back, has 3 positions. Select the position that com-pletely fills the screen without having the picture extendmuch greater than 1/4 inch beyond the mask.

HORIZONTAL AFC ADJUSTMENT

1. Remove the cabinet back,2. Tune the receiver to a weak signal and adjust the con-

trols for normal operation.3. Short Test Point IX to the chassis with a jumper wire.4. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor from Test Point X to Test

Point XI (in parallel with L350).5. Adjust the horizontal hold potentiometer R357 until the

picture just "Floats" back and forth across the screen. LeaveR357 in this position.

6. Remove the 1000 ohm resistor from Test Point X andTest Point XI. Adjust L350 stabilizer coil so that the pictureagain just "Floats" across the screen. Leave L350 set in thispostion.

7. Remove the jumper from Test Point IX and the chassis.

AGC CONTROL.Two methods which can be used to adjust the AGC control,

R254, are described below. The first is the most accurate.However it may be necessary to use the second method whenadjustments are made outside the service shop.

METHOD 1-1. Tune in a TV signal, preferable a test pattern or signal

that is monitored to insure that the percentage of sync does notexceed 25%.

2. Connect a scope to TPVIII (Clipper Plate).3. Set the scope to sync at the vertical sync rate so that

one vertical sync pulse and the horizontal pulses for one framecan be observed.

4. Tune the channel for maximum gain (into smear). Adjustthe AGC control counterclockwise until the front of thevertical sync pulse drops into a hole; then clockwise until thehorizontal pulses appear to decrease at the bottom of the scopedisplay. Set the control approximately at the midpoint betweenthe limits.

METHOD 2-Tune in the strongest TV station signal in the area for

maximum gain. Adjust the AGC control clockwise until anoverload condition exists which will appear as tearing of thepicture. Turn the control counterclockwise until the overloadcondition disappears and then slightly beyond this point isthe proper setting of the control.

ION TRAP. The straight gun picture tubes used do not normallyrequire an ion trap. However, a low gauss ion trap is used on afew tubes in order to optimize focus. Power should not be ap-plied to the receiver for extended periods of time withoutproper adjustment of the ion trap. Rotate and slide the ion trapon the neck of the picture tube to obtain maximum picturebrightness without neck shadow and consistent with good focus.Brightness should be kept moderate during the ion trap ad-justment.

U5 CHASSIS

COVERS

MODELSWITH OR WITHOUT UHF

M870VWDM871VWDR870VMLR870VWD

PICTURE TUBE ADJUSTMENTS

YOKE POSITION

The yoke is secured to the neck of the picture tube by a "U"shaped clamp and spring, Figure 3. To adjust the yoke forpicture tilt, loosen the clamp by squeezing points C and Dwith long nose pliers until the eye of the spring slides over thebend in the clamp. The yoke can now be adjusted for correctpicture tilt. To secure the yoke, the pliers are used in thesame manner between points A and B until the spring eyeslides over the bend to its clamping position.

PICTURE CENTERING

The picture centering device is located on the rear of theyoke assembly. The centering device consists of two ringseach of which may be rotated separately. Each ring has twotabs with punched holes. The holes are provided so that aninsulated alignment tool may be inserted in them to providean easy means of rotating the rings. Rotate the rings so thatthe tabs move towards or away from each other to centerthe picture on the face of the tube.

MAKE YOKE ADJUSTMENTWITH SPRING IN THISPOIRTION

AFTERMOVE SPRING TOTHIS POSITIONSECURE YOKE

Fig. 3. Yoke clamp

MAGNET- W T5OX Ia RETAINER WT2X16I

YOKE ASSEMBLYWT76X3I

\CENTERINGRINGSWT42X35

4YOKE CLAMPa CUSHIONWT5 X27

C364WT26 X64

Fig. 4. Picture tube neck components

FOCUS

The proper focus potential for the tube was chosen of thetime the set was manufactured. If it becomes necessary to in-stall a new picture tube or change the focus potential, anyone of four potentials may be chosen for best focus.

The four connection points for focus potential are locatedon the horizontally mounted printed board behind the rearadjustment controls. The lead from R216 mounted on thepicture tube socket may be connected to one of the followingpoints to obtain best focus.

1. Ground potential-wire wrap terminal at the frontof V9 as viewed from the rear of the chassis. This point alsoconnects to pin 8 of the picture tube.

2. B+ 135V-wire wrap terminal to the left of the verticalheight control R305, as viewed from the rear of the chassis.

3. B+ 280V-wire wrap terminal to the left of the verticallinearity control R310, as viewed from the rear of the chassis.

4. B+ Boost-wire wrap terminal at the spark gap to therear and right side of the vertical height control R305, viewedfrom the rear of the chassis.

(Continued on pages 54 through 60)

53


GENERAL ELECTRIC U5 Chassis,

TO REMOVE THE CHASSIS FROM THE CABINETRemove the knobs from the shafts on the front of the

cabinet. Disconnect any antennas from the antenna terminalboard. Remove the cabinet back by taking out the screwssecuring the back to the cabinet, the interlock bracket, and theantenna terminal board support bracket. Disconnect thespeaker plug and remote control cable plug (where used).Connect one end of an insulated wire to the chassis and touchthe other end to the anode button of the picture tube todischarge the tube. Remove the anode lead from the picturetube by squeezing the anode clip and withdrawing it fromthe tube. Remove the picture tube socket, the yoke clampand the deflection yoke assembly. Remove three screwsholding the tuner and bracket assembly to the front of thecabinet. Hook the tuner bracket to the chassis. Removefour chassis retaining screws from the bottom of the cabinet.Remove the chassis from the cabinet.

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENTOF THE PICTURE TUBE

The chassis must be removed from the cabinet as describedabove before the picture tube can be removed.

After removing the chassis, remove four screws which gothrough the bottom of the cabinet into the tube strap brackets.Remove the top left hand nut holding the tube bracket tothe top front of the cabinet. Hold the neck of the tube in the

GLASS CHANNEL(BOTTOM)

WEDGE GLASSBEHIND CHANNEL

SAFETY GLASSPULLER

(GE ETR-1592)

aa=3.___.

}

=,---/-

CHANNEL 4RETAINING-SCREW

Fig. 21. Replacement of safety window

Service Information, Continuedleft hand and remove the top right hand nut. Carefully removethe tube from the cabinet.

To replace the picture tube, lay the tube face down on aclean cloth so that the tube face does not become scratched.Loosen the nuts on the spade bolts at each side of the tubestrap. Remove the tube strap from the tube. Place the strap onthe new tube so that when facing the back of the tube theanode button is to the right with the tube strap ears at thetop. Tighten the nuts on the spade bolts with equal torqueto secure the strap to the tube. Replace the tube assemblyin the cabinet and observe if the tube aligns properly with themask. If it does not align properly, remove the tube from thecabinet and reposition the strap as necessary to effect properalignment of the picture tube with the mask.

PINCUSHION MAGNETS ON REPLACEMENT YOKESTwo pincushion correction magnets, in easily removable

plastic holders, are assembled to the top and bottom of theflange on a replacement deflection yoke.

The magnets will correct pin cushion effects (bowing of thescanning lines) at the top and bottom of the raster. This effectmay be seen by reducing the vertical size sufficiently withR305 so that the top and bottom of the raster may be seen.

The magnets may be postioned to provide several degreesof pin cushion correction as follows:

1. Where maximum correction is needed-mount the mag-nets on the front of the yoke flange (nearest the pic-ture tube).

2. Where moderate correction is needed-mount the mag-nets on the rear of the yoke flange.

3. WI-.lre no correction is needed-remove the magnetsand holders.

4. Any of the above may be used in combination-one onthe top rear, one on the bottom front, etc.

It is important that the magnets be mounted with correctpolarity as indicated by the red paint code at the end of eachmagnet. Observe the polarity shown in Figure 22.

POLARITY PAINT CODE ON MAGNETS

REAR VIEW

(t)FRONT VIEW

Fig. 22. Pincushion magnet polarity

SIDE VIEW

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT

The alignment of the video I -F system involves the properadjustment of three traps and the tuned pass band circuits.These adjustments are all accomplished by core positioningwith a hexagon core alignment tool. All adjustment points areaccessible from the rear of the receiver without removing thechassis from the cabinet. Fig. 45 indicates the position of thealignment points. Figs. 41 and 42 indicate the correct testpoint locations.

PROCEDURE:

1. Turn the volume control fully counterclockwise and thecontrast control fully clockwise. Set the channel selector tochannel 11 or some other high band channel where oscillatorinfluence is not noted as the fine tuning control is turned. Turnthe fine tuning control fully counterclockwise.

2. Adjust the AGC control, R254, to mid -range.3. Connect the oscilloscope to Test Point IV through a

22,000 ohm resistor. The resistor should not be more than 2.5inches away from Test Point IV.

4. Connect a bias voltage between Test Point VII and thechassis with the positive side of the bias voltage on Test PointVII.

5. Inject signal from a properly terminated AM signal gen-

erator or sweep generator through the network in Figure 5to the I -F injection jack.

The I -F injection jack is not a phono type receptacle. Theconnection is made by the end of the phono plug touching thecontact inside the injection jack. The outside shell of the pluggrips the injection jack firmly. Press the plug firmly intoplace without excess pressure. See Figure 5 for plug con-struction.

6. Align the receiver to produce the response curve shown inFigure 11.

NOTES:

1. Always allow the equipment and the receiver under testto warm up at least 20 minutes before adjustments are made.

2. Always have a speaker or dummy load connected to theaudio output transformer secondary.

3. Where difficulty is encountered in obtaining correctalignment, the individual pre -peaking of each tuned circuitmay be made to bring the tuning close to frequency but over-all swept alignment should be completed for correct response.See pre -peaking chart and procedure.

4. After completion of I -F alignment, reset the AGC controlaccording to information outlined.

54


GENERAL ELECTRIC U5

COAX CABLESHIELD BRAID

BRASS OR COPPERTUBING

Chassis, Alignment Information, Continued

PHONO PLUG

r - -r--0 8, of .1E111, ED

SOLDER WRAP ASSEMBLY WITH TAPE

STEP

R2811

CI1000umf

R310.11.

_J

Fig. 5. I -F injection network

TO 7E51_1POINT ME

47utif

TO RECEIVERCHASSIS

SOLDER Kim's,'

Fig. 7. 4.5 MC detector network

SIGNALFREQUENCY

PRE -PEAKING:

If each coil is peaked as indicated in the frequency chart, anover-all I -F response curve which closely approximates theproper curve will be achieved. This peaking may be done byusing an AM signal or the sweep method may be used by ad-justing the coils for maximum amplitude at the desired markerpoints. After this is done, the over-all sweep method shouldbe used to permit proper final shaping of the curve.

Further aids to response trouble shooting are the I -F systemcurves in Fig. 10. These were obtained by progressively insert-ing the sweep signal stage -by -stage starting from the firstI -F grid. When observing these responses use the same equip-ment and bias battery connections as for the sweep alignmentprocedure above, except for the sweep generator output cable.The bias voltage used is +3.5 volts.

AM PRE -PEAKING AND TRAP FREQUENCIESL135 Max. at 45.75 MCL151 Trap MM. at 47.25 MCL152 Max. at 42.50 MCL153 Trap Min. at 41.25 MCL154 Trap MM. at 47.25 MCL155 Max. at 44.15 MCT151 Max. at 42.90 MCT152 Max. at 45.30 MC

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

ADJUST REMARKS

47.25 MC AM

2

Short out the Junction of C151 and L151 (TPIII) to ground by inserting a small screw driverin hole at top of I -F shield, and adjust L154 forminimum scope deflection.

Remove short from TP III and adjust L151 forminimum scope deflection.

3 41.25 MC AM L153 for minimum scope deflection.

Use maximum scope sensitivity and the lowestpossible signal level for the 47.25 MC and 41.25MC AM adjustments.

Apply +7 volts bias between TP VII and thechassis with the positive bias connected to TPVII.

The tuning cores of L153 and L154 must be posi-tioned at the tuning point closest to the printedboard. (It is possible to attain two tuning points.)

4

5

6

7

8

9

38-48 MC sweep gen-erator.Scope calibrated 3volts peak for 2 inchdeflection.

L135 (converter plate) to obtain maximumdistance from base line of 45.75 MC marker.

Do not retouch this adjustment.

L152 (1st I -F grid) to obtain maximum distancefrom base line of 42.5 MC marker.

L155 (video detector) to obtain maximumdistance from base line of 44.15 MC marker.

T151 (1st I -F Plate) for proper location of the42.5 MC marker.

TI52 (2nd I -F Plate) for proper location of the45.75 MC marker.

Adjust bias as above to obtain +3.5 volts.

Maintain as near as possible marker position andlimits shown in desired response Fig. 11. Peakregion of curve may vary from 103%.to 123%using 45.0 MC point as 100% reference.

L152 and L155 slightly to "rock the nose" forproper shape and symmetry at 44.15 MC.

T151 and T152 may require readjustment, afterL152 and L155 are set, to bring the markerswithin tolerance. The curve should be sym-metrical in appearance.

L155,T152 5 TI51 RESPONSE(SWEEP AT P N I OF Vi THRU.00100

/Mbr.OMmirrou

MMMMM SIMInswo=ZiliAteppammair

-""Illais.

1.see.:, 12X1211.1

11113:02iiraniialril,

!meow..

l'iiini4 415XCEMI

44 .5.IC

L 55 RESPONSE(SWEEP AT PIN (OF V4 THRU .0010) (SWEEP AT PIN I OF V5 THRU .001 Al 1)

1155 a 1152 RESPONSE

Fig. 10. Progressive I -F response curves

103% MINI I 5% NOM.123% MAX.

41.25 MC 47.25MC

4 5.75 MC42.5 MC 50%± 5%55V5%

NOSE 45 MC(00%

4 4.I5MC

Fig. 11. Desired I -F response curve

55


GENERAL ELECTRIC U5 Chassis, Alignment Information, Continued

AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENT

PROCEDURE:

1. Apply power to the receiver for at least 20 minutesbefore making adjustments.

2. Connect an antenna to the receiver and tune in a weaktelevision signal. This will provide a 4.5 MC FM signal sourcefor audio I -F alignment. Keep the volume control turned downunless the speaker is connected.

3. Connect two matched 100,000 ohm resistors in series be-tween Pin 2 of V15B (6T8) and the chassis as shown inFigure 12.

4. Follow instructions in the Audio Alignment Chart.NOTE: The top core of T200 has two positions showingminimum. The bottom core has two positions showing maxi-mum. The correct position for each core is the position nearestthe respective end of the coil.

STEP CONNECT VTVM

AUDIO ALIGNMENT CHART

ADJUST

L

T400 C41,,..11AUCIO

R4061T OUTPUT I

R408

___R405

+135V

V158I/3 618

2 - 100K (II)RESISTORS I

IN SERIES I

Fig. 12. Audio alignment connection

METER INDICATION REMARKS

2

3

Between Pin 2 of V15B andchassis.

T200 Secondary (Bottom) Adjust for maximum.

Between Junction of R408,C411, and the center of the two100,000 ohm resistors.

T400 Primary (Top)

T400 Secondary (Bottom)

Adjust for maximum.

Adjust for zero volts D -C output. Wherepossible set meter for zero center.

Repeat Steps 1, 2,and 3 to assureproper alignment.

4.5 MC TRAP AND AUDIO TAKEOFF ALIGNMENT

1. Connect a -7 volt bias between Test Point VII and thechassis with the negative terminal to Test Point VII.

2. Connect an accurate 4.5 MC AM signal to Test Point IVthrough a 1000 uufd capacitor.

3. Connect the detector network, Figure 7, to Test PointXIII. Connect a scope to the network.

4. Connect AC VTVM to the speaker terminals.

DAMPERFUSE

F350

FS00

ar4

POWER LINEFUSE

AUDIO OUTPU

ST. VIDEOIF AMP

Ras tlaAOC CLAMP

END VIDEOrFDIA0m, I -F AMP

1ST VIDEO AMPADC DETER

Mar

Fig. 45. Tuba and adjustment locations

NF TUNER

VS I

L SOSi \ EATER REACTOR

POwt/FrA ' -',--, ti -1, , i., , , AC

I I

II

H'_faF 70d

1148

PkH cus

61 R;;iir DET

LIST- .15 YL TRAP

5. Tune the top core of T200 for minimum deflection onthe scope at Test Point XIII. (See Note under Audio I -FAlignment.)

6. Tune the bottom core of T200 for maximum reading onthe VTVM.

7. Retune the top core of T200 again for minimum deflec-tion on the scope.

SNIELD

KMACTRAP COIL

L F GRID

I--;I 11

I 0.- -11:10 T200- AUDIO TAKE -OFFr-lt -- 8 4.51AC TRAP

I IF TISS-Wril--lye 1 3RoVIDEO LF

, r . PLATE CM yv

2NOSA VIDEC/5O

16 INTERLOCK

401NANO OUTPUT 7101

VERTICAL OuTPU

Sa01 PHONO-TV SWITCH 0 0 01=8:0

ROTATE CENTERINGRINGS TO CENTERPICTURE

HORIZ VERTDEFLECTION COILS

V9ROME

VEDA'R

OUT. rayVERT OUTPUT

e"N NSiNC"C,IiFTE4ca

Q HTROT425C,, HORIZ. HOLD

CONTPOL R35

PlICNO SPAR CRJ - - - - - - - - - -

RADIATION ELD

AMP Z`3 DAMPERI-

6DU I6B

akCAPACITORe

ITV RECTIFIER

1350WAIL .J3cT

STAR. /

56

O


GENERAL ELECTRIC U5 Chassis, I.F. Board Information, ContinuedP 101N I MI 1,

R204

L202

20361RN2- C203

R

R262 .__*45,02$"AAA132.59 6A r-

K I J I I

261 / A R252F 501 R260 \/ /11 \* r- ..

--NAAA--*R25I R250

MALV--40.251 5 C250

p257

C256

:

L160

LI61

E

4-72 ftoR 200

R263010- R I 6 4

91 78217

RI62

LILam_536 CI63L1561

L15?

L

150

I C164 1-157CI62triV

n

er

ti

C20

2

A 79\R40

C402S,

G1F IE ID ICI B A

,A11-1R405 i in C413) C4I5T

R502R408W

I

A 4°

..,..C416 [I]

R413

C4OVE.

1.- 0 I

1 40

6A.

1

1 I

R201 Val)11.---0- ...3

\v4tei- i'°C404 C408 ri R258

:it,), I 8407

AC4 7

erNilial---.0L162 \-~.--41R213

R2I4--vwR202 1----~---

C5EZ R15")\-

C158

C1601. --n5

RI61.5)4159

C 5 0 8

Cl5ir

f)e'ra;9

\VI/4)158 RI57

)i I ;--C153C1567`

6

R154

CI

A.4 1 L153

I-T 151

RI55

I -F BOARD COMPONENT LOCATIONS ASFig. 41. I -F Board component locations

NU MBERED/3\TRIANGLES

REPRESENT WIRE WRAP TERMINALS ONCOMPONENT BOARD FOR CONNECTIONOF WIRES FROM POINTS INDICATED.

A T401 Blue, C418

Shield Wire of 0

AR417 (Treble) Term. 2

A\ R410 (Volume) Term. 2

AS401, Term. 3; P502, Term. 1

A\P502, Term. 3

AC506B-

/8\ R206 (Contrast) Term. 3

/9\ Audio Muting Switch

10 C506M111, on Sweep Board

AAon Sweep Board

T500/T501 Green

AAon Sweep Board

16 Shield of 15

14

1 CI on Sweep Board

RESISTORS

R150-A10R151-D7R152-C7R153-B7R154-F7R155-G9R156-G7R157-H8R158-J8R159-K7R161 ---M10R162-P7R164-N6R200 --M5R201-K4R202-16R203-01R204 -P1R213-G5R214-G6R217-N7R226-M2R250-M3R251-03R252-L2R253-L2R255-M3R256-03R257-P4R258-D4R259-M2R260-N2

253 R4I8 R420

41.L

R4I6_ j

el°01-10C417

eq4C1.1ft 0

RI51C1 V.

2

6

7

CI 2 ei8

/i,L1511A

2\50RI50

n_Tr1:1Nrj c 150 4.-)I- -vsn"--VIEWED FROM CONDUCTOR SIDE

COMPONENT LOCATIONS

R262 -02R263-05R402-I2R405 -H2R406-G2R407-E4R408-G1R413-C3R415-A2R416-C4R418-C3R419-D5R420-A3R502-A1

TUBES

V3-E8V4-18V5-L8V6-M4

VI4-14V15-E3V16-B5

DIODES

Y150-N8

TEST POINT

III-B81V-0.5V-P4

VI-Q1VII-Q3XII-D1

CAPACITORS

C150-C10C151-B7C152-C8C153-G9C154-G7C155-G7C156-H9C157-J9C158 --K8C159 --L10C160-K8C162-N8C163-N7C164-08C201 -L5C202-L4C203-M1C217-N6C250-M3C251-03C252-E5C253-D3C254-N2C256-P5C261-M2C402-12C404-H4C406-F3C407-F4C408-F4C409-G2C410-G1C411-E1C413-D2C415-B1C416-B3

C417 --A5C507 --K7C508-17

COILS

L150-C9L151-B8L152-D9L153-G7L154-J8L 1 55-N8L156-N7L157-N8L158-N7L159-07L160-07L161-Q8L162-15L200-N6L202-01

TRANSFORMERS

T151-G8T152-K8T200-L4T400-G3

WIRE COLOR CODE(Used In Most Instances)

Brown - -FilamentRed -High B +Orange -Low BRed and White-B + BoostWhite -AGC

ROMAN (V) NUMERALSREPRESENT TEST POINTS

9

I0

LETTERED U CIRCLES

REPRESENT BOARD MOUNTED WIRESCONNECTED TO POINTS INDICATED.

® C505A-1.1® C505B-AO Shielded Lead From TunerCO To Shield Wires of Shielded Audio Cables AGC Terminal on Tuner C505C /\ on Sweep Board

57


GENERAL ELECTRIC U5 Chassis, Sweep Board Information, Continued

SWEEP BOARD COMPONENT LOCATIONS AS VIEWED FROM THE CONDUCTOR SIDE

COMPONENT LOCATIONS Fig. 42. Swoop board component locations ROMAN (VIII) NUMERALSREPRESENT TEST POINTS

RESISTORS CAPACITORS TRANSFORMERS

R205-A4 C204-B3R208-B2 C205-D1R209-E6 C206-D5R210-D5 C300-F1R211-F4 C301-12R215-F8 C302-L2R254-H10 C303-L1R264-D8 C304-L4R265-E8 C305-M5R300-G2 C306-E3R301-G1 C307-D2R302-K2 C308-G3R304-I1 C350-H7R305-E10 C351-J7R307-M3 C352-17R308-M4 C353-I9R309-J2 C354-18R313-B5 C355-H8R314 --D4 C356-M9R350-16 C357-L8R351 --K7 C358-K10R352 --J7 C359-J10R.353-17 C365-H2R3 54--L 7R355-L9R356 --L9R357-L10R358-I8R359-I9 V7-B4R360-G9 V8-C8R361-K9 V9-J4R362-110 VI0-K8

T300 -F5

COILS

L203-A5L204 -B1L205 -E6L350 --M7

DIODES

Y501A-A6Y50IB-A8Y350A-J6

TEST POINTS

VIII-H7IX --17X-M6

XI -L6XIII-F7

G9

NUMBERED TRIANGLES

REPRESENT WIRE WRAP TERMINALS ON COMPO-NENT BOARD FOR CONNECTION OF WIRES FROMPOINTS INDICATED.

/71\ R206 (Contrast) Term. 1 AAon I -F Board

A on I -F BoardA T301, Green

A A on I -F Board0 on I -F Board

CRT Socket Pin 8/4\ C505C,Aft, L502 Red

AT500/T501 Yellow 8c Green 16 R310 (Vert. Lin.)

AA on I -F Board Ajunction R362, R363

AC505A11, T401 Red 18 C506DIE

/tiAon I -F Board, 19 R303 (Vert. Hold) Term. 2CRT Socket Pin 5

/a\ CRT Socket Pin 3 20 T301 Blue

10 R212 (Brite) Term. 2 A C363+

ACRT Socket Pin 7 AT301 Yellow, Yoke Term. 4

58

L

250

0

-V2A

CO

N, LI

35

6.30

AC

FL

ALL

VO

LTA

GE

ME

AS

UR

EM

EN

TM

AD

E W

ITH

GA

vA

CU

UM

NR

CV

OLT

ME

TE

R IN

RE

SP

EC

T T

O

AE

EIV

EC

011R

3911

0rS

IET

FO

R N

OR

MA

L O

PE

RA

TIO

N.

2 WITH LINE

TT

LT1I

CE

AC

ME

AS

UR

Em

EN

Ts

SH

OW

N N

AT

DE

VIA

TE

120

%

3 vO

LTA

GE

, mA

RK

ED

NY

.N

O w

AV

E S

HA

PE

SS

AN

EN

WIT

H A

NO

ME

FR

EE

IGN

AL

PR

OO

vCIN

G 2

.3 T

O3.

3vO

LTG

C A

TT

UN

ER

. FIN

E T

UN

ING

CO

NT

RO

L O

.US

TE

D F

OR

N.M

. AC

C

IH

our

SIG

NA

L IN

PU

T

WIS

H

UN

ER

AG

C

4111

ES

inP

OW

015A

1/3

6111

/6T

BA

AO

C C

LAW

GE

NE

RA

L E

LE

CT

RIC

"LIS

" S

CH

EM

AT

IC W

ITH

VO

LTA

GE

S A

ND

WA

VE

SH

AP

ES

4125

TR

AP

V 5

V4

itrF

L1S

3 2.

1060

Cle

oLI

SP

140V

0151

270V

Roo

SI

4225

41C

TR

AR

-2 9

V*

-0.2

V,

cgs

2.2M

RE

MO

TE

au0

10 P

LUG

IPIN

SID

EP

502

-T

O P

oIN

T C

To

PO

INT

B

rfrs

eArr

r"=

"

1 1 II

I1

F50

0

so

II

..10,

1 sa

ss -0,P

MO

TE

051

AC

art:L

T O

NN

ON

-P

OW

ER

TuN

ING

SE

TS

T50

0/T

501.

GA

LL O

TH

ER

CO

NT

RO

LS A

RE

AP

AS

TE

D F

OR

NO

Rm

AL

OP

ER

AT

ION

INC

LUD

ING

254

* *

4117

Flir

geN

N 1

"

5041

140V

01 5

342

V13

4V

AM

,

0146

0

47.2

5W T

RA

PV

5C

I."L

ISA

JRD

160 19

0V

1OW

CC

'o

Mg

V68

1/2

SA

W.

AG

C A

FT

ER

1fM

RII

1014

00

27V

127

0V

3 4V

s(25

6,.

24V

+13

50

. 21

V

cotik

ok

+28

00

LIS

J'. P

Eak

r.cs

oac.

,B

RO

WN

- --

-,M

ON

TR

ED

- -

NIG

H B

OA

SIO

WIT

E-

--01

1130

ST

rrin

61"

WH

ITE

AG

C

--10

. TO

PO

INT

A C

mP

HO

NO

T V

SW

ITC

H

1 F

IELD

1-1

"S'

CE

ar7T

T.4

'

iS

wIT

CN

S55

1P

RO

Inv

1201

l,/

20V - Ls

ot

5711

CA

N

GP

/TE

L

TT

"so

FoR

ME

R F

RO

MA

LE

NG

TI,

0,40

26w

mE

.T50

1 U

SE

D O

NP

OW

ER

TU

NIN

GS

ET

S

*TO

...n.

.--1

3106

3v

AC

0IGE.

RLAMP

IND

ICA

TO

R +28

0V

V12 SA

RA

GT

+26

50

+26

0V

57V

81

use

511a

9

02V

* -2

2V

q"S

IB K

S

C23

7

TONS.

08 613/

6C

LIP

PE

R, N

OIS

EC

AN

CE

LLO

O

TE

ST

V64

+13

5V

00

+28

0V

V 9

A1/

20N

2vE

RT

. DIS

C.

140V

'263

411

0 +

280V

,30

29V

8324

,11,

2.13

0015

.. 40

VJJN

""et

_I.0

05

1330

031-

0011

3300

144-

0.11

.

1W-pE

+I3

5VV

35v

0110

11*

UN

LES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E N

OT

ED

x 10

00Id

100

0,00

0C

AP

AC

ITO

RS

MO

PE

TH

N 1

...E

IC

AP

AC

ITO

RS

LE

SS

TH

AN

1..1

RE

SIS

TO

RS

AR

E I/

2 W

AT

T

120%

C35

0 s

0302

-0/

280V

7."

2411

HE

IGH

T

z,A

t* i4O

V (

"/

190

0 V

oT AG

EL

L 20

.26

5V..0

.^6

CH

IN

Vi

CO

PE

L113

°.!

CO

NT

RA

ST

V98

* *

I/2 S

ON

/vE

RT

OU

TP

UT

/ 10

KO

,P

ULS

ES

332

-1(.

000

IC33

31.

1000

VIO

EC

G]

NO

W O

SC

.

Wd

0.5V

2

C63

1'g8

a0.

353

R90

...C

r_ 6

5V

3y 2

/35C

e_T

... ;m

e)(

it*15

0 21

+28

0V13

V

V1L

7+13

5V

NP

O.n

.E).

'01-

M57

4011

11O

VR

OR

IV N

IHL

Tsc

EV

`" "

".1

E II

OV

'W

U6.

3V A

C20

HIS

6805

68/6

C83

0800

SC

AT

6656

v /

6A05

/G

AC

ISA

ov

196

V15

81/

3 6T

p.

AA

.TC

'DE

T

T00 r-

AS

V,

R40

13

70ill

.4 3

V,

VII

6006

/ 613

06B

RO

RIE

OU

TP

UT

T35

0

3501

1 3

0359

9.

.0,0

J..

TE

ST

'Va.

°S

TE

RE

O

PO

INT

. SH

Ot.X

T40

2X

II7°

, Z:c

:4..7

4..9

"1"d

002:

001/3 A

UD

IO A

mp

120

46(1

,(1,

c14

8

+13

5V

6V

Mai

n C

hass

is S

chem

atic

dia

gram

s w

ith w

aves

hape

s an

d vo

ltage

s

+ 2

60V

1280

V02

650

RO

O18

V

13. B

OO

ST

TE

ST

PO

INT

0206

°

L203

fR

4,13

511

rip

v22

0Au2

00

V13 13

3/I

V. R

EC

T.

120

260V

260V

,.2

0

125V

'

'120

ern

+26

00+

265V

8366

18K

VM

AX

.

F350

3,10

Am

,+28

00R

ED

Gnn

5&'.7

3

Stt

k,60

0R

424

2200

AC

(

54.2

x%

4 I- 00 r ll co VJ 1-3

o-3

LJ 11 t:1i

co 0) In r tn O


C=1

DIAL CORDLENGTH

UHF PULLET RFINE TUNINGPLATE SHORN IN EXTREMECOUNTER CLOCKWISEPOSITION !VIEWED FROMFRONT OF THE TUNER)

.GOOFS OVER

(4 RNS

/Na

C151

1 TJRNS TCCLOVE AROUND

PLASTIC SLEEVE

u2 TURNS TOTAL ---,F. I,/

DE TAIL

Fig. 49. UHF tuner dial stringing diagram

SHIELD WIRE OF©CABLE

I -F BOARD

F500 ON NON -REMOTE SETSJ501 BLACK /WitON REMOTE SETS

J501 BROWN/WH.NO CONNECTIONON NON -REMOTESETS

T500/ T501BR / YEL.

5401 TERM 2

A I -F BOARD

GRND

R150 L150a CIAO

Fig. 59. L151 47.25 trap

TO V 3PIN I

TUNINGCORE

TO C150

Fig. 60. 1152 1st I -Fgrid coil

u2TURNS,

SHIELD WIRES T401 AFROM CABLES J401 unoN AON

ON R410 TERMS. SWEEP SWEEPI a 2 BOARD BOARD

Fig. 51. Control panel wiring

PIN 6V3

C154>TR25AP

Intl 1nF51,R156

PIN 5 PIN 1V3 V4

Fig. 61. T151 1st I -Ftransformer

SRN()

PIN I

"5

0158 4725L 154

TRAP

PIN 5V4

PIN 6V4

C202PIN 4* 9VGA

R212BRITE

GENERAL ELECTRIC U5 Chassis,Service Information, Continued

Ili VACREVERSIBLE

MOTOR

'4-6

ON -OFF GRAMLSELERv 603

SENS,. Pam SL',FNE

T v POWERTRANSFORMER

Fig. 50. TV and remote control wiring diagram

A I F BOARD

C506CA

A SWEEP BOARD

5401,TERM.6B MUTING SWITCH

ON POWER TUNING

T 200AUDIO TAKE OFF-4.5 MC TRAP

0202

TO PIN NI014

GROUND

TUNINGCORE

Fig. 63. T200 audio take -offand 4.5MC trap

TUNINGCORE

TO TOR354 R357

TO PIN5V14

TO R405a C404

TO PLATECAP OF VII

TO L352

TO YOKETERM. 5

TO PIN 2OF V13

TO PIN 7OF V13

RESISTIVELEAD

TOP VIEW

124v PTA

OLUME

SOIVE RELAY

vvOLUMERi 6

SENSOD06VERELAY

55IPT +s. ST

PILOT NOTEBULB muT166 mOTSwITCH oPEN

DURNL OR

TO WIDTHSWITCH TERM. I

TO WIDTHSWITCH TERM.2

OPERATION

TO PLATECAP OF VI3

TO C363

Fig. 58. Horizontal ou put transformer

TO PIN 3V150

TO PIN IVI5 B

CI63

Y 150

LI56

LI55

TOR4OBTO PIN 5

C409 V5

Fig. 65. T400 ratio detectorFig. 62. T152 2nd I -F Fig. 64. 1350 horizontal

stab. coiltransformer

Fig. 54.

L 158

L 159

L 157

C164

TOG RN D.

TO L160TO PIN 6V5

Video detector coil assembly

60


6685

PAagn(wax35 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS

340003-1340002-1 TUNER ANTENNA INPUT ASSEMBLY

C23 C25

27 mmf 21 mmf

010247 MMF

TOT VMS RITE 1211.UX11211 1111(16

6AF4

/

CONTRAST00OFF-VOL

6C013A

CIRCUITBREAKER

116

C2

L3

40 -1If MAIO

C3

TUNER NO. WHERE USED340001-1 VHF ONLY MODELS340002-1 VHF/UHF MODELS

WITH 700688-2340003-1 VHF MODELS ADAPTABLE

TO UHF WITH STRIPS

VHF TUNER SCHEMATICRF AMP

YI 6GK5

214 C7 I -f1.

V

C8

00

mf

MN

d5 IImmf

15

L9

MIXER

02 A 6CG8 C16

Iw(00000

CII 13 7 OH33

mm/ 3 9ti

03 2./1

- CIOCI7

tP

40mm I

1201

C12

1000mm

E4 22m

"1" 919-1-74,

C1411 -33731

OV

10 1 5

4100

1000 If OUTPUTmmf

01 000A

V.

42

OSC

6CG8

Z36

INa

miof

C13

735v

ACC

CHASSIS LAYOUT

IT504

SR5024 1)'SR501

I

L303

06016

0L_ L301 _I

I- -

1I-213

E

TRANS L

DO

0 7 I 1401

"MLOI I1-206 6BZ6I

/1.----\ L0205

6 LP 07 \--)L202

16C07/I 6F07

BRIGHTNESSHORIZ HOLD VERT HOLD

L_1 L_I L_I

CENTERINGADJUST

DETECTORDIODE

0L203 I

_JHEWN

NOT USE

6.3 VAC

6006A

6CM7

R5I8--I FOCUS

f

,

VERT L401 I TiBbiUN _1 BACK

SIDE

L503WIDTH

61

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 196 2 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MAGNAVOX Chassis 35 Series Ser

6TH' OZZ

- °

0 HNH ItIDTZ v-NN

N

N TTZ s6.1'

sV\A--

--,J1,- try, 4.

"4114* 41fra?N 1207 8f.ea/ 0 1

0-, I el, itr,.. .te -.4.,...ii

,..)_,_

-1- 74 19F-/

4., :4LTZ c2.0;

e1,...__s

`).9o ill4)cx

`1/4-9_,-6L, E3 fin:; EITZ

-"

T7£ Z

eb 0°

0

C4

N

rlh)L'-\ LI'

:I. PCI °w e

O (I) 0x

Ch # 0 0N iiin OEZ

in M-N SO Z %41ser >--NA

60Z C.4

Lzz tsli,tv I°. ,SON IN'sm,4 41

r-i 4 . . -0--O

N C(i)

a 12, eo LZ...,...J-03

Nz 0 t1

co Y 0 04 t9)V44) ., t0 -.3_, 40 ° 40.

N N ° 0 0, re). inIi0

111

NN ty)N N

N,1

ce

0

0

tC

1 In0 0

C4 rsiN

NTtA0

oOti c%4 -VAm

ZOZ N

N

vice Information, Continued

The 35 Series is a deluxe t r an sf ormer poweredtelevision chassis featuring printed -wiring construc-tion. VHF versions employ 16 t ub e s fVHF/UHFversions 17) plus a germanium diode detector, a dual -selenium diode Horizontal AFC Detector and two SiliconDiode Rectifiers. The VHF tuner used is a modificationof the Guided -Grid Tuner incorporating a new R -FAmplifier tube, the 6GK5 tube. This manual includesa schematic diagram for this new VHF tuner and youare referred to Manual 7261 for alignment and otherTuner service information. The 35-01 version of thischassis is designed to be used with the 23ASP4 picturetube and the 35-02 version with the 27XP4 tube.

The entire chassis is designed for easy servicing. Alltubes plus the Silicon Diode Rectifiers and detectordiodes are accessible from the rear of the set. Foraccess to the wiring side the chassis can be swung outfrom the cabinet after removing three of the chassismounting bolts.

ADJUSTMENTS

CENTERING-To center the raster properly, adjustthe two centering rings on the rear of the deflectionyoke cover. They should be rotated about the neck ofthe picture tube until proper centering is achieved.

FOCUSING-These chassis employ electrostatic focuspicture tubes. The focus is accomplished by varyingthe boost voltage applied to the focusing anode of thetube. On the 35-01 version this is accomplished byconnecting the jumper spring on the CRT socket frompin 6 to either pin 1 or pin 10. On the 35-02 versiona variable Focus control (R518) is provided.

PICTURE WIDTH --Adjust the Width control (use a hextip alignment tool) until the raster is just slightly widerthan necessary to fill the mask opening.

VERTICAL LINEARITY AND HEIGHT --A dju st theheight and vertical linearity so that the picture slightlyoverfills the mask with the linearity uniform from topto bottom on all available channels. Adjustment ofeither of these controls may necessitate adjustment ofthe vertical hold.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR --Turn the HorizontalHold control to its mid -range position. Adjust thehorizontal frequency coil "slug" until picture falls intosynchronization. Keep adjusting this "slug" until thepicture just falls out of sync. Now reverse the directionof the adjustment until the picture just holds sync.Rotate the Hold control to both extremes of rotation.The picture should either stay in sync at both positionsor should fall out of sync by an equal number of barsat each end of the control. If either of these conditionsfail to appear, repeat the procedure.

VHF OSCILLATOR --The VHF tuner is equipped withindividual osci 11 at o r adjustment "slugs" for eachchannel. The oscillator "slug" for the channel to whichthe tuner is -.,et is accessible, from the front of theinstrument with the Channel Selector knob removed.Use a thin blade (1/8" diameter) non- metalic alignmentscrew driver for these adjustments. Set the ChannelSeleclorto the channel to be adjusted, rotate the FineTuning control to its mid -range position and adjust theoscillator for correct picture. Repeat this for allchannels received in your area.

62


MAGNAVOX Chassis 35 Series, Service Information, Continued

-El 308 r-i 1-..1J301 +6.3 r,47-----)

8 . HP °e

r9t j I \ ,e.."/1.307t 1, ' o o iv,

t=, 11°1=

o o,_.)--wci T304 T 0 '',

m 0 , A7-"' H p0 G Ci 0 303 , , cs,

°.....T K n- 303 - K ,... 01.0 (

6DT6OM

OM 30301 6AU6o 1 ...W".,302 G\a' G3

0311N. 8 T302J4 /

34- 0 308el,'.3

G2310

sz=, X

0)c3312 Li +135

403e4"\to Cs et

0 405 . J1 6T....vv.... ..1.5)..3:0 1.-1

48 + Lie' L-fi-Lasos it ' 6'3o , --, 6C81711. g- ° 1P"eft 1 , It 1G * ,, i ° I H4 02it V m . r4r- N IP

01

...r" ,.0 3 ^ a. I .- 6- .a... -

I I; 1K 0 2Gic

H0 J304

(409

305

,,+6.3

SOUND IF -AUDIO BOARD

REAR VIEW SHOWING CHASSISMOUNTED IN CABINET

All circuit tubes and the silicondiode rectifiers are accessiblefrom the rear with the chassis inplace.

Components which are most oftenreplaced such as resistors andcapacitors can be checked andreplaced from the rear withouthaving to remove chassis.

113

N0It

IS vyasr .,.0

.It

.1 , --n- .401 L_S_JI 420*a.

- fun1 co 401 wo __AÂ,--.4NT j4°11 .641 (1404 "il-VW. j_ 't

NH

/ 9 I 2P ° 2K

415 a

+270

407

C=2 401T 1t 45-

J4051-.1406

408

SWEEP BOARD*R418, 419, 420 and C413 are used on all chassis, however, some boards do not showsymbols for these items. Some boards show a solid line tion for R418, R419 and for 8420.

BOTTOM VIEW

REAR VIEW SHOWING CHASSISIN SERVICE POSITION

Chassis swings -out from cabinetfor access to printed wiring side.Chassis can be operated in thisposition by using extension cables.To swing chassis out:1. Disconnect CRT socket, Yoke

and H. V. Cables.2. Remove chassis bolts, except

one on extreme left.3. Swing chassis out to the left.

Connect extension cables forCRT, Yoke and H. V.

63


MAGNAVOX Chassis 35 Series, Schematic Diagram

ANT C102

CIGI

- U) 0 >5 7,48)c.sa-35 g 2a

O.)

a) 0 u, - o -45 cL;

c-2-o eng .s

cn 0 0 (1)

63 aS cuz o :7..`"(i) cd 74El 2 " .S- 2 - U.C.) a) -y at

O

.CD ctCLca En tic 1:6

n3 d=1-4 47

41 745.48.)

V) C.) 0 9 U.-

cct

to L.

FA ,24O k. ,1)

Ls) g .2` a.) Ui 4-c!)

3`cf3

al MS g)

) ,&) 2 2 .0=;0.1 C.)

CIRCUIT 51010NREAR T50BREAKER

CSIOE 0102

!

R501

8502

135V

15015% IOW SR501 280V

03013.3

H

J301

SOUND IF0301RAVE

OV302 1 2

MFD rg0' 7

10%

, 85V

1302

Air685V 1+34

LA B

03032700 8302

ISK

V302R312 6DT66.8MEG 175 V

0304

R303

3

-8v

610305

10%

J302

.01MFD

030468K10%

USE ON 35-02ONLY

R103GO MEG

L30

470K

005001.1FCL:

TONE

T 0027

FIL. C5048 _30 MFD

J20

11 L204 1

8201 02010 -10% 22010%

F22°3'41.51'41_ 151,2%II 5% NPO T NPONPO

L201 12021 L203472541251 75

r 20501

MFD

6203

157 VIDEOIF AMPV2016BZ6

125 V

5V

22K 10%R2054710%

5L205

6 125V A

4

R207271610%

2ND VIDEOIF AMP

V2026BZ6 1250

15V

5 07

6 125V 50,

4 gGIC CA25°

27R2110

10%

0207BOO10%

8204151 1(

02061.50

R201.58

02096E10 209

_L 10%

NPO

0210T 700

0%6210I.5K

680

R232820K

FL

0502 4..C5044'3° A)MFDzoov

Y 05038130MED2000

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED'ALL ELECTROLYTICS ARE 350VALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 W, 20%ALL PAPER CAPACITORS ARE 9000,20% TOLERANCEALL CERAMIC CAPACITORS ARE MMF .5000,20%

TOLERANCE

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMS MEASURED WITH AVERAGESIGNAL INPUT, CONTRAST CONTROL AT MAXIMUM, ALLOTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION,LINE VOLTAGE 1170, DC VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH 0TVMTO CHASSIS GROUND, TOLERANCE OFT20% NORMAL ONALL READINGS.

J211 02310231 R2296233 C226 3300 470K

9.181EG 1722 MFD200V '52405%

C225.22MFD2000

2t1OVP-P

60-

0 J404

N0017.P ; ;

0750-

20;-P

15750-

M401

04020)401 0051 MFD

5% MYLAR40A T401

2,1115750-

1.%.2!/ P

8401 R428216 loo8

-±700400-350

R4022 MEG

MFD

K401-I

000

4700

100K

1000-I

0405.047

VERT OSC

1/2 061ZA

04131_0042-260V64

040322K10'4

5

404.1 MFD

1 R9062_5M

C403

MFD=

R405

5%106

VE

C4073900 10°.

6MYLAR 2000

F6200 8414

0402A 2400 5 12015%

6F07/11CG7

1012°0°48410

47MEG

11

2600P-1°

3

0406 412680 136rov.

J405 0J402

9V

L40

R407IX

R40 83K

VERTLIN

040.1- 6

OSC

0409360

5'

R413100K10%

J407

R4098206

82a%IW

R4I8820K q %Se".8419NTC

04018V2 6087VERT OUTPUT

Call430

844 470 K70412'' 10%

5%

J403

IVP-P

BOOST

FIL

J4062

C41070V

R9I647K10%

1.

85031.6 MEGV. HOLD

15750-

30VP-P6504

SOKH. HOLD

OUTPUT

V50115750" 60068

64


MAGNAVOX Chassis 35 Series

4O3 AUDIOC5 OUTPUT

155V

3-6R309

MEG5%

650?2

MEG5%

C503C

SOURCE 122I0r

380 VIDEOIF AMP

V2036C88A

120

J202

FIL 1350

60 -

BLUE

RED

7503 uu GREEN

BLAC

NOTSURE

T502

DO NOTMEASURE

2110V

CII2.002

02305

R3I12203W10%

60 L209 L2I5 LUC)

NVRECTIFIER

851115KWV--

850611211 0%

R5093.3K 2W

BOOST550V

C50720

MED

C511680% 2KV

BBB11111/

4VP-P

VIDEO AMP

I/O0204t.

0217 8234I 10

MFO200V

IF TESTPOINT

0502ISAINIGTDAMPER

SEE TABLE

R5131

904CI WO

.82162260%

RF TP 6 IFOUTPUT

33mml

1N82A

-roacr,-

2 7681110%

206 0J210

CONTRASTR101600

DEFLECTIONYOKE

ASSEMBLY

135V

C219.1 MFD

UHF TUNER (700688-2)

0 UHF OSC

6AF4A

2-6

.12.35mml

o B+600

OCOmml

6.3VAC

1030mml

+60V FROM VW TUNER

TOP VIEW OF Ulf TONER

I

6.3 VAC 20VP-P

BRIGHTNESS GiI IINWINN/

R50520011

C22247 10%

NPO

C22000

L2I2

R2I843005%5w

0205A1/264116

6

210V BOOST FL5500

C50910002KV

BOOST

5515270K

82204706

C 21ISO

AGCAMP

-Oslo0033

6223U.S MEG

10%

05 VP -P

0 J20? J212

270V

J1.105 VP -P

NMI zo' 270 P4

23ASP4

FIL :2

55V

540V 10

6510yy ..__.JI ON 35 01 FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

IS MADE BY CONNECTING JUMPERSEE TABLE SSSS

FOCUSSPRING FROM 6 TO I OR 6 TO 0

,1L-ON 35-02 TN'S SPRING ISREPLACED BY FOCUS CONTROL

1161-207,M1,61011,11.13FM7flW-61:FIMFTIFE7IF31,1711711iILLIGUEMEMEMLI-4.11116_11M

60 -vERT OSC

60

DISABLED

60-11.71vP- pSYNC SPLITTER

V20561/2 FANO 2600

PRINTED S0E/MIK TUBE PINCOOING FOR DUAL-PURPOSE TUBES

IP PLATE (SECTION A)2P PLATE (SECTION 13)16 CATHODE (SECTION Al26 CATHODE (SECTION S)IG cONTROL. GRID (SECTION Al

2G CONTROL END (SECTION En152 SCREEN GRID (SECTION A)252 SCREEN GRID (SECTION 13)H FILAMENT

TO VIM TUNER

UHF ANT. TERMS.

65


MAGNAVOX Chassis 35 Series, Alignment Information, ContinuedALIGNMENT

VIDEO ALIGNMENT

Note I. Before proceeding with alignment allow a 10 minute warm-up for the chassis and test equipment.

Note 2. Connect the negative lead of a 3.0 volt bias supply to the junction of R204 and R229 (IF Bias) and the negative lead of a2.5 volt bias supply toJ211 (RF Bias). Connect the positive side of the bias supply to ground. Remove the AGC Amplifier tube, 6GH8.

Note 3. Use only enough sweep generator output to provide a usable pattern on the scope. Set the sweep generator for 10 MC sweep.

Note 4. All Alignment slugs are accessible from Tube side of chassis. Standard Hexagonal Alignment tools needed with 3/32" and 1/16" tip.

SWEEP GEN.COUPLING

SWEEP GEN.FREQUENCY

MARKER GEN.COUPLING

MARKER GEN.FREQUENCY

CONNECTSCOPE ADJUSTMENTS

1st I -F grid (Pin 1of V201). Detune mixerplate coil by adjustingslug fully out.

43 mc. Adjustgain so trapsuckout isvisible.

Converter grid(use test pointindicated ontuner)

47.25 mcAdjust gain sopip is justvisible.

I -F Test PointJ205. Place 10Kres. in serieswith probe.

Adjust trap L206 to center marker pip in suckout.See Fig. 1. Maximum attenuation is at two positionsUse one with slug farthest out.

'

43 mcNote 3

42.25 mc45.0 mc45.75 mc

Check for response curve similar to Fig. 1. TuneL208 for max. gain between 42. 25 mc and 45. 75 mc.Tune L207 to place 45.75 mc marker at 65% response.Tune L205 to place 42.25 mc marker at 65% response.Repeat adjustments to optimize curve. Recheck47.25 mc trap.

Converter grid(accessible thruhole in top of tuner)

43 mcNote 3

Loosely coupleto convertertube.

42.25 mc45.0 mc45.75 mc

Set VHF Tuner to channel Ile. Tune converter platecoil (L6 on VHF tuner) for max. gain between42.25 mc and 45.75 inc markers..Cor to any channel where sweep harmonics do notcause distortion of curve.

43 mcAdjust gainfor max. withtrap suckoutstill visibleon scope

41.25 mc47.25 mc39.75 mc

SHORTOUT AGC BIAS. Set VHF Tuner betweenchannels. Adjust trap L201 until 41. 25 mc markerfalls in center of trap suckout. Adjust L202 until39.75 mc marker falls in center of trap. AdjustL203 until 47.25 mc marker falls in center of trapsuckout. Adjust L204 for maximum attenuation of47.25 mc. Recheck trap settings.

"43 mcNote 3 "

45.75 mc Set VHF Tuner to Channel 11. Set Bias as in Note2. Adjust converter plate coil (L6 on VHF tuner)and I -F trimmer C206 for max. gain and proper tiltmaintaining the 45.75 marker as shown in Figure 2.

UHF Input on VHFTuner. Use 1Kisolation resistor.

43 mcNote 3

(This adjustment for VHF/UHF Chassis

45.75 mc45.0 mc42.25 mc

only)

Set VHF tuner to UHF position. Adjust R -F amp. gridcoil (L11 located on UHF position strip) for min. tilt.Response should conform to Figure 2.

VHF OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT

VHF antenna terms. Channels 2thru 13 R -F

Looselycouple to VHFant. terminals.

Picture and soundcarrier for indi-vidual channel.

Check all channels for bandwidth, slope and positionof carrier. Use oscillator trimmers if necessary toset Osc. for center of fine tuning range.

LIMIT

r-iCONV.GRID

6CG8A ACCESSHOLE

ti 0'IP 0

CONV. PLATECOIL L6

47 7547.25 41.25

35%45.75 40%

45% 422575%

45.75 a% 63 42.25 45DSO%

0° VALLEY

65% 55% 0° TILT15 .0 93% -0°VALLEY UNIT

0° TILT

FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3

SOUND ALIGNMENT

1. Turn quadrature coil L303 to minimum inductance (core out).

2. Tune receiver to a strong local station (preferably a tone signal or music). Adjust quadrature coil L303 just past the point of maximum sound withminimum distortion.

3. Reduce signal input by removing antenna or placing an adjustable pad across the antenna terminals so that with Volume control set at near maximum,sound Is at a low level. Tune the Fine Tuning control through undistorted sound. Set Fine Tuning control to the verge of distortion.

4. Adjust bottom core (grid tuning) of detector drive transformer L302 top core of L902 plate tuning) and sound take -off coil L301 for minimum distortion.

5. Readjust Fine Tuning control as necessary during adjustment of L301 and L302 to maintain conditions as indicated in step 3 above.

66


L-200INPUT GRID

COIL

T -20I1ST PIX I -F

TOP OF COIL -PRIMARYBO ( TOM OF COIL.SECONOARY3DK61

2ND PIX I -F

T-202 --2ND FIX I -F

TOP OF COILSECONDARYBOTTOM OF COIL -PRIMARY

V -P

V-3 8BQ53DK6 AUDIO

OUTPUTI ST Piz t -FIF UHF 11

EC:J/PPE° I

2AF4\ IUHFOSC.

MODELS

WG-4225A (VHF) WG-4325A (VHF -UHF)

,)3BN8AUDIODETECTOR

JP®R -I00BUZZ

CONTROL

v-5.4 t V-588EB8

viDEO OUTPUTSYNC SEP

S9-3121

L -I00SOUNDTAKE OFF

4.5 MC

CHASSIS REMOVAL

L -10IOUADRATURECOIL 4.5 MC

5CG8HE R -F OSC.I.MIXER

R-402FUSIBLE RESISTOR

V-6

19XP4PICTURE TUBE

DANGERFRAGILE GLASS PICTURE TUBE IS DANGEROUSTO SERVICE. REFER SERVICING TO

QUALIFIED SERVICEMAN1/-12

I7DE4HOW Z

-VERT8EM5.OUTPUT

DAMPERE

V -7A 6 V-786CG7

SYNC. AAP.VERT. OSC.

R -20I R-309RANGE HEIGHT

CONTROL CONTROL

1. Remove the knobs from the rear of the cabinet.2. Remove cabinet back by removing the 11 screws holding

it in place. NOTE: The quantity of eleven (11) includesthe 3 screws at the bottom.

3. Disconnect the leads from inside cabinet back to tuner.4. Disconnect the yoke plug, anode lead, the ground lead

from high voltage can to the pix tube, the speaker leads,and the tuner support shaft from the chassis.

5. There are four (4) (in late production 5 screws are used)chassis mounting screws located underneath the cabinet.Remove the screws and carefully remove the chassisfrom the cabinet.

PIX TUBE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT1. Place entire receiver face down on a cushioned surface.2. Remove the chassis assembly (in accordance with the

instructions in paragraph "Chassis Removal") and laythe chassis over to one side of the cabinet so as togive access to the pix tube mounting assembly.

3. Remove the screw (marked "A" in illustration), washer,screw terminal end of ground wire and nut holding pixtube mounting ring in place.

4. Remove the pix tube mounting ring and move the 4pix tube mounting brackets over to one side.

5. Carefully lift the pix tube out, making sure not to dis-turb the gasket around the pix glass.

6. Install the new tube, and with a blunt instrument gentlyposition the gasket completely around the picture tubeuntil it fits snugly in place.

7. Position the tube mounting brackets over the four cor-ners of the tube, slip the mounting ring around the fourbrackets and replace the screw, washer, screw terminalend of ground wire and nut removed in step #3.

8. WARNING-DO NOT TIGHTEN THE PIX TUBE MOUNT-ING RING SCREW IN UNTIL YOU ARE SURE THATTHE 4 PLASTIC INSULATORS ARE IN PLACE (betweenthe bracket and the frame).

6

HORI2 WAVEFORM

,---4;

C)) V -I0

R -3I6VERTICALLINEARITYCONTROL

V -9A tV-98

6CG7HORIZ. AFC HORIZ. WAVE FORMHORIZ. OSC. TEST POINT

12DQ6-BMOH II. OUTPUT L -40I

MOBIL. HOLD

C-414_ ...L-402NOR II DRIVE

CONTROL

Fig. 1-Chassis Tube Layout and Trimmers

(Material on pages67 through 70.)

Fig. 2-Picture Tube Removal

67


MONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-4225A, WG-4325A, Service Information, Continued

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT-The deflection yokeshould be positioned as far forward on the neck ofthe tube as the bell will allow. Then, if the lines of theraster are not horizontal or squared with the picturemask, rotate the deflection yoke until this conditionis obtained. Upon completion of this adjustment, tight-en the clamp at the rear of the deflection yoke.

CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT-Turn the horizontal hold control clockwise. The pictureshould be out of sync with a minimum of 5 or 6 bars slant-ing downward to the left. Turn the control slowly counter-clockwise. The number of diagonal bars will be graduallyreduced and when only 2 to 3 bars sloping downward tothe left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync uponslight additional counter -clockwise rotation of the control.Continue turning counter -clockwise at least one full turnof the control until the picture pulls to the right. Turn thecontrol clockwise until the picture is centered and steady.Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channeland then back. The picture should remain in sync.

C

-D4)a -E

-C0)

:Ea

-C

0)

-0

aa)E

a)

0

aEa)

_cvJ .4

0

O CC u

_co 0cVI ED

oN

o 6.

C..6C

-00

t.)

<

CASE,

MONOPOLEANT.

I T-200ANT. COIL

TO ANTTERMINALS

L-16I -F TRAP

A.G.C.

ANT. 135V

IF UHFEQUIPPED

HEATER

C-5R -F PLATE

C-19MIXER GRID

TO AGC rERM/NAL L-200,...- ON R -P TUNER I -F INPUT

COUPLING COIL-====.2-1., CLarr-iiC-202

TO /-F OUTPUT 2700 41.25 MC 500V

R-201

MEG.R-2001

22 MEG

rEaLocx

C 400 t:0.22

40011

SWITCHSWITCHmar OF11011

I R-400I 0.3 to

R-4027.5

swFUSIBLEC 402140 ME

RESISTOR

R -40I46ZOW

veBEMS

80.45VAC

C-401 I470 I

15001

S

ISOLATEDORACNASEI TSAND C

TERMINALON R.F TUNER R-203 R-204 C-206.. R-205 R-206 G207 R-207 C-208.

AMA - . 500V56 .. 390 1 470 22K I K 150 470 '

soo V 500VC-201 56 10K

C-204.1 C-2051 VC-200 R-202

T;304tiv2.2 MEG.

5 oloKv .T.' L.g.T

L-18I -F COIL

Fig. 7-Pix & Audio Markers

VIDEO

-0.7v

/30V

2 .0

V-33 DK61ST P1X I -F

IJOV6

HEATER

I -F OUTPUT

I -F TEST POINT

R -F TEST POINT

OSC. ADJ.

T-2011ST P1X I -F

I -F TRANS.

/32V V-43DK2N0 PI.

zyOV

*IJS V

C-30056

A135V

8 ""iieSYNC. SEP.

3 95V

R-3043.3

R-301 C-301 R-3052206 .047 6.08

400 65V

R-300 oy R-322 R-302 s2.2 MEG. I MEG. 47K OV

V.

16C...I STK

I AM

*270V

gC7-11

32 V PPGOO' LES

VERT. SWEEP AND SYNC.

60' PCP60 CYCLES

0.50 P -P60 CYCLES-I.

SILICON L-400 32,1" A ,35RECTIFIERS FILTER CHOKE - R-403

2.5140 0400,0 0

+ 1C-420 ...C -403A

Isw

_T60 ME

+ + di + 16 T ,32,5 M F.

300V

C-4048

500 V 0 V

V-74 1V-78 V-54 1V-58 V-2 VI6CG7 8EB8 8005 30146 35146

VAC 74.75 VAC 06.75 VAC 38.75 VAC 5.6VAC 5.7.45 VAC3BN6

5 4 5

I MIXER a 05C. R.F AMPI 5CG8 2CY5

4.T VAC LI vAt4 5 4 7 8

R -F TUNER FUSES NEATERTERMINAL

4 5

1766

3 4 3 4

0405A 16 C-4058 114 C-IO2 B I

7500V T5001 1500V6CG7 ' 190P4 12506-B

24./ VAC 30.4VAC J6. JVAC 49.J VAC5

C-4071-500 V8 2

C-4061 R-406100 -r 22016

500 V .I.

49 3VACJ 4

HORIZ. SWEEP AND POWER SUPPLY

NOTF-In UHF receivers the filament voltages In the tuner and above the tuner in the heater string will be slightly greater because of the filament voltages of the tuner tubes.

68


MONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-4225A, WG-4325A, Schematic Diagram, ContinuedOSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNS

The waveforms shown on the schematic diagram are as observed on a Tektronixtype 524D wide band television oscilloscope with the receiver tuned to a reason-ably strong signal and a normal picture. The voltages shown on each waveformare the approximate peak to peak amplitudes. The frequency accompanying eachwaveform indicates the repetition rate of the waveform not the sweep rate of theoscilloscope. If the waveforms are observed on the oscilloscope with a poor highfrequency response, the corners of the pulses will tend to be more rounded thanthose shown on the schematic diagram and the amplitude of any high frequencypulse will tend to be less.

SCHEMATIC IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR SECTIONSWITH EACH SECTION HAVING ITS OWN SERIESOF REFERENCE NUMBERS.

ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS AND WATTUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 2

ALL cAPACITANCE,VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN MF.AND ABOVE 1.0 IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

K.1000

COIL RESISTANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 OHMARE NOT SHOWN.

T-2022ND PIX I -F AND DE 1. TRANS.

C6706A OR IN60 L-201 L-202CRYSTAL TWEET FILTER rose r F/L7ER

C -209ACHOKE

C-209 B 0209C

T

Cs -Jr, R-209I MEG.

/1C -n304

15,750., .11

0- 303400V 6,678

,VERL1008 100 K2400v00SvC.IC -302I002

R-3073308

R-3081105 PP I MEG.15". VERT. HOLD

CONTROL

245 P.P15,150.,8= I

---251'

)51C -4C96.047200v

R-4078206

R -2I1220

R-2123.9 K

50 --T.,1755 P- .0,

C-306 047.800v- RAMS

68K

4106

C-301.2.5 MEG. 0.15...

r HEIGHT 200VCONTROL soosr

70V2505 P.P15,750.,

V -9A V -9B16CG7 6CG71I HORIZ. HORIZ. ,I AFC OSC. I

C -41I0.472001'

R-409330 K

8.316506

VERT.LINEARITYCONTROL

C -3I0.033T 200V

R-2102.2 MEG.

C -21i.047

290 Mu H.

L-204750 MU H.

R -3I239

R-313566

R-31456K

SOUND AND AUDIO

V -I

38N6AUDIO DET

C-10012

45 MC,

iR.,00L -I00. 0 70 500SOUND BUZZ

TAKE -OFF COIL CONTROL

2

C-309.01

6001,

7 22

R -347I90

C-21313.3 "."

500v

8E1;8VIDEOOUTPUT-2.5V

R-217500

V-88EM5

vERT. OUTPUT

6 01'

95V

CONTROLS REAR OF CHASSISHorizontal Drive _C-414Vertical Linearity R-316Height R-309Horizontal Wave Form . L-402Buzz (On Top of Chassis) R-100Horizontal Hold L-401Range R-201

vStAN IFR-IO2 C-106

680 1 56C-104''' * 900V

680IR-107 4soov 330K

C -I03 50),15...

soov

IR-I01,__

L11014.7K 5=tw 4.5 MC

O QUADRATUREA./35V COIL

C-2141130

L-28554.5 MC TRAP

R -2I83.6K

W

C-2150.1

L-206350 MU N.

6 .5, A./.3.5V R -2I9TO6.51,

68 R-228

680 -MIR-220 R-221.001"' 6.8 I/308soov MEG.

CONTRASTCONTROL

+ C-4038-T 100 MF

23IIna ;

I

T-300OUTPUTTRANS.

2270V

.LTVIOOST.033600V

YOKE SOCKET

205V

00 OST

L-401 oHORIZ. HOLD 1R-414

COIL I MEC.77,, _11_,R -411#C -4I322 K # 01 40ov

-80V

r45-111R412 C -4I282K 220

soov

r L-402HORIZ.

E

8.413s FORM10 *

HOR II WAVE FORM!EST POINT

V -I0

12 DQ6-BH OR17.0uTPui

C -4I4 R -4I517070700 68

HORIZ. DRIVE -39vCONTROL 5

.270 v0

56 Kt 0410.8-418

R -4I6I

0 0V

-

1301,4

6.8 K .2701'

T -I00AUDIO OUPUT

TRANS.

8130-2O5: 0501'1 .C01°457AUDIO 71 soov

OUTPUT

ARi-m10E4G.ra

VOLUMECONTROL

3 /IV

R -I0505

IW1

0

VIDEO

555 50 150560 CYCLES

/ 270vR-222100 K

3.: V-619XP4!

zem1M%+R R -2 23 1C-217

m.E.G. 22 MEG.1;00007

080057-

R-226500 6

A BRIGHTNESS`,351, CONTROL

SOS P -P

1

1

1 ,

1 L-300

I

VERT.

I COILS

T-400HORIZ.OUTPUTTRANS. I-

.;,,

R-4,71 5.6 6

1106 P0 R-419 8.4206.750"' 226 Zw ,33

LC7116-7:C.1176-.7-r8 -61

5001'01 T.43407v0.22 6001'

1

655PP60 CYCLES

R -I06330

1.a.0-403CT 20 ME

3001,

DEFLECTION YOKE

L-403AO PIZ.DEFL.COILS

YOKE PLUS

4256 1.15,750

C-I2C419

5 K v

V -III K3

H.V. RECT.

270v

V-12

17DE4HORIZ.DAMPER

o L-404CHOKE

1.

0.27ov

69


MONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-4225A,

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT -If horizontal or vertical cen-tering is required this should be done at 105V line (if pos-sible) to obtain nominal setting. Adjust each ring in thecentering device until proper centering is determined. If

centering is not adjusted properly focus may be poor.

ADJUSTMENT OF RANGE CONTROL -Tune the receiverto the strongest station in the area in which thereceiver will be used. While observing the pictureand listening to the sound, turn the control clockwiseuntil signs of overloading (buzz in sound washed-outpicture, sync instability) appear. Then turn the con-trol a few degrees counter -clockwise from the pointat which overloading occurs. (The stronger the signalinput, the more counter -clockwise this setting will be.)In areas where the strongest signal does not exceed1000 MV the setting will usually be maximum clock-wise. With the control set correctly, the AGC willautomatically adjust the bias on the R -F and I -F ampli-fiers so that the best possible signal to noise ratio(minimum snow) will be obtained for any signal inputto the receiver.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1. Connect sweep output to 2nd I -F grid (pin #1-V4),oscilloscope to Test Point "A". Set output of sweeperso that some output is indicated in oscilloscope. Ad-just 2nd PIF transformer (T-202) primary (bottom)and secondary (top) simultaneously for maximumoutput and symmetry. Readjust sweeper output for4.0V P -P on oscilloscope. Touch-up to give the wave-form shown in figure 4.

42.4 MC

APPROX.80%

45.75 MC

PEAKS MUST BEOF EQUAL HEIGHT

Fig. 4 -2nd Pix I -F Response

2. With approximately -3.0V bias on AGC line (TestPoint "B") connect sweeper to 1st I -F grid (Pin#1-V3.) Reduce sweeper output to compensate foradditional gain of 1st stage (4.0V. P -P on oscillo-scope). Adjust 1st I -F transformer prirriary (top) andsecondary (bottom) for maximum gain and symmetrywith 45.75 mc marker. (See Figure 5.)

42.4 MC

APPROX.70 %

43.5 MC 44.5 MC

45.75 MC

60%

43.5 MC AND 44.5 MCMUST BE ATSAME LEVEL

Fig. 5-Pix I -F Response From 1st Pix I -F Grid

WG-4325A, Alignment Information3. Set channel selector to Channel 13. Connect

sweeper with very short leads through a 10 K mmfdisc ceramic capacitor to mixer grid (I -F test point -see figure 7). Readjust sweep output for 4.0V P.R.adjust 41.25 mc trap (bottom of 1-200) so that notchis at marker, adjust mixer plate coil (L-18 primary)and input grid coil (top of L-200) for maximum gainand symmetry with 45.75 mc marker at 50%.(Figure 6.)

42.4 MC

APPROX.50%

41.25 MC

43.5 MC 44.5 MC

45.75 MC

50%

43.5 MC AND 44.5 MCMUST BE ATSAME LEVEL

Fig. 6 -Overall Pix I -F Response Curve

In all positions, final touch up should be made with4.0V. P -P amplitude on oscilloscope. Once a stage hasbeen adjusted, do not readjust with the sweeperconnected to another stage. For instance, after ad-justing the output stage and moving the sweeper tothe 1st grid to adjust 1st I -F transformer, do not movethe slugs in the output stage, etc.

In general, the position, of the 45.75 mc marker shouldbe set with the primary and the symmetry adjustedwith the secondary. An approximate setting of theinput grid coil may be obtained by adjusting formaximum amplitude of the 45.75 marker. This ampli-fier cannot be adjusted for bandwidth. It must beadjusted for maximum gain, symmetry and positionof 45.75 marker.

VIDEO

With 4.5 Mc unmodulated signal into grid of the videoamplifier tube (Test Point "A") and VTVM on picture tubecathode, tune 4.5 Mc trap for minimum response. VTVM on0-10 V AC scale. This adjustment can also be made whileobserving a picture from a station. Tune trap for least4.5 Mc beat (grainy appearance) in picture.

AUDIO

1. Tune in a TV station and reduce signal strength atantenna terminals by use of an attenuator or similardevice until a "hiss" accompanies the sound.

2. Adjust sound take -off coil (1-100) quadrature coil (L-101)and buzz control (R-100) for maximum undistorted soundand minimum buzz.

3. If "hiss" disappears during step 2, further reduce signalstrength.

70

1/-1

3BN6AUDIO HT.

V-96CG7oR6FQ7

HORIZ. OSC.

L-401 V -I

HORIZ. 12DQ6-BOSC. HORIZ. OUTPUTCOIL

V-6

23AHP4L-204 IPICTURE TUBE

4.5 MC --TRAP


15CG8R -F 05C.&

- CONVERTER

- 2CY5I VHF R -F

AMP

L-200I -F NP2qT,C.)

COIL V3 -R -I01T-200 3BZ6 ve------ Buzz

E

1

1ST LFTRANS.

1ST EF AMR ' CONTROL

L -I00k

,/3Z6 O

13V-4 TAKE -OFFSUND

.----2ND I -F AMP COIL

[

etc"

r10) If V-5' 8BQ5

1 1-201 VIDEO AMP

2 ND P. IF. t"A"& DET. TRANS.

@1

-"S11c)

Ikt

V-2012CA5

AUDIO OUTPUT

L -10IO OUADRATURE

1/-7A & 1/-7/3COIL6CG7oa6FQ7

SYNC.SEPB/VERT. OSC

VA12W6

VERT. OUTPUI

R-316 R-310VENT

HEIGHT

R -4I4HORIZ.HOLD

Fig. 1-Chassis Tube Layout and Trimmers

V 12

17DE4DAMPER

MODELS

WG-5221A-5221AWG-5231A-5321AWG-5327A-5331A

INSTRUCTIONS CHASSIS REMOVAL1. Remove all the knobs from front of cabinet.2. Remove cabinet back and disconnect the yoke plug, pix

tube socket, anode lead, beam aligner (if used) andlead from high voltage can to pix tube mounting ringscrew.

3. Disconnect the speaker leads.4. Disconnect the antenna leads from the tuner.5. Four screws are used in mounting the chassis to the

cabinet. One screw is located at the front (near thetuner), one screw at the rear, holding brace bracketto the cabinet and the other two screws are accessiblethrough the holes in the perforated bottom panel.Remove the four screws and carefully remove thechassis from the cabinet.

PICTURE TUBE REMOVALAND REPLACEMENT

1. Remove the chassis etc. as outlined in "Instructions Chas-sis Removal" above.

2. Place the cabinet face down on a cushioned and cleansurface so as not to scratch or mar the cabinet.

3. Remove the screw (marked "A" in illustration), washer,screw terminal end of ground wire, spring and nutholding pix tube mounting ring in place.

(Continued on page 72)

Fig. 2-Picture Tube Removal

(For alignment information see materialon WG-4225A, on page 70.)

71


MONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-5221A, etc., Service Information, Continued

4. Remove the pix tube mounting ring and move the 4 pixtube mounting brackets over to one side.

5. Carefully lift the pix tube out, making sure not to dis-turb the gasket around the pix glass.IMPORTANT -Unless absolutely necessary, do not re-move the gasket from the pix glass. Use a 26A712 PixGlass and Gasket Assembly for replacement purposes.

6. Install the new tube, and with a blunt instrument gentlyposition the gasket completely around the picture tubeuntil it fits snugly in place.

7. Position the tube mounting brackets over the four cornersof the tube, slip the mounting ring around the fourbrackets and replace the screw, washer, screw terminalend of ground wire, spring and nut removed in step #3.

8. WARNING -DO NOT TIGHTEN THE PIX TUBE MOUNT-ING RING SCREW IN UNTIL YOU ARE SURE THATTHE 4 PLASTIC INSULATORS ARE IN PLACE (betweenthe bracket and the frame). If this precaution is notobserved, severe shock may result.

9. Stand the cabinet upright and reassemble into the cal,inet all the items previously removed.

CONTROLS FRONT OF CHASSISVHF Channel Selector & UHF SwitchFine TuningOff -On Volume R-104

Contrast R-213

Brightness R-217

Vertical Hold R-315

CONTROLS REAR OF CHASSISHorizontal Centering CenteringVertical Centering Device

Vertical Linearity R-316

Height R-310

Buzz R-101

Horizontal Hold R-414

Horizontal Oscillator L-401

INTERLOCK

207 P -P

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT -The deflection yokeshould be positioned as far forward on the neck ofthe tube as the bell will allow. Then, if the lines of theraster are not horizontal or squared with the picturemask, rotate the deflection yoke until this conditionis obtained. Upon completion of this adjustment, fight -en the clamp at the rear of the deflection yoke.

1

3BN6AUDIO DE T.

laL -I001SOUND I C.1001 zy

TARE -OFF I r,':'. 12 I

COIL 1 1 R -I01L _ __I 0-500

C-101 210VROL5

5,2211 T

6

TO I- F ourPulTERMINALON R -F TUNER

V-33BZ6

1ST I- F AMP

L-200I -F INPUT

00"IL 68 I XR-201

108

ro ACC TERPAINA,ON R -F TUNER

ro .1387 TERMINAL C200"'ON R -F TUNER

40.22 2°07

C -404C R-3001IOMF. I 220

200 V

60 CYCLES1.1V P -P

goy T X, 1 ON TOV

R -F OSC. a VHF R.A I7

KGB 2CY5 ! 170E4 12006.8 23AHP4 6CG7 6CG7V-6 7-748V-78 V-9CONVERTER AMP ' 61-12 V-10

4./9 1.tV , 2 9v 35.5v 42 eV 49.1v 55.47

5 3 8 7 z 7 , ,a 5 5

miRC.. 4021 .00IT 500V

ON -OFFSW/ TCM

o-, SR -101 L-400÷ INI084 FILTERSILICON CHORE

MSS R -400

. RECT.

P-402 S

0.7AMP4.7

14500MA .: T.a di -NAN---IC-404 B

470K

RES/SroRruswE C-4001-401 C-404 AT

0.22 .001 200 MF. 250 M F. 44007

. 5007 2007 . - 2001.1105 _1 1,,0,_:(1,_, _...40F,.,

r777 ,C,71,N8v/NE0T CVASSIS

GROUND

R-40136 1.8 11-2 7-5 7-4 V-.1 7./

20111 12W6 12C45 8805 3826 3826 3BN694.057 5.4 V 12.05v 64.85v WV 50 5V

7 2 3 5 3 3 3

VHF R -F C-4034 04038 C-1028

TUNER TUBES

1437

R-30258

1C -30I 8303150 2708

500V

C-302.005

C-3121 R-304

500730 2.2 MEG.

5 97

T-2001ST P.I.F TRANS0,

VIDEO

V-43BZ6

2ND AMP.

IC -203Tim

V -7A

6CG7SYNC. SEP.

A-iirvi/::C°LVESP -P

,__

VERT. SWEEP AND SYNC.

r407 P -P

6_t_

=C-303

500V

/38 v

131

R-205

AMAR-307

68 K

180

w

R-403220 K

SD -10I

R-404 DIODEL1

3908 SELENIUM

R-4054.7K

R-4063908

L-401,40812.

VA,g.v,Ir6Pt_

/00VV -

W4 16 V I 6 CC. I HORIZ.

8-408i

8-410

I MEG. 82 K

C C -4081C 4091.001 470 0.1500V 50041 7 2007 .

HORIZONTAL SWEEP Al

1.2 K

NOTE -In UNE receivers the filament voltages in the tuner and obey. the tuner in the heater string will be slightly greater because of the filament voltages of the timer tubes. I

72


MONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-5221A, WG-5227A, etc., Schematic DiagramOSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNS

UND I -F AND AUDIb V-2 T-100I2CA5 AuDIO OuTPuT- - - AUDIO OUTPUT SLOE TRANS

R-IO2 C101 C1051R106 10.106 -680 680 680 470 .01235..- -.500VT 500V 500VR -I04 av

C -I03 I MEG.

15 VOLUME_"° v CONTROL'

1C -102AI K

w 500V

4.5 V

R-105120

6300

The waveforms shown on the schematic diagram are as observed on a Tektronixtype 524D wide band television oscilloscope with the receiver tuned to a reason-ably strong signal and a normal picture. The voltages shown on each waveformare the approximate peak to peak amplitudes. The frequency accompanying eachwaveform indicates the repetition rate of the waveform not the sweep rate of theoscilloscope. If the waveforms are observed on the oscilloscope with a poor highfrequency response, the corners of the pulses will tend to be more rounded thanthose shown on the schematic diagram and the amplitude of any high frequencypulse will tend to be less.

DC SOCKET VOLTAGESAll DC socket voltages shown on the schematic are measured with a high impedanceVTVM and under zero signal conditions.

CK-706 AT-201 CRYSTALP. I. F DET. DIODE

, (-2060.,' T 4.7500V

c-2008

500V 41.

TC-205

*- 540070

v

1,MKTLEs.,01Witer.

3.3TEST POINTL-201 "8"

TWEET4.5.vt

L-202290 M0

L-203TEST "0 "L'

POINT

R-207MEG

TESTPOINT "C"

C-209

T ig°,1

C-207.047

2001,

TI L-204!14.5

MC TRAP

"" I C -I0730

V-5 118B.Q5 I 500VVIDEO AMP 9 v

3 4V192

R -2I2

330K9-209 IR 210 R-2133.9K MEG,1 500

h.CONTRASTCONTROL

04T1'

fR-211I MEG.

/66V

C-305.002500V R-310

5 MEG

HEIGHTCONTROL

R-3113.9 MEG.

0-307.00313

9-14000

1001C-306

5000

R -3I2180K

R -3I3100

R -3I4100

R-3151.5 MEG.VERT.HOLD

604, P -P60 CYCLES

-309.012 11v

125

R -3I8 _C-308

oov,75 v

1006

R -3I71.5 MEG.

R -3I6500 K

VERT. LIN.1 ,2204 P -P

60 CYCLES.1 I_

C-310I.;)0407v

(1 ' , '5_ 40V- /25V P -P60 CYCLES

R -2I46.8 K

R -2I53.6Ksw

L-205350 mu w

C -2I20.1

2000

R-217500K

v 6

"1 323AHP4

R -2I6 2 w.--Tr,120K

3604,

BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

160 °C5 TV CPC- EP S

--T-300VT RT. OUTPUT TRANS.

SEC YELLOW

B.L. GPEE

142 v

16 V-812 W6

VERT. OUTPUT

220 P -P60 Cva ES

t;05C:vPCL ES

R-4533 6

-41475KRID.LD rTOOL

C 413.01

9-4121IC-412 R -4I6___3309 T.00010V 4706

1,(-411 85 v P -P330 ,5. 50..,5001,

500111

R-413 R-415396 4.71(

)WER SUPPLY

I

5-414.002- 5001,

'30vR-4171.2 6 2

C-415IVA --0,

12DQ6-BH01212. OUTPUT

C31I0.1y

R -3I9 407,56 F

I K3H.V. RECT.

1 4100,

ig12

19

T4001-ORILOUTPUT

TRANS. 121 3

L 440 -4.30.1

al

R 418

3 3 VW'

-CONNEL I ID 10 voWHICHEVER GIVESBEST FOCUS

1-416

600 v0.15 LL -402000

r64I98.2K

YOKESOCKET

...c4,7

CHOKE, DAMPER

V -I2

17DE4DAMPER

4001

DEFLECTIONCOILS

L-300VERT. NFL. COILS

SCHEMA' THVIDEI` IN I 0 [OUR ,ECTIONSWITH E-,:0 SECTION HAVING ITS OWNSERIES OF REFERENCE NUMBERS.

ALL CAPACITANCE VAL. UES LESS THAN I.o IN 4,v.AND ABOVE 1.0 IN MF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTES.

K-,1000

ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHM. AND WATTUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 2

73


MONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-5221A, WG-5227A, etc., Service Hints

SERVICE SUGGESTIONS

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION ONLY - If only horizontaldeflection is obtained as evidenced by a straight lineacross the face of the picture tube, it can be caused by

the following:

1. V -7B or V-8 inoperative. Check socket voltages.

2. Vertical oscillator transformer defective.

3. Vertical output transformer open or shorted.

4. Yoke vertical coils open or shorted.

5. Vertical hold, height or linearity controls may bedefective.

POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY - If adjustment of the heightand linearity controls will not correct this condition, anyof the following may be the cause:

1. Check variable resistors R-310, R-315 and R-316.

2. Vertical output transformer defective.

3. V -7B or V-8 defective, check voltages.

4. Excess leakage or incorrect value of capacitorsC -306C, C-307, C-308, C-309, C-310 or open orincorrect value of resistors R-312, R-313, R-314 and

R-318.

5. Low plate voltages. Check power supply.

6. Vertical deflection coils defective.

WRINKLES ON LEFT SIDE OF RASTER - This conditioncan be caused by:

1. Defective yoke.

2. V-12 defective.

3. R-419 or C-417 defective.

SMALL RASTER - This condition can be caused by:

1. Low +B or line voltage. Check silicon rectifiers.

2. Insufficient output from V-10. Replace tube.

3. Insufficient output from V-7 and V-9. Replace tubes.

4. V-12 defective.

RASTER; NO IMAGE, BUT ACCOMPANYING SOUND -This condition can be caused by:

1. No signal on picture tube grid. Check V-5 tube andassociated circuits.

2. Bad contact to picture tube grid (lead to socketbroken).

SIGNAL APPEARS ON PICTURE TUBE GRID BUT IM-POSSIBLE TO SYNCHRONIZE THE PICTURE VERTICALLYAND HORIZONTALLY - A condition of this nature canbe caused by:

1. Defective V -7A.

2. If tubes are all right. Check voltages and associatedcircuits.

POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY

1. Check or replace V-10 & V-12.

2. Check capacitor C-417 for defects.

3. Horizontal deflection coils defective.

TRAPEZOIDAL OR NONSYMMETRICAL RASTER

1. Defective yoke.

2. Wiring of yoke socket.

SIGNAL ON PICTURE TUBE GRID AND VERTICAL

SYNC ONLY

I. V-9 defective. Replace.

2. Improper setting of horizontal hold control.

3. Check V-9 socket voltages.

4. Capacitor C-303 defective.

PICTURE STABLE BUT WITH POOR RESOLUTION-If thepicture resolution is not up to standard, it may be caused

by any of the following:

1. Defective pix 1-F tubes V-3 & V-4.

2. Defective pix detector crystal. (CK-706A.)

3. V-5 Defective.

4. Defective picture tube

5. Open video peaking coil. Check all peaking coils

L-202, L-203, L-205 for continuity.

Note that L-203 & L-205 have shunting resistors.

6. Leakage in V-5 grid capacitors C-207 or C-212. If

the capacitors are not found to be defective, check

the following:A. This trouble can also originate at the transmitter.

Check reception from another station.

B. Check all potentials in video circuits.

C. Check picture tube grid circuit for poor or dirty

contact.

D. Check and realign, if necessary, the picture I -F

and R -F circuits.

7. Incorrect setting of fine tuning control.

BUZZ IN SOUND

1. Check buzz control setting.

2. Check sound I -F alignment.

3. V-1 defective.

BENDING OR S-ING

1. Check capacitors C -404A & C -404B.

2. V-9 or V-10 tubes defective.

3. Check V-5 & V -7A tubes.

PICTURE NORMAL - NO SOUND OR WEAK ORDISTORTED SOUND

1. Check sound I -F alignment.

2. Check V-1 & V-2 tubes and associated circuits.

74


MOTOROLACHASSIS

STS -570 & ST -570

MODELS

(SEE CHART)

Exact material for these sets is on pages75 through 78. Alignment and much ofservice data are similar to such materialfor TS -436 group beginning on page 79.

SERVICING CHASSIS IN CABINETBy removing the back and bottom covers, the chassis is

completely exposed (see Figure 2 ). Nine (9) screws securethe bottom panel to the cabinet. Voltages and waveformscan be taken and all chassis components are accessible.

REMOVING CABINET WRAPAROUNDWhen removal of the cabinet wraparound is necessary,

the bottom cover should be in place.

FIGURE 2.

Remove the two (2) hex head screws that secure the ill -side channels to the bezel. There is one (1) screw on eachside (see Figure 3 ). Next, remove three (3) decorativePhillips head screws from each side of the cabinet wrap-around. (When removing screws, avoid twisting the wrap-around, since this may cause the screws to bind, makingremoval and reassembly difficult.; Disconnect the speakerleads and separate the wraparound from the bezel by pullingthe wraparound away from the bezel.

WRAPAROUND DISASSEMBLY

The side -panels are held to the top -panel by five (5)screws in each inside corner channel. These screwstighten into the outside corner channels which match thecabinet color.

PICTURE TUBE REPLACEMENT

Use extreme care in handling the picture tube, as roughhandling may cause it to implode due to atmospheric pres-sure. Do not nick or scratch glass or subject it to any un-due pressure in removal or installation. Use goggles andheavy gloves for protection.

Remove the cabinet wraparound as described previously.Remove the three (3) screws that secure the bezel to thebottom cover, but do not remove the bottom cover. Swingthe bezel away from the picture tube.

MODEL CHARTModel Chassis VHF Tuner UHF TunerTABLE MODELS23T4BRYZ3T4BR23T4BRA*Y23T4BRA*23T5BY23T5B23T5BA*Y23T5BA*23T5BWY23T5BW23T5BWA*Y23T5BWA*23T5CWY23T5CW23T5CWA*Y23T5CWA*23T5MY23T5M23T5MA*Y23T5MA*23T5WY23T5W23T5WA5

STS -570 TT -300**STS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601STS -570 TT -300**STS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -3055*TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -3055*TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -305**TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601TS -570 TT -3055*

Y23T5WA* TS -570Y TT -305Y RTT-601*A 23YP4 picture tube with a bonded safety glass is used

in these models. All other models incorporate a picturetube which requires a separate safety glass.**VHF tuners VTT-300 and VTT-305 may have been used

in place of the TT -300 and TT -305 tuners.

NOISE GATE CONTROLTo adjust, tune in a channel for best picture and sound.

Turn the noise gate control counterclockwise (when viewedfrom rear of receiver) until the picture becomes unstable(rolls down or slips, etc.). Then turn control clockwise un-til the picture returns to normal. Check all channels; ifany are unstable, continue turning control clockwise until thepicture is normal on all channels.

FINE TUNING ADJUSTMENTSIf the fine tuning control is out of range, individual mas-

ter oscillator adjustments are provided for each channel.Remove channel selector and fine tuning knobs (some

models have a pilot lamp window mask which must also beremoved). Center the fine tuning control, set tuner to thehighest numbered available channel, and with an insulatedscrewdriver, adjust the individual channel screw for bestpicture and sound. Adjust all other available channels indesending order. Only a slight adjustment should benecessary to bring in each channel.

PRODUCTION CHANGES

ChassisCoding Change

570A-03

570A-04

570A-05

570A-06

TO INCREASE AUDIO OUTPUT: C312(.0015 mf) re -located from chassis to con-trol bracket; C313 (.0033 mf) changed to.0015 mf; C313 and tone control (R310B)re -wired, See Schematic Diagram for wir-ing change.NOTE: The wiring change affects chassiswith a tone control only.

DESIGN CHANGE: C121 (560 mmOchangedto .001 mf; L107 (390 ph) changed to 200ph; L110 (240 ph) changed to 270ph; L111(500 ph) changed to 240 ph; L201 (100ph)removed; L112 (900 ph) added in series withR123; R128 (1K) added in series with L107to ground; R111 (3.9K) changed to 1.8K.See Schematic Diagram for wiring changes.

TO REDUCE AUDIO REGENERATION:Jum-per lead between pins 1 & 3 of Audio Out-put tube (V10) removed and suppressorgrid (pin 3) connected to chassis ground.

TO REDUCE HIGH FREQUENCY NOISEWHEN CHANGING CHANNELS: C314(.001)changed to .0027 mf.

75


MOTOROLA TELEVISION CHASSIS TS & STS -570A-00 THRU A-06

NOTES:

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM.310%.2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC.

3. VOLTAGES INDICATED BY AN ASTERISK WILL VARY WITH ASSOCIATEDCONTROL SETTINGS.

4. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM AND ALL OTHERCONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

5. TUNER ON CHANNEL 13 OR CHANNEL OF LEAST NOISE WITHANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED.

CAPACITORS: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, VALUESLESS THAN ONE IN MF; ALL OTHERS IN MMF.

** INDICATES SPECIAL CAPACITOR. T501 CONN

TO TERM©ON TUNER

LIO2Blet IF GRID

V3

3BZ6A1ST IF

5

6

1300

7

O

1305

C 1U9

.001

C111715MMF1 TRH

2,O c,

L.1

O CC

V4

3BZ62ND IF

51 255V

370 7

1370

1

R106 2

§ 18K

V,z 0

138V

8+

VIDEO

6

V

B+

V5A

1/2 6BL8 OR 6HL83RD IF

T103

r VIDEO DET 1E101 L105 1

2 r::- 165YI1 a a

1

13 1

I C115art I

,... I 5.6C117 I

v - L - --N150- 43 iR §

RES-CAP E102 USEDSOME 570A-00 CRASSONLY

E102

B+

WO"8 56K

470K-vVvV`-

22U

L

102B+

9

V7B V5B

3BU8 OR 3GS8 1/2 6BL8 OR 6HL8

1ST CLIPPER 2ND CLIPPER

8 222Y

2

7

04011/.02 -.4v 91grit1Y

1 8I I le

E401

(SEE 07A FOR VOLTAGESON PINS 1,2 47)

SYNC 8007' R...

1 55V

C403

N750

OC

O

330

V1IA1/2 6BL8 OR 6HL8

PHASE DET

-27V

9

1 13V

C5°5 1PVI1B

--- 1/2 6BL8 OR 6HL8R507 15K0.-- HOR I Z OSC

R504 100K R506 270K -2 3V

C506

470

C507

0033

C502

.00391

EACL

2

C508.007

140V

C510 .005

1KVr.1 flsr 5,

csa

Y ars Lr.`CC

R508 12K B+

3W

E801

5 AMP

120V

60'L

R80221011 COLD

ON -OFF SWON VOL CONT

T801

E804

.75 AMP

YEL0 YEL

RED 5-6ooO RED/YEL

2-177 -RED 4-3

GRN

8++18011LIovorr,

3L0-111.00 71' 2 511 +C 80 I BC8131A C801C

5U4613100MF SOME

Pc

-0.

I 1400°1T /ay T coy416

Or

50.14 TO (0) TO C)RECT ON TUNER ON TUNER

13+ POWER SUPPLYR803 15K 1310

o E203 -e ..., ,.r. ..,-, .--, -a.

a 1-1/2" /126 Les o o ..F. , .-, coCOPPER WIRE > > > > > > > >

GRN i.,-, kr. o sr es, V PS sr/YEL

=7"

TO TERM CD

ON TUNER

E805 ®E806VHF UHF

19-370 79-370Y

76


C303 47

N750

z

C301)13.9

V8A V9

1/2 6BL8 OR 6HL8 3DT6AUDIO IF AUDIO DET

412v2

5

6 125V

E

C305

T301

1-i 0, I

0O 2

Z . 5Vsrl r -

18-

135V

5 BOV

6

E301

1301

161C', I re,Z 44 I

(51

-1.5V

Lr.

R308 1K c3

rl

2 .0(115

V10

6GK6AUDIO OUTPUT

ec ,=, 4. NC 3N,._

131!.0015 r-13il. r,

cx `'1

---NL-05

DUAL CONTROL & C313ON SOME MODELS ONLY

OD

-

1106L108

8.2KlC

04 Q!!<3 c, IN A-04-02

& LATER

37

V6

6GK6VIDEO OUTPUT207V

4V 1

1....... I-

C).--I R128 1K g zs.`""

O,NVN=3._

c..

;--

B R117 330155V

z

R113 220KANY

5V

2

270V

CL

B+

7

1190V

6 207V

R115 3.3K C801DMAP 10MF

2W T 300V

LINA4.51C TRAP

le*

3f

C125 27r- NI50):

B++V7A

3BU8 OR 3GS8AGC

R121 33K

ICC CNI

CC

L110

5.6K INA-04 &LATEF1

a g

IN A-04 ^.

& LATER

8+

13+

1.."C201 / ..1 1201--.--. 000

TEL

4M

V12 V13

6DQ6B 6AL3 OR 6AF3HORIZ OUTPUT DAMPER

-4ASV5V

R513 470 5

Le,

4 N

0CO1800

0

CTS

DRIZONTAL

L503

V14

3A3

HV RECT

2

BLUE

270

1350

COCC

CO

le

.0027IN A-06& LATTR T302

BLUE

)(1'

B+ +

AUDIO

RED

400 1110

12-7-.)

BLUE

6

23AHP4OR

23YP4CRT

fl

r----1944, Boo

4t1..1g 77.

R203 33K

FOCUS LEADCONNECT TO ONE OPTHREE TAPS GIVINGBEST OVERALL FOCUS

3 a.g,

GR

1

670V

8516 560Kv?

_LC512 -0513.1 T .1

C5141(.05

C515 91

311 R517 6.8KC516 91 1W

3K VT

BOOT 114

R601 56K+VVV

C601-1- C602R605 33K

.00331 T .006

0 lOW*4

R603 5.6M 9

*620

V8B1/2 6BL3 OR 6H18

VERT OSC

> CC

rr

R612 22K

*C602)1.02

C6071(.02

A R611 1M

T601245V BLUE RED

5 1.11S

6 R613 150CfRs

262V AW 0DIV

1

B+ -4-0

5

V15

6AQ5AVERT OUTPUT

VERTICAL

0

YOKEL701

RED

.4

77

C11

8

Cli4

C12

0

C12

1

C30

5

C30 C30

4

C31

4

C31

1

C50

8

C60

2

C60

3

C60

1

C50

9

C50

4

C60

4

C60

5C

310

C30

9

C50

5

C51

4

C51

6

C51

5

C51

2

C11

3C

112

C11

0 C

111

C10

7 C

108

C10

9 01

04C

103 C

105

CAPACITOR

R31

2 R

121

R11

1 R

109

R10

8 R

110

R10

5 R

R R11

4R

120

C10

6R

302

RC

101

117

C10

2R

301

201

401

R30

4

C11

9R

509

C11

6R

511

C12

3R

303

C60

2R

308

C12

4

C50

3R

603

C60

7R

60.

C50

1R

601

C50

6R

510

C50

7R

605

C40

3R

307

C40

2R

607

C50

2R

612

C60

8R

606

R30

9

R30

5

202

R51

8R

119

C12

2R

118

R50

7,

RESISTORS

L106

1103

L107

V5

1102

V4

L104

1101

V3

L102

L108

V6

L111

L110

03 R

107. R

106 R

102 R

104

R10

1

R20

1

R12

3

R12

2

R12

6

R12

7

R61

0L1

09

R12

4V

10

R61

3R

611

V8

R60

913

01

V9

R12

5R

401

E30

1

R11

3R

402

L301

R50

1R

403

TE

ST

PO

IN

R50

6F

OR

AU

DIO

ALI

GN

ME

NT

CHASSIS COMPONENT LOCATIONS - BOTTOM

1302

YO

KE

SO

CK

ET

L502

MISCELLANEOUS

L103

L101

L112

E40

1

V7

V15

V11


MOTOROLACHASSIS DESCRIPTION

TS -436 Golden M chassis is a horizontally mounted typecontaining 16 tubes plus a 19XP4 picture tube, germaniumvideo detector crystal, miniature dual selenium plug-intype horizontal phase detector and transformer -type powersupply with the Tube Sentry system.

QTS-436 version does not have theTube Sentry system orpilot lamps for illuminating the channel numbers, otherwiseit is electrically identical to the TS -436.

RTS-436 version uses a turret type VHF tuner whichrequires different value B+ dropping resistors for the tuner,otherwise it is electrically identical to the TS -436.

STS -436 version does not have pilot lamps for illumin-ating the channel numbers, otherwise it is identical to theTS -436.

WTS-436 version contains an automatic tuner assemblyand function switch, otherwise it is electrically identical tothe RTS-436.

Chassis with a "Y" suffix contain a UHF, single conver-sion type tuner (STT-601) which uses an additional tube anda B+ dropping resistor for the UHF tuner.

PIN CUSHION CORRECTOR MAGNETS

The pin cushion corrector magnets found on all foursides of the deflection yoke are used to straighten the sidesof the raster in both the horizontal and vertical planes.These magnets are provided aspart of the yoke and are gluedinto place. No adjustment is required.

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT

If the deflection yoke is not correctly positioned, thepicture will be tilted. If the deflection yoke is not tightagainst the flare of the picture tube, the picture may haveraster distortions or neck shadow.

To adjust the yoke, loosenthe yoke retainer clamp screw,position the yoke as far forward as possible, and rotate untilpicture is straight. When satisfactory, tighten yoke retainerclamp screw.

PICTURE CENTERING

Position the centering device arms together (minimumfield strength) and so they lie in a horizontal plane. Thensimultaneously separate the arms of the device to center thepicture vertically. Best adjustment is usually with minimumfield strength. Adjust horizontal centering by rotating themagnetic centering device as a unit.

FINE TUNING ADJUSTMENTS

Switch Type TunersIf the fine tuning control is out of range, individual mas-

ter oscillator adjustments are provided for each channel.

Remove channel selector and fine tuning knobs (somemodels have a pilot lamp window mask which must also heremoved). Center the fine tuning control, set tuner to thehighest numbered available channel, and with an insulatedscrewdriver, adjust the individual channel screw for bestpicture and sound. Adjust all other available channels indesending order. Only a slight adjustment should benecessary to bring in each channel.

Turret Type TunersRemove channel selector, fine tuning knobs and pilot

lamp window mask or fine tune knob at rear of receiver onautomatic tuning models to expose adjustment hole in tuner.Center the fine tuning control mechanically and adjust osc-illator core for best picture and sound. Use adjustmenttool with bit size width of .09" or less to avoid ruiningthreads in strip coil forms.

CHASSIS

TS,QTS,RTS,STS & WTS-436

MODELS(See Model Breakdown Chart)

MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART

Model ChassisVHF

TunerUHF

Tuner

19T5CH STS -436 TT -300 -Yl9T5CH STS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T5CHD* STS -436 TT -300 -Y19T5CHD* STS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7-1 TS -436 TT -305 -Yl9T7-1 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7 -1D TS -436 TT -305 -Yl9T7-1D TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7-2 TS -436 TT -305 -Yl9T7-2 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7-ZD TS -436 TT -305 -Y19T7-2D TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7-3 TS -436 TT -305 -

Y19T7-3 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7 -3A RTS-436 TT -306** -19T7-4 TS -436 TT -305 -

Y19T7-4 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T7 -4A RTS-436 BTT-306** -

Al9T8-1*** WTS-436 BTT-302** -

Al9T8-1A*** WTS-436 BTT-302** -

Al9T8-1D*** WTS-436 BTT-302** -

Al9T8-2*** WTS-436 BTT-30255 -

Al9T8-2A*** WTS-436 BTT-302** _

Al9T8-2D*** WTS-436 BTT-30255 _

Al9T8-3*** WTS-436 BTT-302** _

Al9T8-3A.555 WTS-436 BTT-302** _

Al9T8-4*** WTS-436 BTT-302** _

Al9T8-4A*** WTS-436 BTT-302** _

Al9T8CH*** WTS-436 BTT-302** _

Al9T8-CHA*** WTS-436 BTT-302.** _

19T11CH* QTS-436 TT -300 _

Y19T 11CH* QTS-436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T11CHA* QTS-436 TT -300 _

Yl9T11CHA* QTS-436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T11WD QTS-436 TT -300 -19T12-1* STS -436 TT -300 _

Yl9T12-15 STS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T12 -1A5 STS -436 TT -300 _

Yl9T12-1A* STS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T12-2* STS -436 TT -300 _

Yl9T12-2* STS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T12 -2A5 STS -436 TT -300 -

Y19T12-2A* STS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T13-1* TS -436 TT -305 _

Yl9T13-15 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T13 -1A5 TS -436 TT -305 _

Yl9T13-1A* TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T13-2* TS -436 TT -305 -

Yl9T13-25 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T13 -2A5 TS -436 TT -305 _

Yl9T13-2A5 TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T14CW TS -436 TT -305 _

Yl9T14CW TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-601I9T14CWA TS -436 TT -305 -Y19T14CWA TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T14CWD RTS-436 TT -306** -

19T14CWF RTS-436 TT -306** -19T14W TS -436 TT -305 -

Yl9T14W TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T14WA TS -436 TT -305 -Y19T14WA TS -436Y TT -305Y STT-60119T14WD RTS-436 TT -306** _

19T14WF RTS-436 TT -306** -

*A carrying handle is incorporated in these models.

**UHF adaptor kit, TK-I26, will convert these turret typetuners for UHF reception.***Automatic tuning models using the TR- 10 remote control

receiver.


79


MOTOROLA CHASSIS TS, QTS, RTS, STS & WTS-436A-00 THRU A-03

NOTES:


I. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM.±10%.2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC.

3. VOLTAGES INDICATED BY AN ASTERISK WILL VARY WITH ASSOCIATED

CONTROL SETTINGS.4. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM AND ALL OTHER

CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

5. TUNER ON CHANNEL 13 OR CHANNEL OF LEAST NOISE WITH

ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED.CAPACITORS: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, VALUESLESS THAN ONE IN MF; ALL OTHERS IN MMF.

** INDICATES SPECIAL CAPACITOR,

T501 CONN

TO TERM©

ON TUNER

1.102B

CI 470

(ST IF GRID

1

a 1

i i 1.05

-i .-. 8411 : g91 L' tEg .oa

.3. g...I 160 C.

.; "-. CfII , * 2

,-1E TR*. - V..": -2

-:-

yT

V3

38Z6A1ST IF

122V

7

C107

.001

ce

IF AGC

V4

3BZ62ND IF

T101

B+

T102

ovi

7

V5

6EW6

3RD IFS

T103165V

VIDEO DET6 I E101 L104

5V

0

VIDEO

1,!"-P I a 113

5.6

ISI

C1144.7

RF AGCTO TERN'

(D ON TUNER

E401

470K t

8+

V7B

2ND CLIPPER

206V It --

1/2 3BU8 OR 3GS815T CLIPPER C4011L.02

8 3E

e.1 9I *6

2

clf a44

(SEE V7A FORVOLTAGES ONPINS 1,21 7)

SYNC

E501

PHASE DET

7.8V

VI1BC504 .1 1/2 6818

HORIZ OSCa C509.1 .0121

5

"AN, .-....,.

160V

FA

v111KVhe

C501 ceR5OR75082701K5: .-2.1.:"g

.0039 --A/Vv*-_LC505 2

470 *iovit ce *

SI F, '2 RI rgr.

C506he

--..

&"c_h _,o8

.0033

C ov **24..- 'et., .E' r.,J & 40.-...Q r

BIN BOOT 460V

C507C*4 R504 6.8K `'i` .007

R513 47,

-43

HORIZ(

invtert,

ACINTERLOCK

Dx

E801 3VAC HOT T8p5 AMP /,

0,NOT IN

QTS 436CHASSIS

R80221onCOLD

E802ON -OFF SW

ON VOL CONT

0

g:NO

B++ +L801 E804

AMP275V RED-'--YEL.5268V00 YEL

YEL

O RED

OnRED/YEL

t-75

RED

5-6

4-3

E8031-1/2" 826

COPPER WIRE >I.G RN/TEL

2-1

8-7

V16

5U4GBOR

5DJ4

RECT

2511 SLO-BLO 4.

100MF 80MF

400V

C80111

400V

TO T RM TO TERMCOON TUNER © ON TUNER

POWER SI

6804 10K (TS, QTS & STS -436 & Y) 3W 12K15K (RTS I WTS-436) 2W

R803 6.8E (TS QTS L STS -436 I Y) 411

5.6K (RTS & WTS-436)

E805

k,,V /44(VHF OR I

TS & RTSONLY

80


C303 5.6 2

N750

co

3.9

V8A V9112 6BL8 3DT6

AUDIO IF AUDIO DET6 125V

3 r 1301

ov 1

111Imo_ a I

* Td.is

C305 )1,,..,,. §-I - .005

NC

2 E 2i

"11 1KV

re

2

R310 IK Cm .001

5

2V

120VL301

7

6 I

lc-0

8 eN

Fr , cx

L?v_

8 firn

IN 436A-01

L105

cx

1.5V29

fiRni IL NC

V6

6GK6

VIDEO OUTPUT7 210V

R161330

8 V3ov

aB ++

- *Li V7A!.2M "T.- 1/2 3BU8 OR 3G S8

co.o

LIMA4 51IC TRAP

3f1

L109

**C118 27 2.7K

/4 N150

0.7

cx

R125 220K/WV'

(2

o ce

026V

5V

2

7

AGC

6R128 33K

I 168V

Z192V

1-±C121 * "IOMF

_LON

5efJ

CC

PUT

V13

6A13 OR 6AF3DAMPER

C201

1501 I.

Co

,,...N4

)412:4) t, NA,ce

L

L503

3(1

14(16

7 . 5r2

V143A3

HV RECT

7 12

& LATER

V10

6G K6

AUDIO OUTPUT7 270V

ov 2

Ce -r4V 3-9

8

AUDIO

BLUE :3°2

ED

.005 mf IN436A-00 ONLY

B++

R313 15KMN B+

21N

IOMF400V _

REDR204 33K 60V

OR CRT SOCKET

BLUE

*70V YEL 7 3

FOCUS LEADCONNECT TOONEOF THREE TAPSGIVING BEST n

OVERALL FOCUS

J460V

B.++ BOOT ,?,e,

-8--SIr

17. 5KV

V1719X P4

CRT

is,R aa

4 a4(1

tr,

.GRN

1

3

.1

680V C5121(.04

460V:terR516 820K 153

VS2

Ii2171 -13KVI 6.8K

os/W1220 1W

1K11-`

0IN 436A-00 ONLY

13

lO

R

R603 56K

601 100KB+

RC601I 1602**.00331 .0047

*39y

9

R604 5.6M -*

47.,

VS0

1/2 6BL8

VERT OSC

R6 I0 22K C605

R607 2.2M

N/

cxDc

YT 1(

02 R615 15KASV

BLUE T601 RED

=NI

.03.1 IN

3

436A-02-1 ONLY 250V

C606 .02 5R6I6 150 Tui

4 iw

*8 V15

R614 470K -=- 6EZ5 OR 6EY6

VERT OUTPUT

1lEG IN436A-02-1 ONLY

VERTICAL

20

0

YOKE9.7

RED

701 75

N1501 3KVBLUE

ORG

81


MOTOROLA Chassis

6C68A (RTS-436)68LEI On STS -435I'6FY5 (6,75-4361

TS -436, QTS-, RTS-, STS-, WTS-436, Service Data, ContinuedVHF PILOT LIGHT#44 R65510557

TS, RTS a %NTS- 4S6 ONL

6FY5 (TS, OTS, RTS a STS -436)

GGGBA (WTS-436)

STS -4365 ONLY

6EW3RD

VHFTUNERIUHF PLOT LiGHT44N65FuOes7 A

UHF TUNER hi,

TS, 073 8 STS -436Y ONLY

2BNDZ6

IF

-;, :00TSTRAP

"N. ..k" BLUE LEAD FROM PIN4. 4 OF PICTURE TUBE

:. '-'. SOCKET.GROUND

66K

AMPVIDEO

RE MOT EÒN LIGHT*44

VIDEO OCT KTALWTS-436*65R1086T 19XP4LATER.48C656370,01 MODELS ONLY IL;11,11.1 TU

68L816HL8VERT OSC

8 AZOV3

(661(6'AUDIO

Defy3GS

1ST &I

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT

VERTLIR

3DT6

TAUDIO

E

TUBECENTERING

DEVICE

r.KEYiNG POSITION*.MOTOROLA PART NO.A.197 IF SCREEN TEST POINT

BLEI/6HINORI2 OSC

L

2tiD8t"

CLIPPER A311 V3RECTs

LIGHTLEAD

HEAVLEAD

H ORIZ PHASE DET* 41106511131A0t

NOISEGATE 1

FOCUS ADJUSTMENTLEAD FROM PIN 4 OF PICTURE TUBE SOCKET MUST CONNECT TO ONE OF THREE TAPS OF

FOCUS ADJUST STRIP. CONNECT TO TAP GIVING BEST FOCUS.

LOCATIONS

TUBE SENTRY THERNiSTERPWR TRANS PRI)

2104 COLD NOT IN 073-436,rJ-\

I

5 AMP LINE FUSE

A I1.45674261

4IANPER

DO6B

HORIZ E6 COPPER WIREFIL FUSE /

(UNDER CHASSIS)

VERTSIZE

5/10 AMP B+ FUSE ACSLO- BLO LC TYPE INTERLOCK*656751754

FIGURE I. TUBE LOCATION, FUSE GUIDE AND FOCUS INFORMATION

No special adjustment is required for the horizontaloscillator ccil as the coil is also used as the horizontal holdcontrol. Merely adjust for most stable horizontal sync.

FOCUSING ADJUSTMENTSTo provide for differences in picture tube gun structures,

a focus adjustment is provided by three lugs located on thechassis to the left of the high voltage cage. They provide aground potential point, a B -I- voltage point and a bootstrapvoltage point. Connect the blue lead from the picture tubesocket to the lug which provides the best overall focus, cen-ter to edge of screen.

UHF TUNERMOUNTING -SCREW

UHF TUNER

STT-601

2.7K 1W El+DROPPINGRESISTORFOR UHFTUNER Ei+

VHF TUNER(SEE MODELCHART)

T601

VERT

OUTPUTTRANS

E101VI DEO DETCRYSTAL

INSIDE CAN

U

R6I2VERT LIN

R609VERTSIZE

NOISE GATE CONTROL

The noise gate control is located at the rear of the re-ceiver and is used to adjust the receiver for best noise pro-tection under different signal strength conditions.

To adjust, tune in a channel for best picture and sound.Turn the noise gate control counterclockwise (when viewedfrom rear of receiver) until the picture becomes unstable(rolls down or slips, etc.). Then turn control clockwise un-til the picture returns to normal. Check all channels; ifany are unstable, continue turning control clockwise until thepicture is normal on all channels.

R124NOISE GATE

FIGURE 2. REAR VIEW OF MANUAL TUNING MODELS

FOCUS ESUi M515ADJUST HORIZ HORIZSTRIP PHASE DET SIZE

(501HORIZ OSC & HOLD

CINTERLOCK

BRACEMOUNTINGSCREWS (21

PINCUSHIONCORRECTORMAGNETS (4)

MAGNETICCENTERING

DEVICE

YOKE CLAMPSCREW

E801

LINE FUSE5 AMP

YOKE PLUG

E804

(3+ FUSE.5 AMPSLO-BLO

TUBE SENTRYIHERMISTOR

IS BEHINDPWR TRANS

82


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -436, etc. , Alignment Information, ContinuedVIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT

Pre -Alignment Steps

1. Maintain line voltage at 120 with variac.

2. Remove the deflection yoke plug to eliminate RF inter-ference radiation.

3. Disable local oscillator. On tuners BTT302 and TT306(turret type), set tuner between stations. On tuners TT300and TT305 (switch type), short out pins 8 & 9 of mix-osctube with a fine piece of bare wire or short pin 9 to tubeshield with a fine piece of wire.

4. Apply the negative lead of a 6.0 volt bias supply to IFAGC (jct of R121, C119 & R101) and the positive lead tochassis ground.

5. Connect a 1500 ohm 60W voltage normalizing resistorfrom B4- +to chassis.

6. Set the contrast control at minimum (extreme counter-clockwise position).

VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

7. Short across tuner input terminals.

8. Maintain 2 to 5 volts peak -to -peak at the grid of VideoAmp, except when specific values are given in the procedurechart.

9. Refer to Video IF and Sound Alignment Detail for com-ponent and test point locations (Figure 10)

10. All coil slug tuning positions, in relationto chassis, aregiven in the procedure chart and in the separate detail ofFigure 9.

LIMB

LIMA ur

LIMA 41.25 TRAP31021 GRID COIL

1101

/975 TRAP 1ST & AD IF TRANS 1.103A SHELF COIL

1101 & TICI2 11038 4725 TRAP

FIGURE 9. COIL CORE POSITIONS

STEP SWEEP GEN. & MARKER INDICATOR ADJUST ADJ. FOR AND/OR REMARKS

1. To grid of 3rd IF thru .001 Scope to grid of Both cores of Equal peaks & marker placement asmf cap. Set sweep to approx. Video Amp thru 3rd IF trans shown in curve #1.44 Mc markers as required. 47K ohm resis-

tor.(T103)

2. To mixer T.P. thru .001cap. on tuners T 300 & TT -

Same as step #1.

305. To grid of mixer tube(pin 9 of V2) thru .001 cap, ontuners BTT302 & TT306.Connect to grid lead thruhole provided, adjacent to pin a) 47.25 Mc a) Minimum response (tune core at9 of V2. trap (L103B)

b) 41.25 Mctrap (L102A)

end of coil away from chassis). Seecurve #2.b) Minimum response (tune core atend of coil toward chassis). See curve#2. 39.75 Mc trap (L101) core isturned fully into coil, toward chassis,at a trap freq. of 36 Mc or lower. Thitrap is set at 39.75 Mc only when uppeadjacent video interference is present

3. Same as step #2 except out- To output of a) Converter Converter plate trans & 1st IF gridput set for 1 v.p.p. diode det. con- plate trans. coil to obtain curve #3. The plate Irannected to plate T1 on tuner affects the center peak & the grid coilof 1st IF plate b) 1st IF grid affects the two outside peaks.(See Fig. 10for detail ofdiode detector.)

coil (L102B) If suck -out appears in the converterband pass, detune 1st IF trans T101 byturning core into coil.As part of alignment, adjust L101 formax at 38.25Mc, (this coil is adjusted'39.75Mc only when adjacent video inteiference is present.*

4. Same as step #2, output set Scope to grid of 1st IF trans Proper 42.25Mc marker placement; tu:for 3 v.p.p. Video Amp thru (T101) core at end of coil toward chassis.47K ohm resistor- 2nd IF trans Proper 45.75Mc marker placement.

(T102) Tune core at end of coil toward chassisSee curve #4.

5. Same as step #4 Same as step #4 If tilt occurs, readjust mixer plate trarTi on tuner to compensate for tilt inresponse curve and if necessary, re-adjust 1st & 2nd IF coils (T101 & T102for proper response curve shOwn incurve #4.

r

re

*The 39.75Mc trap(L101B) is factory adjusted to 36Mc and is not tuned to 39.75Mc unless adjacent video inter-ference is present. Adjust trap by tuning core away from chassis, until adjacent video interference is visuallyno longer present on CRT.

3RD IF TRANS1103

4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT (L108A)

1. Carefully tune receiver to local station and advance con-trast control.

2. Adjust local oscillator (with fine tuning control) to bring4.5 Mc interference strongly into the picture.

3. Adjust sound trap (L108A) to find the two points ofadjustment at which the sound beat is just noticeable on thepicture tube screen. Rotate the core toward center of thetwo points. Use minimum amount of inductance (core out ofcoil) that will result in no apparent beat interference.

83


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -436, etc., Alignment Information, Continued

SWEEP & MARKERGENERATOR

MIXT. P.

MIX-OSCV2

ODOD

O

El

TUNER TT300 & 11305

1101 TRAP WHENTUNED TO 39.75MC

T1MIXERTRANS

NOT ONT1300

MIXERT. P

ACCESS TO GRI DLEAD IPIN 9 OFMIXER -O SCI

TUNER

& 713061311302

1VPP

38.25MC±.25MC

41.25MC

42.25MCMARKERRANGE

STEP 3CURVE.

001 to005MF

VI6FY5

RF AMP

V26CGBA

MIX -OS

DIODE DETECTOR

L IUSE IN STEP 3)

c?,

sv-

9

T1MIXERTRANS

STEP 3TUNE COREAT END OFCOIL AWAY

FROM CHASSIS

45.75MCMARKERRANGE 70%

-4-30%

t 0C,.L102B TUNE CORE AT °-

AWAY FROM CHASSIS

TO GRIDIPIN I)

3RD IF

TO GRIDIPIN

11022ND IFTRANS

3BZ62ND IF

TIOI1ST IFTRANS

L102B 3BZ6AGRID COIL 1ST IF

CORE)

3VPPI 41.25MC

40%

6GK6VIDEOAMP

C.0

20%MAXDIP

39.75 MC TRAPWHEN TUNEIFIll MC

445.75MC15% ± 5%

STEP 1f

CURVE

LIMA71.5MC TRAPBOT CORE)

VERT OSC & 4

11088AUDIO IF gt.

AUDIO TAKE -OFF ESQTOP CORE)

GSE03^cic

%V)

1101

L103A TRAP75MC

giTtoW 11038

(S)39.

LIO2A47.25MC TRAP

4I.25MC I8OTCOREI

TRAPROP CORE)

io? CORE Al

02,"WO"

46,

41.25

42.25MC

50%

3DT6AUDIO

DOT

6GK6AUDIO

OUTPUT

STEP 4

3G5 36t

AGC & 1STCLIPPER'

IPIN 3)OIL

rft4R

6EZ516EY6

VERT

OUTPUT

4M7.2 C5

45.75A:IC1

-T3VPP70%

STEP 4CURVE 4

L301

QUADRATURE

COILj

R121

STEP 2CURVE 2

TUNE BOT CORE AT END OF COIL AWAY FROM CHASSIS

FIGURE 10. VIDEO IF & SOUND ALIGNMENT DETAIL

SOUND ALIGNMENT (Station Signal Method)

47.25MC

AGCLINE

-.6V BIASSUPPLY

coils. Actually, the signal should be well down into the noiselevel for proper tuning action.

The sound system used in this receiver consists of anaudio IF amplifier stage, a guadrature grid detector, and an Preliminary Stepsoutput stage. Since this type of sound system is extremelysensitive, relatively small input signal voltage will cause 1. Tune in a strong TV station.grid current to flow in both the IF amplifier and the detectorstages. Grid current through the tuned coils will load them 2. Adjust all controls for normal picture and sound.down making the adjustment extremely broad and alignmentimpossible. For this reason, it is necessary to use a very 3. Refer to Video IF & Mixer Alignment Detail for coil andweak signal when aligning the driver and the detector input test point locations (Figure 10 ).

SOUND ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEP STATION INDICATOR ADJUST REMARKS

2.

3.

4.

Strong signal

Weak signal

VTVM to jct of R307(560K) & C311 (.01)located under L301 un-der chassis (See Fig.21 ).NOTE: In some mo-dels R307.& C311 aremounted inside thequadrature coil can.Connect VTVM to ex-posed terminal ofquadrature coil. SeeFig. 20 for location.

Listening test

L301 (quad. coil)

T301 (inter -stage coil)

L108B (take offcoil)

Max deflection (coarse adj.) of two possiblemax turning points, use that giving the lar-gest voltage reading.*

Max sound with minimum distortion (fineadj.)

Max sound with minimum distortion (main-tain hiss level).**

Max sound with minimum distortion.

If sound is not clear at this point, repeat the above procedure as necessary.

*The purpose of the top pre-set core is to enable the adjustable core to make the tuning range required whilere-ducing the physical length. If the pre-set core should be misadjusted by previous service work, merely re -set neartop end of coil and tune for maximum.

**The signal must be weakened considerably either by disconnecting one side of the antenna lead, or connectinglow value resistors across the antenna terminals until a pronounced hiss appears in the sound. The hiss level mudbe maintained for proper alignment.

84


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -436, QTS-, RTS-, STS-, WTS-436, Changes, Continued

PRODUCTION CHANGES

CHASSIS PRODUCTION CHANGES


436A-01

436A-02

436-02-1

436A-03

436B-00

436B-01

436B-02

TO IMPROVE HIGH FREQUENCY AUDIORESPONSE: C314 (.005 mf) changed to.001 mf, 2000V.

TO REMOVE HORIZONTAL AND VERTI-CAL PULSES FROM AUDIO: R309 (1 meg,1 W) changed to 1/2 W resistor; R314 (1meg, 1/2W) added in series with R309 toterminal #3 of T501; C315 (.01 mf) addedbetween the junction of R309 and R314 andchassis ground.

TO INCREASE HIGH VOLTAGE: C514(91 mmf) removed.TO REDUCE VERTICAL BUZZ IN AUDIO:T601 (vertical output trans) relocated fromunderside of the tuner support bracket tothe top of the bracket. Two (21 rectangularwashers (4A65734A01) are used betweenthe screw heads and the transformermounting flanges when repositioned to topof bracket. Use original screws andmounting holes.

TO ATTAIN MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY INTHE TUNER OSCILLATOR STAGE: R804(12K, 3W) changed to 10K, 3W.

TO IMPROVE VERTICAL LINEARITY:C605 (.02 n -if) changed to .03 mf; R614(470K) changed to 1 meg.NOTE: See Vertical Stability Change un-der 436B-00 for additional information.

TO FUSE TUNER MOTOR: Relocate oneend of gray lead wired between tuner mo-tor and AC interlock receptacle to thejunction of fuse (E801) and thermistor(R802).

TO FACILITATE IF PHASING: 3rd IFtrans T103 (1V65811A52) changed to1V65816A97.

TO INCREASE AUDIO SENSITIVITY: Au-dio IF interstage trans T301 (24065949,401)replaced with 24D65949A02; Audio take-off & 4.5Mc trap coils L108 (24D65950A01)replaced with 24D65950A02; C311 (.01 mf)and R307 (560K) are now mounted on theQuadrature coil base (L301) inside the can;resonant coils L104 and L105 (8.5 micro -henries) changed to 8.8 microhenries; R3(11(820K) changed to 100K; R302 (8.2K) chan-ged to 22K; C302 (10 mmf) changed to 6.8mmf; C303 (5.6 mmf) changed to 47 mmf.

TO IMPROVE VERTICAL SYNC STABI-LITY AND LINEARITY: C602 (.0047 mf)changed to .006 mf; C605 (.02 mf) changedto .03 mf; R614 (470K) changed to 1 meg;R617 (220K) added in series with theVertical Hold control (R602) to ground inplace of the jumper lead.

TO REMOVE AC POWER FROM TUNERMOTOR WHEN THE RECEIVER IS TURN-ED OFF REMOTELY: The automatic por-tion of the receiver was rewired so thatthe power applied to the tuner motor (E57)is now in series with the Remote On -OffSwitch (E51A).

DESIGN CHANGE: C801 (100-80-10 mf/400V, 10 mf/200V) changed to 100-80-10-10 mf/400V; section C801D (10 mf,400V) relocated to the cathode of V7A(3BU8); C121 (10 mf, 400V) removed;


436B-03

436B-04

TO R120

118++

E401

56K

FIGURE

R617

C125 (5 mf, 300V) added betweenthe junc-tion of R116, R117 and R118 and chassisground; R117 (39K, 2W), R118 (47K, 1W)and R126 (3.3K, 2W) physically re -located.See TS -436 B-00 component locationphotoFig. 20 DESIGN CHANGE: E401 (sync rescap)changed to a type which incorporatesmore components; R402 (1 meg) andR403 (56K) removed.NOTE: The new rescap incorporatesR402 and R403 plus two other compo-nents which were not in the chassispreviously. For new sync circuit dia-gram see Figure 18.TO REDUCE AUDIO DROP -OUT DUE TOMOISTURE AFFECTING AUDIO COILS INHIGH HUMIDITY AREAS: Audio IF inter -stage trans T301 (24D65949A02) replacedwith 1V66241A48, which includes C306,C307, shield and leads; Quadrature coilL301 (24065948A01) replaced with1V66099A99 which includes C310, C311,R307, R308, shield and leads; R311 (82K)changed to 270K.NOTE: The new coils are dipped incandywax. Individual components shouldnot be replaced on these coils in highhumidity areas.

V781/2 IBIS OR 3GSB1ST CLIPPER

8

60,9

VOLTAGES ONPINS 1,2 lit 7)

VILA1/2 68L8

01 2ND CLIPPER

TO PIN RI OFWA (AGO

HORIZONTALSYNC TO CENTER

TAP OF E501

TO

DECOUPLED BOOT

VERTICAL SYNCTO VERTICAL

NTEGRATOR CIRCUIT

18. SYNC CIRCUIT FOR CHASSIS 8-02 AND LATER

R307 & C311LOCATED INSIDE OFQUADRATURE COILCAN

TEST POINT FORAUDIO ALIGNMENT

R118

R117

C12.le

'

85 FIGURE 20. LOCATION OF RELOCATED & ADDEDCOMPONENTS IN CHASSIS CODED B-00 & LATER

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFOR

MOTOROLA CHASSIS TS, QTS, RTS, STS & WTS-436B-00 THRU B-04

NOTES:


1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM.±10%.2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC.

3. VOLTAGES INDICATED BY AN ASTERISK WILL VARY WITH ASSOCIATED

CONTROL SETTINGS.4. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM AND ALL OTHER

CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.5. TUNER ON CHANNEL 13 OR CHANNEL OF LEAST NOISE WITH

ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED,CAPACITORS: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, VALUESLESS THAN ONE IN MF; ALL OTHERS IN MMF.

8* INDICATES SPEC IAL CAPAC I TOR.

1501 CONN

MAT ION

* *C

N7

TO TERM©

ON TUNER

110281ST IF GRID

G_1031 470

0- I:El" k -"-,o 'cllit :2 Emig-,

:3 ev. - ,,.,, A..; . - ,... -1-.

T-,:,-,

8

A

470K a.

8

V713

1/2 3BU8 OR 3GS8

1ST CLIPPER C4011/_.02206V 41 1C---

8

1

(SEE V7A FORVOLTAGES ONPINS 1,24, 7)

(SEE PRODUCTION CHANGE 8-03FOR SYNC CIRCUIT IN CHASSISCODED 8-03 & LATER)

120V

60%

SYNC

ACINTERLOCK

D

B..

R802NOT INQT8436 2lon

COLDCHASSIS

E802ON -OFF SWON VOL CONT 1

(2)

V3

3BZ6A1ST IF

C107

,001

IF AGC

VI1A1/2 6BL8

2ND CLIPPER

BOOT 460V

22V

B

T101

GRX

1-1/1" 826 uscoppn ortn

GEN/!IL

V4

3BZ62ND IF

35V7

C504 v.1

V5

6EW6

3RD IF

VIDEO

E501

PHASE DETIv 2 R508 15K

STS1501 Ke R507 270K*10039

V16

1

5ORU4GB

50.14

8-7 RECT

+ B+L801

275v RED7-=YEL

KZ% +2515

C801AI100MF

400V

1804

.5 AMP

V11B

1/2 6BL8HORIZ OSC

1103

VIDEO DET1

E101 L104 i LIJDK

C1144.7

RF AGCTO TERM

©ON TUNER

C509 .0056 160V

Nrc Yor...

268V

1.0-BLO

C801B80W400V

TO TERM TO TERM

©ON TUNER ©ON TUNER

cr

J

R121 2.2M

V12

6D068HORIZ OUTPUT

R513 470 4 *55\

HORIZONTAL

POWER SUPPLY

8804 101 (TS, QTS & STS -436 & y) 3115K (ITS & WTS -436)28

1803 8.8E (TS. QTS STS -436 & 7) 411

5.6K (RTS & NTS -436) 41

L

mt.

TO TERME805

444ON TUNER

(VHF OR UHF/& ITS -4368-01

& IA TER

86


V8A

1/2 6BL8

AUDIO IF

C.1

Csl

CC

6 125v

-§I

Im 21,.,

1305

)1-*.005

1KV

C2

V9

3 DT6

AUDIO DET

T301

lov

2-R

82K IN B-00THRU 6-03 ONLY

R310 18 _C313 .001

5 120V

7 r

.2V

L301

IEoo

3.51 o

VIO

6G K6

AUDIO OUTPUT7 270V

8ov 2cr - -

o- 1

4v 3-9

OWE T302

.P.-50 1.8

ED

6++

CP,

CC

.27

V6

6GK6VIDEO OUTPUT

V7A1/2 3BU8 OR 3G S8

1108A4 SIC TRAP

1109

C801D 101/ 200*WIRED HERE IN B-00

TIERU B-01 ONLY

s:71

R125 220KANY

2

-.5V

7 2681

5 a.

7

1

AGC

12192V

-11L801D * crrmOMF

yir--. WAS C121 INB-00 TEIRU B-01

R128 33K1681,

le

V13

6AL3 OR 6AF3

DAMPER

1501

8

7

O1

9

1503

371

1406

7.5(1

4

V143A3

HV RECT

AUDIO

R313 15KNW W 84-

1- A 2WC801CIOMF400V

1201

REDR204 33K 460V

ON CRT SOCKET

BLUE

*70V YEL 7

17 5KV2

V1719XP4

CRT

FOCUS LEADCONNECT TOONEOF THREE TAPS

GIVING BEST 17OVERALL FOCUS

B460v

I

_BOOT1111

J

A,

-12.111E.

[3K1 6.8K 11220 dr

_1_GRIT

R516 820K 10513

T'1

460V.4SY

R603 56K

0

R610 226 C605

R601 100KC601 C602

.0033 .006R607 2.2M

ca Lc,

ti0 !VW9

R604 5.6M vt

V8B

1,2 6818

VERT OSC

1

.03 R615 1 KANY

1.-.7-

,,1I....1

0 C6061(.02 5

>0,

1...JGC

1.- -N

CCL LAJ .1

R614 1M,...,

=,c,c...,

250v

3

BLUE T601 RED

121ICg8616 150 TNWV.1W

8 V15

- 6EZ5 OR 6EY6VERT OUTPUT

VERTICAL

1,1

20

O

YOKEL701

RID

701 75

N1500 3K VBLUE

ORG

Fl

.3.3

vF

ILG

I \i

-I 5

V\

OV

OV

KG

I1.

5V1 G

3

G2 /

p13

0V

210V

4-.

9V

39V \ P

e

V5

165V

V4

6EW

616

5VG

21

IV31

326

V3

3RD

IF\p

313

5V2N

D IF

3132

6AO

V1S

T IF

\13

5V26

0V63

/I2

2V03

-.2V

\62

GI"

61"6

2

pas

260V

FIL

FIL

G3

-0V

V6

FIL

6G K

6

FIL

VID

EO

OU

TP

UT

VIU

6GK

6

IBV

Ta.

(Aul

tr'-g

a;A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

T

35V

is-o

orL

AT

ER

)13

0V4V

G2A

270V

SG

26/

3

IL'P

4VF

IL

Gin

PA

,

-47V

,K

A12

5V

OV

OV

K -

138V

122V

FIL

FIL

192V

s°26

8vN

C

NC

K7

262

A6

FIL

6119

2V,

,G

3,pO

V-K

FIL

63

\OV

168

vF

IL F

IL-.

5V

4V1V

V8

68L8

AU

DIO

IF IA

)3.

2V&

VE

RT

OS

C If

3)

G2

OV

-..G

I/

FIL

Hoy

FIL

FIL

V9

415

8V

3DT

612

0VV

11

AU

DIO

DE

TG

3G

268

L8/

2ND

CLI

PP

ER

tAl

OV

129V

& H

OR

IZ O

SC

(13

1

V7

3BU

8 O

R 3

GS

8

AG

C (

A)

&

1ST

CLI

PP

ER

(B

)

150V

206V

I

\G

3.P

e

OV

..K

4

*10V

-K

FIL

VO

LTA

GE

ME

AS

UR

EM

EN

TS

1.T

aken

from

poi

nt in

dica

ted

to c

hass

isw

ith a

VT

VM

. t 1

0%.

2.Li

ne v

olta

ge m

aint

aine

d at

120

V A

C.

3.V

olta

ges

Indi

cate

d by

an

aste

risk

will

var

y w

ith a

s,nr

iate

d co

ntro

l

setti

ngs.

4.T

aken

with

con

tras

t con

trol

at

min

imum

and

all

othe

r co

ntro

lsin

nor

mal

ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n w

itnno

sig

nal i

nout

.5.

Tun

er o

n C

hann

el 1

3 or

cha

nnel

of le

ast n

oise

with

ant

enna

ter-

min

als

shor

ted.

6.T

P =

Tie

Poi

nt; N

C,N

o C

onne

ctio

n

268V

YO

KE

SO

CK

ET

50V

A'6

.6V

K -

'1.0

5V

V15

6EZ

5 O

R 6

EY

6V

ER

T O

UT

PU

T

250V

P26

6V

G2

FIL

GI

FIL

TP

*-28

V

E50

1

HO

RIZ

PH

AS

E D

ET

-7.8

V

B+

268V

Ej F

US

ED

4268

VB

++

275V

BO

OT

++

+-

680V

BO

OT

++

+ID

EC

OU

PLE

D):

460

V

V13

6A13

OR

6A

F3

DA

MP

ER

FIL

,F

ILG

1

-43V

OV

.5V

V12

6D1:

26B

HO

RIZ

OU

TP

UT

FIL

011

TP

G2 /

NC

155V

FIG

UR

E 2

2. V

OL

TA

GE

ME

ASU

RE

ME

NT

'S

TP

FIL

4.5V

PP

V

175V

PP

V

60V

PP

V

I85V

PP

V

150V

PP

V

750V

PP

30V

PP

H

50V

PP

H

I75V

PP

CR

T C

AT

HO

DE

(P

IN 7

/

2

51

'R/6

V8

6131

8

VE

RT

OS

C

& A

UD

IO IF

165V

PP

V

WA

VE

FO

RM

ME

AS

UR

EM

EN

TS

1.T

aken

from

poi

nt in

dica

ted

to c

hass

isw

ith a

wid

eban

d os

cillo

scop

e..

2.O

scill

osco

pe s

ynce

d ne

ar s

wee

p ra

tein

dica

ted.

3.T

aken

with

str

ong

sign

al; c

ontr

ast

cont

rol a

t max

imum

; all

othe

rco

ntro

ls in

nor

mal

ope

ratin

gpo

sitio

n.

3.2V

PP

120C

PS

8+ R

IPP

LE

V15

6EZ

5 O

R 6

EY

6

VE

RT

OU

TP

UT

O1

1)T

1

4'N

/7G

3P

3BU

8 O

R 3

GS

8

IST

CLI

PP

ER

& A

GC

VII

6BL8

HO

RIZ

OS

C&

2N

D C

LIP

PE

R

E50

1

HO

RIZ

PH

AS

E D

ET

V12

6006

8H

OR

IZ O

UT

PU

T

VE

RT

SY

NC

PU

LSE

-

1CT

OF

R40

4 &

R40

5

32V

PP

V

FIG

UR

E 2

3. W

AV

E F

OR

M M

EA

SUR

EM

EN

TS

I

30V

PP

70V

PP

V

1500

V P

P

V r60V

PP

V

55V

PP

60V

PP

75V

PP

50V

PP

I

PIN

1 O

F 1

501

160V

PP

550V

PP

O 0


MOTOROLATS -432 Custom Golden M Chassis is a vertically mounted

type containing 25 transistors, 10 diodes, a vacuum tube highvoltage rectifier and a 19EAP4 picture tube. The chassismay be operated from the AC line or from its own recharge-able Energy Cell. The switch -over from AC to Energy Celloperation is accomplished automatically when the AC linecord is removed from the back of the set. When the receiveris operated from the AC line and turned off, a trial charge isautomatically placed on the Energy Cell. If the cell is fullycharged, the charging circuit will turn itself off. If the cellneeds charging, the charging circuit will function until thecell is charged to full capacity, then turn off automatically,The Energy Cell is automatically tested every time the re-ceiver is turned off when operating from the AC line. Thisassures a fully charged Energy Cell at all times.

The Energy Cell is constructed of long -life silvercadmium. It is fully sealed and requires no maintenance,The cell's nominal operating voltage is 17.4 volts. The re-ceiver will operate up to 5 hours on a fully charged cell andmay be recharged by plugging the receiver power cord into anAC outlet for a period of 15 hours after complete discharge,,The charging rate is approximately 3 hours for every hour ofportable operation.

1. REMOVE FRONT COVERUnsnap the two latches located on either side of the front

cover by pressing front edges of latches towards the rear ofreceiver and at the same time lifting out.

2. REMOVE CONTROL PANEL ESCUTCHEONRemove all control knobs by pulling straight up. Remove

two (2) Phillips head screws located under handle and liftpanel off receiver.

3. REMOVE BACK COVER (CABINET BACK)Remove four (4) back cover retaining screws; two (2

on top and two (2) on bottom of receiver. Place receiver or.its safety window (face down) and lift back cover up fromreceiver until the green speaker leads are visible at thelower left hand corner of the receiver. Unplug the speakerleads then completely remove cover. Protect the safety win-dow with a cloth.,

WINDOW & MASKRETAINER CLIPS 141

FIGURE 8. REMOVING BEZEL

4. REMOVE BEZELRemove four (4) bezel mounting screws; two (2) on top

and two (2) on bottom of receiver. The picture tube maskand window are not secured to the bezel. Place receiver onits back and slide fingers under edges of bezel when remov-ing (see Figure 8).

When replacing bezel place receiver on its back and makesure that the four (4) window and mask retainer clips are inplace and seated properly. Grasp complete bezel as shownand place on receiver. Start the four (4) bezel mountingscrews then turn receiver on its side and tighten the screws.Do not force bezel, it should slide into place with ease.

(Continued on pages

CHASSISTS -432

MODELS19P1-1 & 19P1-2

5. REMOVE CHASSIS FROM PICTURE TUBE ASSEMBLYDisconnect the picture tube socket and yoke plug. Remove

eight (8) chassis mounting screws. Lift chassis from righthand side of picture tube assembly and remove second anodelead from picture tube. Carefully remove chassis.

6. PICTURE TUBE REPLACEMENTLoosen the picture tube retainer strap bolt until the strap

and its retainers can be lifted off the assembly. Remove thedeflection yoke by loosening the yoke clamp screw. Removethe picture tube by lifting it up from the assembly. Makesure that the four, 2 -inch pieces of protective insulatingtape are in place on the assembly. Insert replacement pic-ture tube (2nd anode button on right hand side), replace re-tainer strap and tighten the retainer strap bolt. Replace thedeflection yoke and tighten the yoke clamp screw.

Assemble the chassis to the picture tube assembly andapply power with a service line cord. Check receiver opera-tion; adjust the deflection yoke, centering device and focus(if applicable).

INSTALLATION AND SF.RVICE ADJUSTMENTSWARM-UP PERIOD

Allow a warm-up period of approximately five minutesbefore performing the adjustments listed in this section.

OPERATING CONTROLSAll operating controls are illustrated on the Transistor,

Tube & Control Location Detail (Figure 15). Refer to thisdetail for the following adjustments.

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENTIf the deflection yoke is not correctly positioned, the

will be tilted. If the deflection yoke is not tightagainst the flare of the picture tube, the picture may haveraster distortions or neck shadow.

To adjust the yoke, loosen the yoke retainer clamp screw,position the yoke as far forward as possible, and rotate untilpicture is straight. When satisfactory, tighten yoke retainerclamp screw.

PICTURE CENTERINGPosition the magnetic centering device arms together

(minimum field strength) and so they lie in a horizontalplane. Then simultaneously separate the arms of the deviceto center the picture vertically. Best adjustment is usuallywith minimum field strength. Adjust horizontal centeringby rotating the magnetic centering device, as a unit, one wayor the other.

PIN CUSHION CORRECTOR MAGNETSThe pin cushion corrector magnets found on all four sides

of the deflection yoke are used to straighten the sides of theraster in both the horizontal and vertical planes. Thesemagnets are provided as part of the yoke and are glued intoplace. No adjustment is required.

B +-4-SET CONTROL ADJUSTMENTThe B +-I-voltage should range from 16.5V DC at 105V AC

line to 19.5V DC at 122V AC line input. B -1 -4 -at normal line(117V AC) voltage should be approximately 17.5V.HORIZONTAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT

An adjustable air -gap in the high voltage transformersecondary core changes the size of the raster. To adjust,turn the Horizontal Size adjustment screw either directionuntil desired size is obtained.

This adjustment effects the vertical size of the raster tosome extent. After adjustment it may be necessary to adjustthe Vertical Size Control.

VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTSBefore attempting to adjust the Vertical Size and Linear-

ity Controls the Vertical Bias Control which sets the opera-ting point of the VerticalOutput Transistor must be properlyadjusted. If the Vertical Output Transistor is not biased pro-perly, compression or creeping may occur at the top andbottom of the raster.

90 through 102)

89


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -432To adjust the Vertical Bias Control, turn the Vertical

Size Control to reduce the size of the raster approximatelyone inch from the top of the picture tube. Set the VerticalBias Control fully clockwise (maximum resistance) whenviewed from top of receiver, then slowly turn the controlcounterclockwise until compression of the upper portion ofthe raster is noted and back -off slightly.

Adjust the Vertical Size and Linearity Controls for bestoverall linearity with desired raster size.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTSSet the Horizontal Hold Control to its mechanical center.

Place the Horizontal Test Receptacle Jumper as shown inFigure 13. In this position AFC voltage is removed and theHorizontal Ringing Coil is shorted. Adjust the HorizontalBlocking Oscillator Coil so picture is as close to horizontalsync as possible. Remove the jumper completely (this re-moves the short across the Ringing Coil - AFC still removed)and adjust the Horizontal Ringing Coil so picture is as closeto horizontal sync as possible. Replace the jumper as shownin Figure 14 and lock-inpicture with Horizontal Hold Control.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENTThe AGC Control is used to set the operating point of the

Video Output Transistor. When the control is adjusted pro-perly, maximum contrast, without white picture informationlimiting, will be obtained. There are two methods of adjust-ing the AGC Control. One method is to adjust the control andwatch the picture tube screen, and the other is to use anoscilloscope to observe the video waveform at the picturetube cathode.

ON -OFF SW I LOCALRANGE

8 VOLUME SWITCH

CHANNELor. -FRINGE

SEL(SUBURBAN

FINETUNING

MAGICMAST ANT

SW

VHF ANTVAHF

UHF ANT

48AIOSC34485

DOT

480136

0-DOT48M4

0-DOT

AC LINEINPUT

UHF

TUNER

(-3

48AI34468AUDIO OUT

48A134465AUDIO R)vER

AUDIO OUTPUTTRANS

CHARGING CUTOFF CONTROLCAUTION -DO NOT ANUSSEE SERVICE MANUAL.

1ST IF TEST RECEPTBASE INPUT

48A134454IS'...1' IF

0.DOT''-,-)481(134473

AGC AMP 48A134454

DOT21..0 IF

AUTOMATIC

....

ENERGY CELL I.AC CHANGE OVER

/VIDEO DETTEST RECEPT1N5411

4-,...:..7-4710 OET, .:( 1

48A134456 -AUDIO IF

,...(18Q--4...)RE134GULATOR

SW OR

IRO IF481(747548

VIDEO DE

3RD IF1TRAN

CI"

48A1344571ST VIDEO AMP

\*(:,

RATIODET

TRANS

BLUELEAD


Service Information, Continued

POWERTRANS

FOCUS ADJ STRIP(NOT ON ALL MODELS)CONNECT BLUE LEAD TOONE OF THREE TAPSGIVING BEST OVERALLFOCUS.

48AI34463FILTER

* JUMPER

O

FIGURE 13.

0FIGURE 14.

JUMPER

*Jumper must be insulated from body capacity or horizontaloutput transistors may be damaged.

HORIZONTAL TEST RECEPTACLE

To adjust the AGC Control, tune in a channel that producesa satisfactory picture. Turn the Contrast Control for maxi-mum contrast (extreme clockwise rotation). Turn the AGCControl clockwise (as viewed from bottom of receiver)untilloss of light gray picture information and/or white limitingis observed. Then back -off until no limiting is observed.A complete loss of video information will result if thecontrol is turned toward either end stop.

Adjust the Auxilliary Contrast Control after making thisadjustment.

AUXILLIARY CONTRAST CONTROL ADJUSTMENTThe Auxiliary Contrast Control is used to set the range

of the Contrast Control. To adjust, tune in a channel thatproduces a satisfactory picture. Turn the Contrast Controlto minimum (extreme counterclockwise). Set the AuxiliaryContrast Control for minimum contrast with good sync. Thisadjustment should be made after the AGC Control is adjusted.

B++TESTPOINT

1N1218PWRRECT

48A13446AGG GATE

RADIATOR

AMP SLO- LOENERGY CELL FUSE

65A740670

ENTERINGARMS

YOKE SOCKET

ENERGY GELLCONNECTOR 1111U

B++ SETCONT0ROL

INSULATOR8 GREASE

AGC VERT SIZECONTROL CONTROL

I \O

48C65561AOIVIDEO

SUPPLYDIODE

GONTRAST

VERT HOLD

VERT BIAS

AUXILIARYCONTRASTCONTROL

3/4 AMP SLO-BLOLINE FUSE

651(754349

48A134464 481(134473SYNC SEP VERT OSC

481(134473VERTDIBOLDOECKING

481(134478 <0.1.8K640754PHASE INV

VIDEO OUTHORIZ481(742698PHASE D E T

HORIZ TEST

0 EllsC

TRANSoOcKING

HORIZRECEPT

BRIGHTNESS

HORIZ HOLD

VERT LIN

FIGURE 15.

HORIZDRIVERINPUT

TRANS

48A134465 48A134462HORIZ BUFFER HORIZ OSC

JUMPER IN NORMAL OPER POSITION.CAUTION -SEE SERVICE MANUAL BEFORE REMOVIN

VERT OUTPUT48A134461

INSULATOR B GRE(OPPOSITE SIDE)

CHARGINGRELAY 48C65561A01

G2 SUPPLYDIODE

HORIZOUTPUT

11V

TRANS

HORIZRINGING

COIL

48A13446QHORIZ DRIVER

1S2AIIV

DIODE

HORIZ SIZE

CAUTION-HORIZ OUTPUT TRANSISTORS)MAY BY DAMAGED IF HV IS ARCED. USE I

NV PROBE TO MEASURE.

TRANSISTOR TUBE, DIODE AND CONTROL LOCATIONS

INSULATORGREASE

48A1344_67DAMPER

DIODE

90


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -432 Service Information, Continued

CHARGING CUTOFF CONTROL ADJUSTMENTThe Charging Cutoff Control controls the amount of charge

available for the Energy Cell. The open circuit full chargevoltage of the Energy Cell is 22.1 to 22.6 volts. The controlmust be adjusted when the charging relay is replaced or whenEnergy Cell voltage checks indicate an under charge.

To adjust the Charging Cutoff Control, substitute an ac-curate, well regulated, 26 volt supply in place of the EnergyCell. The supply must have a current meter, or an externalcurrent meter must be used in series with one of the supplyleads. Use the terminal strip that mounts the energy cellfuse for supply connections. Close the charging circuit byinserting a dummy AC line cord into the AC line input ter-minals. Turn the Charging Cutoff Control to the extremeclockwise position as viewed from rear of receiver (max-imum resistance). Then very slowly, turnthe control coun-terclockwise until the current meter indicator drops to zero(relay open). The relay has a 10 second delay which must beobserved when making this adjustment. This is the reasonfor adjusting the control slowly.NOTE: Allow about 10 seconds for relay to catch up be-tween each slight turn.

To check for proper adjustment, decrease supply voltageto 20V, then increase slowly while watching the current me-ter. If the current drops to zero at 26 volts the control is ad-justed properly. Re -adjust if not correct. Again observe thedelay action of the relay as described above.

To check the operation of the Charging Relay, completelycharge the Energy Cell. Then operate the receiver forapproximately one minute from the cell. Connect a voltmeterwith the accuracy of ±.4 volts at 26 volts across the cell. Usethe terminal strip that mounts the energy cell fuse for volt-meter connections. Place the receiver on charge. Thevoltage should rise when the receiver is charging to exactly26 volts DC , then drop (the relay opens) to the full chargeopen circuit voltage of the Energy Cell(22.1 to 22.6 volts),If thecutoff voltage was above or below 26 volts the Charging Cut-off Control must be adjusted.

TRANSISTOR CHASSIS SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

SERVICING SET-UPSFor control adjustments, transistor and fuse replacement

and other field service work, the chassis may be set up asshown in Figure 16, with the back cover removed. Refer toFigure 15 for transistor, tube, diode and control locations.

For voltage measurements, waveform measurements,resistance measurements, chassis alignment and other benchservicing, the chassis may be set up as shown in Figure 17.In this set-up, the chassis is removed fromthe picture tubeassembly (see Receiver Disassembly and Service Instruc-tions), turned around, positioned as shown and mounted tothe picture tube assembly with two (2) 9 -inch ground straps(Motorola Part No. 42K4857I8). Use screws from chassis

FIGURE 16. CHASSIS EXPOSED FOR FIELD SERVICE

disassembly to secure straps. Also, a 2nd anode extensionlead must be used, and the yoke plug and picture tube socketmust be connected when complete operation of the receiveris desired. Refer to Figures 24, 25 and 26 for voltage, wave-form and resistance measurements and Figures 20, 21 and22 for parts locations.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT REQUIREDThe equipment now being used to service tube type recei-

vers (VTVM, oscilloscope, signal generator and sweep gen-erator) are equally suitable for servicing this receiver.

To facilitate testing transistors, a Motorola transistortester (Motorola Part No. 67P65108A07) has been devised.This tester rapidly tests all transistors used in this receiverfor shorted, open or high leakage current defects. It doesnot indicate transistor parameters.

SERVICING PROCEDUREBasically the same methods employed in trouble shooting

tube type receivers apply to servicing transistor TV re-ceivers. The methods vary according to the section of thereceiver which may be suspected. In the RF and IF stagessome method of signal injection or tracing has been foundmost effective while in the sync circuits, observing the wave-forms with an oscilloscope is more suitable.

Some transistor circuits are sensitive to the addition ofbody capacity such as touching parts of the circuit. Momen-tary grounding of circuit elements or drawing an arc from ahigh voltage point may damage a transistor. In order to eli-minate possible damage to transistors it is best to form habitswhich will eliminate these effects from servicing procedures.Make sure that oscilloscopes and signal injection or tracingdevices include suitable isolation in series with the probe.Devices which have input impedance in the meg-ohms or em-ploy series capacitors may be considered safe.

When signal injection is used (in the RF, IF, and Videocircuits) the signal is usually injected at the base of thetransistor. In signal tracing the signal is taken off at thecollector of the transistor. When a defective stage is found,measurement of the emitter base and collector voltage willbe quite usefull. If the voltages are correct it is usually agood indication that the transistor and the bias networks arenot faulty. This would indicate a problem in the signal cir-cuits such as an open coupling capacitor or a defective inter -stage transformer. If the voltages are not correct, the trans-sistor may be checked. If it is found to be alright the faultis usually in the bias network. This could be a shorted by-pass, a faulty resistor or a circuit problem such as open orshorted connection.

In tracing sync problems it is best to make a waveformanalysis. Checks are made at the base, collector and emitteras outlined in this manual. When a defective stage is foundthe transistors may be removed for testing. Since mostsync stages involve few circuit components, a circuit checkwill usually reveal the defect if the transistor is not at fault.

See Service Aid Chart for more servicing information.

MOUNTING STRAPS

IT' LONG) FORSERVICING SET-UP

(USE CHASSISMOUNTING SCREWSTO SECJRE STRAPS)

A 2ND ANODE LEAEXTENSION

MUST BE USED

FIGURE 17. CHASSIS SET-UP FOR SHOP SERVICE

91

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONR201 R R136 R609 R605 R602 R614 R135 R613 R139 R801 R 17 R807 R111 R202 R117 R803 R312 RI03 R102 R101 R105 R104 R307

R506

R505

R610

R612

R402

R408

R606

R403

R405

R406

R604

R404

R407 .

R601 Mr.R17

R138"""

R132

R513

P504

R511

R509

P502

R501

R508R512

R525

P204

R5I2 & R524IN CUP

R515

P514

R510

R203 R519 R516 R507 R802 R520 R522

C

C401

C126

C502

C524

C601

C515

C523

C520

C514

C513

C511

C510

C507

C506

C504

C516

C503

C505

C509

0202

C508

C512

C517

523 R611 R607 R804 R

/R314

RR331130MOTOROLA

R309Chassis TS -432

R316

R311(Continued)

R308

R615

R608

R108

R806

PR1115

0

R109

R112

R122

P114

PR1119

RESISTOR LOCATIONS (BOT)

FIGURE 20. CHASSIS TS -432C-00

P130

1312

R125

R129R126

R127

R303

R306

R305

R301

R13 R 34 R304 R315 P302

C605 C201 C801 C802 C606 C309 C308 C310 C307 C131 0102 C103 C101 C18\C23

C28

C29

C105

C1D4

Cl"

C114

C107

C108

C117

C109

C110

C807

C808

-C121

C129

C115

125

C112

C130

C133

C116

124

C203 :312 C132 C301 C303

FIGURE 21. CHASSIS TS -432C -00

CAPACITOR LOCATIONS (DOT)

92

VOLUME TV -19, 1962 TELEVISION

MOTOROLA

Chassis TS -432(Continued)

FIGURE 22. CHASSIS TS -432C-00

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS LOCATION

(HOT)

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS1. Completely remove all power to the receiverby removing the power cord and disconnectingthe energy cell plug.2. Transistors must be removed from circuit.All readings taken with transistors removedfrom their associated circuits.3. Readings above the divider bar show resistanceto ground: Readings below the divider bar indicateresistance to B+4v4. In circuits containing controls, the readingsabove and below the divider bar taken withcontrols In normal operating positions.5. * - Reading taken with horizontal testjumper removed.6. Range switch set to "fringe" position.7. Crt and yoke plugs connected to chassis.8. Meter polarity: Ground lead of meterconnected to either ground or B++.

2.7 between B & E

TR20HORIZ OUTPUT

2.7

TR2IHORIZ OUTPUT

0

MEASUREMENTS TAKEN FROMB, C & E TIE POINTS WITHLEADS REMOVED FROM TIEPOINTS.

E

3.4

TRIO

HORIZ DRIVER

0

13.3K to

T601

TR22

TR20

T503

TR2I

E601

TRI7

1501

HORIZTEST

RECEPT

TR18

L501 I JrE502

TR19

T502

E201

E806

VI

YOKE1504 SOCKET E503 TR23 L

E501 TR15 L114 L115 E803 E804 TR8 E801 TR9 T801 TR12 TR13 TRI4, E101 E807 L5

TR9

TR22 TRIO IRIS TR8 AGC GATE

VERT OSC PHASE INV SYNC SEP VIDEO OUTPUT

5.8104.6K

180560?

1.5K

1.1K

68K *a

FIGURE 24.

e\1.2K

TR17

HORIZ OSC

n 5.6K

18K

18K

10 a80

MEASURED TO THE JUNCTION4.2K 200 147 to 2201 OF E503 & R23

c/it100

-TRIRHORIZ BUFFER

2.5K4002.5K

1250 to 6001 370

CHASSIS TS -432C-00 RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS

L102

L103

1101

LI04

LI

1ST IFTEST

RECEPT

TR4

TRIO

L802

1803

E802

L105

T303

LI06

TR5

L113

L116

TR7

VICE° L112DET TEST ,

012 001 1302 TR25 RECEPT TRII 1301 1111'N\

THISAUDIO OUTPUT

22

TRI2 115

AUDIO DRIVER1KIK n

8.5K 115

7( 150K

V2

PIC TUBE

17

22

4 \400K to 10010 117K

300 1200 to 540270 1150 to 5001

.3

TR23VERT OUTPUT

_5_12.7-12.71

93

TR24

BI

AUDIO OUTPUT

ScOE

TR5

2ND If1.3K

NOTE: A few readings on chassis coded C-01and later may differ to some extent from thoseshown on the above detail due to productionchanges (revisions) In circuitry.

TR6

3RD IF

MEASUREMENTS TAKEN FROM B, C & E TIE POINTSWITH LEADS REMOVED FROM TIE POINTS.

300 140 - 7501s'14

TR4 TRIO1ST IF AGC AMP

IK1K

680

950 i

680

0

1.3K

TR7

1ST VIDEO

TRI1AUDIO IF

TR25

REGULATOR

130

690

e 6K

tr/6

160

190


DO NOT TAKE VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

ON TR20 AND TR2I, USE WAVEFORMCHART TO SERVICE THIS STAGE.

TR20HORIZ OUTPUT

TR2IHORIZ OUTPUT

19.5V

19.5V-K-OV

TRI9HORIZ DRIVER

TR22 TRIO TRI5 TR8

VERT OSC PHASE INV SYNC SEP VIDEO OUTPUT

3.5V' .4V

1.5V

OV

-.IVe -19.5V

e 10.4V* t6.4V 10.6V

-17V*

.IV-.

12.8V

OV

TR17 TR18

HORIZ OSC HORIZ BUFFER

NOTE A few readings on chassis coded C-01and late may differ to some extent from thoseshown on the above detail due to productionchanges (revisions) In circuitry.

FIGURE 25. CHASSIS TS -432C -00


6V -PP

H

6V -PP

V

;

IlkI

r, ,r

5.4V -PP V & HAT TR16 EMITTER

5.4VPPH

20V -PP

V

6V -PP j

H L

6V -PP

V Liri

TR9

AGC GATE

5.8V

18V

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTSTR13

AUDIO OUTPUT

13V

1R12 e-l3VAUDIO DRIVER

TRI4AUDIO OUTPUT

1. Taken from point Indicated to chassiswith a VTVM, + 10%.2. Line voltage maintained at 122V ACB+ + set to 19.5V.3. Voltages indicated with an asterisk 1w)will vary with associated control settings.4. Taken with contrast control at minimum,singe SW in.fringepos'n and all Othercontrols in normal operating positionwith no signal input.5. Tuner on channel 13 or channel withfeast noise with antenna terminals shorted.

B+ + 19 5V

AUDIO B+ 13 5V

IF B+ 13V

T'63RD IF

TR24

FILTER

-4 5V

6' I OV

TR23VERT OUTPUT

min*

18V*

4.1V*

100001 mow

TR 9

ARC

SATE

E.

TIM THIS TR IPHASE SYNC Vi0E0

INV SEP OUTPuT/

41111111111111

4V -PPV

70V -PP

V

.4V -PP

V

TR4 TRIO151 IF AGC AMP

8.8V

v-

TR7

1ST VIDEO

TRIIAUDIO IF

-.6Vte

12.8V

V

12.9V

13V

-2V

-OV

10.14V*

K -10.2V

cov

13-4V

74V*

TR25

REGULATOR

4TO8V-PPNia,.....katta. V

DEPENDING ON SIGNALSTRENGTH

25 V -PP

H

14VH-PP

111""-!---V11-1-1614

6V -PP

TRY1ST 810E0

aro

ri ye\

FIGURE 26A. CHASSIS TS -432C-00 VIDEO, SYNC AND AGC WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS

94



8V -PP -\2j 8V -PP 3.6V -PPH

75V -PP

E501H

II TRIONOME PHASEOUTPUT

O ERB

DET

115V-PP1NOMOUTPUT 2 2 I EM3C-bi I III

H

1617 g/ cam

;TRIM

OSC RORIETHIS SUFFER

9V -PP NORI2

E/02 DRIVER NOMDAMPER TEST

IIIVRECEPT

YOKE

SOCKET4

26V -PPH

8V -PP

6

H

111H

TS04

4V -PP

H

20V -PPH

.6V -PPH

1h -PP

\1.4

7\1\/. H

1\1

17V -PP

137VH-PP

120V -PP

HORHIZ

BUNKINGBLANKING

TO G2

DO NOT TOUCH SCOPE LEAD TO WINDING.

MEASURED WITH SCOPE LEAD APPROX2" FROM H. V. SECONDARY WINDING

FIGURE 26B. CHASSIS TS -432C-00 HORIZONTAL SWEEP WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS

THE:VERTICAL

OSC

36V -PP

V

VERTICAL RETRACE

BLANKING -JUNCTION

OF C607 & C6011

005G607. Cella>

447Pic3SF46 0 0 0

F 601 ° GREEN LEADVERTICAL FROM T602BLOCKING

15V. -PP DIODE

V

TORE

MV -PP

SOCKET

z II,

-zV

.6V -PP

H

3V -PPWAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS (FIGURES 26A, B 4, C)1. Taken Eros point indicated to chassis with a V

wideband oscilloscope.2. Oscilloscope synced near sweep rate indicated.3. Taken with strong signal; contrast control at

maximum; all other controls in Dorsal operatingposition.

60V -PP -V

TR23

VERTICAL

OUTPUT

Ih2V-PPV

FEED BACK -JUNCTION OF

C604 & C605

FEED

BACK

401104410,

2.2V PPV

V

FIGURE 26C. CHASSIS TS -432C-00 VERTICAL SWEEP WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS

95


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -432 Service Information and Alignment, ContinuedSAFETY CHECKS -

Before returning a serviced receiver (of any type)to theowner, the service technician must thoroughly test the unitto be certain that it is completely safe to operate withoutdanger of electrical shock.

In reference to Figure 23, a 1000 ohm per volt AC volt-meter is prepared by shunting it with a 1500 ohm, 10Wresistor. The safety test is made by contacting one meterprobe to any portion of the receiver exposed to the consumeror operator such as the cabinet trim, hardware, controls,knobs, etc., while the other probe is held in contact with agood "earth" ground such as a cold water pipe.

The AC voltage indicated by the meter may not exceed7-1/2 volts. A reading exceeding 7-1/2 volts indicates thata potentially dangerous leakage path exists between theexposed portion of the receiver and "earth" ground. Sucha receiver represents a potentially serious shock hazard tothe operator.

The above test should be repeated with the receiverpower plug reversed in its connection to the mains.

AC VOLTMETER

VOLTS AC GFID

OHAVVOLT MR HIGHER) AC VOLTMETER

NOTES I REPEAT EACH CHECK WITH THE LINE CORD REVERSED

IN TIE POWER OUTLET.

2 METER READING MUST NOT EXCEED 7-1/2 VOLTS AC.

"HOT' LEAD OF METER TO EACH

EXPOSED PART OF CABINET...AS WELL AS THE CABINET.

GROUND LEAD OF METER TO ANY EARTHGROUND SUCH AS A COLD WATER PIPE

1500 OHM 10 WATT RESISTOR

INSULATOR.,

FIGURE 23. VOLTMETER HOOK-UP

CHASSIS ALIGNMENTPre -Alignment Instructions

Before aligning the video IF and audio systems, it isadvisable to thoroughly check the system. If alignment isattempted on an IF section in which a faulty component exists,successful alignment will probably be impossible and theentire procedure will have to be repeated when the realcause of the trouble is corrected. Preliminary tests of thesystem should include transistor substitution (make suretransistors are inserted in their sockets properly), voltageand resistance measurements as described in the ChassisService Instructions section, routine checks for bad solder-ing connections, and visual inspection of the circuits foroverheated components as well as for obvious wiring defects.

In most cases it maybe desireable to observe the overallresponse curve before completely aligning the receiver. Toobserve the curve, perform Pre -Alignment Steps 1, 2, 3, 4,6. 7 and 9. Then, refer to Mixer Alignment Detail (Figure291 and Mixer Alignment Procedure (Step 5) for generatorand scope hook-up, and curve information.

VIDEO IF, TRAP AND MIXER ALIGNMENT


1. Remove the deflection yoke plug to eliminate RF inter-ference radiation.2. Connect a 17 ohm 20 watt voltage normalizing resistorfrom the B++ buss (pin 4 on yoke socket) to ground. SeeVideo IF, Trap and Mixer Alignment Details.3. Remove the Video Output Transistor (TR8) from itssocket.4. Remove the AGC Gate Transistor (TR9) from its socket.5. Short the mixer secondary coil (L103) to ground. Detunethe mixer secondary coil (L103), 47.25 Mc trap coils (L102and L104), and the IF interstage coils (L106 and L107) bysetting the cores as far away from the chassis as possible.Detune the 41.25 Mc trap (L108) by centering the core in thecoil.6. Set the range switch to the fringe position (extreme coun-terclockwise).7. Set channel selector on channel#13 and fine tuning to me-chanical mid -point.8. Set bandwidth trimmer (C23 on tuner) set screw to theextreme counterclockwise position (minimum capacity).

9. Turn set on. IF B+ buss voltage should be between 12.4and 13.6 volts. See Installation & Service Adjustments sec-tion if voltage is not within this range.10. Refer to Video IF, Trap and Mixer Alignment Details(Figs. 27, 28 and 29) for component andtest point locations,and Coil Core Positions Detail (Fig. 30) for core locations inrelation to chassis.CAUTION: Sweep generator output cable must be properlyterminated.

TR8 TR9VIDEO OUTPUT AGC GATE

0

4478 44650 (REMOVED)

0 0

CHARGINGRELAY

SOCKET

ADJUSTFOR MAX 1V PP sos

RESPONSE

NORMALIZINGIIRSISTOR170 20N

Is 2

YOKESOCKET

1ST IF TESTRECEPT

1103MIXER

SEC

TRa

L106

1108 TR___S 1ST IF

41.25 MC 0 L.L.L..)TRAP L107

2ND IF

OTR67101

3RD IF &VIDEO DET

ADJUST FORMINIMUMRESPONSE

Adaill 6.AZWAVEMINE/MM41.1MINEMINMUNIElk

MINSMIME IIIIIIII=Ii= IIIMIME IMINII I IMMINIIMNM WM NMIEkt.EIN I %u m D. To=Mma' Di INIIIIIIM 'MMIIIlair

MIIIIMP3 F.

maw-Norm.-

VIDEO IF, TRAP AND MIXER ALIGNMENT

STEPS L2& 3

CURVE 11

PROCEDURE

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT (Refer to Figure 27)

11.

MPER r MAX)

.70

TR7

lip

TR11

GROUND

VIDEO DETTEST RECEPT

ADJUST FOREQUAL PEAKS

AND MARKERS

FIGURE 27.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT DETAIL

Step

1.

Sweep Generatorand Marker Indicator Adjust Adjust for and/or Remarks

To let IF Test Re-cept thru a .001 mfcapacitor and a 47ohm resistor. Setsweep to approx44 Mc, and for out-put of 1V -PP onscope. Set markersas required.

Scope thru a 15Kohm resistor toVideo Det TestRecept.

Primary & secondarycores of 3rd IF trans(T101).

Equal peaks and markers as shown oncurve #1.NOTE: Core at crystal end (secondary)can be reached by inserting tool thruunobstructed core.Tune both cores near the ends of theirrespective coils. See Fig 30 for corepositions.

96


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -432 Alignment Information, ContinuedVIDEO IF ALIGNMENT (Contd)

StepSweep Generator

and Marker Indicator Adjust Adjust for and/or Remarks

2.

3.

4.

Generator connec-tion same as step 1.Set marker to 41.25Mc.

fuiTo mixer TPthru a .001 nilcapacitor and a 47ohm resistor. Setsweep to approx44 Mc.a.Set marker gen

to 39.75 Mc.

b.Set marker gento 47.25 Mc.

NOTE: Remove themixer secondaryshort and short theantenna input ter-minal to ground.If markers arenot visable in dips,use externalmarker gen andwith an insulatedlead, couple loose-ly to 1st IF coil(L106).

39.75 MC

STEP 4CURVE /2

CURVE MUSTBE SYMMETRICAL

TR9

TRBAGC4465GATE

VIDEO OUTPUT4478

(REMOVED)

(REMOVED)

0 0 0 0

CHARGINGRELAY

SOCKET

)

YOKESOCKET

IL

L539.75 MC

TRAP

ADJUST FORMINIMUMRESPONSE

110247.25 MC

TRAP

L1 0447.25 MC

TRAP

TR4

CDT RS1108

41.25 MCTRAP ®

OTR6


R7

TRII

FIGURE 28. TRAP ALIGNMENT DETAIL

1st & 2nd IF coil(L106 and L107)

41.25 Mc trap(L108)

a. 39.75 Mc traps(L5 and LI01)(L5 located on tuner)

b. 47.25 Mc trapsfL104 and L102)

MIX RTP

110139.75 MC

;RAP

SWEEPS MARKERGENERATOR

SYNC

SCOPE

o v

G.GT-

01f.

Maximum response of curve #1.NOTE: Should curve indicate a narrowbandwidth, adjust bandwidth control (lo-cated on side of 3rd IF trans, T101) forcorrect response as shown in curve #1.Tune, both cores at end of coils towardschassis. If unequal markers appear.repeat step 1.

Minimum response as shown on curve#1. Tune core at end of coil away fromchassis.NOTE: A tilt will be noted when adjust-ting the 41.25 Mc trap.

Minimum response (tune core at end ofcoil away from chassis). Adjust the 39.75Mc trap (L101) located on chassis first.

Minimum response (tune core at end ofcoil away from chassis). Adjust L104first (toward chassis) for a minimumdip, then adjust L102 (toward chassis).A dip will appear at a frequency higherthan 47.25 Mc. Tune thru first dip to a se-cond dip which is at a lower frequencythan 47.25 Mc. Then back -off both coilsalternately (away from chassis) until the47.25 Mc marker is in the second dip.NOTE: Check proper adjustment of the47.25 Mc traps by tuning the core ofL104 slowly towards chassis until apipappears near the 45.75 Mc marker onthe skirt of the curve. If the pip doesnot appear, turn cores out and repeat47.25 Mc trap alignment.See curve #2 for above responses.

REMOVING TUNER FROM CHASSISUnsolder all connections to tuner. Re-

move all five (5) screws shown in Figure34. Remove the rear tuner mountingbracket by removing the two (2) mountingscrews.NOTE: C5, C18, C23, C28, C29 and L5 arenot furnished with a replacement tuner.

-

SCREW

MOUNTINGMOUNTING CONTROLBRACKET TO PICTURE

TUBE ASSEMBLY

SCREWS 121

MOUNTING CONTROLBRACKET TO TUNER

SCREWS 121

MOUNTING TUNERTO CHASSIS

FIGURE 34. TUNER REMOVAL

97

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONADJUST FOR MAXIMUMRESPONSE OF 45.75 MC MARKER

loo, Milli. 39.75

MC

100%

IV PPI42 I 4 .7511"25

gym 7:SOS

CURVE f3

TR8

VIDEO OUTPUT4478

(REMOVED)

CHARGINGRELAY

SOCKET

CURVE 14

ADJUST FOR PROPER 42.25 MCMARKER PLACEMENT

39.75 MC

45.75 MC

TR9AGC GATE

4465(REMOVED)

R101

SENSITIVITYL103

MIXER

CHASSIS C-01SEC c,

LATER

NORMALIZ ISORESISTOR

ITO 200

YOKESOCKET

0T R4 CCE)

0TR5

0

°T R6


41.25 MC 47.25 MC

5% MAXDP

CURVE f5

MIXER

TPO

GROURD

FIGURE 29. MIXER ALIGNMENT DETAIL

MIXER ALIGNMENT (Refer to Figure 29)

V PP

45.75 MC

ADJUST FORPROPER 45.15 MCPLACEMENT

MOTOROLA

Chassis TS -432(Continued)

300 IF TRANS

TI0I

TRAPS

LS, 1101, LI02, 11014 1.101

IF COILS

1106 6 LIO7

MIXER SEC MIXER PRI

LIED L4


StepSweep Generator

and Marker Indicator Adjust Adjust for and/or Remarks

5.

6.

7.

8.

*Gen connectionsame as step 4.Set markers asrequired.NOTE: Set RangeSwitch to suburbanposition (center po-sition). Adjust theSensitivity Control(R101) fort/10 ofresponse (.1V -PP),then increase gengain for 1V -PP onscope.

a. Mixer primary coil(L4) on tuner.

b. Mixer secondarycoil (L103)

c. Bandwidth trimmer(C23) on tuner.

Mixer primary coil(L4) on tuner.

a. Bandwidth trimmer(C23) on tuner.

b. Mixer secondary coil(L103)

Mixer primary coil(L4) on tuner.

Repeat steps 6, 7, and 8 until proper response (curve #5) is attained.

Maximum response of curve #3 Tunecore at end of coil towards tuner chas-sis. Use setting when core is furthestfrom tuner chassis.Maximum response of curve #3. Tunecore towards chassis. See Fig. 30 forcore position.Proper response, curve #4. Tune themixer secondary coil(L103)to main-tain a flat response as shown in curve#4.

Proper 45.75 Mc marker placement.See curve #5.

Proper 42.25 Mc marker placement.

Flat response. See curve #5 forproperresponse

Proper 45.75 Mc marker placement.See curve #5.

9. Minimum response (see step 4 for re-marks).NOTE: Whenever the mixer secondarycoil (L103) is adjusted.the 47.25 Mc trapsmust be readjusted. When the adjustmentsof the 47.25 Mc traps are accomplished,the mixer secondary coil should be re-checked. If no adjustment is necessaryon the mixer secondary coil, the 47.25Mc traps need not be retouched.

*Chassis coded C-00 does not have the Sensitivity Control. Insert a 2500 ohm bias potentiometer in series withthe AGC Amp (TRIO) collector lead and adjust the same as the Sensitivity Control. Do not set Range Switch to thesuburban position.

Gen connectionsame as step 4.Set marker gen to47.25 Mc.NOTE: Set rangeSwitch to the fringeposition.

47.25 Mc traps(L102 and L104)

98


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -432 Alignment Information, Continued

AUDIO ALIGNMENT


1. Remove the Video Output Transistor (TR8) from itssocket.2. Remove the Video Detector Diode (E102) from the 3rdIF transformer (T101).3. Remove the deflection yoke plug to eliminate RF inter-ference radiation.4. Connect a 17 ohm 20 watt voltage normalizing resistorfrom the B++ buss (pin 4 on yoke socket) to ground (see

TR8VIDEO OUTPUT

4478(REMOVED)

CHARGINGRELAY

SOCKET

(0a.,0.0 4

NORMALIZINGRESISTOR170 20if

O

CO

T R4 (CI)

2CaTR5

© IVIDEO DET

0TR6

TEST RECEPTi------,.

SEE AUDIO SECTION ONSCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

YOKESOCKET

33K

'9GROUND1301

AUDIO IF TRANS

Audio Alignment Detail).5. Connect a 5% 62K and a 5% 33K ohm resistor in seriesfrom point to ground (see Audio Alignment Detail).6. Connect speaker leads.7. Turn set on. Set volume control to minimum (counter-clockwise position).8. Refer to Audio Alignment Detail (Fig. 31) for componentand test point locations, and Coil Core Positions Detail(Fig. 32) for core locations in relation to chassis.9. Signal generator should be crystal controlled at 4.5 Mcor calibrated against a 4.5 Mc signal. This is very impor-tant for proper audio alignment.

FIGURE 31. AUDIO ALIGNMENT DETAIL

AUDIO ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

AUDIO IF TRANS RATIO DOT TRANS

T302

1.50AC TRAP

LII3


Step

1.

2.

Generator Indicator Adjust Adjust for and/or Remarks

Repeat

3.

To Video DetTest Recept thrua .001 mf capa-citor and 2.2K ohmresistor. Set gen-erator to 4.5 Mc(crystal controlled).

Same as step 1except set outputfor .3 to .4 voltsDC indication onVTVM to preventoverloading.

steps 1 and 2

Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3

4.

VTVM betweenpoint ® andchassis ground.

VTVM, posi-tive lead topoint 6-,) (leadfrom top ofvolume con-trol), negativelead to junctionof the 33K & 62Kohm resistors(see Fig. 5).

VTVM, betweenpoint ® andchassis ground.

Audio IF trans(T301)

Maximum deflection.

Ratio Det trans (T302) Maximum deflection.primary. (Core furthest NOTE: Core can be reached by insert -from chassis.) ing tool through unobstructed core.

Ratio Det trans (T302) Zero voltage reading.secondary. (Core clos- NOTE: Adjustment is correct when aest to chassis.) negative and positive swing around zero

reference is noted.

4.5 Mc trap (L113) Maximum deflection.

99


MOTOROLA CHASSIS TS -432C-00 THRII C-07

3 1 1 4

5 1 1 6

2 1 I I

1101, T302, L501, T501&1502ROT VIEW

LOCATING LUG

FSLF

E101 DETAILLUG VIEW

NOTES:


1. Taken from point indicated to chassis with a VTVM.± 10°A.2. Line voltage maintained at 122V AC.13++ Set to 19. 5V.3. Voltages Indicated by an asterisk will vary with associated

control settings.4. Taken with contrast control at minimum, range switch

in fringe position, and all other controls In normaloperating position with no signal Input.

5. Tuner on Channel 13 or channel of least noise withantenna terminals shorted.

CAPACITORS - Unless otherwise specified, values less thancne in MF; all others in MMF.** Indicates special capacitor.

1ST IF

TEST RECEPT

L103MIXERSEC **" C104 (33

0 61)

NPO

ON TUNER -

TO ANT

SW

z z* * _# - '8 . 0106a, - w .001

TR44454

1ST IF

**C1071/15NP01%

- L105 80C1311

+ C1290 N-

SW ITCH SHOWN INFRINGE POSITION .0011 IMF

F -FRINGE 1 15VS -SUBURBAN

REST T- ORL -LOCAL IN 'C-00 ONLY T013+

TERM @ON TUNERg R102 - RI01/

2.2K}> 1 5K

tx cc Os

TO 7511 L

INPUTTERM ON A

È101TUNER

- RANGE SW =.

L

C

0

L106

a C109 .001 a eve

BLUEDOT

3 2 TR11

TOPUL VUN GIDE W

7301 CONN 6. LAr: AUDIO IF

IN C-02 4456

(RED DOT LODE)

1302

RATIO DET

171301 c R315 470 r

a=R232

4.

8ee

OO

L.) 15 C303 L

TR54454

2ND IF4*

+I C113

8 I 500MFV 18V , 4MF- 15 c 4.7K IN C-00 IN C-00C-06

TIERU-1THEE C-06 ONLY 10V

R111 22K

E-cww ;B

EIV 24E

N \

. .R116 6.8K R120 4.7K

AGC GATEo. _THRU C-03 C114

15V

TR9 '.

R122 8204465 INC-001

NPO2V

THIS LEAD GROUNDEDIN C-00 1C-01 ONLY

L107

e C116 .001

IF B+ BUSS

"L.TO AGC -TERM ®

ON TUNER

13V

TR4501 R 4509 --

3RD IF

N7501

TRIO 1C1214473 -x^.05

AGC AMP r1-.

TR15

4464SYNC SEP

R407 1K

TRI64473

PHASE INV a C7014 (--.R

6.4: C4031110M6015V

.`"ov c.

N

56K INC-00THRU C-03 ONLY

SYNC

S. 9V

10.6V

HORIZ TEST

RECEPTLUG VIEW

HORIZONTAL 4462

TR17

HORIZ OSC10.6V L501

IIORIZAFC'

C502 410 I13V -4.m

ICR502 I.2K .

1.4 ..r. < r'. .1

1..-- N-0,

CC

cc Ln

C503

.025

'0

i iidi I

JUMPER 1 11611 I

NORMALPOSITION

L 2Z9 J_

ac

1 4 R511 8.2K B

.898 C507 .02 2 1

10.6V

c, I- -- -Co--- - --11..,_ N,.., i -00..41) 0 I

E

..c, .231 1.11- . 14 9.4v

:.e on- ow L 120 -.I ±C510LI -IF

R508MM1.2K

6-75171 001

4-10509TIMF

15V

1501,02 .001

POWER SUPPLY

105V TO

130V AC

ONLY1 2 3

4 5 6E802 DETAILLUG VIEW

18021,''

.1ii 's1801 E804 i11::! ,72 of .--, `;'.i a aRED

) C8011_ ' x°f,1 c-)

: ,T, -. _ai.-- I ,-:,2 caw °: ./ 2

.001- E._80.3 / ce

Eu RED Pi /R801 4.9

C808 3RED/BLK -41L0

01 \ \.01T LINE CORD \ E802 LINE _.,

3KV-L- REMOVED ENERGY CELL CORD REMOVELILAC CHANGE OVER SW. tRATT.OPER)

18013/4 AMP

B+ + 19.5V

1808 E805

(SLO-BLO)

6 Vo= ATTACKED

o3C804A

*500M-FF-rx 25V 1-,1,0

TR25

4510

REGULATOR

R806 33 13.5V AUDIO B+trc:7 t & CRT Ft L

C80413 C 806200

30V ii°°15°VMF4 C

LATER-04

B

CTR24

4463

FILTER

100

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONE301 & E302 DETAIL WHITE TR13

TRIPE4468

STRIPE

AUDIO OUTPUT

001

E302 R305 680

R304 270

iv

SCC307 10MF

0 r--- -1-,e> c,10V

13 5V L112 AUDIO00067

c6

REPLACE WITH-IDENTICAL.NUMBER ONLY

T101 VIDEO DET

«

0_

5

ce R127 18

VIDEO DETTR7

TEST RECEPT4457

1ST VIDEO AMP

a E102 -14L109

,.0 -1H'-172841111:17-f

651

crn0

15 1- r.-,1 o_a N PO IL__..,,11 -9 z

C1221%.00r*L'I

6 5

-I

[110 f-'-'061:P60

13V

*10. 2V

TR12

4466

AUDIO DRIVER

75V BEE T303

11 2V

B

OCJ

c3es +50MF15V

o v.IN C-04- LAT" TR8

C

L

R3182750 COLD

R312 68

coy c13011s1 VIDEO OUTPUT4478* *10330

C -17V

SeEap

rri

220

L.-:,,P I,_ N31350E

*r.-- 10.6VTX' a ON '-' -1- 1R130vs R136 Ec......<_1! ,,, 4 0

250 t7., se,,,, ,.. Z- ,- C132 no z <I .001 cs oi .c,

:.,--, .

L.,&-,uN

VIDEO

CJ

1.

500 MF-L15V -

L114I II

5.6K

TR18 TR194465 4460

HORIZ BUFFER HORIZ DRIVER 1503

. I V

B

0V

T50212.8V. r

1 119.50

L.,

L_4--

'3 B

FIXED!

TR20 4459HORIZ OUTPUT

o

B

'1.-..aU(5300MF-1-1% V

NW'R517 2.7 1W

C

E

4;4.11 (500MF

3VR5I8 2.7 1W

ASYTR21 4459

HORIZ OUTPUT

E502

DAMPER

-s=C516-)

cs .2

C524

.125

1504

13V

B

IN C-04& LATER

TR14

4468

OV

Coi

22

6 CI3V

OV

H

B

cr,

70 TOTAL PRI RESISTANCEFOR X 'MFRS MARKED25D65280A01-E &25D65280A02-E

13.5V IN C-00THEE C-03IONLY

BLK JUMPER

I rC2011(5V.1*3 YEL 7

)

CD

Y 1

CV

R203 4.7K

O

NNY

Y,T8

E3033.202

2 3

GRN OV

1020 ce0

RED

C.D

Er'annJA

V2

19AEP4

PICTURETUBE

FOCUS CKTIN C-04& LATER

102V

-96V =.

HORIZ VISIZE 1S2A

HV RECT

R521 .47

R524 22K

8

1W

9 V : 1

TR5 9%

8.2K 9

.3 R522 10 E5°3-98v R523 100

E7.--ZA-111(11-44=0220 C5I8' 80MF16. 50 - 1000 T+

R520.'.. THIS LEAD IN I,n

680ONLY

B+ + IN C-00 THRU C-03.C-06 S. LATER ONLY

R601 5.6K E601

C601

.01R614 4.7K -

IX

R602

3.3K

BRNT601

YEL

I II

HT

BLK

R604

.100

*23V B

>10

TR22

VERT OSC473

B+ +

CE601 DETAIL

3. 5V*

Sir*

C603

15V

R615 et?;01.CO'

CL)O) 300MF

180 + vs

C605 1

S. 18V Lr-r

300MF + co'-

>10-- C604- 300MF

3V1+

R608 220

TR23

4461VERT OUTPUT

*18V

OCO

B

18.2VCI"; L4.1

CeCe

1602

GRN

p607I\.01

03

4

.-1cv.)

VERTICAL

FOCUS LEADCONNECT TO ONE OFTHREE TAPS GIVINGBEST OVERALL FOCUS

YOKEL701

GRN

YEL

CV

101



SERVICE AID CHART

SYMPTOMS CONTROLS CHECK OR ADJUST TRANSISTORSMICELLANEOUS

CHECKS

DEAD SET ACOPERATION

DEAD SET DCOPERATION(operates on ac)

NO PICTURE,NO SOUND,RASTER NORMAL

NO SOUND,RASTER ANDPICTURE NORMAL(also weak sound)

NO PICTURE,RASTER ANDSOUND NORMAL

WEAK PICTURE(insufficient con-trast)

LOW BRIGHTNESS

NESS

NO VERTICALSWEEP (thin hori-zontal line)

HORIZONTALINSTABILITY(critical hold)

LOSS OF VERT-ICAL AND HORIZ-ONTAL SYNC

INSUFFICIENTHORIZONTALSIZE

INSUFFICIENTRASTER SIZE(horizontallyand vertically)

EXCESSIVECONTRAST ORNEGATIVEPICTURE

ENERGY CELLNOT CHARGING

AC OR HUMIN RASTER

On -off switch.

On -off switch.

AGC (R133).Channel sel-ector on station.

Fine tuning.Volume.

Fine tuning.

AGC (R133).Contrast.Channel sel-ector on cor-rect channel.Range Switch.

Brightness

Horizontal holdAGC (R133)

Vertical hold.Horizontal hold.

Size.B++ set (R804).

B++ set (R804).

AGC (R133)

Charging cutoff(R803).NOTE: Makechecks in lastcolumn.beforeadjusting thiscontrol.

B++ set, setto high.

Is line cord attached? Isac line voltage availableat outlet?

Is line cord removedfrom receiver interlock?Is Energy Cell charged?Is cell plug connected?

Antenna connections.Antenna selector switch.Is station on air?

Are speaker leads con-nected? Has speakerbeen damaged?

Antenna connections.Antenna selector switch.

Perform horizontal osc-illator adjustment.

Is incoming signaltoo weak (check ant.)?

Picture centering.

Line voltage.Energy Cell.

Energy Cell. Is cellplug connected?

TR19, TR20, TR2I,TR13 and TR14

TR7, TR8, TR1,TR2, TR3, TR4,TR5 and TR6.

TR11 and TR12.

TR8 and TR7.

TR8, TRIO andTR9.

TR13, TR14, VIand V2.

TR22

TR17

TR15, TR16 andTR9.

TRIO and TR9.

TR25 and TR24.

E801, AC primary fuse.If new fuse opens checkC806. E803 and E804,rectifiers.

E808, Energy Q11E806, charging relay.E805, Cell fuse.

E102, video det. Checkvoltages and waveformsin video circuits. SeeChassis ProductionChange C-04.

Output and driver trans-formers. £301 and E302detector diodes. Vol-tages in audio circuits.

E503, video supply diodeCheck voltages in videoamp and video supplycircuits.

Check voltages andwaveforms in AGC andvideo output stages.

Check C806, audio B+filter and E201, G2supply diode. Checkvoltages at picture tube.

Check all electrolyticsin the vertical circuits.Check voltages andwaveforms in verticaloscillator stage.E501, horizontal phasedetector. Arcing fromT504 (HV trans.) willcause instability. Checkvoltages and waveformsin horizontal oscillatorcircuits.

Check voltages andwaveforms in sync andAGC gate circuits.

Check B++ voltage.C521

Check B+4- voltage.

E102, video detector.Check voltages andwaveforms in AGC cir-cuits.

E805, cell fuse. E806,charging relay. R801.

E803 and E804, recti-fiers.

102


MOTOROLACHASSIS

TS -STS & WTS-435

The TS -435Y is identical to the TS -435 except for thetuner type. Chassis having the "Y" suffix contain a factory -installed "continuous tuning" UHF tuner. The WTS-435 chas-is is identical to the TS -435 except for the tuner type. Chas-sis having a "WTS" prefix contain a factory -installed "re-mote control tuning system." For tuner types, refer to theModel Breakdown Chart.

MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART

Model ChassisVHF

TunerCONSOLE MODELS19K11W TS -435YI9K11W TS -435Y19KIIWA TS -435YI9KIIWA TS -435Y19KI2W TS -435Y19K12W TS -435Y19KI2WA TS -435YI9KI2WA TS -435Y19K12M TS -435YI9KILM TS -435Y19K12MA TS -435YI9KI2MA TS -435Y19KI3CW TS -435YI9K13CW TS -435Y19KI3CWA TS -435YI9KI3CWA TS -435Y19K.14W TS -435YI9K14W TS -435Y19K14WA TS -435Y19K14WA TS -435Y19KI4M TS -435Y19K14M TS -435Y19K14MA TS -435Y19K14MA TS -435Y19K15CW TS -435YI9K15CW TS -435Y19KI5CWA TS -435YI9K15CWA TS -435YPORTABLE MODELSI9P3-1YI9P3-1I9P3-2Y19P3-219P10-1Y I 9P10-119P10-2Y19P10-2TABLE MODELS19T1-3Y19T1-3I9T1-4Yl9T1-419T1-5YI9T1-5

STS -435STS -435YSTS -435STS -435YTS -435TS -435YTS -435TS -435Y

TS -435TS -435YTS -435TS -435YTS -435TS -435Y

AUTOMATIC TUNING MODELSAl9T2- 3 WTS-435Al9T2.-4 WTS-435A19T2-5 WTS-435

TT -133TT- 133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT- 1 33YTT- 133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT- 1 33YTT- 133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT -133TT-I33Y

TT -133TT -133YTT -133TT -133YTT- 133TT-I33YTT -I33TT -133Y

TT- 133TT -133YTT -133TT- 1 33YTT -133TT -133Y

lATT-1332ATT-1332ATT -133

UHFTuner

VTT-600

VTT-600

VT T - 600

VTT - 600

VTT- 600

VTT- 600

VTT- 600

VTT- 600

VTT- 600

VTT-600

VTT -600

VT T - 600

VTT-600

VTT-600

FOCUS INFORMATION

To provide for differences in picture tube gun structuresa focus adjustment is provided by three lugs located on theplated chassis. They provide a ground potential point, a 280volt point and a 520 volt point. To adjust, plug the blue focuslead from the picture tube socket into each of the focuspositions consecutively. Leave the focus lead plugged intothe position affording optimum focus conditions.


No special adjustment is needed for the horizontal oscil-lator coil (L-501) as the coil i used for horizontal holdlock -in purposes. Merely set for most stable horizontal syncconditions.

PICTURE CENTERING

Position the magnetic centering device arms together(for minimum field strength) and so they lie in a horizontalplane, then simultaneously separate the arms of the deviceto center the picture vertically. Best adjustment is usuallywith minimum magnetic field strength. Adjust horizontalcentering by rotating the magnetic centering device, as aunit, one way or the other.

PINCUSHION MAGNETS

Pincushion magnets, in both the vertical and horizontalplanes, are provided as part of the yoke. These magnets areglued into pockets provided in the yoke flare and require noadjustment.

CIRCUIT GUARD

The Circuit Guard is a thermal cut-out type of overload-relay. It is in series with the low voltage power supply forprotection against shorts in the 8+4- system.

The Circuit Guard will remain in the "closed circuit"state when the current requirements are in the neighborhoodof 1.8 amps. In the event of a continuous, high current over-load, the bi-metallic elements of the unit will becomeVTT-600 heated to the extent of "opening" the contacts and discon-necting the /244--1- power supply. After the bi-metallic elements

VTT-600 have cooled, the Circuit Guard may be re -set by depressingthe plastic re -set button.

The Circuit Guard is designed to remain "closed" on thehigher -than -normal instantaneous surge currents encount-ered during the initial charge of the filter capacitors. TheCircuit Guard is unique in the fact that, when a short existsin the associated circuitry, power is not re -applied when there -set button is held depressed.

VTT-600

VTT-600

VTT-600

VTT - 600

VTT-600

VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS

Adjust the Vertical Size and Vertical Linearity controlsfor best overall linearity with desired picture size. TheVert Lin primarily affects the upper picture portion whilethe Vert Size primarily affects the lower portion.

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT

Raster distortions can occur if the yoke is not tightagainst the flare. To adjust, loosen the yoke retainer clampscrew and push the yoke as far forward as possible; thenrotate until the picture is straight. When adjustment is sat-isfactory, tighten yoke retainer clamp screw

DIAL SCALE ADJUSTMENT

The small hole located below the Motorola symbol M(Channel #1 position) is provided to align the dial scale withchannel window. Use a fine pointed tool, insert into the holethrough the channel window, and turn dial scale to properposition.

NOISE GATE CONTROLThe Noise Gate Control is located at the back and is used

to adjust the receiver for the signal strength in variousareas. To adjust, tune in a channel that receives a satisfac-tory picture. Turn the Noise Gate Control counterclockwise(when viewed from rear of receiver until picture becomesunstable (rolls, bounces, flip-flops, etc.). Then turn controlclockwise until picture returns to normal. Check all chan-nels; if any are unstable, continue turning control in a clock-wise direction until the picture is nbrmal on all chasmels.


103


MOTOROLA Cha

FRONT CONTROLS

VHF CHANNELWINDOW

CHANNEL SELECTOR

(NISTA MAT IS)

PUSNDAR

CONTRAST

WOE ANDVOLUME

RTICAL HOLD

BNIGHTNESS

MICROPHONE

TRANSMITTER

HOLDER

TRANSMITTER

AUTOMATIC MODELS

VHF CHANNELWINDOW

VHF CHANNELSELECTOR

UHF CHANNELWINDOW

MAINUHF TUNING

ON -OFF ANDVOLUME

CONTRAST

VERTICAL HOLD

BRIGHTNESS

CONSOLE & TABLE MODELS

VHF CHANNELSELECTOR

MAINUHF TUNING

(UHF Models Only)

°SCOFF ANDVOLUME

CONTRAST

VERTICAL HOLD

BRIGHTNESS

PORTABLE MODELS

ssis TS -435, STS -435, WTS-435, Service Information, Continued

0 DETR ETA)

se 51005)*4111/01541

r KEYING POSITION* MOTC0DOLA DIMINO

TP. TEST POINT

FIGURE 1. TUBE LOCATION, FILAMENT GUIDE AND FOCUS INFORMATION

CUSTOM-MATIC VHF Ulf PIN CUSHION Vlf ANT 001 NOISE B++

FINE TUNING, TUNER INTER CORRECTOR LEAD IN YOKE GATE CIRCUIT

TT -133Y CONNECTING MAGNETS 141 PLUG IR1321 GUARD

CABLE031011

OSC. TRIM(C101

UHF TUNERVTT-600

CONTROL

STRIP ICS,SUB -CHASSIS

CHASSISMTG BRKT

CHASSIS TUNER Ulf VERT VERT YOKE FOCUS HORIZ HORIZ CHASSIS

EJECTOR OUTPUT ANT R203 SIZE LIN CLAMP ADJ HOLD SIZE EJECTOR CENTERING CHASSIS

LEVER 121 CONN LEAD-IN 133K1 1R602A1 1R60281 SCREW LEAD 0.5011 M5071 LEVER 121 DEVICE FIL T. P. MTG BRKT

TOP-MTG

BRKT SCREWS(4)

`LOW &V)- VOLTAGE

SUB -CHASSIS

FIL SURGELIMITINGRESISTOR

1R8311

LOW VOLTAGE

RECTIFIERSIEB03-E1304)

AC LINEINTERLOCK

HI VOLTAGE114V) SUB -

CHASSIS

HORIZ

OUTPUT

TRANSfT5011

FIGURE 2-1. REAR VIEW OF CONSOLE MODELS - UHF EQUIPPED

104

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING rs1FORNIATION'MOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, etc., Cont.

PRINTED CHASSIS BOARD REMOVALTHE FIRS -T STEP IN REMOVING THE CHASSIS BOARD

is to remove the three (3) screws at the rear edge of thechassis and the metal strip they secure (see Fig. 8-1), Nowremove the four (4) tie down screws that hold the board tothe framework. These four screws are distributed along thetop of the board in the positions shown in Fig. 8-Z.

TUBER

OUTPUT

CABLE

RAM TIE DOWN SCREWS THAT HOLD PLATED CHASSIS BOARD TOFRAMEWORKiFIGURE 8-2.

THE SECOND STEP IN REMOVING THE CHASSISBOARD is ejection of the chassis out of the framework bythumb pressure on the ejector levers, located at the leftand right hand sides of the plated chassis board, as shownin Fig. 8-3.

rEE,

---OPERATE EJECTOR LEVERS TO SNAP CHASSIS OUT Ct CABINET. , ***** ** B,DO NOT FORCE EJECTORS. THEY WILL OPERATE EASILY WIEN

ALL SCREWS SW. !NEIL 8-I & FIG 8-2 ARE REMOVED.FIGURE 8-3

THE PLATED CHASSIS BOARD IN SEMI -REMOVEDPOSITION is shown in Fig. 8-4. You will notice that the tun-er's output cable as well as the horizontal output and dampertube's plate caps are off. Only two remaining leads hold thechassis to the framework; the focus and contrast wires.They have been left connected in the photo for two reasons:to help locate their connections on the board and to remindyou that they should be replaced first when returning theplated chassis board back into the cabinet; they are easierto reach in this position.

FIGURE 8-1.CONTRAST LEAD

TO CONNECTOR

LUG A-37

IIFOCUS LEAD TO

/138, /L39 OR ABO

CONNECTOR LUGS

DAMPER

TOP CAPLEAD

NORIZ OUTPUT

TOP CAPLEAD

COMPONENT PART REPLACEMENT ON HV & LV SUB -CHASSIS

To replace component parts on low LV) voltage and hi(HV) voltage sub -chassis, pull chassis out as shown in Fig.9-1 for easy accessibility.

BOTTOM.COVER

PLATED CHASSIS BOARD

CORN CTOR BANKSCREWS 161

FIGURE 10-2.

BOTTOM COVER MEG SCREWS

LOCATION EI

CHASSISFRAMEWORKECG SCREWS

LOCATION SO

r".-_

/rEASSISFRAMEWORK

T.M G SCREWS

.01.60111. LOCATION 147

BOTTOM COVER MEC SCREWS

LOCATION In

105


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, STS -435,WTS-435, Continued

R101

R102

R104

R103

8304

R105

R111

R110

R108ON T2

R112

R301

RI13

R114

R115

R605

R606

R602A

R128

R613

R607

R131

8609

R512

R505

R507

R504

R508

KAM

-R310

-8305

,R303

,R119

//,,R302,R603

,R311R306

R307

R604

,R205

/R16,R125

-R611

R15

R308

R116

R510

123

R124

"1127

4502

130

-R501

RI26

ON SOMEMODELS ONLY

FIGURE 14. RESISTOR LOCATIONS

RESISTANCE READINGS

1: Completely remove all powerto the receiver by removing thepower cord from the interlock.

2. Readings above the divider barshow resistance to ground. Read-ings below the divider bar indi-cate resistance to B++.

3. In circuits containing controls,the readings above and below thedivider bar taken with controls innormal operating positions. Theindividual reading gives maxi-mum and minimum readings.

*Readitig taken with video de-tector crystal (E7101) removed.

FIGURE 12. RESISTANCEREADINGS

05 - 1 /AEG)

050

0

15K

- I MEGI 1

- 1 MEG) 1 MEG

184

15K

470

15K

I

6I4 MEASURED COLD) I

CFR. MEASURED COLD)

22K

1.2K

0

600K

4 ME

05 - 4 MEG) 1K

(TOTAL BLEEDER RES) 15K

5.6K

614 MEASURED COLD) 5

4470 4111

6.5

6 MEG

380

6.7

L5K17g

SLK

Mei(TOTAL WIDER RES) a .11/121222.

15K

Cif

VII. MEASURED COLD) la

G1

ra58KG3 7

ME

49% p

at 41

EIL

K

2

FIL

56

IK

G1140

Piltc

5.80

.:

READ RESISTANCE WIN NEG. TERMINALOF VTVM CONNECTED TO PIN 7ALL OTTIER RESISTANCE READING TAKEN -WITH NEG TERMINAL OF VIM CONNECTEETO CHASSIS GROUND OR II+ 4-

FIL

45K 6.21(

.3

240K

22K

READING TAKEN

WITH VI 0E0 OFTE101 REMOVED

106


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, STS -435,WTS-435, Continued

C102-

C105----tr7C101

C104

C103

C106

C801

C107

C109

C108

C813

C110

0111

C112

C113

C303

C115

C114

C116

C117

C301

C118

019

C602

C128

C204

C5113

C504

...

011

C312

C123

008

OW

0306

C309

C310

C308

C305

C601

0603

002

C2E0

C120

C202

C508

- -C126

C125

C502

C505

C501

SOME MODELSONLY

FIGURE 15. CAPACITOR LOCATIONS

VOLTAGE READINGS

1. Taken from point indicated tochassis with a VTVM.1t1 0%.

2. Line voltage maintained at120V AC.

3. Voltages indicated by an as-terisk will vary with associatedcontrol settings.

4. Taken with contrast control atminimum and all other controlsin normal operating positionswith no signal input.

5. Tuner on Channel 13 or chan-nel of least noise with antennaterminals shorted.

6. All voltages are DC unlessotherwise indicated.

FIGURE 13. VOLTAGEREADINGS

107

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, etc., ContinuedPICTURE TUBE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

An unpleasant high voltage, low current, shock may resultat the second anode of the picture tube. Use care when work-ing in this general area. If the second anode plug is to beremoved, first short the anode to ground through a well -insulated piece of wire after the power has been turned off.

TO REMOVE THE PICTURE TUBE

REMOVAL OF THE PICTURE TUBE begins by discon-necting the deflection yoke from its socket, unplugging thepicture tube socket and the high voltage anode connector atthe rear of the receiver. Remove the LV mounting strapscrew shown in Fig. 10-1.

Place receiver on its side and remove the seven (7) bot-toi:. cover mounting screws and the four (4) chassis frame-work mounting screws as shown in Fig. 10-2. Pull out chassisframework as shown in Fig. 10-2 to gain easy access to thesix (6) connector bank screws and remove same.. Removethe three (3) connector banks by pulling straight away fromthe plated chassis board. DO NOT twist or bend to avoidpossible damage to plated chassis board.

PICTURE TUBE RIG SCREWS 15)

FIGURE 10-3.

Place chassis alongside receiver as shown in Fig. 10-4.No further dismantling of chassis is necessary. Next removethe five (5) picture tube mounting screws shown in Fig. 10-3.Make certain the tube is held securely before the last'screwis removed. Remove the picture tube by pulling the rightside out (partially) first, this will allow the left hand picturetube bracket to clear the components on the control strip(CS) sub -chassis. Place tube on a soft clean cloth to avoidscratching face.

To remove picture tube mounting strap, loosen the two (2)bolts shown in Fig. 10-4.

PROTECTIVEMOUNTING

TAPE

LOW VOLTAGE

SUB-CHASSI

LV MTG-_STRAP SCREN

HI VOLTAGE IV.

SUB-CHASSI !

Tr: Al 4001151

:

FIGURE 10-1.

PICTURE TUBE

STRAP BOLTS 121

FIGURE 10-4.

PI% TUBEMOUNTING

STRAP

Prepare the replacement picture tube by placing duplicatepieces of tape around the screen edges, as found on theoriginal picture tube.

ALIGNMENT SECTION

VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT


1. Remove the back cover and bottom cover as illustratedin Fig. 10-2, disconnect bottom cover isolation network.Remove the one (1) tuner mounting screw and slide tunerout partially to gain easy access to test points.

2. Set the Channel Selector on channel 13 and the Contrastcontrol to minimum (extreme counterclockwise rotation).

VIDEO IF & SOUND ALIGNMENT

PRE -ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Before alignment of the video IF section is attempted, itis advisable to thoroughly check the system. If alignment isstarted on an IF section in which a faulty component exists,successful alignment will probably be impossible and theentire procedure will have to be repeated when the realcause of the trouble is corrected. Preliminary tests of thesystem should include voltage and resistance measurements,routine checks for bad soldering connections, and visual in-spection of the circuits for overheated components as wellas for obvious wiring defects.

3. Disable the tuner's local oscillator by shorting point ® ,located near oscillator tube V-2, to the tuner chassis witha piece of wire. See Alignment Detail for location.

4. Short across the tuner's antenna with a piece of wire.

5. Remove the deflection yoke plug to eliminate RF inter-ference radiation. Then connect a 1500 ohm 50 watt resistorfrom B++ (contact A-3) to ground (contact A-4) for normal-ization of the receiver's voltages.

6. Apply the negative lead of a 4.5 volt bias supply to con-tact A-18 (IF AGC test point) and the positive lead to con-tact A-17 (chassis ground) of the plated -chassis board.7. Maintain line voltage at 120 volts AC by use of a variac.IMPORTANT: Use an isolation transformer to protect thetest equipment, the receiver and yourself from shockhazard.

8. Make all alignment adjustments from the top (componentside) of the plated chassis board.

9. Refer to the Video IF & Sound Alignment Detail for com-ponent and test point locations. For proper positions of thecoil cores, see the Coil Core Positions Detail.

1 08

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, STS -435, WTS-435, Alignment Information, Continued

VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEPSWEEP GEN

AND MARKERINDICATOR

(OSCILLOSCOPE) ADJUST ADJUST FOR AND/OR REMARKS

2.

3.

4.

5.

To grid of 3rd IF ampthru a .001 mmf capac-itor. Set sweep to approx44Mc. Markers to 45.75& 41.25 Mc. Set gen out-put for 2 to 5 volts P toP waveform on oscillo-scope.

To tuner's mixer TP (M)thru a .001 mmf capacitor.The TP is adjacent to mi-xer tube. See AlignmentDetail. See Note in lastcolumn.

a. Set marker gen for47.25 Mc.

b. Set marker gen for41.25 Mc.

Connect same as step 02except set output forexactly 3 volts P to Pwaveform on scope.

Same as step #2 withsame output & markers.

Same as step #4

Connect thru a 47Kohm resistor to grid(pin 7) of video ampSee Alignment Detailfor location

Same as step #1

Connect to plate(pin #5) of 1st IFtube. It may beexpedient to con-nect from under-neath side of board:See Align. Detailfor location.NOTE: Connecta jumper leadfrom pin #5 (plate)to pin #6 (screen) ofthe 1st IF tube whenadjusting T-2 & L -102B

Same as step #1

Top and bottomslugs of 3rd IFcoil (T-103)

a. 47.25 Mctrap coils: L -101C & L-103

b. 41.25 Mctrap coil, L -102A (top core)

Mixer trans.(T-2) locatedon tuner: Also1st IF grid coilslug (L -102B)located at botof coil form.

1st IF trans(T-101)

2nd IF trans(T-102)

Equal peaks with 45.75 and 41.25Mc markers as shown on curve el.

Tune both cores away from eachother & near the ends of their res-pective coils. See Core Detail forcore positions.

Note: Temporary removal of biasbattery or increased generatoramplitude may be required to seetrap responses.

a. Minimum response (tune bothcores at end of coil away fromplated chassis). See curve #2 ofAlignment Detail.

b. Minimum response (tune coreat end of coil away from platedchassis). See curve #2 of Align-ment Detail:

Tune both T-2 & L -102B for res-ponse shown in curve #3, step #3of the Alignment Detail. T-2 af-fects the center peak & L -102Baffects the two outside peaks.As part of alignment, adjust L-108for max frequency response about38.5 Mc (this trap is tuned to 39.75Mc when evidence of strong adjacentvideo interference is present) tomake sure it does not interfere inthe response curve. * See curve #4.

If a suck -out (trap effect) occurs,detune 1st IF trans (T-101).

Tune both coil cores at end of coiltoward plated chassis.Tune for proper 42.25 Mc markerplacement (tune core toward platedchassis).

Tune for proper 45.75 Mc markerplacement (tune core toward platedchassis).

Same as step #4 If a tilt occurs, readjust the mixertrans (T-2, on tuner) & nec-essary touch-up the 1st & 2nd IFtrans (T-101 & T-102) for the re-sponse shown in curve #4 of theAlignment Detail.

The 39.75 Mc trap (L -101B) is factory adjusted to 36 Mc and is not tuned to 39.75 Mc unlessadjacent video interference is present. Adjust trap by turning core toward chassis, until adjacentvideo interference is visually no longer present on picture tube.

4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT

1. Carefully tune receiver to local station and advance con-trast control.2. Adjust local oscillator (with fine tuning control) to bring4.5 Mc interference strongly into the picture.

3. Adjust sound trap (L -109A) bottom core to find the twopoints of adjustment at which the sound beat is just notice-able on the picture tube screen. Rotate the core towardcenter of the two points. Use minimum amount of inductance(core out of coil) that will result in no apparent beat inter-ference.

SOUND ALIGNMENT (Station Signal Method)

The sound system used in the TS -435 receiver consistsof an audio IF amplifier stage, a quadrature grid detectorand an output stage. Since this type of sound system is ex-tremely sensitive, relatively small input signal voltage willcause grid current to flow in both the IF amplifier and thedetector stages. Grid current through the tuned coils willload them down making the adjustment extremely broad and

alignment impossible. For this reason, it is necessary touse a very weak signal when aligning the driver and the de-tector input coils. Actually, the signal should be well downinto the noise level for proper tuning action.

Preliminary Steps1. Tune in a strong TV station.2. Adjust all controls for normal picture and sound.3. Refer to Video IF & Sound Alignment Detail for coil andtest point locations (Fig. 22).

109


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, STS -435, WTS-435, Alignment Information, ContinuedSOUND ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEP STATION INDICATOR ADJUST REMARKS

1. Strong signal VTVM to jct of L-301 Maximum deflection (coarse adj.). Of two possibleR 305 (560K )and R 304

(quad coil) maximum tuning points, use that giving the largestvoltage reading. 5*

(82K) locatednear L-301 (Seefig 22)

2. Listening test Maximum sound with minimum distortion (find adj.).

3. Weak signal* T-301(inter -stage)

Maximum sound with minimum distortion (maintainhiss level). *

4. L -109Btop core

Maximum sound with minimum distortion.

(take -off)

7

If sound is not clear at this point, repeat the above procedure as necessary.* The signal must be weakened considerably either by disconnecting one side of the antenna lead, or

connecting low value resistors across the antenna terminals until a pronounced hiss appears in thesound. The hiss level must be maintained for proper alignment.

** The purpose of the top pre-set core is to enable the adjustable core to make the tuning range requiredwhile reducing the physical length. If the pre-set core should be misadjusted by previous service work,merely re -set near top end of coil and tune for maximum.

5EU8

MIXEROSC

4ES8

RF AMP

SWEEP & MARKER

GENERATOR

MUERTam

03 .001 TORI 005 MF

01110 T9

VHF TUNER

91

GOD)

NORMALIZING"RESISTOR

mon SOW

L301QUAD DET COIL

V3 38Z6A1ST VIDEO IF

-4,5 V BIAS

I

AllA(06)(17

A I

A GC )

VS 3DT6AUDIO DET

S

T301

AUDIO INTERSTAGE

/V5 6AU83RD VIDEO IF& AUDIO IF

4? .4'4,Fr

................

47K1

) AVA:\11 151._e

91' RI :

L109kso7) 4.5 MC TRAP

L1098(701')

V6 8GN8VIDEO AMP 8 VERT OSC

38.25MC 41.25 47.25

MC MC

3VP-P 3j% APPROX}t_ 44 MC

42.25 MCMARKERRANGE

STEP / 3CURVE 3

CURVE MUST BESYMMETRICAL

45.75MC30% MARKER

RANGE

L102841.25 MC

- TRAP

1.102A1ST IF

- GRID

FL102 A & B

0:

LIOIC475.2255 MC

TRAP

1.101B39.75 MC

TRAP

c-a,

1v -\1?-i

IF INPUT k ??,,,3-0,...,

RECEPT \ Ife,,-9

TRr

1(4/1

11i

uii1-11II II I

L101 13 & C

41.25 41.25MC MC

STEP 12

CURVE 2

.001 TO

.005 MF

3RD IF GRIDTEST POINTDIN 7

V4 3BZ62ND VIDEO IF

39.75 MC TRAP(WHEN TUNED IN)

\ 41.25MC

2 5V PP5% DI P

MAX

- ,

43 MC 44 MC

STEP /4CURVE 4

47.25MC

45.75 MC

70%

FIGURE 22. VIDEO IF AND SOUND ALIGNMENT DETAIL

L103

47.25 MCTRAP

1ST IFTRANS

7101 1INCL 11031 T301 1102 TIED

Ti

Tie(J.

41.25 MC

40%

My

DIP 20% MAX

STEP 11

CURVE I

NOTE: RECEIVER MUSTBE IN PLACE ANDCOMPLETELY SECURED

DURING ALIGNMENT.

2-5V P -P45.75 MC

fsi

L109BAUDIO

TAKE -OFF

1.109A & B

1.109A4.5 MCTRAP

L301

PRE-SET CORE(DO NOT ADJUST)INSERT TOOL THEOCORE TO REACHQUAD COIL

QUAD COIL CORE


110

UH

F O

NLY

_0

OT

10

UH

F

INP

UT

AN

T

CHA A DJ

L6 17

CORN

VIP

ONLY

UH

F

C14

E6

Ulf

8+

L.34

X00

01U

HF

ON

LY

Cl

111

7 ADJ

PRI ADJ

MAX

CNAN 13

53rt

0 0-

T.

Vl

4ES

8R

f AM

P

2

C16

,001

vIN

o1.

65V

18

A

.00'5

C17

1

(r±

( C

3.0

01

-o©

INT

.3 -

433,

A-0

4.0

1AND LA TER

A

8

L12

CHAN

b113 114

115

L16

Rf P

RI

Rf S

EC

E7

A4

MP I -

Cal 13

IP 3

DJ

R3

330 13

1UHT

ONLY

(21

o®

orb

'C

VIE

ON

LY

E9

L117SAN

A L18

L19

120

L21 J

I

CHAN 13

N 12

CNA N

11

N 10

9-3.ST

2-6C

7

CHAN 7

T.

ADJ 11

457

I.:*

YNAN 7

:!-'s

8

5

HA N 4 3

132

uar

X

ONLY

L22A

1228 C

HA

NN

EL

SE

LEC

TO

R S

HO

WN

CHAN 2

CHAN

1

(UHF)

CC 3

V2

5EU

8

MIX

-OS

C

126V

2

IN CHANNEL TWO POSITION

133C ADJ

CHAN 7

9

11(3

.

OS

C

IIIM

T2

TENT

POINT

co

R7

47K

124

Pm

**

I NG

CIO

t2-

6ID

125

CHAN 13

OSC

J

V17

ONLY

126

CIA

6AD

127

128

129 R

9MY 2.

2KtoYRaNLT

C12

%.0

01

D

TU

NE

RT

T -

133

& T

T -

133Y

Wir

es w

ith a

rrow

s co

nnec

t to

corr

espo

ndin

gly

lette

red

wir

es o

f di

agra

mon

pag

es 1

12-1

13

V5B

1/2

6AU

8

AU

DIO

IF 70V

3

HEAVY

TAB

64

I2

1301

CO

NN

(TO

P V

IEW

)

1301

561

ov

W N

Oc2

-1-,

,-12

aa12

2.5

,--4

1) a

lI

VI

2

AU

DIO

V8

HEAVY

3DT

6T

AB

AU

DIO

DE

TL3

01 C

ON

N10

6T(T

OP

VIE

W)

L-

(--)

46

-__02)12.4

-

NY O Ce

5

7

4

-R30

7 22

K

2W

1302

V9

8BQ

5A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

T

C7

FW

IRE

S w

ith a

rrow

s co

nnec

t to

corr

espo

ndin

gly

lette

red

wir

es o

f di

agra

m o

n pa

ge 1

13

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, STS -435, WTS-435, Schematic Diagram, Continued(Wires with arrows connect to correspondingly lettered wires of diagram on page 111)----

A B

A20 A21 fisov R154.41(PLATED CHASSIS

Bi- -I- 280VR16 8 2K 1404

Aftoti

3W

A16

E

TUNER OUTPUT

101 470r

-iEjL101

00

00211 2 1102B 9*

.494 151161725

V3 3BZ6A1ST IF

5 118V

r (WOUND01 )NI A 71

I E.-

1,-9k t6 I -'[;

I

L* C.)

C106

680

O5,e

8

I 126V

126V

C108.001

V4 3BZ62ND IF

O

T102

V5A 1/2 6AU83RD IF

9

r: T103

09 7ir -8 t

TAB

T101,

(TI

C-)

R10815K 6

RI1256:

O

B++

HEAVYTAB

2

001 & L102 CONN(TOP VIEW)

VIDEOB4- 280V

650V PPH

0,1

Mr"220 -1-

N2200R1 2

A18 IT. P. -,-C123

__/50VA24

C124

2MF T+20 V -i

0 E401 VIB1/2 3BU8

I SYNC SEPARATOR.

. .005

260VI 0

7----- turn

-fir- 0 /220 I 8

--4/-4/1 :.-i._ 2

470K 1

7

I

I 150V

SEE V7A FOR VOLTAGESON PINS 7

45V PP

SYNC

E501

190K

1

--I R501 2.7K_WO-J900"-j_ 75V PP

>-E503

H1

IM

0 4521_ igmot 9

1 Li

.0033

15V PPH

9V PPH

1.05 tT

C5021 .002_("1/12 KV JUMPER #4

1501

.0056.5V PP

H

VIO5EA8/5GH8

HORIZ OSC

W I RED EXTERNALLY ON TS -435A-00

\ 47K "Q USING SIK754390 MODULE g& A-01 ONLY. REMOVE WHEN

-4- )1..uoi.' AE504 HORIZ MOE A33

R5433(SEE VERT NOR. NOTES)

2W

HORIZONTAL

81

0 V12 V11 V14 V5 0 V4 V3 'V9 V6 W VIO 0 V15 V8TUNER

12AF3 12DQ6B 7EY6 6AU8 L801 3BZ6 38Z6A 813Q5 8GN8 3 B U8 5 EA 19AF P4 3 DT656 8 001I

IN TS -435A -0....C81501

A23 A 1..\irl4c.8432A13: 5 4 >-

150 680 680I

A36

R802200(1 COLD

R801 52sn HOT

25W

120V

AC ONLY

E802

ON -OFF SWON VOL CONT

C807

.15I

3 4 3 4 5 5 4 5 4 4 5 -1."\i-CC813.001

C801

I. 4E801

CIRCUIT BREAKER

W E805UHF

ON SOMEMODELS

C809)11E_C808 140 MF +>-.

°RED 280V

R803 51+

E804<41.)T971 ,(5).,?

YEL

f+1\ C812C

300V

0 +ICoom812DF

150 MF300V

C812A

300VIOMF

MIN

E806

VHF

1400V

L802

UHF TUNER

C806I V16

.0011 2AF4A

C80 z

xL

I-7- -"

POWER SUPPLY

R805 22K

4E581

ISOLATION NETWORKS

C8111L0012KVC814 470

CABINET CHASSIS CABINET

JUMPER f 2

PURPOSE OF .

ACTS AS A DFOR I SOIAT I PSHORTS.

THIS SCHEMATIC COVERS PLATED CHASSIS BOARD TS -435A-00 THRU TS -435A-04 LOW VOLTAGE CHASSIS LV-A,LV-A-1 &LV-13, HI VOLTAGE CHASSIS HV-A, CONTROL STRIP CS-A,ION SHOULD HAVE A PLATED CHASSIS BOARD, OR RELATED SECTION, WHICH IS STAMPED WITH A CODE LETTER OR NUMBER LATER THAN THAT SHOWN ON THIS SCHEMATI C.... THE DI

112

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION(Wires F and G connect to marked wires of circuit on page 11i) FOCUS ADJUSTMENT CONNECT LEAD #4

F TO TAP GIVING BEST FOCUS

RED2130V

A38 8+ BOOT 520.a80A39B

1+K--11(

5.5V PP V6A

1/2 8GN8

VIDEO AMP

9

L105 L106 1

L708

.821 116 .611

50 T 5'6N150

8to -

"*"...100V PP H

117

3.9115

G 1.311 I

r -J 8.2K

L _

SC

V7A

1/2 3BU8/3G S8

AGC

B++

C127)1 27 5.6Kr 1134V N150

113V

7 18 IL. _ft

CC

1.5vlY

125V PPH

R201 100K

BRIGHTNESSg

NEss

L109A4 5 MC TRAP

[110

180K

9.°4F2 Mrl' M7 B1,0 CONTRAST F"

R11

*E 1201 YF 2

8

030K

C201 4 7 70

1R3-* 20K IW 56 TO 146V

TAP 0

1-079

R125

33K

430

695V

2805

2

21 V

R130 2.7K

C128.02

IR131 A19AW 20K

210V 3W

A31 +1C12710MF300V

280V

R132NOISEGATE

4M

CL

Y NCOCO rya

rs:or, -sr oo

it

280V

V1519AFP4

PICTURE TUBE

C202

nA15

50V PP

H

)1(- -0

0 0

V1112D0613

HORIZ OUTPUT

R504 470

fr1-1-1

0

7..

RED

180V PP

* R5071425

5K

V12

12AF3L503

DAMPER LEAD0 or RED

9

)

2805

311 FILE

1

T501

2 I7

.05

V13

3A3

HV RECT

cc

7 RED

705 PPV

8

2f2 5

4PUE705130 6 BLE

C5071(.035 rcTir - -1ORN

I 120- Ia

4 2.5KV R513I

C1520096.8KW I

c5IIVNY

B+++ BOOT 520V 1 pi 5 -0 1 c 508IONLY

TURD A -03--48-01

4 4.21

canR510 1M rifIA27

fi0

--050

E601

68K

100K 100K

-.--Aw-17o.°0-1-. 2

v.) -r;

280VA3

VERT

125V PPHOLD

V

8-4-+ FROM A32

R601 -4-2.2M1.8M oN cs-A

ONLY

R20213

R604 180K

.01T))--C)-WW-22KtAW

C601

64V .0022 1-(P-1(18K

2M

itoVV`R612 680K

A4

R605 33KAW

-32V*

LriV6B

1/2 8GN8 2VERT OSC

A6

C

747. o o6 .01

oi MODULE NOTES I

Al QI Z1= CNOONNEACTRDIONS

.01 I 0. RISER WIRE NO: S1

- COMPONENT0 1 t -1, 3 CONNECTIONS

C603 R611

VERTICAL

E602 VERT MOD

R602W IVEROT SIZE4M

75V PPI R606

V 470K

0222K

.

*23V 5

V14

7EY6

VERT OUTPUT

Z'o A35T601

N BLU RED

270V

R6101M

0VERT LIN

A26

11 0o

R609150

1W

R60282M

R6081M

o 81

1.3KV PP IV

L701

YOKEr

--3.2 KV PP 0

RE

5

C701

100

3 KV

BLU

6

ORG

5'509 ,( 510, 5513\ USED IN LV -A ONLY.

RES-CA P E505 USEDIN LV-B AND IA TIM

2

ER S TT -133 & TT -133Y IF THE RECEIVER YOU ARE WORKINGL STILL BE APPLICABLE SINCE THE CHANGES WILL BE SLIGHT. 113


MOTOROLA Chassis TS -435, STS -435, WTS-435, Service Information, Continued

PRODUCTION CHANGES

GED

N. C.

V.B. ARM

AUDIO LTTICCATHODE T.P.

N.C.

AUDIO TRANS -G2

AUDIO TRANS -P

SHIM. GND.

VOL. TOP

itLa/

TUNER FIL.

25CRT FIL.

:g CRT GI

13+11E.OBCinP-t) GND T.P.

5i IF AGC T.P.CDc, NOISE GATE

tl B++ T.P.

Nt, IF B.

CRT G2

CRT FIL.

oc

CD< IF AGC

CO

un

unun

XCI AUDIO LTTIC

BLANKING

CL BOOT B.++

VIDEO LYTIC

-AGC PULSE

+AGC PULSE

AGC LTTIC

TORE B++

MOM. SAWB++

V.O.IFIR

FIL

--Al INPUT

-A2 RIC"

-- A3

-M-A5--A6

-Al-AS-A9

-All

--Al2

--A03

--A14--A15

-A16-A7-A8-A 9-A20

--A21

--A22

--A23

--A24

-A25- A26-A21

-A28-A29-A30- A31-A32-A33-A34-A35-A36

ON TT -133Y ONLY

K. 133YEl

00 9

B. FIL B+ T2_....//4DAGC OD 4) 4)

OSC SHORTING OPENING MIXER OUT

MODULES VIEWED FROMTOP S IDE.Of CHASSIS

LOCATING NOTCH

. smismome 'Th

zi anummwrwo.1 00

szo

0 0 0HORIZ SWEEP MODULEPART NO. 51K754390

VERT SWEEP MODULEPART NO. 51E753520

LEGEND OF COLOR CODEON PLATED CHASSIS BOARD

GREEN - GRIDS (61)YELLOW - CATHODES (K)GRN-RED - PLATES (P)YELLOW -RED - SCREENS (G2)RED - B++ (280V)COPPER - FILAMENT OR GNDBLACK - OPPOSITE SIDE

PLATING.

A37, A38, A39 & A40

CONNECTORS LOCATED AT

VARIOUS POSITIONS ONTOP SIDE Of BOARD

CONNECTOR BOARD

NOTES:

VOLTAGE 11611SURENIEWFS1. Taken from point indicated to chassis ground

with a VTVM. '110%.2. Line voltage maintained at 120V AC.9. Voltages indicated by an asterisk will vary with

associated control settings.4. Taken with contrast control at minimum and all

other controls in normal operating position withno signal input.

5. Tuner on Channel 13 or channel of least noise withantenna terminals shorted.

WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS1. Taken from point indicated to chassis with a wide -

band oscilloscope.2. Oscilloscope synced near sweep rate indicated.3. Taken with strong signal; contrast control at

maximum; all other controls in normal operatingposition.

CAPACITORS - Unless otherwise eperified, valuesless than one in MEI all others in NSF.

** Indicates special capacitor.

ChassisCoding Changes

TS -435 .01 mf 1400V cap (C508) added; to prevent otherA-01 component breakdown if crt arcs. Connected

between Boot B++ to ground, pin #1 of V6B(ground) to C505.

TS -435 Horizontal osc module (E504), part no. 51K754365,A-02 changed to module part no. 511(754390; 20K res

and .001 cap previously wired externally fromriser #9 of module to ground are now incorpor-ated in new module.

TS -435 Resistor, R308 (470 ohm), physical locationA-03 changed to eliminate possibility of burning insula-

tion of tuner and crt cabling.

TS -435 .01 mf 1400V capacitor (C508) removed.A-04 .01 mf 1400V capacitor (C815) added; to prevent

damage to filament string if crt arcs. Connect-ed from TP A23 to ground ( crt fil to ground)..01 mf 1400V capacitor (C18) added to VHF(TT -133Y) tuner versions only; connected tofeed-thru terminal "J" and ground. To preventdamaging feed-thru capacitor if crt arcs.

TS -435 R602 (Vert Size 4 meg & Vert Lin 2 meg) chan-A-05 ged to Vert Size 2 meg & Vert Lin 2 meg; R613

(560K) in series with Vert Size changed to 2.2meg. Changes were made to center VerticalSize range.NOTE: When using the 18K754414 control asa replacement, be sure to change value of R613to 2.2 meg on chassis coded A-00 thru A-04.

TS -435 Horiz Size control, R507 (5K) changed to 10K;A-06 R508 (6.8K) in series with Horiz Size changed to

15K - 2W; R506(18K) removed from lug #4 of12DQ6B Horiz Output tube; Jumper #3 removedfrom lug #8 to ground and replaced by R514 (22-2W). These changes were made to reduce over-drive.

TS -435 C130 (.01 mf -1400V) added between the B+ -1-A-07 side of resistor R105 (1ZOK) and the ground side

of R111 (1K) to prevent pop arc between Bt+and ground on board.

TS -435 C129 (.01 mf - 500V) changed to .01 mf - 1400VA-08 to prevent failure of Noise Gate control.

CS -B

CS -C

HV-A-1

HV-A-2

HV-B

LV-A-1

LV-B

2.2 meg res (R601) in series with Vertical Holdcontrol changed to 1.8 meg; change was made tocenter up Vert Hold control.

R807 (100) was added between 8806 (1K) andpilot light on tuner mounting bracket to increaselife of pilot light.

Core clamp pad, part no. 75A65636A01, locatedbetween horizontal output transformer core andmounting plate removed, to reduce strain onmounting plate. Horizontal output transformerassembly without the core clamp pad will carrypart no. 24D65410A02-B-1.

Same as HV-B change.

R5)5 (2.2) was added between lug #2 and lug#6 of 3A3 H. V. Rect; white lead was movedfrom lug #2 to lug #6. Changes were made toimprove reliability of the 3A3.

Yoke socket mounted from bottom side of sub -chassis (LV) to prevent arcing to chassis.DESIGN CHANGE: Cap C509, C510 and Res R513located on yoke socket, replaced with Res -CapE505.

114


PH I LCOCHASSIS CROSS REFERENCE

TELEVISION12J27 SERIES

Model Chassisfor VHFModels

Chassisfor UHFModels

12 PositionVHFTuner

13 PositionVHF -UHF

Tuner

All ChannelUHFTuner

CRT Type

K3051103 12.127 76-12405-1 17DRP4(1-106)

UK30511C0 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 170R P4(T -105R) (T-130)

K3059111 12J27 76-12405-1 1 7DRP4(1.106)

UK30591.11 12J27U 76-124324 76-12320-1 17DRP4(1.1055) (T -I30)

K306061 12J27 76-12405-1 17DRP4(T-106)

530600Y 12.127 76-12405.1 17DRP4(T-106)

K3060W11 12J27 76-12405-1 170RP4(1-106)

K321801) 12.12713 76-12405-2 19ABP4(T-10615)

K32200D 12J27 76.12405-1 19A5P4(1.106)

UK322000 12J27U 76.12432-1 76-12320-1 19A6P4(1-105R) (T-130)

53220115 12J27 76.12405.1 19A8P4(T-106)

UK322011E 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 1964114(T -105R) (T-130)

53220W8 12.127 76-12403-1 19A5P4(T-106)

UK3220W11 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 19A8P4(T-1056) (T130)

K322005 12J27 76-12405-1 19A5P4(T-106)

UK322001 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 19A5P4(T10SR) (T-130)

K3222961 12.127 76-12405.1 19A11104(1-106)

UK3222WH 12.127U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 19A5P4(T -105R) (1-130)

K3222SA 12.127 76-12405.1 19A6P4(T-106)

UK3222SA 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 19A5P4(T -105R) (T-130)

K3224/3D 12J27 76-12405-1 19A5P4(1-106)

5322451 12J27 76-12405-1 19ABP4(1-106)

UK3226130 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 19/1.61.4(T -105R) (T-130)

U5322661 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320-1 19A5P4(T105R) (T-130)

K323000 12J27 76-12405-I 19/04(1-106)

053230013 12J27U 76-12432-1 76-12320.1 19/.61.4(T -105R) (1-130)

RECEIVER SET UP CONTROL LOCATIONS

1. Height-Adjust with a thin screw driver through thehollow knob and vertical hold shaft.

2. Horizontal Hold Centering-Adjust with a thinscrew driver through the hollow horizontal holdshaft and knob.

3. Vertical Linearity-Adjust with a thin screw driverthrough hollow shaft of brightness control and knob.

4. Width Adjustment-Remove volume and contrastknobs, the width control VR5 can be adjustedthrough the opening.

5. Fusible 13+ Resistor-xemove cabinet back. Re-sistor is a plug-in unit at top right corner.

6. Tubes-All tubes (except CRT) are accessible afterremoving back. 1G3GT, high voltage rectifier, s

in cage.

Composite video signal, 2nddetector output at video input(L15 of VIFS panel) contrastset fully clockwise 2.4 voltsp -p, 15,750 c.p.s.

Sync separator output, plateof V4, (pin 3 of 8AW8A) or(119 of VIFS panel) 36 voltsp -p, 60 c.p.s.


Allow set to warm up. Tune in a picture.1. Short out the horizontal ringing coil, T6 by placing

a jumper across terminals 1 and 3.2. Set the horizontal hold control, VR2 shaft, to the

center of its range.3. Adjust the horizontal hold control centering control,

VR2 screw driver adjustment, to set the oscillatorto the correct horizontal line frequency (to stop thepicture; it will not be stable). Bring picture intosync from high frequency side (black bars slopingup to the left ).

4. Remove the shorting jumper from across T-6 andadjust the ringing coil core for stable picture sync.Bring picture into sync from high frequency side.

1 1 5


PHILCO Chassis 12J27 Series, Schematic Diagram, Continued-

CIFIFLINK

VIFS PANELV

4EH71ST VIF

X8YEL-WHt 000

X5 X9 X10 c) X6OR- YE L- YEL-RED VIOL GRN

=-V2 VC3 VC4 CI7.5C-3 1-5 .5-3

R23IK 500

L_P

....-6

2VC II-5

148V

C21 C201500 '1500

R22 9 C7 4272

L21

+150V

- VERT INTEGRATOR N21 22K

( .90K 3).005 °I C28

27K TX4I

0821 T.400VI -

_I_=6

T15°2

L

120V AC6011$

PHASE COMP N3

4 150K ^82 20-

680K 200

0471.2

MEG .001

90V

V5T5 4EJ7

2ND VIF

211

4

R28330

IF AGC

2

1,3

R24100 10082

V913F07

VERT OSC-OUTWse

C26 R31 C33I(

1.5 MEG .0015

.068400V R37

C25

L 221)83V

L20R21

4165V-.3V

5 T

CI

II 18 =-

INGOC.

2NDDET

jr, DI2 - - -

X401

CI.

LI 3

50v ,--1- C42111F

VR3235V HEIGHT

68K1000V

-23V7 I C32

.0022 R353

600V 220K R331

*--) 1.5 9 17.5V-9.8V MEG 5.5V L28. 43011L27 *V RI L3I

*VR3680 VLINERTR36 *100DF I IEI-3 275V

4300 I. C30 1,2K 390 50V =VERT do .05

7 HOLD " = 50V

1

1:1.1-19

1R80I4 1L231TUNERAGC -.5V265V R3

1001

24V oL29

01

R39'NM6.8 MEG

LBLUE V.0, T.

2/1.

J11

J9

L32OV

30- 6541- 3 N4

39K7 R34 RING COIL150/1

__LIL ' 6ZS_-I 0 115V(

-in§ N- 100 .A.S 4.0_941(

C27A -I-47 I 190V C3I -I-390^` --I( 0 L36L-9--

+260V

6 em 1= C35.0039100V -13V 7 L 3V 2

C27 ,47K3.003911.21.0K - 5.2 V

L3410

GI6

OFF -ON SW(REAR OF

C40

= IWR632111VHF)12 MUFF)

R42THERMISTOR

UHF ONLY200 COLD

10 HOT 105,.,

VIO8CG7

HOR OSC 7.5V

VR2I 1.... ___i_ VR2 30K R40

aw.L911-Fy C39 .5 -1 -.*1. HOR C EN +100K ...- HOR

HOLD

VOL) 4A+275V

E I-1

0 (<4* -1F 1 04

2.0K = 250004Fi5.6 E2,3FUS 120µF+ E3-4 + E3-2 + E3-3RESD3 T 14011F T 10011F 12011F200V1_ _I_ 300V350V

--- 3.5K = 30"

470

3

470K ), I

T.0033 560K

26.8K 2.7

MEG

7 _J

DEFLECTION PANEL

+275V

+260V

+165V

+150V

W R46.8K

+275V.480 -W. --L37

VII V8 V4 VS V6 V3 V2 VI170066 17D4 4EJ7 4EH7 IIJE8 4CS6 6EA8

89V 73VI8AW8A X4 66V 62V 57.5V 47V 42.5V IL9

L35 7 2 7 8 11.26 5 4

_I LOR- 5 4 5 4 5 4 4 3 5 4 IL25GR CI4

1500 11500C15

116


PHILCO Chassis 12J27 Series, Schematic Diagram, Continued

VI1/2 6EA8

SIF

Ov 2

RII

f -35V+ 3 T3

2 + OV

I 4/1 .0

T33vL_

4

1 C I

710022=

1 C51500 10047

L20+I65V

WR28.2K

RI5330

E411

1

OL11

0G5

TI3.5.0.""

2

.0019 51

4V

C627

4.5V

V24CS6L5DISC

OVAR13

C3L8

13V 3.3K .0082

* VR4'MEG VOL

5

15K

RI7470

ec 4, R2eecT .; 220K

6 = 0 L4Il

60V+260V

ov

31/2VIIJE8AUD OUT

RI9100 g

IC7 CIO1031 T.47

100V

R 18

150K Cl2V3 1560

1/2 11JE8GATE

10 4 V

R4120K

+ IL65V20

0V4

1/2 8AW8ASYNC SEP

3

-6.5V2

R2547K

K

+165

T2

7

XI

9 k H

3 =

1/2 8AW8A1

0 0 3 \-VID OUT115V

1 5.11V4

I: 1 150VI( '005

R22_ 120V 3.3K L14 143v

6

266V L7

2.5V

C4:0047

R20+I65VL2050

-3V7

X3330LLH

22K

8 EI-2 6K* 5UF

R6.8

300V = *VR4IC13 LI0 75K

470 143V CONTRI63.9K I8K

R8 WR I WR3- 1.2K 5.3K 275V

CI.022

400V

c X2

1.th

RI180K

V

A 0.T.

EP(I+275V

1

-0015 NS

I I Fivn 1

7[7 L1.75-3.25

+260V0-m 0

jrL3

19A8P4

30v

7

109V

30-6543-2 NI,2

FC)---73( 22K+I65V 390 0033.L20 I

LI2

411)3 1

220K 1.2MEG

MEG

L_.

-8V

VI1/2 6EA8

NI9

8 22V

R9 RIO18K 3.6K

+165VL20

VRI250KBRT

R41220K

+275V

3

)1C44

- 1205KV

1704DA M8 R

V8 0L24

275V

L30 vR8* X12 .,

/ 0228v WIDTH RFCIii6--I- C36 I5K1.018 +275V 1=- L37

- - -'9 V10D7 8CG7 ' I9ABP4

21V 12.5V I

5 4 5 1331 8 TUNERC3400151 1i

E35.n.

0201 JX PX

R45c. 4.7K Y1.3

E.-----N\A:/3 P301011

J8 P8 <

Y'

R44Y7 68K

C43600V -T ° 9

IG3GTHV RECT

21 7

R46

4.7K

2,6

411

1

1

16KV

VR33.4MEGHEIGHT

+400VL23

P9 Y6

R471802,

i<JI0 1 Y8

PIO

THERM-ISTOR

+400VR43 +33K -rE5-I

104 F=450V

+275V

PI 1

R48180 G.

Y4S

VERTYOKE

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, TELEVISON CHASSIS I2J27NOTE:

ITEMS IDENTIFIED BY AN ASTERISK (*) ARE NOTPART OF PERMA-CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY

117


PHILCO Chassis 12J27 Series, Service Information, Continued

AIBICIDIEIF 1 6 1 H 1 4 1 KILIPAINIolpiw I s 1

-I- II.

VRIBRIGHTVERT

VR2a NOR

LIN NOR

VR3HOLD & VERTCENT VERT

HEIGHT &HOLD VR5

WIDTH

MO

VR4ON -OFFVOL CONTCONTRAST

CONTRA.MAINE

IIIIia T

...0 HO .LD e. 0 1:111 NOLO

in4 /ilikir2

VERT L '-- OR CENT 1\ - ART /ilk_I0 SCGOA VOT WR5 v-' t).41 " OFF -ON

3MIX OSC

.,c...1,.....

_.5

i F- ".I^VHF TUNER-I R4t

II

435.5 (VHF ONLY)

RESISTANC CHART

5E50 (VHF - UHF ) TUBE PIN NO'S-. RF AMPL1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

VI Sync Sep.5 6EA8 Sound I -F 40K)) 51t 10KS/ Fil. Fil. 10K)) 150)) 3K)) 2.4M

- V24CS6 Sound Det. 5S) 470)2 Fil. Fil. 400K 20K11 4708

6

NOTEC3I, C39 AND.2 voRED I.

V3111E8

Audio Oct.and Gate 14K11 35S/ 220K Fil. Fil. 1501) 1005) 15KR 15K11.RLY--L

IMF CHASSISO V4

8AW8AVideo andNoise Inv. 1.4 Mfg 45K1I Fil. Fil. 3.9K 50KS) 20K11

7

LEGEND FOR PERNA -CIRCUIT PANELS

..... V54E.I7

2ndV.I.F. 100SI .21) 100S/ Fil. Fil. 1/K11 11KS).

HORIZONTAL CIRCUITS . VIDEO IF CIRCUITS. ...

V64EH7

1st.V.I.F. 2751 75K1) 27S1 Fil. Fil. 14Kii 30K1/

V8SOUND IF DETECTOR

VERTICAL CIRCUITS I7D4 Damper 14K)) 1101a2 94. F)).8 AND AMC CIRCUITS . V9 Vert. Osc.

13FD7 Vert. ON. 14KS/ 1.30111 Fil. Fil. 2.8MR 400K)) 5501)_°MM.. SYNC SEPARATOR AND VIO

ri.:43 9'..1 VIDEO AND AGC CIRCUITS NOISE INVERTER CIRCUITS 8CG7 Hor. Osc. 25K)) 1.3M11 1K)) Fil. Fil. 50KS1 70K)) 1K1/

V1117D06B Hor. Out. Fil. 25K)) 700K)) Fil.

ioGxo

I I

12

_ .

13

' i1,41

.

C3

.4380V----75VRep En . -N,i

.--.

165V I43Vter 285V

CI in thi,

C.2

I43V77.5

L

115

...0/11

411IS

0

%

o o I-14

__. _..1.,....10 CZ. 0, #, 3

_, is\--------.... 3AF4AOSC

2 , 17 t."D.Z

43 . tz.iw, j'i

15

-16

UHFTUNER

IF PROVIDED

Ces ,.o432

3" 3'

11

, 21(..

00, 13

oil [x(32'''

0 I

30

c53

3 v3 IPtilill, cx, . ,30''

3r., /,,

3, F.RIO Lio330 Pr/

c,,

..4 ''- (3.

-V6 V5 V4

V913FD7

20 Vii W17 4E

1STH7 EJ7

/ 2NDVIF 0 /8AWBA

VIF VIDEO B NI9 8

VERT OSCVERT OUT VIO VII

RCGT VA 170068OSC I 704 NOR OUTNORDAMPER- ./ ". _

(8412

SiO

411C21 929 Au

11.G. IO) .14 -1 R" Hczo a-,?. - -C803-R2s 'il I.A. C19.n

L20 GIO

RAN

j_...."' -=-4 "410P

DEFL PW ASSY (SHOWN ABOVE)= mil, tit19/CIAT

4('', r' -I .5 )- 71'44

^ 4110- IP VC ellCV- LT;,, `1G 5H . t-

123 PIGP2I '''' . 7 " Lo 45PIG

x

CV -- 2,

20 ' r--,.9 LI _.)-. o o , NI(2, .. .3

/ CIO

.20 C9

414) T5

c,,"L9 =, T

r,:-_:. _

21

CA .13

> ...'Op

3Ril-=-

C.= 7 ." . 's... 0 C7 -sit-7, '-c -...- ,,,L5

CY w.i .I-22

VS V2 VI VIZIIJE8 4C56 SEAR 103

AUG OUT SOUND DET SS & 5 I F NV RECTII GATE

COMPONENT PLACEMENT, I 2J27 CHASSIS

118

A


PHILCO Chassis 12J27 Series,B I

V64EH7

1ST V1F

VC4 VC3

(13)

X9

CIA, IcaR20

T Cl2RI9 2.4

ow

LIT

RioC4

G2

-1 R4

-SV10.V.1

V3I IJE8

AUDIO OUTAND GATE

L 22// J23R3I

STLL28ir27

17.5V

SYMBOL LOCATION

A.L.A.O.T. B 12CI H 22C2 E 22C3 C 22C4 B 21C5 F 21C6 D 21C7 C 21C8 C 21C9 E 21CIO E20C11 F 20C12 C 20CI3 J 20CI4 G 19C15 E 19CI6 9 20CI7 B 19CI8 H 19CI9 H 19C20 E. 18

C2I E 19

R23 ye112 RI7

4,5V

cm

4CvS266DISC

U

VERT OSCVERT OUT

C22C23C24C25C26C27C27AC28C29C30C3IC32C33C34C35C36

C38C39C40C42C43C44DID2

C2

V54EJ7

2ND V1F

L110 6150

2P 3

9R2

F i G

55V

H RII

WR1

Service Information, Continued

4 3

54#2To

19

C18

x7

4 R25

LIR,T

V4SAVA

VIDEO 8 SSI NV.

V V9V L14

00 "i R22p1106I3

919

55V eV --Otte j-3 12 I

4 T

1-12r62

iT91

l*R3

fra3

RS

VI6E48

S1F

VIFS PERMA CIRCUIT PANELI 0 I P 1 0

C90V

D2tZ; X12

L24

932C/711

XR39

4,zc3V +'5

3938

6108C67

HOR OSC

L30

k35

ie374L

DEFLECTION PERMA-CIRCUIT PANEL

D 19G 18F 18E 18M 140 15Q 15K 15L 15N 15P 15K 16M 16N 16Q 16S 16

N4N 2K 21K 10G 10

H 19D 14

D3D4ElE2E3ElFC

NIN2N31414

N5RIR2R3R4

125

R6R7R8R9RIORIIR12

N 3N 2M II

.1 IID IIP4R 3

H 21M 140 140 16A IIH 22D 22B 22B 22J 21

J 21H 21G 21G 22G 21F 21E 21

N.V.PULSE

VII170068

HOR OUT

PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS

Terminal Lug Identification VIFS PanelLug IdentificationLI 275V B+ leadL2 Lead to center lug of brightness control,

VR1L3 Video output to CRT cathode, pin 7

gTh 14 260V B+ leadMir L5 Shielded lead to top of volume control

VR4L6 Tuner AGC leadL7 Blue lead of A.O.T. to audio output plateL8 Shielded lead from arm of volume control

VR4L9 Filament lead to L25 of sweep panelLIO Lead to contrast control VR4, lug 3L11 Test point for sound detectorL12 Gate pulse from H.O.T.L13 I -F A.G.C.L14 Lead to lug 2 of VR4, the contrast controlL15 Video output from video 2nd detectorL16 Test Point: Grid of second I -FLI 7 I -F input link from tunerL18 Filament input from L26 of deflection

panelL19 Sync output to L22 of sweep panelL20 165V B+ leadL21 150V B+ lead

Terminal Lug Identification Deflection Panel

Deflection PanelL22 Sync input from VIFS panel L19L23 Lead to top of height control VR3L24 Lead from damper cathode to H.O.T.

terminal #3 and pin 2 on yokeL25 Filament lead to V9 13DF7 pin 4 from L9

of VIFS panelL26 Filament lead from V8 1704 pin 7 to

VIFS panel 118L27 Lead to top of vertical hold control VR3L28 Vertical output cathode, lead to Cl by-

pass electrolyticL29 Vertical output plate, blue lead to V.O.T.L30 Lead to center tap of width control VR5L31 Lead to center tap of vertical linearity

control VR1L32 Vertical output bias, lead to VIFS panel L2L33 Filament lead from pin 4 of V10-8CG7

to CRT pin 1L34 Shielded lead to horizontal hold center-

ing control VR2L35 Filament lead from surge resistor to VII

17DQ6B418 L36 De -coupled 8+, 260V

L37 275V B+L38 Lead from top of width control VR5

ye1704

DAMPER

SYMBOL LOCATION

RI3 C 21

RI4 B 21

RI5 E21Rl6 J20RI7 E 20

R18 C 20R19 B20R20 A 20

R21R22R23R24R25R26R27R28R29R30R3IR32R33R34

A 20J 20B 20F 19J ItG 18F 18E 18D 18E. 18

L 14P 15N 15Q 15

G131,)

L2.6

R35R36R37R38R39R40R4IR42R43R44

TIT2T3T4T5T6V.O.T.VCIVC2VC3VC4VRIVR2

L 15M 16M 160 16M 16P 16K 3P4J IIH IID 22

21

F 21G 19E 19P 16F3C 18C 18C 20C 20H 2K2

VR3VR4VR5WRIWR2WR)WR4WR5WR6WR6WR7XIX2X3X4X5X6X7X8X9X10XIIX12X13

M 2Q3P

F 22E 22K 21S IS

3

Q3Q3

II21

J 21.1 20

G 20C 19B 19H 19C 19B 18B 18H 18R 14R IS

119

VOLUME TV -19, MC3T -OFTEN-NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PHILCO Chassis 12J27 Series,

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT

AM ALIGNMENT

CONTRAST CONTROL: set for maximum.CHANNEL SELECTOR: set tuner to channel 4 posi-

tion.SIGNAL INJECTION: to tuner feed-thru capacitor in

mixer grid circuit.BIAS: -8 volts to L13 on VIFS panel.SCOPE: connect to L15 on VIFS panel, video detector

output.

OUTPUT LEVEL: not to exceed 1.0 volt peak to peakduring pole and sweep alignment. Not less than .2volt peak to peak as null, during trap alignment,is approached.

1. Adjust tuner pole, TIT for maximum at 42.9mc.This is a temporary setting for trap alignment.

2. Adjust trap VC3 for minimum at 41.25mc.*3. Adjust traps VC2 and VC4 for minimum at

47.25mc.*4. Repeat steps 2 and 3. Bias may be reduced as trap

minimum is approached.5. Adjust tuner pole, TIT (tuner) for maximum at

42.9mc.6. Adjust VCI for maximum at 45.5mc.7. Adjust T5 for maximum at 44.3mc.8. Adjust T4 (top) for maximum at 45.0mc.9. Adjust T4 (bottom) for maximum at 42.7mc.

10. Repeat step 8 only.

*These traps are sharp. During adjustment, the gen-erator output frequency may change with generatorsetting. This may be compensated for at the gen-erator.

Alignment Information, Continued

SWEEP ALIGNMENT

SIGNAL INJECTION: to antenna terminals throughmatching network (generator to 300 ohms).

CHANNEL SELECTOR, BIAS, SCOPE and OUT-PUT LEVEL: Same as AM alignment.

R. F IN MC

100

80

240

wa

60

20

0

01

) 53

1.0

UX0to ulW(1)

I.F IN MC 8. 8cr

008(csi98.

I fE3 8 gi8

Q*

00sr

0r -

FIGURE 1-1 OVERALL R.F., I.F. RESPONSECURVE, CHANNEL 4

I . Inject 65.75mc, AM, 30% modulated signal, intoantenna adjust fine tuning control for minimumoutput. Do not disturb fine tuning during balanceof I -F adjustment.

2. Inject channel 4 sweep signal (69mc with 6mcsweep width) into antenna. If necessary, adjust thefollowing poles to bring the curve within limits.Refer to Fig. ( I -I )

a. VC I , to set carrier level.b. TIT on tuner, to adjust 42.5mc (sound side)

slope.c. T5, adjust for flat response curve.d. Detune T5, to set knee on sound side 20%

lower than knee on carrier side.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Inject 4.5mc AM signal into LI5 or use stationsignal.

2. Connect 4.5mc detector Fig. 1-2 to L3 (pin 7 ofCRT).

NOTE: Preliminary padding of 4.5mc test de-tector connect detector to an accurate sourceof 4.5mc signal and pad core of transformerfor maximum dc output voltage.

NOTE: When using generator calibrate by zerobeating with sound I -F developed from stationsignal.

3. Connect 20,000 ohms 'voltmeter, set to 2.5 voltrange, to detector output.

4. Turn contrast control fully clockwise (to maximum).5. Adjust 4.5mc trap (T2 bottom) for minimum in-

dication.SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT

NOTE: The sound I -F alignment is based upon aproperly aligned video I -F strip.

1. With a strong signal (antenna connected) adjustthe quadrature coil, T1, for maximum sound.

2. Remove short from sound test point LI I and addparallel combination 15K resistor and 150 mmfcapacitor to ground.

3. First rotate fine tuner into maximum smear ( maxi-mum counter -clockwise) to reduce signal. AdjustT2, (top) sound takeoff coil and sound interstagetransformer, T3, both coils for maximum negativedc at L11.

4. Retouch quadrature coil for maximum sound.NOTE: Misadjustment of the sound takeoff, T2

(top) and the sound interstage, T3, will causeeither weak sound or an excessively high noiselevel, or both.

1.2 MMF TI1960 4.7K

PART NUMBERS

CI

C2

30-1221-21

PART OF TICI AL RIC3RI

901238-566-2478540

INPUTC2 C3

Ti2n,OUTPUT

TOMETER

TI

XTAL32-444934-8022-2

4.5MC DETECTOR PROBE

FIGURE 1-2 4.5MC DETECTOR PROBE CIRCUIT

120


PH I L.00 1962 "K" -LINE TELEVISION12N50 SERIES

MODEL CHASSIS CROSS REFERENCE

MODELCHASSISFOR VHFMODELS

CHASSISFOR UHFMODELS

14 POSITIONVHF TUNER

1 3 POSITIONVHF/UHF

TUNER

ALL CHANNELUHF TUNER

CRT TYPE

K3 7 20CB 12N51 76-12380-1 19BLP4(TT -140)

UK 3 720CB 12N51U 76-12381-1 76-12343-2 19BLP4ITT -144) (TT -132)

K3 72 2 BE 12N51 76-12380-1 19BLP4(TT -140)

UK3 72 2BE 12N51U 76-12381-1 76-12343-2 19BLP4(TT -144) (TT -132)

K3 72 2CG 12N51 76-12380-1 19BLP4ITT- I 40)

UK3 72 2CG 12N51U 76-12381-1 76-12343-2 19BLP4(TT -144) (TT -132)

K3 724 GD 12N51 76-123b0-1 19BLP4(TT -140)

K3 724 SI 12N51 76-12380-1 19BLP4(TT -140)

K3 724 WA 12N51 76-12380-1 19BLP4(TT -140)

NOTES: Cabinet Colors - BE Beige, CB Charcoal Blue, CG

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL, MODELS3720, 3722 AND 3 724

1. Remove chassis.2. Remove 14" bolt at top center of CRT mounting ring.3. Pull mounting ring open.4. Remove CRT.

CLEANING SAFETY GLASSCAUTION: WHEN CLEANING SAFETYCLASS ALWAYS USE A SOFT CLOTHWITH SOAP AND WARM WATER.

1 2N 51 NOISE CONTROL SETUP (VR2)The "Noise Control", VR2, adjusts the bias of the noise

inverter stage for optimum performance at all signal levels.The procedure for adjustment is as follows:

1. Adjustments to be made with weak signal. If neces-sary, disconnect antenna from set to obtain weaksignal.

2. Shunt the noise control with an 18,000 ohm resistor.3. Adjust the fine tuning control until slight sound beat

appears in picture.4. Adjust the noise control until the picture appears

watery. This condition is due to the noise inverterstage passing some inverted sync signal.

5. Back off the noise control slightly until picture issteady. Then remove the 18,000 ohm resistor.

- Coral Green, GD - Gold, SI = Silver, WA = Walnut.

CHECKING THE HORIZONTAL PHASE COM-PARER SELENIUM DIODE (D1 ON V.O.S. PANEL)

When servicing television receivers where the dual sel-enium diode phase comparer is suspected, a fast andefficient method of checking them is this:

A 20,000 ohm/volt meter is employed. On the 10Kscale the forward resistance (meter connected in thesame polarity as the diode) should be a maximum of6000 ohms. The ratio of the forward resistances of thetwo diodes should be less than 2 to 1. On the 100Kscale the back resistance ( meter connected in reversepolarity to the diode) should be a minimum of 2 meg-ohms.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTAllow set to warm up. Tune in a picture.1. Short out the horizontal ringing coil, T6, by placing

a jumper across C33, place jumper between lugsL37 and L40.

2. Set the horizontal hold control, VR6, to the centerof its range.

3. Adjust the horizontal hold centering control, VR1B,to set the oscillator to the correct horizontal linefrequency (to stop the picture; it will not be stable).

4. Remove the shorting jumper from across C33 andadjust the ringing coil T6 core for stable picture sync.

121

IFIN


PHILCO Chassis 12N51, 12N51U, ServiceVC4

4025 MC 4l X75 N^._TRAP TRAP

VC2 VCI47.25MC 41.25MC

TRAP TRAP

FIL v3 T31ST VIF

V22ND VIE

+150V

Video IF Perma-Circuit Panel - Top View

VIF PANELLI Lead to L46 VOS PanelL2 Lead to L32 VOS PanelL3 Lead to L51L4 I -F OutputL5 Lead to Electrolytic

Capacitor E2-2L6 B+ 140 voltsL7 Lead to L92 VOS PanelVOS PANELL8 Lead to grid of CRT, pin 6L9 Lead to A.O.T.L10 Lead to A.O.T.L11 Lead to Electrolytic

Capacitor E I -3L12 Lead to VR5, vertical hold

VII61378

AGC GATE

V964E8-55

VIDEO OUT

013iD-217O

NA)LW/

L41

GATE

TUNER

AGCL48

L99

PDXGAT E

L50+275

151F IL I 8

7

X I I

-V 78

OVER _14.5V

265V 500v 9V 6.7V

HORL:3 PULSE

L45043323a, E,5(1)..V.-L40

6

"T

c=31.45` Ti+275 ARM

6.722.5 L39

138

CONTARM

9

L35SYNC

BO

152

.6

U

950265

L46

2ND L420IF AGC

1=} 136V

i.L44

0V

170

GI6OR49

L53HOROUTO-52V

10GIBO

201 0 +260

)._C3 4

R48

NB

1=IL4IWIDTH

..L

VIII 0 2 6V 0 7

1 VERT

GRIP6

2 2

1;1111

,..

V12613E4

DAMPER

1_37HOR TP

C33

41113 2

2

8

VI360068

HORZ. OUT

VI3RD VIF 8VIDEO DET

Information, Continued

IF OUT

PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS-12N51-CHASSISLI3 Lead to P8, horizontal yokeL14 Lead to L43L15 Lead to VR9, volume controlL16 Lead to VR3, vertical

lin. controlL17 Lead to B1-9L18 Lead to Electrolytic

Capacitor E4-3L19 Lead to V.O.T., Lead to

P9 of vertical yokeL20 Lead to L53L21 Lead to VR9, volume controlL22 Blue lead to V.O.T.L23 Lead to L36L24 Lead to grid of CRT, pin 3L25 N/C

L33FIL 3

V76EA8

NI 8 SIF

L26 Lead to VR2, noise controlL27 Lead to G13L28 Lead to E4-3L29 Lead to L28, E4-3L30 Lead to VR7, brightness

controlL31 Lead to CRT cathode, pin 7L32 Lead to L2 I -F panelL33 Lead to B1-9L34 Lead to VR6, horizontal

hold controlL35 N/C, test pointL36 Lead to L23L37 N/C, test pointL38 Lead to E4-2, lead to

V118 contrast controlV5

6 FD7VERT OSCVERT OUT

ART AR

L32 L301 2

17+170

L3IOVIDOUT

XIS

-L

C30A

6 30

134

C2B

19

-r-7.7V

7- I271C25

R28

BC24

NOISEPOT

L26

--I R24 j---VERT

1

1111. L22 I

I42VOV

12V

9

0

6

6v

,ATHoDE 0,11VERT OUT

LIZ =GB

MEIN9 V

w.9.2V

L1611102ViEr

GIB

A

RZ6 N3

C29 -lc VERTl = co)90 'NT

3

9° 20SCR

q5; 1_19 L17 RI63

R20

OL24 101111 LI3

L 14

C= 21:337'V F1L 2 2

16

C23,CZ:k4.8V

R

2

CIS

SNDTP

L27

I hR34 C27

26

C3I 4 R51 30V

AWE L2C=450=3 4.450

4 62

PI PI

VIO VRIB VRIA6CG7 HORZ. HEIGHT

HOR Z. OSC CENT.

95

L25 II

5V

§,

C VOL22 TOP

L2I

R22

1.13

CRCRT

R15-I 1-

1_0 248LIB

+450

GilGI2O

V66CS6

SND. DISC.

Video -Oscillator -Sound Perma-Circuit Panel - Top

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT 12N51AM Alignment

1. Connect tuner to receiver.2. Remove 6BY8 gate tube.3. Apply 2VDC to tuner AGC bus. (L49) on V.O.S.

panel.4. Apply 10V to I -F AGC bus. (L42) on V.O.S. panel.5. Connect scope through 10K isolating resistor to I -F

output (L46) on V.O.S. panel.6. Apply AM signal to mixer grid through .001 capacitor.7. With AM signal, 400 cycles modulated, 30%, make

the following I -F trap and pole adjustments. Input

9

L.15 2100 CDVOL'ARM

CI4

248V 490

SCR

L9LIOAUAUDPLO

G9

V46805

AUDIO OUT

LEGEND FOR PERNA- CIRCUIT PANELS

HORIZONTAL CIRCUITS

SOUND IF DETECTORAND AUDIO CIRCUITS

VIDEO AND AGC CIRCUITS

VERTICAL CIRCUITS 4. '4,

1111111=MEMME111111111111M

SYNC SEPARATOR ANDNOISE INVERTER CIRCUITS

L39 Lead to E1-2L40 Lead to B4-7L41 Leadto VR4, width controlL42 Lead to L7 I -F panelL43 Lead to L14L44 Lead to E1-2L45 Lead to pin 3 of H.O.T.L46 Lead to LI I -F panelL47 Lead to pin 5 of H.O.T.L48 Lead to B4-4L49 Lead to P4 of H.O.T.L50 Lead to B+ 275 voltsL51 Lead to B1-9L52 Lead to pin I H.O.T.L53 Lead to L20

1 1-NEW-MATIC

I

lii,REMOTE

OFF -ONSW NEW-MATIC0 SETS ONLY

{ITCH CONNECTIONS

TO L48TUNER

AGC

+260V

41TUNER PWRCONNECTOR

THESE POINTS INLOW VOLTAGEPOWER SUPPLY

WR53.3( 3W

101( SW

2 6.3V

+260V

Viewlevel should keep signal out of overload.a. 41.25 mc.-null with VC3 (bias may be lowered).b. 47.25 mc.-null with VC2 and VC4 (bias may be

lowered).c. Repeat "b" to insure maximum rejection. Reduce

bias and increase signal level so that accurate nullmay be obtained.

d. 42.75 mc.-VCI and T2 for maximum.e. 45.0 mc.-T3 for maximum.f. 45.75 mc.-TIT (on tuner), for maximum.g. 44.3 mc.-adjust TI for maximum.h. Adjustment of all cores should be made from top

of coil downward.

122

SY

NC

VID

EO

IF P

AN

EL

50.4

053

X7

OR

-B

R -

RE

DH

VC

2V

C4

5-3

5-3

I -

SY

NC

SE

PV

91/

2 6,

1E8

L32

+17

0V

X4

OR

- B

LU

000

IF A

GC

TO

L42

--. 3

9022

0K

1ST

VIF

V3

68Z

6

2ND

VIE

V2

601(

6

,R

av-3

YE

L11

3624

65

(-10

0 1

+26

0V=

56K

22K

NO

ISE

INV

29

-7.7

VV

7I/2

6E

48

8R

387V

680

214

75K

LI2

39K

0W

t.9.

2 i8

.-

VR

5R

I4

e _

1/10

L D

C13 .10

1

+45

0V-4

\.VR

1A--

t3M

1.56

RI6

',AN

L28

HE

IGH

TIW

VR

3*1

320

180

RI9

VE

RT

L16

470

LIN

IW

58=

F -O

F 7

,4-:

.i.,T

,- -

- - -6

I814

-lel

00i

C33

4m

4 I-

I r

147

220

I 82K

150K

1.2

M7

WR

24.

7K10

18

VE

RT

OS

CV

51/

2 6F

D7

R12

220K

L NE

G G

AT

EP

ULS

E+

275V

6.0.

T. N

O.5

R57

3.3M IW

CLA

MP

VII

1/2

6E11

8

TU

NE

R A

GC

TO

JI,

PIN

I

641

HO

R R

ING

CO

IL10

K IW

1550

opo

16

1955

N.V

. C

34,0

L37

C33

390/

HH

_ 00

39+

26O

V2

HO

R O

SC

1

3 6.

7 V

T2

RE

D Ppi

IF A

GC

FR

OM

L7

3RD

VIF

VI

1/2

6HJ

8

PO

S G

AT

EP

ULS

EH

OT

. N0.

4

07L4

2L4

9

R55

R53

130K

5% =-

Tin

C35

47

000,

xp

33046

.0I3

837a

0,

VE

RT

OU

TV

538

V

1/2

6FD

7

6

TI

OR

AN

GE

AG

C, ?

AT

E7

9,1/

2 68

58

DE

TE

CT

OR

VI

1/2

6618

C37

.= 6

51 X12

270

11.H

L40

-39

01t -

178

8-

0033

-14.

5V 7

---5

2V5

VR

IB10

0KH

OR

C31

ILP

HIL

CO

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am -

Tel

evis

ion

Cha

ssis

12N

51 a

nd 1

2N5I

A

CE

NT

01

VO

S P

AN

EL

L31

IF

VR

6

HH

5:0L

RK

D

447

T10

039c

L

C32

14`

R43

1200

HO

R O

SC

VIO

6CG

7R

54C

3856

0K1-

.047

CIO

T5

X2

YE

L-Y

EL

CH

.8

_J

_13 ,

I63

3

VID

VS

OU

TI

C28

1/2

,6J3

::°7

:18

60.1

L31

000

-x

isoi

i9B

RIG

HT

Rat

Ht'a

2K, +170V

10 M

EG

I -W

1R

400

*-25

0KV

R733

1-

lox

3.3K

= -

R27

470

C22

0033 R

IB10

011

OU

AD

14R

3439

0K

C21 27

C30

1004

7

+17

0V

4V/ID

TH

VR

425

0K330

-C

ON

TR

AS

-T

WR

I10

0K

HO

R O

UT

V13

6006

8

-C20

1006

2

+27

5V

I

X13

_'00

5R

FC

L36

TO

L22

H V

RE

CT

V14

IG3G

T

J2 J3

2

+27

5V

P2

TO

L47

P

V.0

T.

Hi.

:17-

1r-

J6

AU

D O

UT

VO

6805

248V

VR

9V

OLU

ME

ME

G

4.0

TS

PK

R

R 1

71°

2E°'

F

*2W

6 17

- 68

0 03

11

LI4

4701

5151

R23

-330

1511

2201

515)

+27

5V

L02 4v

Go

11

2

OO

FP

RO

T C

IBET

4

19 B

L P

4O

R23

BN

P4

TO

L24

P6

2F

ILK <

;.)55

R57

A7K

TO

CR

TA

NO

DE

C43

- 13

5N1_

,T.F

0-8

21.1

.10

ON

23.

NO

R Y

OK

7-1

4

VA

R1S

TO

R 0

69J

3r

7TO

L49

JUM

PE

R

C24

INT

ER

LOC

K

120V

600

/

ON

-O

FF

SW

R58

2.2

ME

GP

T

TO

H V

RE

CT

PIN

2

VE

RT

YO

KE

7682

66D

K6

6HJ8

7 I

4T 3

'1'

I

4

X.

L353

= V

2 =

XI

=.

'800

' VI

C3

FIL

.001

'CH

OK

E

1ST

VIF

L17

4r4

5

X

6FD

11."

-

768

4V4

6CS

605

= V

6=

*26E

48/6

U87

L51I

V12

VI3

8p7.

20!

5p4

VII

5/11

VIO

/11

I,

==

= V

9

60E

4/60

068

6858

6CG

76J

E8

Lt:7

44

F I

YE

L 5A

nD

3--

4011

FC

IHY

YE

LR

ED

F2

BLK

426

WIR

EF

IL.

FU

SE

PIL

OT

LIG

HT

E2

-I

80µF W

R3

i232

2011

FE

2-4

2 7

AK

I2 0

11F

2W

6.35

E2-

2

E2-

3

2011

.FI

NO

TE

ITE

MS

IDE

NT

IFIE

D B

Y A

N A

ST

ER

ISK

WA

RE

NO

T P

AR

T O

FP

ER

MA

-CIR

CU

IT A

SS

EM

BLY

+27

5V

+26

0V

+17

05


PHILCO Chassis 12N51, 12N51U,

(Continued from page 122)

Sweep Alignment1. Repeat steps 1 to 5 inclusive in a.m. padding pro-

cedure.2. Inject R -F sweep at channel 4 (R -F response should

meet tuner specifications). Connect generator to an-tenna terminals.

3. Set detected sweep level at 3V, P to P, by adjustingR -F input level.

4. Adjust local oscillator for zero beat between R -F pixcarrier and 45.75 mc. I -F pix carrier.

5. Observe sweep response (Figure 1-1) and make thefollowing touch-up adjustments:a. 45.75 mc. position adjusted with T3.b. 42.5 mc. position adjusted with VC1 and T2. If

42.5 mc. is high, adjust with VC1. If 42.5 mc. islow, adjust with T2.

c. Tilt curve (balance top for equal peaks) with Ti.6. Don't make any adjustments with T1T.

100%

70 %

VALLEY

PIX CARRIER SOUND CARRIER

ALLOWABLE LIMIT OFTI LT30%

BANDWIDTH MUST NOT EXCEED 11 MC. ATTHE 70% POINT.

IDEALCURVE

Figure 1-1. Tuner Response CurveShowing Bandpass Limits

Picture Quality Adjustment1. Repeat steps 1 to 5 inclusive in a.m. padding pro-

cedure.2. Apply 45.5 mc. a.m. signal, 400 cycle, 30%, modulated

to mixer grid through .001 capacitor and make thefollowing adjustment, making sure signal does notoverload:a. Maximize with T1T (on tuner).

NOTE: Due to the broadness of themixer pole, it may be necessary to usea d.c. meter at the I -F output. Retuningthe mixer from 45.75 mc. to 45.5 mc.will represent approximately 34 turn ofT1T core downward.

3. Repeat steps 1 to 4 inclusive in sweep alignmentprocedure.

4. Observe sweep response at padding bias.5. Remove I -F and tuner bias (replace 6BY8 gate

tube) and observe sweep response. The detectorlevel is 1 volt, P to P.

6. Make no additional adjustments.

Alignment Information, Continued

4.5 mc. Trap Alignment1. Inject 4.5 mc. a.m. signal into L46 or use station ,

signal.2. Connect 4.5 mc. detector (see circuit Figure 1-2)

to L31 (pin 7 of CRT).

NOTE: Preliminary padding of 4.5 mc. testdetector.

Connect detector to an accurate source of 4.5 mc.signal and pad core of transformer for maximum d.c.output voltage.

NOTE: When using generator, calibrate by zerobeating with sound I -F developed from stationsignal.

3. Connect 20,000 ohms/volt meter, set to 2.5 voltrange, to detector output.

4. Turn contrast control fully clockwise (to maximum).5. Adjust 4.5 mc. trap (bottom core T7) for minimum

indication.13310 1103

0 30-00-31CC ANT CeC3 30-0511-3

r2:495.°STAL 34-6022-3

OG MnOUTPUT

ZVI

Figure 1-2. 4.5 mc. Detector Circuit

SOUND TAKE -OFF AND INTERSTAGEALIGNMENT

To align the circuits in T7 and T5 it is necessary to usethe sound test point L27 for output indication. This testpoint is grounded and no RC network is on the panel.

1. Remove the ground and add an RC network toground. The network consists of a 15K ohm resistorand a 150 AiLf capacitor in parallel.

2. Connect V.T.V.M. to RC network. A TV stationsignal may be used for alignment if the 4.5 mc.signal level can be reduced below the limiting level.This can be done by tuning the tuner local -oscillatorall the way into smear and turning down the con-trast. Reducing the antenna input until the picture isslightly snowy should also reduce the 4.5 mc. signallevel.

3. Adjust the upper core of T7 and both cores of T5for maximum meter reading. With 4.5 mc. level, setfor -3V meter reading, turn lower core of T5 clock-wise to drop meter reading to -2V. Turn upper coreof T5 counterclockwise to drop meter reading to-1V. This should be approximately 34 turn.

rIT

MIXER GRIDINJECTION

124

VOLUME TV -19, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION -

RCA VICTORMODEL AND CHASSIS REFERENCE

MODEL CABINET TUNER DEFLEC.CHASSIS MOUNTING TUNER KINESCOPETYPE TIONASSEMBLY

191-A-192 & 4 Portable KCS133A TMA18A KRK96N 114° 19AVP4

191 -A -192U & 4U Portable KCS133B TMA18BKRK96NKRK66AH114° 19AVP4

191 -AE -202 & 5191 -AE -208-& 9 Portable KCS133F TMA18C KRK98E 114° 19AVP4

191 -AE -202U & 5U KRK99E191 -AE -208U & 9U Portable KCS133H TMA18D KRK66AH 114° 19AVP4

*191-AER-204 Portable KCS133C TMA17A KRK102H 114° 19AVP4

The final numeral in the model number designates the cabinet finish, as follows: -2 -BLACK, 4 -IVORY (4 -GRAY for Model 191-AER-204only), 5 -VERMILION, 8 -BLUE and 9 -MAPLE. The suffix "U" in the model number identifies instruments with provision for UHF reception.° This model incorporates a KRTIB (2 Button) Remote Control Transmitter and a KRS24C Remote Control Amplifier.

ADDITIONAL MODELS WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

MODEL CHASSIS The width adjustment is L101 and is located at the top of thechassis, between the horizontal output tube and the high voltage

192 -A -094 -MV KCS133F compartment.192 -A -094 -MU KCS133H The width of the picture should be adjusted to fill the mask192 -A -098 -MV KCS133F with a line voltage of 108V. With normal voltage of 120V, the192 -A -098 -MU KCSI 3 3H picture should overscan the tube at each side by approximately192 -A -099 -MV KCS133F 3/4 inch. The adjustment should be made with the Brightness con -

192 -A -099 -MU KCSI 3 3H trol set at normal operating position.

VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS(Material on pages 125 through 1 3 2 ) Adjust the vertical size control R530 until the picture overscans

approximately 5/8" at both top and bottom. Adjust verical linearity

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT R147 until the test patern is symmetrical from top to bottom. Ad-justment of either control will require a readjustment of the other.

Centering is accomplished by means of two levers on the back Adjust centering to align the picture with the mask.of the yoke. By alternately rotating one magnet with respect to theother, then rotating both simultaneously around the neck of the AGC & SYNC STABILIZER CONTROL ADJUSTMENTStube, proper centering of the picture can be obtained.

Select the channel with the strongest signal and turn the fineDEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT tuning to obtain a 4.5 mc. beat, then back approximately 20° from

If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the the point where the beat occurs. Turn the horizontal hold controlpicture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is ob until the picture falls out of sync then back to where it just pullstained. Tighten the yoke clamp screw. into sync. Turn the AGC control R113 and the Sync Stabilizing con-

trol R515 fully counter -clockwise. Turn the vertical linearity control0 REMOVE ,z, sawn C) REMOVE SEVEN acne. HoLoona

to bring the top edge of the picture into view.NOLO!. FRONT NSW REAR COVER - POLL COVER TOTO CHASSIS - SLIDE Slowly advance the AGC control clockwise until a slight bendRE AR AND OISCONNECT ANTENNAOMSK OF f CHAS!./MEMO, 1:___M_:.1 appears at the top of the picture, then turn the control counter -

clockwise 45° from this point. Turn the Sync Stabilizing control._, clockwise to produce a slight bend at the top of the picture, then...

counter -clockwise 15° to 20° from this point. In high noise areas/ turn counter -clockwise 10° . from point of bend.

Readjust the horizontal hold and vertical linearity controls for/V ,.// ,

.1., )1/ correct setting.

® g=" 7179 r4Mla/. PAD FOR PAD FOR PAD FOR

ill I500 COAX. 0 720 COAX. 0 300A BAL.

nilINPUT

IMPMIIII =MA0 ,o_ogo.4:7cr WEAKER

47 A. 47.0Ban 9211.

ji-----

-....._

I 30.11

13011

13011.

130 11.

7a

aeon

4711

T7173 '1=70:1 300 11 LANs LA ANam( BALANCED BALANCED BALANCED

OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT

Figure 4-Chassis Removal and Safety Glass Cleaning Figure 7-Sweep Atienuator Pads

125


RCA Victor Chassis KCS - 133A, B, C, F, H, Alignment Information

PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER AND TRAP ADJUSTMENTSTEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS Ground the I -F AGC bus at terminal "N" of PW200.OSCILLOSCOPE Connect to 2nd Detector output at test point TP204. Set scope for 5v. p -p.SIGNAL GENERATOR Connect to mixer grid, at strap on SIB for KRK96, KRK97, KRK98 and KRK99 series tuners or

to test point TP2 for KRKIO2 series tuners, in series with 1500 mmf. capacitor. (See Figure 14or 16.)

SWEEP GENERATOR Connect to the grid of the 3rd picture I -F amplifier, pin 1 of V206, through hole in board.Use shortest leads possible. (See Figure 20.)

VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER . . Connect to 2nd Detector output at test point TP204. Use DC probe.

MISCELLANEOUS Refer to Figure 20 for adjustment locations.

STEPSWEEP

GENERATORSIGNAL

GENERATOR ADJUST REMARKS

1 Peak 2nd pix. I -Ftransformer

45.5 mc. T207 Peak T207 and T206 on fre-quency for max. output onmeter. Adjust generator for 3volts on meter when finallypeaked.2

Peak 1st pix. I -Ftransformer

43.0 mc. T206

3Adjust 3rd pix. I -F

transformer 40-50 mc. (I -F)41.25 mc.45.75 mc.

T208(top &

bottom cores)

Adjust for maximum with re -sponse shown in Figure 8.Use 5v. p -p on scope.

4 Adjust 47.25 mc. trap 47.25 mc. T205(bottom)

Adjust for minimum outputindication on meter.

5 Adjust 39.25 mc. trap 39.25 mc.T205(top)


6 Adjust 41.25 mc. trap 41.25 mc. T204(top)


TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:BIAS SUPPLYOSCILLOSCOPE

SWEEP GENERATOR

SIGNAL GENERATORVACUUM TUBE VOLTMETERMISCELLANEOUS

OF PICTURE I -F

on I -F AGC bus at "N" of PW200, and -3.5 volts to tuner AGC terminal.mf. capacitor in series with a 180 ohm resistor from TP202 to ground, with the

to TP202. Connect oscilloscope to the junction of the resistor and capac-probe. (See Figure 20.)

with 1500 mmf. to SIB (or TP2 on KRK102 series tuners) at mixer grid. Use(See Figure 14 or 16.)

to sweep output cable to provide markers.Detector output at test point TP204. Use DC probe.14, 16 and 20 for adjustment locations.

SWEEP ALIGNMENT

Set for 0.0 voltsConnect a .001capacitor connecteditor, using diodeConnect in seriesshortest leads possible.Couple loosely

. Connect to 2ndRefer to Figures

STEPSWEEP

GENERATORSIGNAL

GENERATOR ADJUST REMARKS

Set channel selector to channel 4.

7 Adjust mixer platecoil 40 - 50 mc. (I -F) 42.5 mc.

45.75 mc.

L11-KRK98 & 102L17-KRK99L50-KRK96L51-KRK97

Sweep output set for 0.5 v.P -P on scope. Adjust for max.gain and response "A" in Fig -ure 9. Max. allow. tilt 20%.

8Adjust I -F 40 - 50 mc. (I -F) 42.5 mc.

45.75 mc.T204(bottom)

Repeat step 4 above, if necessary, for minimum output at 47. 25 mc. Remove 180 ohm, .001 capacitor and scope from TP202.RepeatConnect scope to test point TP204, using direct probe. Set bias supply for -6 volts at terminal "N" of PW200.

9Retouch I -F

transformers 40 - 50 mc. (I -F)42.5 mc.45.0 mc.

4535 mc.

T208T207T206

Adjust for response "B" in Fig-ure 9. Use 5 v. P -P on scope.

Remove sweep from mixer grid. Couple signal generator to m ixer, in series with pad shown in Figure 5. Set generator to45.75 mc. and adjust output for exactly one and one-half ( 11/2 ) volts on the "VoltOhmyst". Remove the pad and connectgenerator direct to mixer grid. Do not change generator output in step 10.

1 0Set 41.25 mc.attenuation 41.25 mc. T206 &

T208Adjust for 1.2 to 1.5 volts on

VTVM with response "B".-11

Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals using pad shown in Figure 7.

Check overall Chans. 13 to 2 42.5 mc., 45.0 mc.45.75 mc.

T207 &T208

Retouch slightly to correct over.all tilt. Maintain response "B".

126


RCA Victor Chassis KCS-133A, etc., Alignment Information, Continued

SOUND I -F, SOUND DETECTOR AND 4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENTTEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS SUPPLY Apply -10 volts to the I -F AGC bus at terminal "N" on PW200.OSCILLOSCOPE Connect across speaker voice coil.SIGNAL GENERATOR Connect to test point TP204 on PW200.VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER.. Connect to output of diode detector shown in Figure 11. Set meter for negative voltage

readings.MISCELLANEOUS Connect test diode detector, see Figure 11, to pin 7 of V202. Refer to Figure 20 for adjustment

locations.

STEP SIGNALGENERATOR I ADJUST 1 REMARKS

Set contrast control maximum clockwise.

12Adjust Driver

Transformer Primaryand Secondary

4.5 mc. T202 (topm)& bottom)

Adjust T202 top & bottom for maximum onmeter. Set generator for 1.0 to 1.5 volts whenpeaked. Peak cores at open end of coils.

13Adjust SoundTake -Off Trans. 4.5 mc. T201

Adjust T201 for maximum negative DC onmeter. Set generator for 1.0 to 1.5 volts onmeter.

14 Disconnect the diode testcontrol for normal vo

detector. Turn off signume (approx. 1/4 turn from

generator and tunec.c.w.). Turn core

in strongest signal in area adjusting volumeof T203 flush with top of coil form.

15 Adjust SoundDetector Trawl.

I Observing oscilloscopeContinue clockwise to

and listening tosecond louder

audio output adjust T203 clockwise to a peak.peak and adjust for maximum on this peak.

Move the oscilloscope to the kinescope cathode. Use the diode probe. Set the contrast control to maximum clockwise position.

16 Adjust 4.5 mc. trap 4.5 mc., A -M Mod.,400 Cycles T209 Adjust for minimum 400 cycle indication on

oscilloscope.Alternate Method Using Generators With F -M Modulation Provided.

12 Same as step 12 above. Modulate 4.5 mc. signal with F -M 900 cycle signal with 71/2 kc. deviation.

13 Same as step 13 above. Modulate 4.5 mc. signal with F -M 400 cycle signal with 71/4 kc. deviation.

14 Adjust SoundDetector Trans.

4.5 mc., 400 cycycleF-MMod., 71/2 kc. Dev. T203

Adjust T203 for max. 400- output on scopeusing max. amplitude peak. Set volume con -trol for .70 v. p -p on scope when peaked. Seeresponse in Figure 10.

15Retouch Driver and

Sound Take -Off. Trans.for breakout

4.5 mc., 400 cycleF -M Mod., 71/2 kc. Dev.

T201 &T202

Decrease input to minimum usable signal. Re -touch T201 & T202 fors ymmetrical breakoutResponse in Figure 10.

Move the oscilloscope to the kinescope cathode. Use the diode probe. Set the contrast control to maximum clockwise position.

16 Adjust 4.5 mc. trap Same as step 16 above. Adjust for minimum 400 cycle indication on oscilloscope.

I.25 MC95% MAX95% MIN

45.75 MC25%

Figure 8-T208 3rd Fix I -F Response Figure 10 --Sound Detector Response

5.75 MC 45.021CXTAL 560575%4I0% 50% TO PIN 742.5 MC - 5% OF V20270% ±I5%

42.5MC40% 45.75MC

55%

0+ ATTERM. 0

.001

5605 10K

I

TOVTVM

.001

Figure 9-Mixer Plate and Overall 1-F Response Figure 1I-Sound Diode Detector

127

COCo

Uaa

cn

1+7cnOO

a.


RCA

109708GEARS(Intl0 000

Victor Chassis KCS-133A,109707 109708SHAFT a GEARS.GE (ux1. Reo00

etc., Service109707 109708SHAFT a GEARSGEAR G brnyl

1

II

eek4.1

Information,

109707 109708SHAFT IR GEARSGEAR (..c ..

,

Continued

109707SHAFT a

I GEAR

MIXER GRIDTEST POINT

L MIXER GRIDIN TEST POINT

MIXER GRIDTEST POINT(aperture in

1111 MIXER GRIDNM TEST POINT

(aperture In (aperture in(aperture In side of tuner)

.

side of tuner )

.047 MF PAPER

±(C°1;6ors'

2 REA.OSC/MINER

0 \

side of tuner)

/7,' LSO

MIXER1 PLATE

',----COIL

r2 GEAS

BY

OSC/MIXER

Ì,

side of tuner)

'MIXER

I I MIXER--PLATE

V2 6E A8 04.

a

OSC/ RIPER 00 0 0

FR__

LIIMIXERPLATE

ir2 REA

a

osci4ERp

9 °[

r6 I II

LIT

I120 OHMS±10%,1 M.

(RI050)

F5.

0 AC

VI RENS

n' A..' .033 MF PAPER20%. 200V

047 MF PAPER I. COS, 600 V.M050

820 OHMS+ 20%,1W

(I0050)

.f., pFIL.

© VI &HS AGCR -F AMP. 0

I COIL

033MF PAPER+ 20%, 200 V.

(CI052 )

MMO

©VI 60EA AGC

L_. R -F AMP 0

COIL

.053 ME PAPER± 20%,200 V.(0052)

.047MF PAPER

e 0FIL

VI 601/4,_, Amp AG

..0

10-41MCOIL

e-----'033 Mr PAPER!COS, 200 V.

047 MF. PAPER± 2% 600 V.

±20%,600 V.WO5M.'-y, .VTr(CI050)

107.29 KR1(96ND VHF TUNER ASSEMBLY109629 0009711 VHF TUNER ASSEMBLY 109720 KR1,98E VHF TUNER ASSEMBLY 109724AS (08099E USED AS REPLACEMENT)

TMAI8A TMAI8B fMAI8C

KR899E VHF TUNER

TMA 18D

ASSEMBLY

Figure 16-TMA18A, B, C & D Tuner Mounting Assemblies

- IN " I 4' i in I

to

:'V.W 0" -F--1- 0NON 0 0 ,.# 0 0 02 NM O.>w .. w.

O r-----=-'.---*---1 FO,a -,;-,

_I tO '' , X

o ,<"'n

NW>Cr ,.0

,

i 0 CI

(A_

8 5-;_ . a

.

,,,

1( -n1

no N.

.0 ........,

2 I( *

-I II 2 , II

, 6, -

' .1nv

0.0 ,UFO

,t41,

-/

tG

. .,,,-

,r.-.

c-,,,, a . ... ,,,,,

,s,Si

00,

I0en

r, -r42`,1NI:::

a'

i II ,-o .

0 n T->ICI

Z'

._

. 10r."

.'_' .

___-__.-,

,s,7 {-5- . 0,,, 0

0',..)

P.,

. ,.01 li If...i

^. 121 01fu' -

i 0 ,C-

rn ,r,0 0 '. r li,

1

4- rqCC

te, g

H

1- e-5

I I

, I

1 ,...1I

'4,

,,-, e

01 ED> ,L)

0 ..)Na.

i.. 01-,-1

III ,

`....1---

.:rij

NaoNctr >40

,1 0pl 0 /, cm iI I.- i

..)0

* NO,.0 "/

I

' -1VM

034 I

CO

" II co o,U..i I

u0 . .

iv-

,

2, NurZ ,-7----"N7-..Z 1111111" .,...

k / -

al 0o

V'u ,

..- /Ti -mla,

1-_....

(121 CI.... --------- ... / gj \ t N '' . o

:.-.:- %.*,-1.t..

Usi EB .0 c)

/- Fm-r-M r._ CO,....,

T 0, - , W m3 NWTOCCI...... M

/MX

--/

CC H YO

(TC' EPH N / ,C) V ,0M

CC

::.

-

I--Z

R% 0 0

...,"...I_l 0 ="' X

4'

PI

....:(

Y ..a'

0rr,

. . w . .,,, . ..,. ' ,,-

.,-. 0. ,,

,., . .-,,J,,

...

..... - - ,, _. LL -1

-I

K) v. in wI

0, :-4._

i-.

ngZpc:A

K, -a ,8 oo

.000NN..-IN-INVMUINWOM-,DMOHHHHLO10U1.. NUINV ID MUIX0.0VVO M VVN0INNMLOOMNT100WHENH.W.IIIIIIMHB I.O.VMH-Iv4C0HFWM................ ()MOM 0 0000.10 0 MOU<M0000000.1.1.1M4C0.1¢<0.1.100 MOM00000.1 c

. . ..

. ............: : : :

c: : : ........

Yrta..000 - N .;,-

NmicsiN 0 _,,,,,,,,,, o mWmNr1.10.,NW,WOMmtkO,DMM,O,WM0,,N ..,,,,..1L0k0,.00 0j0000 NNNNNNPIMMMMM. ECMEZEC 000000 N 000 NNNNNMMMMffIc,-,,-,1-04.10i0M 000000000 0_NNNNMNN,INNNNNNNNImN,ImNNmNN ..0........ NN1,11,1NN 0 NNN,INN(NN,ImNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN cs,INNN4rn (,)

0000000000000000000000000000 0000 0 -1-1-1.J_I-1 11 MCCMGCCECCMCCWIXMCCMCCXXLCMCGMCCXXXXMIX 1-1-1-1-1-1-1_ .

. .

128

PW50

0 SE

CU

RIT

Y S

EA

LE

D C

IRC

UIT

ASS

EM

BL

Y

\:

\.s 1 GA

tt

R53

C51

5

PC

-50

2

A

oN50

3,

6 E

M? 04

R52

3

v502

-..4

,irA

dabA

Y.6

-

B

/ R52

9

0 05

25 0

Ni,

6.1

R54

4

C52

4

IR

521

LJ

4IV

C

0529

4

go

1TP

502

R51

0 c521

Fig

ure

19-P

W50

0 S

eale

d C

ircui

t Def

lect

ion

Ass

embl

yC

ompo

site

Dia

gram

Figu

res

18 a

nd 1

9 ar

e di

agra

mm

atic

vie

ws

of th

e ci

r-cu

its s

how

ing

the

prin

ted

wir

ing

in a

-ph

anto

m"'

vie

wsu

peri

mpo

sed

on th

e co

mpo

nent

layo

ut. T

hese

pre

sent

a-tio

ns p

rovi

de f

or r

apid

cir

cuit

trac

ing

whi

le r

efer

ring

to o

nly

the

com

pone

nt s

ide

of th

e as

sem

blie

s.

2 5

PW50

0C

OM

PON

EN

TL

OC

AT

ION

GU

IDE

C50

1C

lC

502

D1

C50

4A

4C

505

A4

C50

6B

4C

508

B3

C50

9C

lC

510

BI

C51

1B

3C

512

Al

C51

4B

1C

515

A2

C51

6C

3C

517

C3

C51

8D

3C

5I9

C3

C52

0D

3C

521

D3

C52

2D

4C

523

C5

C52

4C

4C

525

C3

C52

605

C52

9C

4

L501

C5

PC

501

84P

C50

2A

3P

C50

3A

l

R50

2C

IR

504

D2

R50

6D

2R

507

02R

508

D2

R50

9D

2R

510

DI

R51

1C

lR

514

A4

R51

6A

4R

517

A5

R51

8A

5R

521

B4

R52

2B

4R

523

B3

R52

5B

4R

528

131

R52

9C

3R

531

A3

R53

2A

2R

533

C2

R53

5A

lR

536

Al

R53

7C

3R

538

D3

R53

9D

3R

540

D4

R54

1D

4R

542

C4

R54

3C

4R

544

C4

R54

505

R54

6C

3R

547

B3

R54

8C

3R

549

A3

R55

5C

l

SR

501

D3

The

coo

rdin

ate

lette

rs a

nd n

umbe

rs, s

how

n at

the

side

s of

the

asse

mbl

y vi

ews,

are

pro

vide

d fo

r ra

pid

loca

tion

of c

ompo

nent

s. R

efer

ence

to th

e lo

catio

n gu

ide

will

sho

w th

e lo

catio

n of

any

giv

en c

ompo

nent

.


RCA Victor Chassis KCS -133B, C, F, Tuner Diagrams, ContinuedC23 C2527 27

L12.0.44MU -H

C 24127

L130.15MU- H

I 27

71 - ANT.MATCHING

TRANS.

TMA I7A- KRK 102 HL6 L7

Ta Z7 -- Gt St 7S 4

C720

1.

30

VI

6C W4F AMPL

2

$11L

At'C21

CB18-7

C947..L.

1.8 -7

C120.5-3

TP 2

. RS

v2 -A33 6C68A

MIXER

6 C280.751Mmr -

R4 3

7 LIO R7 C IS4700 18

2200

72 aI

L9 V2F T 013 6C G 8A

1000 OSCf

C14 27.23

3900

RG -220 K

C20 C19 C18 C17

LB1 VHFCHANNELS2-13

CIIL II

RIO4700

1

1000R9 I -F OUTPUT

39

VI V2

10 12 5 41000T1000 40 wooCHAN.

co

foN

NJNJ

hZh

iX 474uJZ

OAGC RI TPI a LIGHTR1051 3900 R105010 MEG. 5100

C1050,.A.A.,

C1052 - .0471.033

0+270 V.

feulZr

ce

x

VNT

Figure 12-KRK102H VHFTuner Schematic Diagram

for KCSI33C Chassis

TOANT

LOSLOG

L27L2

1.29

C IS0.5MMF

L47

1_48,L49

LSO 1LSI

LSZ'C2568

TMA I8C ASSEMBLYTI -ANT. VHF TUNERmxictint6 Cl C3TRANS. 27 27 KRK 98E

CI I 427 L2LI L3

51- DREAR

LI4LIS

LIGLI7LIB

L.19

LIZ

CFRONT L34

541L53

L23L22

1.21L70

RI1L4 476

c7"--711-AAA-71-..C1032 Arne27 6C W4 moo 1433

R -F AMPL2

C62-10 7- 6_

L7Hi. BANDCOUPLING

ADJ

42 3300

v2C2"2 - 6E A 8

OSC MIXER

RB5600AM

R21500

v2 VI

Lse.,or.T

C1050.047

RII39K

TOOKAlt

R12IBK

+270 V.

C23 - 021 -COOT Geo

L IIMIXER PLATE

COILA

R9L-9 1000

2 C17

R7151

NV' - C I22200 1-

M1000

FRONT AND REAR SECTIONSOF Si.. o C o VIEWED FROM

RONT HATN CONTR. SHAFTN. L.....E I. 00.2 POSITION

110002

Figure I5-KRK98E VHFTuner Circuit SchematicDiagram for KCSI33F

Chassis

JI

goy

U

4 °or 2w.

vooItrvO

2- U2

o 0

!Eu.

Flit

1----I F-Np5 g

ce tor

061 °3

130

6+20

35(

1 5

33X

CI2

871

01

S°1

5u11

U°E

rmO

T

6 10

3+1

0.22

OU

TP

UT

A.u

DI

O

019

2 V

.5L

uO

UT

PU

TA

uDO

TR

T20

1-7

- 64

.107

,4rE

78-

-.__

._-

El

i 1--

I,

R i0

2T

AK

E -

OF

FS

OU

ND

C20

54-

7.-L

C20

6 O

v5

I ME

GIi

-1C20

1T

RA

NS

3 r

- -;

II L _

13J

c2s4

R20

2

C20

2 +

0.4I

v,

39r

- -1

'-0

.2v

+

1I52

I30v

18_

-LI

1270

0C

247

+25

V2

C.2

0017

1-

L- -

- _

.1, >

C21

41 1

(211

11,

14,2

13..r

.12

01<

J.-

11.

,

4,-;

:3.=

1 -

1

VO

L-C

OM

TR

.I 0

.2

.55

C24

034

-1C

0604

R2.

3727

4001

0+3

;II i+

5+: :

::D

RE

Di 0

: 4c

i....

,._/

.

1 4

ICltz

-Fe.

1.1

8 Io

oK12

: 112

7IN

r -

- -

- -

1

5647

K2o

z .4

L _

_ J

27K

o020

60L7

LT_L

co_

21,j5

!

.047

I 47

0K22

00R

10

rr.

=,-

- -

1C

215

122,

2C

209

vI (

----

7-

C70

312

201

CP

RL -

- J

R20

6.0

1U

GI

CP

R=

-C17

Ift 2

0420

1

V20

16A

U6

SO

UN

DA

M P

L

1202

50U

31 D

DR

IVE

R T

R

V20

227

0v.

T20

36D

T6A

4F

t 103

SO

UD

ET

.417

2. - C

208

R20

9.0

0I56

0K+

270

V.

PM

SP

EA

KE

R.

AD

DIT

ION

AL

6PK

R.

5031

E U

NIT

S

T10

415

7 6.

41-

66R

10 T

R 4TRAP

0274

p10

--0-

-11

IL67

1(11

550

00A

.G.0

1

C21

710

I-C2

543

I

3, 3

312

05...

1.

1000

1r .'I

ota,

4,

C24

4104

:505

/214

IST

RA

P 1

0001

c.,g

3.

-_.t.

.P

W 2

00c;

;72

l'0.

2

C r

ats

070

2700

560 .0

C22

504

7

v204

6131

612

061S

T P

IK1S

T F

IX-F

I -F

Am

PL

PLA

TE

TR

V20

56G

M6

T20

726

0 P

IK2N

D P

1XI.F

AM

PL

I -F

TR

* +

Igv

T62

0212

1v.

242V

12

R2S

I

MO

1rr

- --

-17

4.13

/0

.470

0

1(03

A C

221

R21

5I

R22

2.4

.70

1 82

05I

12

R22

015

KL

_ __

T4

541,

8 C

.R.

R22

C22

7- R

223

ISO

K.0

011-

1501

(

3L

PC

202

R22

4 6

820

J L2

01

+ 2

70v

0252

4700

V20

602

07.1

56E

W6

6EB

BT

205

CR

201

L204

31(0

. FIX

3120

Mx

SE

CO

ND

361

616

L7.0

8N

OIS

E

1.34

4;16

1.6,

33T

RD

ET

TE

LyE

t.5.

6C

AN

CE

L..

SLY

1.6,

44T

P20

4

0..;

5

6, I

it0;3l5oc

7,;1

,ti.1

08s-

-e-'8

Ir4.

-33

0

0.2v

13C

PR

105-

T7

0211

111

(225

.004

L77

-:15

i0

L 2

02

,L45

15gn

!.14.

1

15

6Lu

C 2

2-

.R

227

001

..L-1

3300

-62

C22

7R

247

.004

7R

Z26

470

650

-8,9

0

K

0201

V20

2 v2

03 V

207;

280

3 4

45

44

S15

0 K

JJ

76.6

R55

5

ME

G

C50

1I

.004

7I-

117

1-1

RS

1i18

0 1(

'NT

219

0135

1 z

..R

SO

4IS

KU

-4.

10 M

EG

.--

,A4,

----

C24

6.0

1 RR

2

10

V20

7- A

6E B

BV

IDE

OA

MP

L+

146v

R22

8T

209

L204

750

04.

514C

750

014

TR

AP

60-

624

R24

6rr

rB

R.

3900

ALT

ER

NA

TE

SP

EA

KE

RC

ON

NE

CT

ION

o7+

270

v.82

29I6

KO KK

C21

110

0C

III

47

** N

OT

EO

N K

CS

135

C/P

/51.

R50

7 IS

1.5

ME

G.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N 1

5ET

W.

PW

500.

7.A

MP

PW

.500

-T O

MIT

TE

D A

ND

GuD

. TO

66/

500.

L A

DD

ED

.

0127

30 K

CO

NT

RA

ST

CO

NT

O2

55v

C-

232

"12

0236

C23

4

1022

0233

65K

C23

9.0

01O

MIT

CO

NN

., _

YM

EN

111

(014

PP

IS U

SE

D

oDD

CI1

115

1WN

.

R23

8R

248

150K

561(

g5%

249

fi 58

K

NN

Q 0

000

0 LL

R24

315

00 OO

f331

x

4+50

7

6DT

6AA

G C

O4.

4

270V

0

2

1250

215

00

0505

220K

EE ** R

507

I ME

G.

R51

0I M

EG

.

MK

OJo

080

2 LI

1(51

7RSI8

6AV

622

27K

1ST

SY

NC

C50

4= 0

505

.003

3 15

0

0514

0451

6K

Av

8.2

ME

G.

70

OF

06E

M7

V50

3- A

c506

, 952

312

52 0

47 3

91(

95 2

4V

ER

T 1

45 v

_sA

A±

z05

C8

i, _A

8., .

.r_

;,_05

22i I

C52

9P

C il

l

TS

0715

21(

T10

050

1 L

1 :0

02-1

-

4

2.52

5 0

.5V

2700

4-16

5+

R53

4.0

0056

22r

68 K

1<R

IC05

1I

me

6.P

C°Z

2S'T

"

.V24

=F

sos

1233

6 C

514

221

.015 1

1253

5C

5150

260+

100

K 1

.001

1253

5-2

5+..

1000

V30

3-5

6EM

7V

ER

TO

UT

PU

T

-Z1

1R

515

1.5

ME

G I

SY

NC

I

ST

AE

au71

461

L "

"_;

Pc

502-

A

RS

4768

0K

3681

(05

4453

14

+27

0V-

MI I

N (

5761

R53

710

0039

01(

CS

I968

CS

IOR

525

0022

27K

C50

9R

529

.018

1.8

ME

G05

4

R53

222

0 K

0550

7.5

ME

G $

R54

9V

ER

T S

IZE

, 2.2

ME

GI-

PC

502.

5t_

12"Y

t 2,3

.J__

___R

_C

of._

568

0 K

5 1

I-0

120

OR

104

5I

'R

546

1(12

2I

ME

G.

;49e

_I0.

1V

ER

T+

270v

PO

LOm

.ma

0543

47K

V50

46C

G7

1101

217

05C

.A

ND

CO

urR

(518 66 1-

0

r

1(55

9R

540

+15

3V.

I

390K

560

1 -0

v.2

1

RS4I

120

1(

0522

T4'

70

056

y. 2

700

CS

2105

42

Rss

o_C

520

I TO

OK

1200

C51

700

1

PW

500

PO

VI

N21 0.

/I6

+0.

16V

C 1

0005

24R

7V

. TP

C52

3c

501

1470

3

t'°IN

41.

501.

560

611.

507.

415

FR

2BS

INE

WA

VE

VS

Oi

v502

v503

31 1

4410

,3 1

17

3

RC

A V

icto

r

0545

751(

V10

.

600.

6AA

u14

0Ra

427-

OU

TP

UT

RIO

S47

5

-SO

Y.

4105

4701

(

27

II

Cl2

1000

C10

5.0

47

G10

682

00

V25

3GT

163G

T-1

T 0

2R

0EC

TM

v.

TR

AN

S.

5

7

'

772

C L

DW

I TN

t

1

CO

IL

L102 8.2

MU

M

+20

,000

VM

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

FU

LLY

5121

6mT

mE

3SC

OU

NT

EC

ON

TR

_

CLO

CK

WIS

E,

C10

9 1C

112

82 0

390

6-{

C10

8-R

I15

660

4700

R12

0+

2621

v7

X6D

c422

1(C

01O

750C

2107

2L0

10

+D

AM

PE

RN

OR

NO

LO.2

35

..M

u ;I

Fal

+27

0 v.A

16v

T10

4+

MT

OU

TP

UT

7-02

4.5.

BLU

L

RE

D

R IS

O01

477

C-C

210

1200

IGO

AfF

TV

ER

T. L

IU

1/0-

6LK

4700

1 M

EG

250

Mu

Ri2

16I3

LK

0152

0

Lii0

C 1

230.

22

0114

180

K

+27

0 V

.

R15

4 01

3233

00 .0

47

R15

31C

133

0730

27 K

1.00

4756

0K

rV

ER

T C

OIL

S3

ILO

S%

Joe

I

.

I

IYIL

Rill

1(12

4 R

118

ER

N 1

50 6

5106

.11

ISO

Km

011

41

82

12 1

09v1

0315

0 K

1.10

13

MO

R.

ELI

1C

OIL

S

I RE

D.L

107

114.

1t

°EF

L. Y

OK

E

CIR

CU

IT S

CH

EM

AT

IC D

IAG

RA

M F

OR

IC

CS1

33A

, B, C

. F &

H C

HA

SSIS

+27

07

L104

.

a..,

.C

119

.4I 1

00 M

F

0112

200

K-

BR

IG/4

1'0E

55C

ON

TR

.

7ghr

1273

11.

514

26.

RE

102 .

Irtt.

10

.4.2

70V

.

R13

21C

753

MEfi

I.CM

?

103

1728

Av.

6

3103

R29

466

1

1SLK

:01M

-8LP

0

(See

pag

e 13

2, o

ver

for

note

s)

R11

62.

2M

EG

R12

312

0a

20.C

.

6102

6.47

LK

120V

. 60.

.S

UP

PLY


RCA Victor Chassis KCS-133A, etc., Service Information, Continued

S101/R102ON/OFF SWITCH

VOLUME

TIOIAUDIO OUTPUTTRANSTOWMER

V1-1.1.5r.f AMP(.9133A 8 III

312 -6E.....A./OSC/MIZER

AI,.I

R127CONTRAST

VI -NC W4R -F AMP

(KCS133F a s)

KRKISN VHF TUNER(ICS133A CHASSIS)KR097/1 VHF TUNER(RCS'S. CHASSIS)KR.. NM TUNER(KCS133F CHASSIS)

ERMINE VHF TUNERSACS 13311 CHASSIS)

V001

SC

K. 66. UHFTUNER

1.51339amCHASSIS ONLY)

ARS SAC REMOTE AMPLIFIER(USED WITS KCS 1330 CHASSIS

ONLY)

.3AGC

CONTROL

vERTIC.LINEARITY

T205 TOP39.25 a4725 MCTRAPS

HOESANUSAUDIOUTPU

MtT204

pixI -F GRIDTRANS a

Al 25 MCTRAPS

0 TOP

BOTTOM

T 203 BOTTOMSOUND DIY. T206TRANS.TP202 Is AYp/F/I I -F

TRANS

V2026DT.DUNE OTT

St AUDIO

SOUNDOnivERTRANS

V201

SOUNDF AMP

.2076E

VIDEO AMP /1NOISE CANCEL

TP204I 2nd. DET.

OUTPUT

R530VERTICALSIZE

mdt

11515

SYNCSTABILIZER

-11-\111-1f11-

8104 8112VERTICAL BRIGHTNESSHOLD

5036E m7

V RT 05C 8OUTPu

TOOTAG M6

2nd PIR P

an3 a MXI F P

T201SOUNDTAKE -OFFTRANS

Sot60AGC

TP502 (5,,;)\ SCG7NOR OSC

, a CO......15%

1 \---..1.50mSINE WAVECOIL

TP501

81 20HORIZONTALSOLD

{iii VS2: 41R1CHARNELS OMVE. am )r4_

VOLUME .0" "" 41

AMPALTER, ..2.1.1.$1 CT.

L 1001

0L1002

3.23RC

01001

J1001

Figure 20 Chassis Rear View

PIN 1V206GRID /

1206TOP 13 BOTTOM

3rd PIE I -FTRANS

TERM.N5I -F AGC

V1061911.

KINESCOPE

CENTERINGMAGNET

VERTICALOuTPUTTR.SFORMER

C.

v10360

DAMPER

.101RECTIFIER

5102INTERLOCK

v,0,6006A

OR 1Z.

OUTPUT

R EC T 101N

1G J4

ACCT

lotN V

TRANSFORMER

DID)PORER

T RAMS, 0.1(4

CHOKE

41. DEMOTES KEYWAY OR OPENPIN LOCATION.

5102INTERLOCK

1KCSI33C CHASSIS ONLY)

4104STEREOJACK

SPEMRJACK

mov.P -P

Oak GAO NORMALNTRAST

190 V.P -P

35 V.P -P

830 V.P -P

All schematics are shown in the latestcondition at the time of printing.

All resistance values in ohms. K = 1000.

All capacitance values less than 1 inF and above 1 in MF unless otherwisenoted.

Direction of arrows at controls indicatesclockwise rotation.

40 VP -P

220 V.P -P

700 VP -P

290V.P - P

All voltages measured with "Volt-Ohmyst- and with no signal input. Volt-ages should hold within -±-20% with120v. a -c supply.'Measured with 1 megohm, 1/2 watt re-

sistor in series with meter probe.

Balloons00 etc., shown on schematicsindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below,

70 V.P- P

125V NEC573V POSPIN OUT OFVERT SYNC

240 VP -P

190 V.P -P

180 V.P -P

132


RCA VI CTO RMODEL CHASSIS NAME

192-A-062MV192-A-062MU192-A-064MV192 -A -064M U

192-A-072MV192-A-072MU192-A-075MV192-A-075MU192-A-078MV192-A-078MU192-A-079MV192-A-079MU

*192 -A -072R5'192 -A -075R5'192-A-078125*192 -A -079R5

KCS138AKCS138BKCS138AKCS138B

KCS137AKCS137BKCS137AKCS137BKCS137AKCS137BKCS137AKCS137B

KCS137PKCS137PKCS137PKCS137P

The "TRIMETTE" SeriesSportabout

The "TRAVEL -MATE" SeriesSportabout

The "CASUAL" SeriesSportabout

'These models incorporate a KRT3A (3 -Button) Remote ControlTransmitter, and a KRS25A Remote Control Amplifier.

WIDTH ADJUSTMENTThe width adjustment L101 is located on the rear of the chassis

just above the yoke socket.The width of the picture should be adjusted to fill the mask with

a line voltage of 108V. With normal line voltage of 120V, the pictureshould overscan the tube at each side by approximately 3/4 inch.The adjustment should be made with the Brightness control set atnormal operating position.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTSAdjust the Height control (R121 on rear control bracket) until

the picture overscans approximately % inch at both top and bottom.Adjust Vertical Linearity (R124 on rear control bracket) until theblanking bar shows unchanging thickness (vertical size) whenthe picture is rolled slowly with the Vertical Hold control. Adjust.ment of either control (Height or Linearity) will require slight re-adjustment of the other. Adjust centering to align the picture withthe mask.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENTTo check the adjustment of the AGC control, tune in a strong

signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal byswitching off channel and then back. If the picture reappearsimmediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper settingof the AGC control R119. If the picture takes more than a second toreappear, or bends excessively, R119 should be readjusted.

AGC may be adjusted by turning R119 fully counterclockwise,then clockwise until there is a very slight bend at the top of thepicture; then turn R119 counterclockwise just sufficiently to removethe bend.

NOISE STABILIZER CONTROL ADJUSTMENTKCS137 CHASSIS ONLY

Before adjustment of the Noise Stabilizer control is attempted, theAGC control should be properly adjusted.

Turn the Noise Stabilizer control, R120, fully clockwise. Turn thehorizontal hold control clockwise until picture is out of sync, thenturn counterclockwise until picture syncs. Continue turning controlcounterclockwise until picture again goes out of sync, then clock-wise until picture again syncs. If picture tends to "hang-up" (blank-ing bar appears just before picture syncs) on either side of hold con-trol range, turn R120 counterclockwise slightly until "hang-up" iseliminated.

Chassis

KCS137 & KCS138

SeriesCHASSIS DESIGNATIONS

CHASSIS TUNERSTUNER

MOUNTINGASSEMBLY

KCS138A KRK103A

KCS138B KRK104A, KRK66AJ

KCS137A KRK103B TMA25A

KCS137B KRK104B, KRK66AJ TMA25B

KCS137P KRK102L TMA26A

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

Centering is accomplished by adjustment of two discs locatedat the back of the deflection yoke. By alternately rotating one discwith respect to the other, then rotating both discs simultaneouslyaround the neck of the tube, proper centering of the picture can beobtained.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTTo determine whether the sine -wave coil (L501A on PW500 de-

flection board) requires adjustment, make the following check:Turn the Horizontal Hold control (R129 on rear control bracket)

clockwise until the picture falls out of sync, then slowly counter.clockwise. The number of diagonal black bars sloping downwardto the left will be gradually reduced, and when only 1 to 3 barsare obtained, slight additional counterclockwise rotation of thecontrol should pull the picture into sync. The picture should re-main in sync for approximately one-half turn of additional counter-clockwise rotation. Continue counterclockwise rotation until thepicture again falls out of sync, then rotate the control slowlyclockwise. The number of diagonal black bars sloping downwardto the right will be gradually reduced, and when only 1 to 3 barsare obtained, slight additional clockwise rotation should pull thepicture into sync.

If the above check is satisfactory, no adjustment of L501A shouldbe necessary. If the check is unsatisfactory, or doubtful, then per-form the following check:

Connect a short jumper across the terminals of the sine -wavecoil. Also, short the grid of the sync tube, pin 1 of V502, to groundwith a jumper or small screwdriver.

Adjust the Horizontal Hold control to obtain a picture with thesides vertical (picture may drift slowly sideways). Remove theshort on the sine -wave coil L501A. The frequency should notchange by more than one-half bar if the sine -wave coil is properlyadjusted. If the frequency changed more than one-half bar, L501Ashould be adjusted. With the short removed, adjust L501A to againobtain a picture with the sides vertical. When properly adjusted,alternate shorting and unshorting of L501A should not cause achange in frequency; only a slight sideways shift of the pictureshould occur.

(Coned. next page)

133


RCA Victor Chassis KCS-137 & KCS-138 Series, Service Information, Continued

FOR CHANNEL 13,CENTER HOLE INFINE TUNING CAMOVER ADJ SCREW

SET FINE TUNINGSHAFT AT MECHANICALCENTER OF ITS RANGE

FOR CHANNEL 13,CENTER HOLE IN

OSCILLATOR FINE TUNING CAMADJUSTMENTS OVER ADJ. SCREW

SET FINE TUNINGSHAFT AT MECHANICALCENTER OF ITS RANGE

(A) Concentric Fine Tuning (B) Off -Set Fine Tuning

Figure 2-Oscillator Adjustments

MIXERGRID

TESTPOINT

LI IMIXERPLATE

COIL

S101/ R103ON /OFF

SWITCH SVOLUME

I I

I

I

I IVHF TUNERS

, KRK 103A (KCS 135A IKRK 104A (KCS 1311B)

v26E AB

WOK/RERM

KRK66AJuHF TUNER (USED INRCS 1358 CHASSIS)

T1 O1

ad- - AU010 OUTPUT,TRANSFORMFAI

:1CIF,//4

Ri 3FUSEABLE

SURGE 1ST PIX 4526LIMITER

412.6,-rAUDIODUTPuT

R124 5102I- - - - - ,46VIZTLER CHOKE VERT PC101...__ INTERLOCK /Kay, WAVE COIL

7 , ,,- \LINEARITY ddyf__ _Loh., , Kay/ ',1,' I II- -- -1 I 11F/37 /

I I II . / I I, o o1 IHORiLOSCliCORM/ I "tn._ -,l't__-=,_-=_.1- ------ -.-1--- I

FUSE

T 103VERTICALOUTPUT

TRANSFORMER

VS03ISCMT

VERT OSCa

OUTPUT

TP201

TERM1 -F AGC

PULL OUT FINE TUNINGSHAFT AND TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISEA MINIMUM OF 6 FULL TURNSTHEN CLOCKWISE 3 FULL TURNSFOR EACH CHANNEL TO BEADJUSTED.

APERTURE FOR OSCILLATORADJUSTMENT (ALL CHANNELS)

TURRET SHOWN IN CHANNEL 13POSITION

Figure 3-Oscillator Adjustments (One -Set Fine Tuning)

T203SOUND DET

3RD GRIDTRANSFORM

V204 V205SWAG SEWN

RD PIX 1-FNOM F

7207T2OG 2ND PX I -F

1ST AIX 1-F TRANS.PLATE TRANS.

SR101RECTIFIER

S1110(RECTIFIER

V502Av6SYNC

AMP.

10

19KINESCO

XP4 (KCS19AYP4 tKCS 1371

CENTERINGMAGNET

V5016006AGC

YOKE

RI 10 '-R122 Ri29 RIM R120 0 LRII9BRIGHTNESS VERTICAL HORIZONTAL HEIGHT NOISE AGE

HOLD HOLD STABILIZERIKCS 137 BOTTOM

CHASSIS ONLY) BOTTOM-omTOP-' I

Chassis Rear ViewKCS137 & KCS138

T204 1

1ST PIXI-F iGRID TRANS

0 456116 i (e\VII

(BOTTOM)) ND4L25ML

(TOP) - ND Put (f 3RD PIG 1-F,.....___."

72074w,........."

TRAP T P2022ND PIG

72011 TP201 I- FIST PIX I -F TRANS.

TERM "C"I -F AGC

8107CONTRAST

T202SOUND SET

1ST GRIDTRANSFORMER

020110H FeVIDEO&

Ou

7201SOURSTAKE -OFF

TRANS (TONISMC 1RAp(BOTTOM)

TOP

BOTTOM

3RO MXI -F TRANS.

V10,17GweHORIZ.

OUTPUT

010317A04/170514

DAMPER

7203SOUND SET

3RD GRIDTRANS

PLATE TRANS.

LIOIWIDTHCOIL

T202SOUND OCT

1ST GRIDTRANS

7208TOPS BOTTOM

3RD Put1-F TRANS 7201

TRAP(BOTTOM)

@".."--4DTOP

BOTTOM

VIDEO I- F SECTION FORK CS 137 A, B B P CHASSIS

134


RCA Victor Chassis KCS-137 & KCS-138 Series, Alignment Information, Continued

SOUND I -F, SOUND DETECTOR AND 4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:BIAS SUPPLY Apply -10 volts to the IF AGC bus at terminal "C" on PW200.OSCILLOSCOPE Connect across speaker voice coil.SIGNAL GENERATOR Connect to test point TP203 on PW200.VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER.. . Connect to output of diode detector shown in Figure 12. Set meter for negative voltage readings.MISCELLANEOUS Connect test diode detector, see Figure 12, to Pin 7 of V202. Refer to Figure 24 for adjustment

locations.

STEPSIGNAL

GENERATORADIUST REMARKS

12Adjust detector grid

transformer 4.5 mc. T202 Adjust for maximum negative DC on meter. Setgenerator for 1.0 to 1.5 volts when peaked. T201A

13 Adjust sound take -offtransformer 4.5 mc.

T201A(top)

top core and T202 core should penetrate the coilfrom top of can when finally peaked.

14 Disconnect the diode test detector.normal volume (approx. V+

Turn off signal generatorturn from C.C.W.). Turn

and tunecore of T203

in strongest signal in area, adjusting volume control lotflush with top of coil form.

15 Adjust sounddetector transformer

Observing oscilloscopeclockwise to second louder

and listening topeak and adjust

audio output, adjust T203 clockwise to a peak. Continuefor maximum on this peak.

Move he oscilloscope to terminal 'U"probe. Set contrast control to maximum

on PW200 or KCS138clockwise position.

chassis. (Connect to kinescope end of C105 on KCS137 chassis.) Use diode

16 Adjust 4.5 mc. trap 4.5 mc., 400 cycle,AM mod.

T201B

(bottom)

Adjust for minimum 400 cycle indication on oscillo-scope. The core should penetrate the coil from thebottom of the can when finally adjusted.

Alternate Method Using Generators With F -M Modulation Provided.

12 Same as Step 12 above. Modulate 4.5 mc. signal with F -M 400 cycle signal with 71/2 kc. deviation.

13 Same as Step 13 above. Modulate 4.5 mc. signal with F -M 400 cycle signal with 71/2 kc. deviation.

14 Adjust sound detectortransformer

4.5 mc., 400 cycleF -M mod., 71/2

kc. dev.T203

Adjust for max. 400 cycle output on scope usingmax. amplitude peak. Set volume control for .70v. p -p on scope when peaked. See response inFigure 11.

15Retouch grid trans. and

sound take -oft transformerfor breakout

4.5 mc., 400 cycleF -M mod; 71/2

kc. dev.

T201A &T202

Decrease input to minimum usable signal. RetouchT201A and T202 for symmetrical breakout responsein Figure 11. The top core of T201A and core of T202should penetrate the coil from top of can whenfinally peaked.

Move he oscilloscope to terminal "U' on PW 200 on KCS138 chassis. (Connect to kinescope cathode side of C105 on KCS137 chassis.)Use diode probe. Set the contrast to maximum clockwise position.

16 Adjust 4.5 Inc. trap Same as Step 16 above. Adjust for minimum 400 cycle indication on oscilloscope.

45.75 MC75%

+10%-5%

Figure 8-T208 3rd Pix I -F Figure 9-Mixer Plate and Overall I -F Response Figure 10-Mixer Plate and OverallResponse (KCS137 Chassis) (KCS137 Chassis)

Figure 11-Sound Detector Response

TO PIN 7OF V202

5+ ATTERM. S.

.001

I -F Response (KCS138 Chassis)

XTAL 560K

Figure 12-Sound Diode Detector

135

O 7c231/4i07.,;4205:7),

C23T-la--t

Vii-_-_1c217

,14R20

s*:\!Ri

*R235 I.°

ca.4

an' '1°.T2°4 ;,ife,c,"

-6 .4 R2

oNZot.II 1

-C24

R2I0

0

V203

H

° TP20 1 V204228 L201 L202

0

R2

EMI

Allitie -RE]

0 0

V202 KR22:

(---- _

.. ...,

-2. H-TN

H4 3irc 1 1 en

1 T" CI.) qi z' I

4 0 ;::--L;:c?--2":-'Io'Lij-L2°-4---trt229 c 30 1 1..

.-I cazoi roo - l-.-2-,arat

202

GEN UM

02

MO 2

2

+270 V.

C204

G

0V T

R242," 1.Y R230 }o

R22 JU 0 IN1.0IMENIA0111

L20V201o

L2.9

P203ipsscrou-reu_iZ ----VIDEO SIGNAL

C235

8297

201

11PAli

S0

cCl , 229

C2032220

V224

1227S

KINK CATHODE

Figure 19-PW200 Sealed Circuit I -F and Video Assembly Composite Diagram (KCS1 3 7)

PW200 COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE

C201C202

02G2

C216C217

B1131

C228C230

A3D3

CR201. E3 R202R203

F2El

R215R216

B3B3

R227R228

FlGI.

1201 G2T202 El

C203 G3 C218 B2 C233 Al 1.1.201 B3 R204 Cl R217 C2 R229 G2 T203 ClC204 F2 C219 82 C234 B1 L202 C3 R206 81 R218 C2 R230 GI T204 AlC205 E2 C220 132 C235 F3 L203 F3 R207 Al R219 D3 R232 61 T205 B1C208 D2 C221 C2 C237 Fl L204 E3 R208 82 R220 C3 R235 C2 T206 B3C209 El C222 C3 C238 Fl L205 E3 R209 B1 R221 D2 R236 Fl 1207 C3C211 Cl C223 D2 C240 A2 L206 G2 R210 A2 R222 E3 R237 F3 1208 E3C212 DI C224 D3 C241 B2 L207 G2 R211 B2 R223 F3 R238 FlC213 Cl C225 E3 C242 DI L209 F3 R212 B2 R224 G3 R242 GI Under BoardC214 Al 0226 G3 C243 C2 R213 B1 R225 F2 R243 E2 }PrintedC215 Al C227 G3 R201 El R214 C2 R226 Fl 0R244 B2

_I_

V203HI

A-10V AGC (NOMINAL)

TP2010228 L.201

+100vE

+160 V.C

01 22 35 feC 43.

3 o P202.mob

L202 22

+270V


RCA Victor Chassis KCS - 137 & KCS -138 Series, Service Information, ContinuedPW200 SECURITY SEALED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY

A

-I0V AGC (NOMINALl-

C D

loov

C2 3212

C208

H6

6

,I80VH5

Ali 8201

-+270V

/ R226

o 0T202 o

r43

4-270V

3

G

5

Q C220

o 41-R2,i

!DETECTOR SIGNAL

VIDEO SIGNAL

Figure 20-PW200 Sealed Circuit I -F and Video Assembly Composite Diagram (KCS138)


R229

C201 G2 C216 B1 C228 A3 L203 F3 R207 Al R219 D3 R235 C2 1205 B1C202 G2 C217 B1 C230 D3 L204 E3 R208 B2 R221 D2 R236 Fl 1206 B3C203 G3 C218 B2 C235 F3 L205 E3 R209 81 R222 E3 R237 F3 1207 C3C204 F2 C2I9 B2 C237 Fl L206 G2 R210 A2 R223 F3 R238 Fl T208 D3C205 E2 C220 B2 C238 Fl L207 G2 R211 B2 R224 G3 R242 GIC208 D2 C221 C2 C242 D1 L209 F3 R212 B2 R225 F2 R243 E2 'Under BoardC209 El C222 C3 C243 C2 R213 B1 R226 Fl R244 B2 tPrintedC211 Cl C223 D2 R201 El R214 C2 R227 FlC212 DI C224 D3 CR201. E3 R202 E2 R215 133 R228 G1 1201 G2C213 Cl C225 E3 R203 El R216 B3 R229 G2 T202 ElC214 Al C226 G3 tL201 B3 R204 Cl R217 C2 R230 G1 T203 ClC215 Al C227 G3 L202 C3 R206 BI R218 C2 R232 GI T204 Al

The coordinate letters and numbers, shown at the sidesof the assembly views, are provided for rapid locationof components. Reference to the location guide will showthe location of any given component. The component willbe found in the area designated by the particular letter/

number combination indicated.In some instances, components may be located on the

wiring side of the assemblies although shown on the topor component side.

136


RCA Victor Chassis KCS-137 & KCS-138 Series, Service Information, Continued

PW500 SECURITY SEALED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY

+270 V. +160V. +100 V. +270V AGC KEYING PULSE

Figure 21-PW500 Sealed Circuit Deflection Assembly Composite Diagram (KCS137)


C501 Fl C513 Al C523 G3 PC501. CI R510 Fl R521 C2 R532.... E3 R546 FlC502 D2 C514 Al C524 G3 PC502. A3 R511 D2 R523 A2 R533 E3 R547 D2C503 CI C515 D2 C525 D3 R512 D2 R524 Al R534 F3 R548 G2C505 D2 C516 E3 C526 B3 R501 El R513 Cl R525 A2 R536 C3 R549 BlC506 DI C517 D3 C527 B3 R504 Fl R515 E2 R526 D2 R537 C3C507 C3 C518 D3 C528 C2 R505 El R516 E2 R527 D3 R540 A2 SR501....D2C508 82 C519 E2 C529 GI R506 Fl R517 Cl R528 D3 R542 F2C509 A3 C520 D2 R507 GI R518 B3 R529 E3 R543 E2C510 A3 C521 E2 L501 G3 R508 Fl R519 82 R530 E2 R544 F2C512 A2 C522 E3 R509 GI R520 81 R531 E3 R545 F2

+270 V +160 V. +100V +270V

Figure 22-PW500 Sealed Circuit Deflection Assembly Composite Diagram (KCSI38)


C502 D2 C513 Al C522 E3 PC501. CI R511 D2 R521 C2 R531 E3 R544 F2C503 Cl C514 Al C523 G3 PC502. A3 R512 D2 R523 A2 R532 E3 R545 F2C505 D2 C515 02 C524 G3 R513 Cl R524 Al R533 E3 R546 FlC506 DI C516 E3 C525 D3 R501 El R5I5 E2 R525 A2 R534 F3 R547 D2C507 C3 C517 D3 C526 83 R506 Fl R516 E2 R526 D2 R536 C3 R548 G2C508 82 C518 D3 C528 C2 R507 GI R5I7 Cl R527 D3 R537 C3 R549 EllC509 A3 C519 E2 C529 GI R508 Fl R518 B3 R528 D3 R540 A2C510 A3 C520 D2 R509 G1 R519 B2 R529 E3 R542 F2 SR501. D2C512 A2 C521 E2 L501 G3 R510 Fl R520 81 ..,. E2 R543 E2

137


RCA Victor Chassis KCS-137 & KCS-138 Series, Continued

L IIMIXERPLATECOIL

MIXERGRID TESTPOINT

RESISTOR(R9S)

TUNER ASSEMBLYTMA 23A (KCS 137A ITMA 258 IKCS13781

71

v26E AllOSC/IOER

C26

RESISTORII (R92)

CAPACITOR (0911I I -F OUTPUT

JACK

OHIO I038 (RCS IVA)KRK 10413(KCS 1378)

VHF TUNERS

CAPACITORIC92)

KRK66AJUHF TUNER

(USED IN KCS 137B CHASSIS)

Tuner Section for

KCS137A and KCS137B Chassis

FILAMENT CONTINUITY

DOA

CHECK DIAGRAMCHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH NOTES:

I. FRONT AND PEAR SECIIONS OF SHIT. SI -A.-0,-C

iFANO -0, ARE 710.20 FROM FRO. .171 04...10.-OL

CHECS Paws ACCASSIALC FM* SHAF T C1.1000., 13 POSt1.0.TUO. NOE Of CHASSIS.

mmocom NANwo pm, AsnmswCI 2 0-.010.21 THOU caorN.Crioft FROM PRO. TO Rt.004TE C.. POINTS 11.41 2 OF SWITCH.

FAM MEMO. CHEM POST. A 0- INDICATES CONTACTS INSULATED -NOT CONNELTe0FROM FROM To NEAR Of SMIC N.

TO LOCATE OP. PIL.2017, UT .VOLT000.ST TO 1604 C

NOME CoP %M.O. LC. TO CHASSIS

.71.7 C PPM TO 412510IMOICTEO, 102.01.080 7(9. TUN.

C ALL CHECK 1010ITS 0140 OF 01010L10.7 +nu. 10.0 2.0 VOLT[ -ALL

CHECK POWS FAST OP. P TnILAt. PULL I20 L. VOLTA..

PW200

.05

7 I

=01 TUNER ASSEMBLY-TMA 258is it

2-A

GEMKFR

K AYRI uNF

1.10Ounuat

SI -CHAAR

Ioo v .4-V-277 j.,ssv

cles7.7 7

. UHF TUNERKRK 66AJ t`"

.03

I Lse.

.1-1971

34:4 A 4r

1

cm

95)

C411000

PHU

Ise4 - -ICI et

10.Al

C13.lioy

V\A.-(Pz 70y I_

+MY s,wOp6.000.

VHF TUNERKRK 1048

r

USE LOON IS... RESISTOR 101 SLOES W. PRO..

REMOVE ALLCONTROL KNOBS

LOOSEN KIN( PATS BOLT -REMOVEKIK & IONE MTG CLA,APREIRACKETASSEMBLY AS UNIT

REMOVE I6) SCREWS HOLDING REAR COVER -DISCONNECT ANTENNA LEADS & REMOVE COVER

RP HOC

TO PIN 200K. -

C1191SLIP

UNPLUG YOKE &OISE SOCKETS -LOOSEN YOKECLAMPS REMOVE YOKE -REMOVE 12 NUTS 14ON OFFSET & REMOTE MODELS) 812/80LTSHOLDING CHASSIS- MOVE CHASSIS TO REAR -DISCONNECT SPEAKER& HIGH VOLTAGEANODE LEADS - REMOVE CHASSIS

FINE TUNING/CHANNEL SELECTORBUTTON- REMOTEMODELS.

CHANNEL SELF TONB FINE TUNING KNOBS -OFFSET MODELS

Figure 4-Chassis and Kinescope Removal

138

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA Victor Chassis KCS-137A, B, P, Schematic Diagram, Continued

20055010GOV.

405.0ff T11 Cll..'"

T2041.27 Pilx 1-f

01110 TR211 41

T TMP

114

150117

-41.50140 33

527

6,2R209

0215 2700110 CDT

10 00

R5432K

Ow

RS127003W

V20IA

IOHF810.0

..672v, C101 f

T202 T201SOW. OCT 66

V202

X 6 10000 OCT1.10 TR. 10.0 OCT 6 1ST MAIO 1110 GRID A.

0203

4816 .,,14"2-,I ST. PI. 1,,,,,,,W iii

06TPIv

1104

vSO a IT8210 470,S6C241

001

R507noKCs?, -.001

8C67-8FQ7NORIO OSC

/15 OA R521 4"310K SitOw

OKi'2411-1 sSoi

2200,C511001

0129

RORIE 0010

206K

201I CCN1

WO

V204

5606 T1072W00T[ 1-F .31.

toinv

PC 101

cut'15251000 T 410

/ 4 ";r1

OS540K

L5016WAVE

5015i40012 41220

PW SOO

For waveformssee page 140.

VOOS

EW6 *ze142 1-74"

r61,1

C223001

V104

GAQ5AA11040 OUTPUT T.

00104, POI SPC.*

1190026..40

1100270v.

1101CA201 24021-5209 OCT

1503A

TO Pp, SOO C

Eciff1PIAKCIE cooloacrlowsILI. 060 some moans)

IWCI line I

COW.. I

i 1 .0 I 1.0 I :I, 4S1 2,:i:

IIIIACKICT11104210[4 1001

I

l

22.en 02011IOHF8

TP3 V.90 AMR

1105 11/3111 101203250 151-1111C12-6011-000

0120%.SYf ". TO PW 500N

24_4_

CSOO COOS C509 11523fiSiT22i(t) /KGf

412121 04/ 0021.62700 R520

Of 11 OW 41" .0 0J,RAS 1- -1.-11.7.,1rOlii

7'0021220K

11-

A l'ilf2s1"4tOME 270K 470i1 , -RilL l 11419 21E1C417 1"AA

*124I2-01

SKIEID

2100 I 7ORGOltfP21

To

V102

1G3GT-iB3GTv EcT

VRANS 1122 0103

ITAx4G111/4- 11 Dt2A4

0.4.212

1102 CIII1102 12 06.441 ISO7=1

I 131, o.1=

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR KCS137A, B & P CHASSIS

CHASSIS REMOVAL

Remove the volume, contrast, channel selector and fine tuningknobs from the top of the cabinet by pulling the knobs upward andoff their shafts. (On UHF modeli, also remove the concentric UHFdial and tuning knobs from the lower right-hand side of the cabinetby pulling the knobs outward and off their shafts.) Refer to Fig. 4.

Remove the six screws in the rear cover-two at the lop, two atthe bottom, one at the antenna terminals, and one at the line cordinterlock. Disconnect the cabinet antenna leads and pull the coveroff to the rear. (On UHF models, also disconnect the UHF loopantenna before removing the rear cover.)

Unplug the deflection yoke and kinescope sockets. Loosen theclamp on the yoke and slide the yoke off the kinescope neck. Takeout the two bolts holding the chassis to the bottom of the cabinetand remove the two nuts holding the chassis to the top of the

PCIOIC KRT. LIMAmmimomor

20,000 V.4122.20 .14 151474CSSfl,a11 COUNTER-ClOCKWiSC

DEFL. YOKEU 'Thm

- VCRT COILSi0S MC

5 IGAK

pp

(S 1i0

OM, 15110 011111 110

Le° 1120 %. "

VERT OUTPUT60V

ftO

ii1C110C_

540 VC'"'ETO

PRI PMSPAR

MO

T 103Civ7PuT

11:n2 )7;0 4C.117

It [ !ri: tal-1'.24R116 , _ 4'.27K

1106j-34 me'7 001TT

StSISTAKE VA1.01.5 IN 0005 K 1000CAPACITANCE 1.2.116 wa7040I

4A,0 .2v1 . 459 21101.151im0.0020

DIRECTION Of ARROWS AT COWIN"1/10iCATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

VOIEA6115 21.11111 wiTi1601.7.61WT-ARD WITI4 SW.I. 1511411i

i101.24.1.260 .1.215211 10% 5410Moo c. vOLTAC5 aiCA1.10 wiTri MVP1^ WATTRC5,170/1114 2111.1514C7I5 PRODS.

2101/

220/WRAY

141tOOK

RIOT30

,CC1111/

[105

1.:00f'ii1104 isiilifieniESS

210v

1.101PIN VIEW

TEL 1101 50101 C1I 0155 RECT 50 kW S

-1..)1011REARIV OW

V105

19 AY P4

51021POLARIZED .11712OCK241161 111120

Off -ON100fik CMOKE,,T SR i01 Cif, SwirCKiSOrr* Pt, 04/

voi vo2 I v.11.444 111.1 I yes. NW.

L1600 I

(Tuner shown used with KCS-137B)cabinet. (On models having offset line tuning, and on remote controlmodels, also remove the two nuts holding the tuner mountingassembly to the side of the cabinet.) Move the chassis to the rearuntil there is sufficient clearance to disconnect the speaker leadsand to unclip the high -voltage anode lead from the kinescope, thenremove the chassis. To replace the chassis, reverse the aboveprocedure.

KINESCOPE REMOVAL AND SAFETY GLASS CLEANING

The kinescope is mounted in the front part of the cabinet with amounting clamp and bracket assembly. To remove the kinescope,loosen the kinescope mounting clamp compression bolt located atthe top of the kinescope bell, and remove the entire assembly fromthe cabinet. Observe the position of the clamp and bracket assemblyand make certain they are installed in the proper position whenremounting a kinescope in the cabinet.

139

P101

101


PW 200

Tmt,Osr TR

PW 500

0202,00N,

1OHF8SOUND IS

RCA Victor Chassis KCS - 138A, B, Schematic Diagram, ContinuedV201A V202

1203 6GX650010 011GRID TRANS SOUND DET (1ST AUDIO

4512,, /70 v

litlal 1iiolok

".;Iffro

NOCE NOLO

o .10 v

204

5 G M62ND. 11.11, IF

ZEOT

-411522 3510.

3IS

17GW6NORIS.OUTPUT

Circuit SchematicDiagram for KCS138

Chassis Series

Balloons C), ®, etc., shown on schematicindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below the schematic.Use low -capacity probe when observingwaveforms ®, Cl, 0, and (!).

70V.P -PNORMALCONTRAST

30V.P -P

1250V.

TOTUNER

FIL.

TUNERFIL.

6AQ5 AAUDIO OUTPUT

13EM7VERT OH.

VIGO

1G 3GT-1MB3GTV RECT

21

09

CONT01.Walt.

haa

Laos 20121

gvg 10HF8D11.0 HI..

Tft.'; VERT_ I.

11[141,1 VC 1.111

C10 1.1/1.1401( IL

FOIL !WELD

* 'ISMS9540 I°°"

1113,

" V10317AX4GTA- 17DM4

DAMPER

EID ON [LAIINCENEEES

CAPACITS VOLuES LESS THAN RMi.iliNE INSOTANCE WSIAS OwES R.1000

I AND ABOVE IN NNE.UNIA55 OTIOANISE

CoRECTI. OF APPOwS AT CONTROLSINDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION

vOLrACES MEASURED wI TH OLT0.00vS-1-Owoni NO Salo., INPur 51.t0ut.0winKEE 110, WIEN 120 v AC SuR,V.

YOLTACAS MEASURED WITH 1MEG y,RESISTOR IN SERIES wril METER PROM.

1190009MEASURED WITH 9RI4IETNES5 CONTROLFULLY COUNTER -CLOCKWISE.

99 DEFL. YOKERED

TRY cOest

RED -9L9

PIMKa KEN

011sCulK 1501

CTSOA9.10O DWI

112

WOE 0

"ION sce4 ono 950, v71 vies 7221. :11"

6 !gm& ., Ety ,09,4 soy. tA9s I onsT KTE. 4.5 OE= irc.:

I

Is/yIE4 401 EICT,149,4 os

oIDO

35V.P -P

_

00141.51.

MO I

1005

I F;;;,.. "

07:1:7111.: 1"

Y103

I Rx Sm ., Se* W.. 64. WV{ 11.1111 Imo* 170.1103 VF011 ZOS. ie. aot 444 SW VS. IITANWA V101

10700 Ur.;LW: I

Late production of the above chassis have incorpo-rated a rearrangement of the filament circuitry.

750V.P -P

65V.P -P

(10y. NEG.55V. POS.

PIX. OUT OFVERT. SYNC.

175V.P -P

300V.P- P

I25V.P -P

140

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING IN7ORMATION

SYLVANIACHASSIS 555-I,-2,-3,-5,-6,-7

Models 23L48, 23L49, 23L52

(Material on pages 141 through 146)

TUNER MOUNUNGSCREW

REMOTE CONTROLRECEIVER MOUNTINGSCREWS

VIDEO IF, SOUND IF AND 4.5MC TRAP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES

PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

1. Line voltage should be maintained at 120

volts.

2. Keep marker generator coupling at a mini-

um to avoid distortion of the response

curve.

3. Do not use tubular capacitors for coupling

sweep into receiver. Disc ceramics are

best.

4. For best results, solder the sweep genera -

CHASSIS MOUNTINGSCREWS

tor ground to chassis, do not use clips.

5. Sweep generator "hot" lead must make good

electricii,i contact at all points given

under TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP.

6. Adjust sweep generator output for a 3V

peak to peak response curve on the scope.

7. Receiver and test equipment should warmup for approximately 15 minutes beforealignment.

4.5 MC TRAP, SOUND IF AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT

STEP ALIGNMENT SET-UP NOTES TEST EQUIPMFNT HOOK-UP ADJUST

Set contrast control to

maximum and brightness

control to minimum.

Connect -30 volts DC

source (-) terminal to

test point G) and (4)

terminal to chassis.

Connect a 4.5 MC series

tuned circuit between

yellow cathode lead of

picture tube and ground.

VTVM - Ground or "common" For MAXIMUM neg. reading:

lead to junction of two IT1001(Top core)

matched 100K resistors IT1001(Bottom core)

connected in series a- IT2061(Bottom core)

cross R110 (27K). DC IT2061(Top core)

probe through 100K re-

sistor to terminal 4 of Note: Use peak resulting

T100. Isolate VTVM from in greatest separation

ground. of cores.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - to

test point 0. Setsignal generator to

4.5 MC preferably

crystal calibrated or

controlled.

2 Same as Step 1. VTVM - RF probe con-

nected across coil of

series tuned 4.5 MC

circuit.

SIGNAL GENERATOR -

Same as Step 1.

For MINIMUM reading:

12061(Bottom core)

Using lowest signal

generator output

level, repeat Step 1

except 1T2061(Bottom

core).

3 Same as Step 1. Same as Step 1. For zero reading:

I T1001 (Top core)

Set VTVM to zero read-

ing using lowest meter

scale. At correct

setting for IT1001(Top

core), a slight turn

of core will give a

reading either up or

down the scale.

AlaCHASSIS REMOVAL

338-0027(-7CH )338-0028(NON -REMOTE)

492-0081

496-0266

PIX. PROMPTER

ASSEMBLY

141


SYLVANIA Chassis 555-1, -2, -3, -5, -6, -7, Alignment Information, ContinuedALTERNATE 4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

Connect a good antenna to the receiver and properly tune in strong station. Adjust

(Bottom core) for minimum 4.5 MC interference in the picture. This interference takes the

form of "grainy"' appearance or fine line pattern through the picture.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT

STEP ALIGNMENT SET-UP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP ADJUST

I Set VHF tuner to free

channel that does not

disturb the response

curve.

Connect -3.5 V DC source

(-) terminal to point 0

(+) terminal to ch '.

Connect -25V DC source

(-) terminal to point 0(+) terminal to ch .

SWEEP GENERATOR - through

.0047 NED capacitor to

point 0 . Set generator

to 43.5 MC with 10 MC

sweep. Adjust sweep output

for maximum without dis-

torting curve.

MARKER GENERATOR - Loosely

coupled to sweep generator

lead.

OSCILLOSCOPE - Through a

33K resistor to point (:).

IT2041Top and Bottom cores for

maximum separation between cores.

THEN

Adjust bottom core for maximum

scope deflection at 43.5 MC. Top

core to adjust for tilt. Touch

up both cores for correct re-

sponse. See Figure 1.

43.5

42.25

45.75

FIGURE 1 80%80%

i -i

2 Same as Step 1

Detune tuner,converter

plate (IF output) coil

by turning core fully

counterclockwise.

42.6 MC

SWEEP GENERATOR - through

a .0047 MFD capacitor to

point 0. Set generator

to 43.5 MC with 10 MC

sweep. Adjust for 3 volt

peek to peak.

MARKER GENERATOR - Same

Step 1.

OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as

Step I. Calibrate oscillo-

scope for 3 volt peak to

peak. Do not exceed forremainder of alignment.

a. Adjust IT2021to position 45.75

MC marker.

b. AdjustIT200Ito position 42.6 MC

marker.

c. Adjust IT2041 (top core) to re -

move tilt.

Repeat steps A. B. C to obtain re -

sponse curve shown in Figure 2.

45.75MC

80% f50%

..... -I.-.

FIGURE 2DO NOT ADJUST 1T2041 BOTTOM CORE.

3 Same as Step 2 SWEEP GENERATOR - through

a .0047 MFD capacitor to

jig shield on mixer tube

of tuner. Do not allow

shield to short to tuner

frame.

MARKER GENERATOR - Loose-

ly coupled to jig shield.


Step 2.

a. Set marker generator at 47.25 MC.

DetunelL2021 then adjust trap 1L2001

(top core) for maximum dip.

AdjustIL2021 for maximum dip at 47.25

MC.

b. Set signal generator at 41.25 MC

and adjustIL2041 for maximum dip.

Note: to observe results it may be

necessary to disconnect the -3.5 V

DC source to point .

ALTERNATE STEP 3 - Remove -3.5V DC source from point O. Connect VTVM on - DC scale to point (D.

1. Insert 47.25 MC CW signal from signal generator into jig shield. Adjust 1L2001(top core) and

for minimum DC reading on meter. 2. Insert 41.25 MC CW signal to jig shield and adjust

minimum DC reading on meter.

11.2021

L2041 for

4 Same as Step 2

42.6 MC45.75

-f-MC

75%35%

t-

41.25 MC

SWEEP GENERATOR - Same as

Step 3.

MARKER GENERATOR - Same

as Step 3.


Step 3.

a. Adjust converter coil in tuner

and 11.2001 (bottom core) to

position 42.6 and 45.75 markers

as shown in Figure 3.

Note: If 42.6 marker will not

position properly, adjust

and11-2041(top core) slightly.

1T2001

T206_1

FINE TUNEASSEMBLY

FIGURE 3 DO THIS ONLY IF NECESSARY.

142

V3

6 A

OS

AA

l./01

0 O

UT

PU

T

011

I\

5:.

1142

.27

0 II

1.20

401

MIN

GT

RA

P il-11

%19

1;;..

I C12

6,

I

e

r L.

Oe

2310

0ay

[\

23y

'r"sc

ot4

7IM

P D

I

c126

0062

EvY

dr{

ho19

[t2

SIC

]

cool

,o

126.

20

2200

IR

\I,'4

0111

.-42.

21r,

""I\

It 06

1204

L200

2.00

TR

OT

2.

CR

c ne

t

0011

v2S

ON

SR

AT

IO D

ET

. /A

UD

IO A

MP

I05

4400

0 n

0.00

47 c

p

Ns , 1-7,79

74./0

4.51

60

<I

r:2

?r,

`,R

20,

.L 4Fc

,se

,

'az

c2J2

5100

050

---

1-14

1 I m

ai--

Alm

*no

t.se

MO

^11.

,io

Nie

4,,

C 2

300/

2.0

t21

04 U

021.

.15

1---

0A

O,

GLI

A.1

L006

100r

t0-

a A

I 3 \-

-0

I51

1301

VI

I1*

6BR

EIA

II.

0 S

D IF

AM

RI

AG

G A

MP

I /I

/

13

C1256

222e

0 irk

\I.:R

IM-D

I23

2le

g

7,1

L 42

32

floe

4

100

Cr

002

7100

rle

013Z

6I V

T

5510

0

Rile

.05E

6

c,

Ron

C.'.

.6,..

2_12

.16W

D

Fut

oI0120 .0

064

:;071

0167

00T

3l5

le

475

.22

1911

1-0-

0235

V7

1.00

26E

T 7

4402

VID

EO

AM

P1I

OR

IZ. A

FC

0 24

0 eo

0 N

AP

OI

0113

.4.

7112

e

234

"--{

HP

.

ri N

ilI

71-

4410

,eo

a

.v z

05

WLe

02

Ne.

*WO

=A

MR

1111

1111

11tik

;'

22 5

00

042.

22 5

3050

70

Cel

t00

1 I

3001

Oi

*302

3300

VA

0302

001

F-6

2300

ME

G

2

F01

011

2222

20

3122

1302

34

i\L01

1

204

I

__

3C 2

00I N

2 9

5

5540

0

0406

7110

150

5402

270

0 --

I

2

0400

3300

3

001

1200

0400

001

PR

INT

ED

BO

AR

D A

SS

EM

BLY

1V

sS

CS

6S

YN

C S

EP

.8

NO

ISE

GA

TE

..."

070

at.

I e

(3,

23

2041

00

50 2

2 P54

011

5402

ZO

24:

.001

.55

50

5256

400 V 1

0

6RC

IZG

7H

0

0.03

6Rax

17

..1`

,127

2

6410

z10

4A

D 7

42.4

.

al

.004

7

2420

ls.h

2.70

SYL

VA

NIA

Cha

ssis

555

-1, -

2, -

3, -

5, -

6, -

7, P

rint

ed B

oard

Ass

embl

y an

d W

avef

orm

s

0

BO

AR

D C

OLO

R C

OD

ER

ED

C

IRC

UIT

RY

RE

D/W

HIT

E '

PLA

TE

SG

RE

EN

: SIG

NA

L G

RID

SW

HIT

E. G

RO

UN

DG

RE

EN

/WH

ITE

ALL

OT

HE

RS

'21

1-3

lJ

Mz

tJ

tx1

cc a) 1-3

Cl) LJ 0 '11 0

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION Ir

SYLVANIA CHASSIS555-1,-2,-3,-5,-6,-7

...... I fffff MT 0.11 Mt MISS OT ..... SF 311,1,110

I ..1 .....

........ 1. ........ 1.1 -.1. . ..... ........`,.. , 1- ...-.1, ..... M .,- 1 -,..'V... .1, 1. ...... .,. ..... 1...1 .............. . I $

, ..... 1. ..... I. . ..... . ...... at t ...................... . ... ...

1,111I. OlniCE 14Soltridfla (OoDITIOOS

0 ..... ........... """ 310 0

,r

........ ..... 10.1.

....... ..... .01131

.... ... ...... ......

UHFTUNER

VHF TUNER

P1500

SW 500SWITCH-ON/OFF

SOT.VIEWS

INTERLOCK

HALOTUBE

r R504150K 2.,2 502

SWITCH

502HALOPLUG

R508 T502SOK HALO

2W TRANSFORMER

S011 -SIN

-2 CHASSIS

56500

WISE BRAIDTO METALCHASSIS

P1200 6K200

TO TONECONTROLCIRCUIT

-3,-7 CHASSIS500 ONLY

.0022-1,-2 CHASSIS ONLY

TO PIN 2OF SK 100TO TIEPOINT 21

71

VIA V2A II

1/2 6BR8A I/26BN8 I r -SOUND IF AMP T100 RATIO DE T. I

#4111/4 5 MC

/+ 47111 6 1-5.11,- - - - - -.11,,e 2111 .I -7.8VI [ I

(#4.91,1 1 I

1 I BLU ,TEL.J IC112 11.4 _12- I L2MFO

50V 11

C114I I10115" III.

11

ISOKO I*

.01

4.26011

V468Z6

1ST VIDEO IF AMP

5 (:;11,1r,

I I 1200 II FD 11 IN

IFPU I - MB IMI"--i.

..3tv II . 42.811)

52024.765%* 9 V(#4,9 0203

0200 C20 ,,12 2401I -.-I I

IK .001 2TC416

1 5I I

10MIMS

II C2100 NA...

167MMF° C:? -1- Ns: 1...,. /RZIS

110204 1 1.15100/15%I 12.M - 1.-

I1:2°04 4.2142,7 6.4NM ROBED

120247 213MC

TRAP

L20441.25 MG

TRAP

ROT. VIEW

1200,1202,1204R206 R210

5.6 MEG 470K 5%

2C -20 'S l! It 2 0 I I 2 11-9.41,1-r .22 6.8 MEG +2600

H = 5%616

VS

6BZ62 NO VIDEO IF AMP

.24.5V

2 VIEW011,011

R2I922005%

11 R212

II560

+260V

V)45U 4GB

L.V. RECTIFIER

0506 001

1502

TO 00ON

04211

+260V

000

1:am-0 2. K

C502A..,..,C313:19+,,C502C I

_i_40MFD _1_12014FD_l_2091FD- 400V -4000 350V II

r6F 05A 5077a75 i I

I I

1 0404 .047 R406 j. 7

FAA

.I7-2 CHASSIS 1v PP 00

PLATE -HOR12. AFC

1

-1:2(3.-701LT = =

5214AGO190K

IN IM PIlV

(+240V4

ROT.VIEW

V66BZ6

23RD VIDEO AMP

Va,;

#1.5V(#1.4 V)

1206 I.122361900

C230

270 IMMO

.001

+260V

6 #100V95111

523210K

R234ISK

°3°° 0302-.O. .001

*67 V3'

042V11 *-1-n 1 I. <II300 R302 .TIV .51 MEG 330K ;

..........."7+127 VI L .- .J915 , 3,) 0

III/26BR8A = PLATE SYNCTAKE -OFF

C220 AGG AMP.022 I I 110,,,

ZOVI.,./Sov

-II I/26ET7V 78

11 MORI Z . AFC

I I

11

11

IIII

6E66 OR -=SOLI

+140VBUSS

+26091SUSS

,g114 '

1400-4"----17R"'4E--MO2F0405

C406 -1

33011 2700 -MMFD I

*.95V0.95VI

101/111.1111.3

0400 .001

I C402 0015 04

I

r--umo

R240/Ion

VI

R2422.20

f.112

yeSCSI

SYNC. SEP & NOISE GATE

0 304.01

vinursrie

2 -6 ONLY

TO PIN 3I OF P.- 600 UHF TUNER FIL.- - -

R416HORIZ. HOLD

50K

5415132K

R408

HO.

S (:30324

R306170. _LOW

10KI W

+1409ISON

L 400NORI 2. FREQUENCY

04120047

C410=47 MMFD

(#616. 2461:2/

[0,1/775ev

6CMORI Z

144


. TO PIN 5OF 56500

CII6 I

.022

IT -711 I

/MN 4 OFPL 500

rI I V281/2 6BN8

AUDIO AMP

I +49V

I

I

TO PIN 5

I

I OF PL500. I

I

VIDEOTEST POINT

_ _ - - - _ _.±J

Flya12 013 ' ---/

2 FL--ON GO

V TA1/2 6ET7 1 --=iiro I

C232-= C256

VIDEO AMP 22

I L /09 It6OVII -100V

13 -I-1-* ' I R2507 6

(---9

2 7WI ,) 1

-II

11144 11--r' 1

- 41 +26011

6.1111 7 Mil

PP 100PLATE -AUDIO- - -

C122400

MMFD

C 124.01

COLOR DOT

207. VIEWl'e 0 000

417/-03-,2246 (/-11')2.78

63..,0016+.5VI+ 79V1

R249 r]... C2462711 .0,

+140V

VPso

T206SOUND

TAKE OFFAND 4.5MC

TRAP

-L-) I2322 .' 1

II

- .110 VERT. HEIGH T3 MEG

1013.22 I

C32II

-r °°'II ;316II 4.7 MEG

I I

I I

II

Il

IL-TIII

P402 IIHORIZ. OSC II

---.1 I I

V16I 7

8420.76

0418680MME

C420.001

125VII.125

-83VVI

G316V9A .0022

V26EM7VERT. OSG 6314

047

11318VERT. HOLD

S MEG211.702P

11332VERT LIN

3 MEG

VII600613

HORIZ OUTPUT

-60VI -40V)

114241is I. -

22011.5 MR IR w.

100 VPP30 P...

OGG VIPson.,

1135012011

0326680

MMFD34V

+260v * 11266

41-,%-1/7

r476 1111-70NLY1

.1 11326C318 126.17,

OWE

2551'II635V)

0322.0056

2324IK

MINIM2330 -27VI MEG (-2111

V9B1/2 6EM7VERT.OUTPUT

C 320.001

R33615011

T--wsKeviR3346206

C24.047

T400

R432IDTNSOK

65020 (100 MFD ONLY

T 25V2336

-= 47011SW

In

1:: V,

V36A0 5A

AUDIO OUTPUT

C126A T25 MFD

212466011E

2W

=

+260V L210 I I

365 UM II

R2526

112541.2 MEG

T 102

SYLVANIA 555-1, -2, -3, -5, -6, -7,Schematic Diagram

I (Continued)

L._

YELLOW

I

Y/00II690V1

II

1P-COr '11340:4708

T300 86300

V12

IG3GT1B3GT

M.V.REGTIFIER

C42682 MMFD30V

F-47 (X)C42647MMFD2 KV

R256BRIGHT.

MEG

2260CONTRAS

256

C262178/41,1F0

02.6691.

R3425001

BLACK

r

- E

1

___J L _ _ _ _ J419 Yr.ton,

VIS2396P4

OR23BHP4PI% TUBE

17 KV!211V

AOUADAG GROUND

R264FOCUSS MEG

4,SPARK ARRESTOR(PART OF Pix TUBE SOCKET)

660V WITH 11264MUG. CLOCKWISE

= ROTATION

70 VPPtGry

YOKE

190T. VIEWS I Q L300

PL300

1-700V700 VI

3

--11C430

20 MMFD561'

2

L408HORIZ. LIN.

COIL

C432.033

E

VERT.DEFLECTIONCOILS NORIZ.

DEFLECTION,L302 COILS I

L402 L404

V13

6AX4GTBDAMPER

46.

f8501/IVZ5OVI

A. L406

i1

11.. C434

30018

a 1.-1- C1.36

145

VOLUME TV -19,

SYLVANIAChassis

555-1, etc.ServiceInformation(Continued)

R260CONTRAST

R256BRIGHTNESS

R3I8VERT.HOLD

SKI00

EDO 6B

ggR342

SK500

SK502ON SOMEMODELS

5U4GBSK 200

PRINTED BOARD ASSEMBLY

SK 300

R438I I

C434

C436

BOTTOM PARTS LAYOUT

CB 500

C314 R328

V9 R330V13 6EM 7

6AX4GTBR320

C312 C3I6/ C322

L406 R334

INFORMATION

I

AC

TERMINALS

R2I4AG C

R416HORIZ.HOLD

R264FOCUS

R432WIDTH

R332VERT. LIN.

R322VERT.

HEIGHT

L400HORIZ.FREQ.

146


SYLVANIACHASSIS: 546-3,-4,-5 CHASSIS: 546 -1,-2MODELS: 19T10,19TII SERIES MODELS: 19P10, 19PI I

Exact material on the above listed sets The sets listed above are similar tois below and on pages 148 through 152. the group covered by this material.

AGC ADJUSTMENT1. Set channel selector to strong-

est channel in area and adjustfine tuning control to correcttuning point.

2. Set contrast and brightness con-trols to maximum.

3. Rotate AGC control R228 clock-wise until picture "bends" or"jumps" sideways.

4. Reverse rotation of the AGC con-trol (counterclockwise) untilpicture is horizontally andvertically stable.

S. Reduce contrast and brightnessto normal setting, rotLte finetuning control to correct tuningpoint. Normal picture should beobserved.

--HORIZONTAL AFC A DJ U STME NT -

1. Set channel selector to strong-est channel in area and adjustfine tuning control to correcttuning point.

2. Adjust vertical height, verticallinearity, and width control for

normal picture.3. Rotate horizontal frequency con-

trol L400 in either directionuntil picture falls out of hori-zontal sync. (If picture is notout of sync at the end of thecontrol range, momentarilyswitch tuner to "free" channeland then return to original).

4. Reverse rotation of frequencycontrol slowly until picturefalls int-

CHASSIS AND PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

(tuner mounted for transporting)

147

V71

11/2

BE

T7

AF

C D

ISC

Rt

1/2V

e7E

AT

7

VS

V6

.

EN

D V

IDE

5002

51F

AM

P5

+!S

OV

IFS6

-:-.

0-00

:.

-I3R

D V

I5D

8E20

61F

.At7

1e,

YH

tt2.

42.

.

0/00

0!

'V

IDE

O A

MP

0/ Y

0

0250

0 .15V

1.6I

VI

I

toff.

1io

on p

m...

..L

_""°

,,,,

,vw

.0 -

.0K

I Gly

er._

,,,...

...

-I

I

......

,...

1

nm-.

10,1

....f

Litp

vl

3..

... 7

14I

310

'1!!

11

I7t

:3^1

1f

/ 0 0

a--''

,.-

-3

>.1

._tr

a.

-]..

32/2

1100

4.20 man

.21

0IV

Z ,

-1.1

01/2

,Igt

Pr/r

&V

1.04

40

220

2 2

2.

IIIM

G

....t

-.c

1 .0

0m...

.I.

01

V8

3CS

6S

YN

C. S

EP

& N

OIS

E G

AT

Ero

,:E

r:

-3.0

0210

NO

TE

SS

YLV

AN

IA C

HA

SS

IS

=22

114

2204

4711

.110

7102

.000

2; 2

2I

le

"".`

"" 1

/2i '

AR

EA

GC

AM

P

tetr

ttot?

c:t o

r.IV

":r

fal

;,24

;11 11

,r-

----

--1

Iltr

ii 11

1...

222

I

n.,1

1

1.,,.

__i

;

'°...

!.

007.

,F

.--

II

I

.4A

yttA

tedk

j_ilf

UN

ER

L ._

__;1

1"_.

_1

x5gr

i7«

.. .-

-i.,.

....

2214

1424

120

00.,

MA

2E0.

1O

M. I

IP

ICIr

vit2

TM

IIri

. = =

il

SYL

VA

NIA

Cha

ssis

546

-3, -

4, -

5, S

chem

atic

Dia

gram

IIV

28V

3/:

Mg/

IIT

102

II1/

2 B

ON

N5/

105

AU

DIO

AM

PA

UD

IO O

UT

PU

T

4440

010

.242

-00

102


SYLVANIA Chassis 546-3, -4, -5, Alignment Information, ContinuedVIDEO IF, SOUND IF AND 4.5MC TRAP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES

1. Connect an isolation transformer and a

variable transformer between chassis andpower line. Line voltage should be main-

tained at 117 volts.

2. Keep marker generator coupling at a mini-

mum to avoid distortion of the responsecurve.

3. Do not use tubular capacitors for coupling

sweep into receiver. Disc ceramics arebest.

4. For best results, solder the sweep generator

ground to chassis, do not use clips.

5. Sweep generator "hot" lead must make good

electrical contact at all points givenunder TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP.

6. Adjust sweep generator output for a 3V peak

to peak response curve on the scope.

7. Receiver and test equipment should warmup for approximately 15 minutes before

alignment.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT


1. Set VHF tuner to a free channel SWEEP GENERATOR - through a a. Adjust L210 for maximum re -

that does not disturb the re-

sponse curve.

Detune tuner converter coil by

turning core fully counter-

.0047 Mfd capacitor to point

3) . Set generator to 43.5 MC

with 10 MC sweep.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - loosely

sponse at 44.0 MC.

b. Adjust 1202 for maximum re-

sponse at 45.3 MC.

clockwise. coupled as a marker to sweep

generator lead.

c. Adjust T200 for maximum re-

sponse at 42.7 MC.

Connect -3.5V DC source (-)

term.to point OA , (4.) term,

to chassis,

Connect -25V DC source (-) term.

to point OD , (.-f-) term, to

OSCILLOSCOPE - connected to

test point®Repeat steps A, B, C to obtain

response curve shown in Figure L

Adjust L210 to remove tilt.

Adjust T202 to position 45.75

42.6 MC

chassis.80% 4

50%

45.75MC marker.

I.- --1___FIGURE 1

Adjust T200 to position 42.6 MC

marker. (See Fig. 1)

2. Same as Step 1. SWEEP GENERATOR - through a a. Set signal generator at.0C47 Mfd capacitor to a jig

shield on mixer tube of tuner.

47.25 MC.

Detune L204 then adjust trapDo not allow shield to short

to tuner frame.

L206 (top core) for maximum dip.

Adjust L204 for maximum dip at

47.25 MC.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - loosely

coupled to jig shield. b. Set signal generator at

41.25 MC and adjust L202 forNote: to observe results it may

be necessary to disconnect the

OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 1. maximum dip.

-3.5V DC source at point 0

ALTERNATE

point 0(top core)

shield and

STEP 2 - Remove -3.5V DC source from point Connect a VTVM on - DC scale to

. 1. Insert 47.25 MC CW signal from signal generator to jig shield. Adjust L206

and L204 for minimum DC reading on meter. 2. Insert 41.25 MC CW signal to jig

adjust L202 for minimum DC reading on meter.

3. Same as Step 1. SWEEP GENERATOR - Same

2.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same

as Step

as Step

a. Adjust converter coil in

tuner and L206 (bottom core) to

position 42.6 and 45.75 markers

as shown in Fig. 2.42.6 MC

2.

5.75t

-- \...

MC

OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 2.

Note: If 42.6 marker will not

position properly, adjust T200

and L210 slightly.

41.25 MC FIGURE 2 DO THIS ONLY IF NE2ESSARY.

149


SYLVANIA Chassis 546-3, -4, -5, Alignment Information, Continued4.5 MC TRAP, SOUND IF AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT


1. Set contrast control to maximum

and brightness control to mini-

mum.

Connect -30 volts DC source (-)

term. to test point 0 and (-1.)

term. to chassis.

Connect a 4.5 MC series tuned

circuit between yellow cathode

lead of picture tube and ground.

VTVM - Ground or "common" lead

to junction of two matched 100K

resistors connected in series

across R108 (27K). DC probe

through 100K resistor to termi-

nal 4 of T100. Isolate VTVM

from ground.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - to test

point 0 . Set signal genera -

tor to 4.5 MC perferably crys-

tal calibrated or controlled.

For MAXIMUM neg. reading:

T100 (Top core)

T100 (Bottom core)

T204 (Bottom core)

1204 (Top core)

Note: Use peak resulting in

greatest separation of cores.

2. Same as Step I. VTVM - RF probe connected

across coil of series tuned

4.5 MC circuit.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as Step

1.

For MINIMUM reading;

1204 (Bottom core)

Using lowest signal generator

output level, repeat Step 1 ex -

cept 1204 (bottom core).

3. Same as Step 1. Same as Step 1. For zero reading:

T100 (Top core)

Set VTVM to zero reading using

lowest meter scale. At correct

setting for T100 (top core), a

slight turn of core will give

a reading either up or down the

scale.

ALTERNATE 4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

Connect a good antenna to the receiver and properly tune in a strong station. Adjust (T204

bottom core) for minimum 4.5 MC interference in the picture. This interference takes the form

of a "grainy" appearance or a f'ne line pattern through the p cture.

a.

150

PR

INT

ED

BO

AR

D

R26

7I

R50

4

C42

6

TU

NE

R C

LUS

TE

RC

ON

TR

OLS

VA

RY

ON

SO

ME

MO

DE

LS

T10

2R

502

CH

SE

L

FIN

E

0V

OL

ON

/OF

F

C25

4

0 0

R 2

6 0

IR26

21R

332

C50

2

C50

4

C42

5

R42

4

T30

0

R43

0

V13

C43

4

\L4

06C

430

C 5

8c5

12

PA

RT

S L

AY

OU

T -

RE

AR

VIE

W

R50

0 Ell

O24

8 C53

0

%V

3

2341

1,5A

Q5

jV

2...

"6B

N8

PP

100

0110

- R10

80

-R

248

CII2

0108

0C

106

%C

526

C24

6

eR

254

064

)C

24

`-:./

0 r 4 tri

0-3 C c7; 4 C

l)

110P

I1

R25

0I

I)-

348

0 0

°#

R23

30

8122

00'7

1

.C12

80

T20

401

1110

244

C52

8V

I-'L

202

0tl Z

1100

00

C2I

Z,R

206

R21

45B

R84

NI

V7

tri

C10

4I

1

R27

68E

T7

t'l0R

210

Ilk C

202

C20

0R

201

C21

2R

208

%0

R20

4R

2I2

0C

2I 0

R 2

2 0

C 2

2 0

OW

46.

C23

8

_CI00

R10

1M

INR

106

\,R1

02C

102

R10

0R

244

R2

38C

2 3

6

- _

_L2

16 0 R

242

C)

t=1 tl co a) N

D ''']

C22

6L2

0811

110

II

rli,

C20

6 I 1

i%

v

1111

C11

amek

7R

236T

CC

211f

i:7R

224

1,4

SC

200

-

cdL2

06aM

DC

228_

,R23

2S

ID02

42I

1

isso

1

C24

05 6

iai

o C

208

0R

216

0R

200

_R20

2

R21

8C

224

gab

0G

EM

1L2

1202

32I

R24

0-

C23

0

L214

U

I I

11

IZ cn

AO

V4

T20

0-

V5

T20

2

IV

6,-

,1

1

I 1

tii

3BZ

641

.110

3BZ

623

43B

Z6

I

_C

I I

<02

04\

0020

305

20\-

..I

4111

11,

L210

I

n05

18L_

____

_J05

24C

516

OP

8222

R2

3 4

4111

041

110

x.

.10

10\

N

1111

111

G)

L502

L504

0522

L506

\-:..

,L2

0402

22ti 0

PR

INT

ED

BO

AR

D A

SS

EM

BLY

SYL

VA

NIA

Cha

ssis

546

-3, -

4, -

5, M

odel

s 19

T10

, 19T

11 S

erie

s, C

ontin

ued

H 5


1

6illC1821 eginghouse470806 1 410=2202 51888124

MANUAL, VHF ONLY V-2409-1MI- .6.6 0:74.cl, Willas,,,,,

0 4. 'iSTCO .11Mi4/La ' 0 VALC0110,..

R MANUAL 580.11I 2409 2 0.1.

4;022 / MANUAL, VHF/UHF V-2409-2O;m,.

I f ad 6BZ6

4562.8

<0.MOB* C

C418.

Otrla

8

x .02l'41%

68068"»oh a

va511488

REMOTE CONTROLLED V-2409-3

.12 al.Z00 cc..., I ,Igsa 922004

CRT MODEL AND CHASSIS CHART.1 18 ni?deVr Model Chassis Tuners Used

OW218 09,44.&E. . H -P3400-6) a

:cyz, 1.-(1)

n, ?--i-- H -P3401 V-2409-1 470V071H01 VHF'.;:.?

,----Th H -P3402v1OCO 011

a

1100

0.1 5.oc

110 81.4818.

120.1 . H-P3400UI -1.P

470V063H03 VHF0X11.

WST% ,.. "8 Ir

1400 340 Ili V-2409-2. R

-'.

H-P3402U 472V037H02 UHF

i -'\, V-2409-3-f)--? v11118 M18111FROO-) , .(01 .

H -P3450H- P3451

V-2408Remote 470V071H01 VHFji,..._

J uSE 9. H -P3452 Director

PILOT LAMP REPLACEMENT (Material on pages 153 through 156)1. To replace pilot lamps, remove the front knobs and es-

cutcheon, held by one screw. FUSE INFORMATION2. The remote pilot lamp clips onto the tuner mounting

bracket. Remove only the shield to replace the lamp. The power supply fuse is located in the rear of the3. To replace the channel indicator lamp, remove the dial chassis near the vertical output transformer. The fuse is a

and the lamp shield. When replacing the shield, be sure 3.5A slo blow type.the slot is toward the dial. A 21/2 inch piece of #24 copper wire is used as fuse link

4. After replacing the dial, turn the set on and check to see F401. It protects the power transformer from tube filamentthat the channel numbers appear correctly. To adjust the shorts. If F401 blows no tubes will light.pilot light, loosen the bracket screw from the rear of the CAUTION: After replacing fuse link, check for shorts beforeset, turning on set. Be sure to replace flame proof fuse covering.

TUBE COMPLEMENT AND RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS

Resistance MeasurementsTube Type Tube Function

Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9

VI: 6AX4GTB Damper 2.5M 23 FIL FILV2: 6DQ6B Horiz Output NC FIL 15K 15K* 470K NC FIL 0 tCap. 16V3: 6AQ5A Audio Output 0-500K 330 FIL FIL 2K 1.5K 0-500KV4: 6AW8A Video Output & Sync Sep 0 2M 80K FIL FIL 47K 1M 10K 4.4KV5: 6DT6 FM Detector 4 820 FIL FIL 2M 33K 600KV6: 6FV8 Sound Lim & Noise Inv 1.2M 26K 330 FIL FIL 20K 20K 0 100KV7: 6CS7 Vert Disch & Vert Out 1.2M NC 1.3M FIL FIL 500K 1.5M 0 100

V8: 6BZ6 3rd IF Amp .1 150 FIL FIL 10K 47K 0

V9: 6BZ6 2nd IF Amp 60K INF FIL FIL 680 680 INFVIO: 6BZ6 1st IF Amp 600K 47 FIL FIL INF INF 0Vll: 6EA5 VHF RF Amp 600K 0 FIL FIL 1.3K 40K 0

6EA5 VHF RF Amp (1) 0 620K FIL FIL 6.6K 0 0

V12: 6CL8A VHF Mix - Osc INF 800* INF FIL FIL INF INF 0 100K

6CG8A VHF Mix - Osc (1) 4.7K 15.6K 0 FIL FIL 6.6K 27.6K 0 223K

V13: 6AF4A UHF Osc I5K 5.6K FIL FIL .1 5.6K 15KV14: 6CG7 Horiz MV 57K 200K 1K FIL FIL 48K 2.3M 1K 0

V15: 19ACP4 CRT FIL 0 85K 0 NC NC ' 150K FIL

V16; 1G3GT H V Rectifier INFINITEtCap.500

V17: 5U4GB L V Rectifier NC FIL NC 21 I NC 21 I NC F1L

(1) Used in Chassis V -2409-I, 3.All resistance in ohms from tube pin to chassis ground except ()*Resistance measured from tube pin to pin *8 of V17.tMeasured from cap of tube to pin 3 of VI (Damper) NC No connection

153

MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

DC 20 I FC 21

I. 01/101, .005 202511 r--_---1r-0

r .0

'

L

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2409-1, -2, -3,Schematic Diagram

V6.1/2 6206

LIMITER

v

7 1st if AAPam,

201.3 w

C205

1 M65 R

<25

I .20.5 6

__J

eS0

;to;t0.4 1004

62T . c0ts

SECTION 2VIDEO IFS 00E0 OUTPLIT

:437V 613

1/2 6206POISE INVERTER

1/-2.5vS s*

0301 tos,os

io

0 S 123, 3

113A ,...505c 0, 0 v .3.55.0,1

1/2'61S6.SYNC SEP

r

11211

I62R

-1.0047

- (

T°°2

_J

ZZ1

C1IiC 32V TA

- 1 6CS7VERT DISCO

25

,60 V PP 60 1

10r

SECTION' 3

SYNC 5 VERTIC A

/16vAC1.

,r5. /WWI 141,1. COWC.0.17?..4 gins """ "

sv PP .10f\/\

N

EC

)r-YTht.i/PIMPON

NCThrITv1313 MON

11010 /TO

DC 42

,11/\20 v p 5.250 N

re,AFC

XI 2510 Rl I , I'1

1

vi 066-0 03 V1A-11 03 v V Mat iaz LIMN tt,s2 412J

Cart. AM ouT IWO Carr MOONY COT vC . WOSrsc31132 a,

;12.E1921

233

2

1111261130012 OWL

v I vaSSA220111 5416

1.403

GO,Go,

cm0

r

31 1s()

sstALS.

Osc

4TNOsS403

SECTION 4NOOSSZOINTAL

I

154


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2409-1, -2, -3, Service Information, Continued

1

L2034 1122

L 202300.0

r.Ru14.40 ".

VL 202 1 /2 6.62"T VIDEO OUT

nOTES

a, 041a, IND .0 1..1 .11101 1.0$1 11W 1.1. 0[1.14NCI wia.ottl afar Do 0,5. V) .11 01.0.r4OC110

10 r:]..Wl211 na..-. 3020 220,4 VV., 10 11 .01 101 1.C1.1101 0 .11 ;ma:gm ar.crc Srl FOO .0.51. OK /Vat C.00.. 1,1

1FSVAKI .I.A10113 OM C0.0.0 t 01

st .i.5, r 1011. 4101..03 USED

1,1,100 00.1. Ila 111. 41.0111101 if .0O311.00,1 111.103 V- 10113

Lro

ct? 11.11

0

t

05,200,

id:0E

JLIL4100.11,60,

1

t22"1"1""J

10

OrP140,

Schematic Diagram

CHASSIS REMOVAL

1. Remove control knobs.2. Remove back cover and antenna connectccs.3. On receivers having Remote Director remove remote

receiver, amp-lok connector and transducer plug. Threescrews hold the remote receiver to the tuner assemblyand cabinet base.

4. Disconnect speaker slip-on leads at speaker and removethe lower screw which holds wire clamp to speaker. Thespeaker can remain in the cabinet held by one screw.

5. Remove four screws holding control panel to front es-cutcheon and one screw holding top of CRT assembly tofront escutcheon.

6. Remove the remaining seven screws from the bottom ofthe cabinet.

7. Carefully slide the chassis out from the cabinet, tunerassembly first.

RINGING COIL ANDHORIZONTAL FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT1. Short out the ringing coil (L401) with a jumper wire.2. Set the horizontal hold control to the center of its me-

chanical range. Do not change this setting during thesteps that follow.

3. Calibrate a VTVM to OV Center scale on the 1.5V rangeand connect to test point 0 for measuring the DC volt-age between C) and ground.

4. With the receiver tuned to a station of normal signalstrength, adjust trimmer C421 so that moving it one waycauses the meter to swing to the left and moving it theother way causes it to swing to the right. Then carefullyadjust trimmer C421 for center scale on this meter.

5. Remove the jumper from the ringing coil.6. Adjust the ringing coil for center scale on the VTVM.

Check by switching to another channel and back again.The receiver should snap into horizontal sync on allchannels.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITYThe height and vertical linearity controls are accessible

through the slide plate. The height control can be adjustedthrough the hollow horizontal hold control shaft while thelinearity control is at the rear of the vertical hold control.

Adjust the height and vertical linearity controls to get apicture of proper height and proportion.

DEFLECTION YOKEThe deflection yoke should be as far forward as possible

(touching the bell of the CRT). Rotation of the deflectionyoke is used to level the raster.

WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

This adjustment is a plastic tab with a copper rectanglebonded on to one side. It protrudes out from between theyoke and the bottom of the neck of the picture tube. Theshiny side of the copper rectangle goes down against thepicture tube while the clamp opening goes to the top. Therectangle must be centered at the bottom of the CRT neck.

To adjust the width, loosen the yoke clamp. Pushing thetab into the yoke decreases width. Pulling the tab out of theyoke increaees width. Best linearity, however, is possiblewith the width tab pushed all the way in. If insufficientwidth occurs, pull out the tab for just enough scan withoutcausing poor linearity. A jumper across R428 gives maxi-mum scan when left in the circuit. Removing this jumperwould decrease the width.

155

--L

R A

31 -

11

R41

4Y

?20

CA

21

R40

7

/ 12.

--"V

145

---.

4\

,,i,8

CG

7/.'

.

8409

---

3,/

---

C11

0/

---

-7--

- -

--1-

4

/ /C

422

ccTIC

14

IC

C41

6--"

RjA

3

.5 4

4111

4- M-t{

R4o

61-

illC

41

\m

illi

LI

R49

8 ,-

1

,R

404

r14t

.

4211

.. fi

e r413

x42

Iv%

R40

3'

23 4

5 1

0Z

401

CI

0412

T02

21

1 C

418

B

0209

-H R

219

MI

IN

0-)

R22

4 I-

1611

2

10

R22

3

IL._

CN

is,

)Qs/

_.4.

...E

rr-H

004

I_

---t

R21

8 1-

-/I

c,

,i

%sm

r---

- --

.-,

tii

\--

-2-

1ci

02

(VI

\,c

,...._

4104

1

Nc-

-___

-" 1

......

....-

-I

\-1

A33

-

1---

.2R

2 03 Il

l4R

ni

ll'il

C2%

\s...

....5

,,,/1

11

R20

21-

I

T20

1i.

---1

R10

9 j-

C21

0

......

...__

__ _

..-1

R20

6 -

'....

.

V3

\ 1

IC11

/'-itr

rR20

),!..

..81-

.1C

?)9

...

..---

3--,

644.

05A

)/

r V

9 \

-7:4

°97-

-"6

/N

C21

3-.

IN6n

6 7

/r%

1

/ \C

226

1.1

61;-

2-25

8--1

L40

3-

\ /c1

11 1

,

......

e/\i-1

-

/IR

I -1

209

111

ii

T

1/31

1.16

iL

ir

-\1\

i-C

12-2

1e.,

....0

0).f

rui

R21

4 t 1

i

7211

l'2(.

....

II'

,

../C

J30

1ci

si),

7\6

.613

Z6A

\v8,

.sC

.108

/;2

,/

23[0

i

ii-JI

R32

5

)..i-

'----

.5--

---

[11

131r

h--

---_

__

'"'

ri13

0111

j

r./

ll R

3

R21

7

291

riFi

7t7,

5440

4

R20

41--

C-2

06/:;

=?.

.4 R

m.)

AyA

.I

R12

113

L1-I

rljti

ill21

2

2C2 -1

13-C

21:1

7\°3

1-1

II

R3:

1Ii

01cp

.3.1

.5N

oci2

1882

27 4

;

R21

2

--t L

205

f---

\ s-

c216

xim

'L

-r-

riv\

6.44

8A

C10

0

8302

- --

+--

----

304

-_4

.

4ca

s_.2

_14

4141

3

-rag

a-E

1:26

111'

R32

3

RT

yC

300

13j6

I1

tC39

8 LE

M1

Ra2

2)-

R31

81-

po

4\_

6CS

783

27

C30

9

O

KE

Y T

O P

C B

OA

RD

LA

YO

UT

1H

oriz

onta

l hol

d co

ntro

l, R

415

2 C

ontr

ast c

ontr

ol, R

216

3 V

olum

e co

ntro

l, R

108

4 IF

inpu

t fro

m tu

ner

5 T

uner

fila

men

t6

Tun

er A

GC

, whi

te w

ire

7 A

udio

tran

sfor

mer

R10

1, b

lue

wir

e8

Aud

io tr

ansf

orm

er R

101,

red

wir

e9

Aud

io, B

+, j

unct

ion

of R

402

& C

406A

, red

wir

e10

Ver

tical

line

arity

, R32

00

11 V

ertic

al h

old,

R31

912

Ver

tical

out

put t

rans

form

er, T

300

13 H

eigh

t, R

328

(see

dia

gram

at r

ight

)14

Ver

tical

line

arity

, R32

015

Fila

men

t, 6.

3V A

C16

Con

tras

t con

trol

, R21

617

Con

tras

t con

trol

, R21

618

B+

+, R

421,

red

wir

e19

Ver

tical

out

put t

rans

form

er, T

300,

bla

ck w

ire

20 Y

oke,

Z40

2, g

reen

wir

e21

CR

T f

ilam

ent,

pin

822

Vol

ume

cont

rol,

R10

8 (s

ee d

iagr

am a

t rig

ht)

23 2

25 V

B+

, jun

ctio

n of

L40

0 &

C40

5A24

Ver

t out

put t

rans

form

er, T

300,

yel

low

wir

e25

Yok

e, Z

402,

ora

nge

wir

e26

CR

T c

atho

de, p

in 7

27 C

RT

scr

een

grid

, pin

328

CR

T f

ilam

ent,

pin

129

CR

T g

rid,

pin

230

Bri

ghtn

ess

cont

rol,

R22

231

Bri

ghtn

ess

cont

rol,

R22

232

CR

T f

ocus

, pin

433

Hor

izon

tal o

utpu

t to

R41

6T

ES

T P

OIN

TS

OA

GC

10

QB

Vid

eo d

etec

tor

8©

CR

T c

atho

de©

1st

IF

grid

C 3

rd I

F gr

id®

Hor

izon

tal m

ultiv

ibra

tor

© R

ingi

ng c

oil L

401

HO

Rin

ging

coi

l L40

1

SO

Soun

d

US

E R

403,

R40

4,R

405,

R40

6,C

411,

C41

2,

C41

3,C

415,

WH

EN

240

1 IS

OM

ITT

ED

.

Bot

tom

vie

w o

f PC

boa

rd s

how

ing

loca

tion

of to

p co

mpo

nent

s in

solid

out

lines

. Tub

e pi

n nu

mbe

ring

is fo

r bo

ttom

of s

ocke

t.


WestinghouseO

000 0 0$ cp CD(

0Figure 1 - Location of screws.

CHASSIS REMOVAL1. Remove control knobs, external antenna leads, back cover,

antenna bracket, and speaker leads.2. Remove front escutcheon. It is held by screws 1, 2, and

3 (Figure 1). Remove thumbwheel knobs.3. Remove screws 4, 5, 6, and 7 (Figure 1) which hold the

control panel to the front plate.4. Remove the bolts, on the bottom of the cabinet, which hold

the chassis.5. On UHF models: Remove screw holding UHF tuner -support

rod to cabinet. Remove screw holding UHF tuner -supportstrap to cabinet.

FRONT PLATE GLASS REMOVAL1. Remove the three screws that secure the retaining strip

at the top of the glass.2. Remove the top retaining strip and side retaining strips

and carefully remove the glass.

072,034004

/)5668Mixer/CISC

V121 v13

3114-t

0A peoc5'. c,0G

5005.00

OUTPUT

12026AU8

VIDEO OUTPUT

18255 AOC

1.9634.2 PIA

T201®

A-WM3826 r20L201

N&Ik! PIA

2200

2200

L 200

2.,5

AMP

V12

0; Or Ord

3066rAncEP

OSC.

3

TIRO FM. TDETECTOR

5FV8zortA

2300

47060ONLT)55,02(VHF

P401

1_101

(o)

J

2301 6C57r NOW M.V.

O

VHF: 2414-1

VHF/UHF: 2414-2

Models Chassis Tuners Used

H -T3560H -T3561H -T3562H -T3563H -K3811

H -K3850H -K3851H -K3852H -K3810

V2414-1VHF: 470V055H02470V087H01

H-T3560UH-K3851UH-T3561UH-T3562UH-T3563UH-K3850U

H-K3852UH-K3810UH-K3811U

V2414-2470V088H01VHF: 470V056H02

UHF: 472V034H04


chanical range. Do not change this settung during thesteps that follow.

3. Calibrate a VTVM to OV Center scale on the 1.5V rangeand connect to test point (F) for measuring the DC volt-age between (F) and ground.




CIRCUIT BREAKER RESETThe thermal circuit breaker will open the receiver AC

input in event of an overload (short) and will remain openuntil reset. Push the button on the rear of the receiver toreset. Immediate reopening of the circuit breaker (buttonpops out) indicates a short. DO NOT HOLD THE BUTTONIN. Component damage may result.

12DT5

OWN,

Figure 2 - Top View. 1_

0E11, it vER1 118.

rri

--jirc*:11roaL,

,250681401412

OUTPUT

126410134

DAMPER

jr --

17401

R4,02

2400

1650RECT

7

84251

157


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2414-1, V-2414-2, Schematic Diagram, ContinuedMOTES

L D.C. VOLTAGES MEASURED PROM 9 -AT 117V AC, NO APPLIED SIGNAL, USING v.T.V.M. VISA

T100E ALL PEAR TO PEAK VAWE FORMS TOADS WITH CONTROLS ADJUSTED FOR 112- LIMITER ER 709NORMAL PICTURE, CONTRAST FOR 85vP - P AT TEST POINT C. AGC LEVEL CONTROL 5v OP AT T-Pk.w 6 71.6°15 - 1& ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THEN I ARE "U. MID VALUES GREATER I

i/2 WITT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

4.5/ACLI°°R I 0901 '

li, 2411 110

= I44 8 0.IMS TO I OHM - 'COLD TO HOT.C100 I 1 - J

THEN I ARE PI Amid., WHILE ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS

+4706 8 R618°4 12:11 -11°*427C1011-3 -4.7 7

#411LOW B II5vHI B + 255V

SECTION ISOUND

TO OUTTIMER TERM. -

R FTUNER C20-1_1

El+ TOTUNER

R200ISM

6.8

41.25CM

1.200

- 0200T.047

22004 I- GRTLOOT ATI i

t L

asKrl

MC: . I

r ,

,

I ,

,?,47.25 I

I

900 MC ,

Lit - - _ _ _1

R2011.5k4AN,

IIOV

-

R202R2028.2K

R2053.

VII

3826Lit I.F.

I V

T200

IC152

C206

41.8MC

i6r - .85V

R20447

06203 "1- C202>560. T R206170

C204BOO

68

39.75MC

R207 -- 02078211 60O

VIO

2441.1 .F.

C 209

R208 C2113C2031

680

BI2Kv

OK T 680 222

IF B - TOISOLATED CHASSIS

T201

IIOV

.SV

R20927

621076

110V

R211470

45.62MC

C210.001

I 0211.0047

SECTION 2VIDEO 1 F B VIDE

nu inn"

62 V P60

740V PP15,750-

It3co-Fv

V78

6AUBKEYED AOC

I 740V P. P.i5,750. -

R30056K

209 2

R301 R3031506 IS6V I 50K

301 R3041006

AGC LEVEL CONTROL

9

R305 V45m ,I R307 03062K 31.5606

ScoNYNCTs4 476

SYNC. SEP.

58v

l'01 Ill 1111111.iljillR309

IOKR306 2 1 111 Ill270K

22w

330T7011 RP 60- 5

2 7

2

1

642V C302

1

#1C) env p p T27011R313I

I 4711

R311

82K

rri809 PP. 15,750-

2 301

C303 i

.0015 1 3

R312 I

270K I_C304

00221

2

SECTION 3SYNC,AGC B VERTICAL

141 B. 255V

1_OW 84. IISV

.4V PP 60 THERMALSW400 CIRCUITON -OFF BREAKER

F400 0402160MF

ISOLATEDCHASSIS

C4CHA 4 6402GONE .

20W4.

.0+T

A

i5Viic23

1015W

8401

AUDIO B +220

K14403 . 4 8

130 mF

I7WC403 0 .............

___( L_____. L 400 )f.0015

1.41111 8VPP 60.-

R404 .59PP23 470 IEIVPP 60-- 60- 1

260V 2W RT 0, vix401 04088

+ C4058 TC/:0mFI

30 /./F

I005C404 160 MF

.1.4 Kv 1.- di - la T- e--,..----, I

VI124)(4078

DAMPER

I 17

20V PP15,750,-,

1

L

3

R40533K ?.

SEL.DIODE

/40R. A.F C

2402r

I I #406C 412680

1.413390LI 168011

L -J IA47 \_\_.C414 47K

C51 28966

15,750,-9. PR AVG

t5,750.-

L401

30

2401 84134711

C410 R407 8401I W39 4.7K 10K 14

C 411

220

14,

11

CK.0

V

HH

uT.

21 17

WIDTH ADJUSTMENTThis adjustment is a plastic tab with a copper rectangle

bonded on one side. It protrudes from between the yoke andthe bottom of the neck of the picture tube. The shiny sideof the copper rectangle goes down against the picture tubeand the clamp opening goes to the top of the tube. Therectangle must be centered at the bottom of the CRT neck.

To adjust the width, loosen the yoke clamp. Pushing thetab into the yoke decreases the width. Pulling the tab outof the yoke increases the width. Best linearity, however, isprovided with the width tab pushed all the way in.

C426.033 ;.

V4 v64-8974-8V3 3csism VSSF

vERIT. SYNC. INVT. vERT.EKSCH. 1VAGC

R42523ISW

_ C429I.0047

/.141n1.._.4na4C430.70 -2 Kv.UHFONLY

158


ve22LE

F. M. CET.

185V5

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2414-1, V-2414-2, Schematic Diagram, ContinuedV8

54.05 GRN. DOT61.1010 OUT.

05101 I

T'

/62

3VR104820

II5V

TOM 1.0 0 47

V930614

r112V

1 i44MC

I _r_

115

IAVi,,1-`4'm

2

R212150

R1061206

_J

C109.022

R109

0110 5"560KRIO/ ilre 1.0015 ari.

C1118+207/8 -

212V RI 10

330IW

7101

II

RED

2Z,234.0

B + + 600V

T202C22

1.205

CRYSTAL 02002801 I- 202

1.204ALIC 140 0, M

..Ma- 194

14 84 01 IN IV 7A

fU111C2I4BB

8.2KA

L_112 V

C213- 800

47 vh 141.1 13

6 #2142g

11

-

4 F 1111111 111----"5.0VOR 60-

1.203

R213 350.43 S.470

R2151396

!a_ve.VINO -OUT .3.7.1

It.3V

8216

C2I5A+

130V

R227 UHF1K ONLY

R217SOK

CONTRASTCC01.

R2I84MF_I 22K2W

1

R2202.7KSW

R 2212.7K3W

L 206:1100411

1111 1111111111 1H1

f R2221 150K

40 mov

R225

#223i001.

BRIGHTNESS R224CONTROL 1006

150K

3

4115

23FP4CRT

440V

cs.:7 7i2.6

v68SEMI

IT 01504

113

120.75_VERT. OUT. 803V RP. R 323

60- 2.2M- w

C310.033

26-70v 0305 R3I4AL104327

8321

0311.047

R SI 27K

C308.047II II 6316 6-11

sC306

1 .00112K

.7Z 02,C; 1 C 3091.3022

I

1

6319I L_ 82KL -5 -- _

I;r i ;8"d. - 1841 P.P.

V HOLD CONT, V. LiN, CONT. 60'\,

11

R320150Awn

3

BLUE1300

YELLOW

R324

CV 01 T0.4 I

9235v

245v

300w

7.4v

322 4-1. C312220 _7-100WD

I w

7

II :4st

VERT B.240 V.

BLACK/ WHITE GREEN

130vPR 60-- C313

Z .22

I 34t2F. YOKE

*R327

RS5RmiSTC41261 560 i S60

41

MANSE

L- 11

WHITE

VERT.MORO.

"5-11111.1R-83 10

B LUE BLACK

2045415

IMF

C434 0417

56K

120 .01

H.:(-)T-taFREOADJC 41919-160

R 416180K

R4I760K1704I2. POMO CONY

4704

V2120069

MOR iZ.OU7.

-37V

4419ISO

5

YP--3/C422

.22

VI12AX40713CAMPER

1400

r --

v1740361

14 V.RECT.

-1 R,;131 7R422NOR

16KV

140V

R42018K 2W

C 421

1'5

445V RR 13750^

1.

L40314.4.

0423

T255V 1_402

1446

C424133

6

5t1

L _2

R 4234.78

J

,Ao

aBro. L82.;6, i3s12t6F..

IR.F.AmP kax.OSC1 I I

4113 I I U.N.F. 1

1 V12

4 3 4 3 4 31211421)Li4_3 4: 8

431 C432 C433 - 1.171.F.680 1 6801 1130;VHF.- -T

: r. u.EN:

- C780. 6913-1

1 - -1C430SI 680IfU

62KV ; 12641

V9 VIO VII ---- 1 rv-t4-1 v15 V1623FP4 6CG7

S

CENTERINGThe centering rings, located at the rear of the deflection

yoke, should be rotated to center the raster.



C425 -.0047 -

C426068

IR 424

3W C427.047

--1

11+ +600V

14 8 + 255V

AGC LEVEL CONTROL

This adjustment is factory set to produce a 5 volt, zeroto peak output at TP (B), with no sync crushing. Normally noadjustment will be needed in the field.

Should adjustment be necessary, select the channel withthe strongest signal. Turn the AGC level control clockwise( /Th ) until a slight bend appears at the top of the picture(sync crushing). Then turn the AGC level control slowlycounter clockwise ( ft"Th ) to about 1/4 of a turn past thepoint at which the bend disappears.

159

13

C11

3

31

C11

2

e.4^N

05j

V8

6

5A

\ 7

L202

(,51

0.24

3

R20

31 -

-

21-1

R31

01-

T20

2

4

R21

5 11

1R

214

Z40

1

/C43

8 1041

2

Ti

/15

\C

105

30T

6

SC

429,

?

R20

8

813

Y

3( V

9

\ C21

2

1py

112

J

R21

3

V4.

31-3

.."2

L204

C21

4

R 3

00

R22

71p

0R

304

V7 6g

8 r3

).5

L100

R10

0 F

-

C10

1r17

\ 6/

-1 R

2161

-

C10

4r

C10

31A

,1

C42

20

100

I-1

R22

51-

0L

C21

7Z

3001

12

3-1

C10

6 1

-1 R

104

1-0

Cjk

)

301

Jig

T20

0

_

Z20

0

C43

3"r

sy,

WE

STIN

GH

OU

SE C

hass

is V

-241

4-1,

-2,

Serv

ice

Info

rmat

ion,

Con

tinue

d

O..-

--o

n-r--

- - i

1

aC

201

li1

O

R10

5

,Rd

is:=

?4

NC

107

\,,-1

01

63C

56

-112

1.11

-

R41

8 1-

--

HC

414

08

C31

3It

C31

0

-4R

4221

-

Z30

1

1

C30

27'

'1, R

12

R1

/V

4

\5\

* U

HF

MO

DE

LS O

NLY

JUM

PE

R F

OR

VH

F M

OO

ELS

3 2

'rR10

2

r./

6

V6

\..3

5

FV

LC

102.

1

C41

5

C30

5

-1 R

314

1-

C30

7

-C30

9

-I R

322

R32

3 1-

-

.2.1

414=

MIO

C31

1

H R

316

I --

C30

61-

-

,pC

HA

SS

IS R

AIL

O

R30

5SYNC.

CO

NT

RO

L

R32

4V

ER

T.

HE

IGH

T

-.4

R32

0 V

(12D

T5)\

R31

8V

ER

T.

LIN

.

4\3.

'"2--

'10

-1R

3191

--...

.../

15

08

C41

6 I-

0

bb

L401

'`.1:

:==

=-C

111

-R

412

O_4

.

1B

otto

m v

iew

of P

C b

oard

sho

win

g lo

catio

n of

top

com

pone

nts

inso

lid o

utlin

es. T

ube

pin

num

berin

g is

for

botto

m o

f soc

ket.

KE

Y T

O P

C B

OA

RD

LA

YO

UT

1 T

100,

blu

e w

ire

2 Ju

nctio

n R

403,

C40

713

3 T

100,

red

wir

e4

Tun

er I

F ou

tput

5 B

righ

tnes

s co

ntro

l6

CR

T p

in 7

7 A

GC

leve

l con

trol

8 A

GC

leve

l con

trol

9 Fi

lam

ent t

o tu

ner

10 T

uner

B+

11 F

ilam

ent t

o tu

ner

12 C

RT

pin

313

CR

T p

in 8

14 T

o (3

1)15

Jun

ctio

n C

401A

, R40

2 (l

ow B

+)

16 C

RT

pin

217

Jun

ctio

n T

300

yello

w w

ire,

Z30

2 or

ange

wir

e18

CR

T p

in 4

19 V

ertic

al h

old

cont

rol

20 C

312

21 T

300,

blu

e w

ire

22 J

unct

ion

C40

813,

R40

423

To

R42

524

Ver

tical

hol

d co

ntro

l25

C42

0A26

CR

T p

in 1

27 H

oriz

onta

l hol

d co

ntro

l28

V2

pin

529

Jun

ctio

n C

401A

, R40

230

Jun

ctio

n C

406A

, L40

0, R

403,

R40

431

To

(14)

32 J

unct

ion

C42

5, R

424,

T40

0 lu

g S

(B b

oost

) &

R42

233

C21

5A34

Con

tras

t con

trol

35 B

righ

tnes

s co

ntro

l36

Tun

er A

GC

37 W

hite

wir

e to

T40

0 lu

g #1

38 B

lack

wir

e to

T40

0 lu

g #2

39 J

unct

ion

C42

4, T

400

lug

T40

Con

tras

t con

trol

41 V

olum

e co

ntro

l42

Vol

ume

cont

rol

43 C

111B

TE

ST

PO

INT

S(A

) A

GC

for

IF(B

) V

ideo

det

ecto

r(C

) C

RT

cat

hode

(D)

1st I

F in

put

(F)

Hor

iz. M

V(G

)(H

)(S

)Q

uad

coil

(T)

AG

C f

or tu

ner

Rin

ging

Coi

l


WestinghouseMODEL AND CHASSIS CHART

MODEL CHASSIS TUNERS USED TUNER TUBESH -T3710 H -K4010H -T3711 H -K4011H -T3712 H -K4012

H -K4013

V-2411-1 470V071H01 VHF MIX-OSC:6CG8AR.F. AMP:6ER5

H-T3710U H-K4010UH-T3711U H-K4011UH-T3712U H-K4012U

H-K4013U

V -24I1-2 470V063H02 VHFMIX-OSC:6CL8AR.F. AMP:6EA5

472V037H01 UHF OSC: 6AF4ACRYSTAL 1N82A

H -K4110 H -K4210H -K4111 H -K4211H -K4112 H -K4212H -K4113 H -K4213

H -K4214H -K4215

V-2411-3 470V071H01 VHF MIX-OSC:6CG8AR.F. AMP:6ER5

H-K4110U H-K4211UH-K411IU H-K4212UH-K4112U H-K4213UH-K4113U H-K4214U

H-K4215U

V-2411-4 470V063H02 VHFMIX-OSC6CL8AR.I. 4MP:6EA5OSC:6AF4ACRYSTAL.1N82A

472V037H01 UHF

H -K4050H -K4051H -K4052H -K4053

V-2411-5V-2408Remote

irecto470V071H01 VHF MIX-OSC:6CG8A

R.F. AMP:6ER5H -K4150H -K4151H -K4152H -K4153

V-2411-6.-2408

emoteirector}

470V071H01 VHF MIX-OSC 6CG8AR.F. AMP: 6ER5

Chassis V-2411-3, V-2411-4 and V-2411-6 have tone controls.

L400CHOKE

CI I2AC 403A

1C40241C4164

V17

O5U4GB

LVRECT.

AC222BC3I30

0C40180C4048

F4003.5A

SLO-BLO

L2024t07.C250

®44 MC

IIT LE

C6EM7

VERT. OSC

VERT. DISCH.

V523FP4<=..)

CRT

CHASSIS REMOVAL

1. Remove control knobs.2. Remove back cover and antenna terminal bracket.3. Remove the five screws which secure control panel to

front escutcheon.4. Remove the screws which secure chassis to cabinet.5. Remove speaker leads from terminal lugs on chassis.6. On receivers having Remote Director, remove remote re-

ceiver plugs and disconnect remote pilot light.7. Carefully slide chassis out from cabinet.

CRT REMOVALI. Remove chassis from cabinet.2. Remove CRT socket, yoke clamp, width control and

second anode lead.3. Loosen bolt at top of CRT to release strap.4. Remove CRT.

FRONT PLATE REMOVAL

I. Remove the three screws that secure the front glass topretaining strip.

2. Remove the two side retaining strips and carefully removeglass.

PILOT LIGHT REPLACEMENTTo replace the pilot light, remove the pilot light bracket

from the rear of the set (held on by one screw). Insert thenew bulb in the socket and replace the bracket with the slotin the shield facing the front of the set.

With the set turned on, check to see that the channel num-bers appear correctly. Adjust the pilot light bracket until allchannel numbers are centered.

MOTOR DRIVE REMOVAL1. Disconnect wires from motor and switch.2. Remove screw from motor drive support rod.3. Remove motor drive from bracket (held on by 3 screws).4. Disconnect antenna wire from motor drive.5. Gently pull motor drive out from tuner shaft.

(Continued on the next five pages)

VIDEO OUT.

SYNC. SEP

LIMITER SNOISE

INVERTER

2n0 I.F. AGC

o T202

00 EX':?()q

1203

FMDETECTOR

RINGING COILL40I

OC418

HMVADJ.

Figure 2 - Top View of Chassis.

HORIZ.MV

V764054

AUDIOOUT.

DAMPER

VI5

6AX4GTB

HVRECT.

16 1


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2411-1 through V-2411-6 Schematic Diagram

Co

054700

700

VOA1/2 -vs

4.5201111TE.

eV

r4.1am

270 1 ,

TV" E I Er

L102

1000

006210

F14 DETECT°.

2500

_ _ 1,12'65.0

12001 fa 06 kNitT

s6.a% _

105

MOO100

131. 650V

C2

SECTSOUND), AND AUDIO

01) SAAUDIO OUTPUT

2300

UHFA.52-TYRA_

1

1

41502C

OK 117 I 1 -1IMO

4203I ;IT t AD I

51.'

.11Grt!ry, i " i i 20

4210 tr - I 471SkI 200 L201 :

e --a- C200 T :21115±1C 47252s,/0047

2700

0204am

v,- 1 10.10

, 1ST IF AMP 43.0020

1150066 50

1201KEYWAY

3

30.252C

NO

000Ov Tees"'

R209200

45.12202550 1202

.2154711

_LW

v3GONG

$50 IF AMP

02104.0

Zlo eta

1.0

43'252C CRYSTAL7203 01265_,A41174

2

mo C

L

wwwC29 C220

73g: 1Sr

SECT 2010E01.0 ANO VIDEO OUT

L205,Qv, ,

GAL*

015 V

003.00

1v3750

2704

P329 P301470 500

LEVELCOLT.

090131021

NOISE FN.

100

3250

.302 8303MIK 0.22 cola'

303

03062200

CI I

f 03053 2.22

v100111LM_

SYNC.540

1100

(WI110501-P60--

2500 vur -1 02 6ENT0309 1 .43-;T

.301C306 I VENT DISCO

2 2. 5 ,

W5.-I M. II ' -

0700 1

000

R307500

IC305.0022

Me V IL/60'7.

GOV P-060 ^- 400P- P15750,-.

SECTSYNC SOC 3vERT,C4L

14007r/

7SY

120151PC7a.0027

RT HOLDR

In P.. GO°.

INre

/N/N001,-1120-

7400

TEL

PLGONL-PuSH-OFF

PAR OF 8100

Fop .E040TI OPERATION WIFE.TO REMOTE SCHEMATICCHASSIS v240.

V,6 VENT

020.5,1-:TVZI-12\2500

275V

RED

0/ El.

RED

!A R401254 470

.1 C4010 Mt'

1c4024

7.

FIAMENTMc 1401 p/SE LINK

2. 4.2 101.2

Figure 3 - Schematic Diagram.

MANUAL VHF ONLY

V-2411-1 V-2411-3

MANUAL VHF/UHF

V-2411-2 V-2411-4

POWER TUNED

V-2411-5 V-2411-6

0011

rk.% -

R OZ4320

C4034030

141.26 6.211v 2

A. 0

-C40411- 4 ONIF

:2

1403.034 7\7\ L ASSiv COL540P-115770...540P-115770...13004-

P15250 "m

C4103,0

C4C11401160 _GO

ZL

1.0SEL. MOMK.6.2. AFC -

/VT

0406

404IRK

R403 IAQ. ,

*407- 3C411 C402

.03. 600 j 390 .01C63

1

1Sv4-415 7505-

Z 400

250P -F557505,

L 401

2700

2

r;s747K

3

CM5 0414 0.164

560T:

vls00060

00011 30710

C412

s.. ACM., Q-030 i:9 OHIO

2 ISO 135,

,50 424151000

416

R 0mORIZ001.0CONT. -

-30

7

C420.047

1400P-105750.

v3 v6 V7 00 511 0106 DK. fYl. 23,04 bt67 11±0543 A.GC. C.R.T. XMV LIDIO F.2.0 ET. libirTER

lin' I bedÌ iro''31 14 SO- - 3,P-4 3V4

SECT 00213. ND POWER

SYNC

54-4

NOTES,1.2 C 00174215 22401.01601011150 CHAIIKS GROUND,. NO APPLIED 11101441. 05006 V.T.62..xmle VOLTASE IIT A.0t ALL PEAK TO PEAK WAVEFORMS AND DC VOLTAGES TAKEN MTN ALL CONTROLS MT FOR

2002AL INCTun, MTN LEVEL CONTIOL SET FOR 3. O -P AT IP. 03 ALL CAP20174222 VALUES LESS WNW I ARE M MFG. AIM VALUES GREETER THAN I ARE

22,0. ALL RESISTANCE v.LuES ARE 00 OHMS D ut 242T uNLIE55 OTNER0091 MOICATED.4 TO REMOTE CONTROL STEPPING INLAY, CHASSIS 411-5-11

* P90000100 CHANGES: C310 wAS .0033,03.2AS 1500.2 403 NE.OvEIS . MO 241 10.* 0 00105 COLD 1005 HOT

162

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONWESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2411-1 through V-2411-6 Service Information

CC0101ECTS TO.11 OE

6006

USED WITH CHASSIS WI ill- 5.4 WO 6

V066096

:,L/T11.12

CIS

2300 T101

TONE CONTROL

AUDIOII

2500

MEND OT

TWEETen

10.60w

52311

viO4

II'LltrV LIMY/

-6vzos :IF

C20

L209500.

270 v

7500

L210 law -P604.3EIC

IOOv 70. C224240L02.

26";

C22322T-4J 02.14160v

02004,223,

Ur2A

OONTCONT.TRAS

CH5

rV3

02226 5224.0 20K2

3

2362005

BRIGHTNESS 'COST 02241 =C221

-00

vlie1/2 6101

VERL MIN?

c32.022

3v

5322TO2w

240

JL5000 P. 10 N..

0325 *WM - w0324 1.25

QIITT 7300 N- 11 I- ,,Z310T1 - 10 -C314

21 8326 11327 I:

560 . 560. -VERT

114250V

TrT

H ON 10

_J

4105 C422

5.07606.EE

T701

r -

2 /0 v

,

1.403141qh

- 0721

IT

3

20

i5_

wK

61pAm°5211

r

21-L/414.1? HO::.0u,

WIDTH ADJUSTMENTThis adjustment is a plastic tab with a copper rectangle

bonded on to one side, It protrudes out from between the yokeand the bottom of the neck of the picture tube. The shiny sideof the copper rectangle goes down against the picture tube.It must be centered at the bottom of the CRT neck.

To adjust the width, loosen the yoke clamp. Pushing thetab into the yoke decreases width. Pulling the tab out of theyoke increases width. Set this tab for approximately 1/2"overscan, then tighten the yoke clamp.

v

e TO-0 '-OCT.

6500

I -

zww

On

zI-

(7)

0 I

X

ILI

XI0U

0 M



HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITYThe height and vertical linearity controls are accessible

through the slide plate. The height control can be adjustedthrough the hollow horizontal hold control shaft while thelinearity control is at the rear of the vertical hold control.

Adjust the height and vertical linearity controls to get apicture of proper height and proportion.


chanical range. Do not change this setting during thesteps that follow.

3. Calibrate a VTVM to OV Center scale on the 1.5V rangeand connect to test point (F) for measuring the DC volt-age between (F) and ground.




ch

.F.

0. 0Seonel

W.1..

..0, ..-,

CO

CA

s.6-.04

0

o0.....,

A.CO

U

0044

c ..1.-. 44

Pr, ..1- ww .40. V. Kw CD V. 0 gl: 0

Wt...

.E w}C.v. .c.:.

2..,,. se

44s kei 04s. .d

°': 44rq rc..,,,

...1..7 (.)

n. 0 4 o ;; ,-.4 t,i a vs - 4 IT. 0 iL, Lt. z,n so 44 44r .s Li. a 0

vr..1 u"

44 .,cc'''' -'

44 ,n in*4. " "

44 soso's°

(...) uWE Q. Z 7 Z .4 w. 0 lel 0 0 Z Z g1) " C) 54 7 44tl t Is. ON 0 .4. 0 .4 44 :E .4 .3 ,r ...1 VR c.4

2 ii.: 2.S. 7 ; r4 z [2: ; 7' ii: ir, es -1 EC 'e V .1,zZ03 44V g IwJ 1.1 I.1 .-I -3 ..1 ..1 .-3 ..1 , .4 ....1 ..1 ",;::,

4.4

an

fu

oC

.., .la. U4

1.4

IL.4W.

P.4. 0

.4 8.4

4. W..4 w4W. W.

.4 .

Is. ..44 .44. 4.

w* .4,

U. Z... CD

reN

li1

I-.n se S40 0.y.1

2'''E ,-.1.. .-i.. ..1.. ,-4 2.. .4..7y4 ... c'il, N .-3

.4 ND. 0 Lo) ..C.A. 11,, IL. 24 14 ..-.1.44.o .1.14014. ZZZ

ti.rst

; g44 44'' ..),

44

'' g44

',:)4 PI-CO

7 011 2

w 44sc! "

7,3 y F,F!

Z-r,

0. ..,, _ - .N1CH P24 r V, r- Zow

44" 44r orNnt

0. IN

44a0 ,...,

.

44

N1..V.

44

V., 0CO

M.11. ...).

2..cr

CD ...

co Wr4 n-.

..1.

o0 Z c)

oZ

tu44. .o sc ..o

tr.o al, 1--- v-, so C0001---4COv,'4.4.

.

..0 <

C12

[-.

C.,00

go00I-.D., NNWD(.1.001-.> co21.1.01:4><Over,

I-. CO oa c) .c , .c c) 11., Lt1 WI .0 C) 41 .0 O ;D C.)

toVD V) 0 0 r.4 VD VV 0 V) V) VD V) 0 V) N.-1

-rs..:1 N W, 41 .X ..3 r:-.... 006: 6; .rN;,,--. .. .. .M.1

41..I. .. .. r-:

.I\-1...66

b. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > »

05

7777

(I

Cu('

.11

cow

.

0

g "fis

osa.

O 11

0p02

O

.Elu g

oof

61

in.c CD0

00 0, g

2 r,

.,-;; .2 2 0gi 0.Z

> uU. z

163

VOLUME TV -19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION0u,

WESTINGHOUSEi0co (Continued)8 c._,Non .-N C CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES. Lz 2 z

-Q o tcc t I-Q V a. MANUAL VHF ONLY0.,2 E a1- 0.1z>o

cru .4-

O V-2411.1 V-2411-3wzci. ..§00 0 E

MANUAL VHF/UHF2 lil IC .4- -8S it

.8c -0 V-2411-2 V-2411-4 * tlt .° 8

POWER TUNED%

- caOS V-2411-5 V-2411-6

1 . 7:1 - 1

ItIt

I -c EM o KEY TO PC BOARD LAYOUTc

7.g .71-c

1. T101, blue wire2. Tone Control, to C1143. C416A(..)

a.. 1-1 4. CRT, pin 3..-

v;5. V16 pin 5

3 .t 6. Horizontal hold control, high sideI\' i# 7. Jumper toi0> i 8. AGC level control, high side

Y E 0 9. T401 (black wire) to "S" terminal1

i ioi 10. T402 (White wire) to "T" terminalc0

O 11. CRT, pin 1i

I12. CRT, pin 8

... 1

13. CRT, pin 4N 14. CRT, pin 2

NLI N15. Z301, yoke, lug #6

ill cri 16. Fil-input from F401I LL.I

17. Cable jumper to a18. Cable jumper to DI19. Tuner IF output cable lug20. Jumper to (z)21. Tuner AGC lug22. Junction L400, R401 and R40223. Tuner B+24. Vert hold control, high end25. Height control, wiper arm26. C313B27. T300, blue wire28. Vertical lin control, wiper arm29. Tuner filament lug30. Junction C224 and high side of

contrast control31. C222B32. Junction L402, C424, R41933. Brightness control, high end34. Volume control, high end35. Volume control, wiper arm36. C

li2A37. Junction T401 lug #3, C423, R42338. Height control, high side39. Junction C404B, R40240. T101, red wire

TEST POINTS

(A) AGC for IF(B) Video detector(C) CRT cathode(D) 1st IF input(E) 3rd IF Grid(F) Horiz. MN/.(G) Ringing coil(H)(S) Quad coil(T) AGC for tuner

164

EQUIPMENT1. Sweep Generator with a 10 MC wide sweep at center fre-

quencies from 10 MC to 90 MC and 170 MC to 216 MC.2. CW (Marker),Generator which accurately produces the IF

and RF frepiencies from 4:5 MC to 216 MC.3. Oscilloscope with good low frequency response character-

istics.4. VTVM.5. Bias Supplies of -4 volts and -2.5 volts.6. Standard Alignment Tool with a 3/32" hexagonal tip.

TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF EQUIPMENTThese instructions on termination and adjustment of

equipment will apply throughout the IF Alignment procedure.

SHORT LEADS TUNER

RI

R2

--4( VN.

300n INPUT

1lo GENERATOR

R 3

OUTPUTIMPEDANCE

Figure 5 - Impedance matching network.

Zo RI R2 R3

52n i2On 56n 50n

72a I IOn 85n 50n

ISK

TO VTVMOR SCOPE

Pci

Figure 7 - Decoupling Network.

470 AWE - TO TESTPOINT

AGC LEVEL CONTROLThis adjustment is factory set to produce a 3.25 volt, zero

to peak output at TP (B), with no sync crushing. Normally noadjustment will be needed in the field.

Should adjustment be necessary, select the channel withthe strongest signal. Turn the AGC level control clockwise

until a slight bend appears at the top of the picture(sync crushing). Then turn the AGC level control slowlycounter clockwise (Al".) to about 1/4 of a turn past the pointat which the bend disappears.


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2411-1 through V-2411-6 Alignment Information

SOUND ALIGNMENT

EQUIPMENT: VTVMPROCEDURE:

1. Select the strongest station available (preferably with testpattern and test tone) and adjust the FINE TUNING forbest reception. Adjust the VOLUME control so that thestation sound is audible.

2. Adjust the quad coil (L101) for maximum sound from thespeaker.

3. Use a jumper wire to short the control grid of the 3rd IFamplifier to chassis ground and disconnect the antenna.

4. Connect the VTVM to TP

5. Adjust interstage transformer T100 for maximum negativevoltage on the VTVM (5 volt range).

6. Remove the jumper wire used to short the control grid ofthe 3rd IF amplifier.

7. Place the antenna close to the antenna terminals so thatthe signal is loosely coupled to the receiver and the pic-ture is barely visible. A pronounced noisiness (hiss)should accompany the sound.

8. Adjust the limiter input coil (L100) for maximum negativevoltage on the VTVM. If the VTVM indicates a broadresponse while making this adjustment, the receiver inputsignal is too strong. When the signal coupling describedin step 7 is at the necessary low point, no limiting takesplace and the VTVM will indicate a sharp response to thelimiter input coil adjustment.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENTInject a 4.5 MC CW signal through a .00Imf capacitor to T.P. (B). Couple a .001mf capacitor to a demodulation probe tip.

Connect the other end of the probe to a VTVM and the capacitor to T.P. (C). Set the VTVM to 1.5 - 2V scale. Turn the set onand allow five minutes for warmup. Then adjust L210 for minimum on the VTVM. Due to a one way interaction, it may be neces-sary to touch up the limiter input coil (L100) as outlined above.

IF ALIGNMENT

All test equipment cables and leads should be as shortand direct as possible.

Oscilloscope and VTVM - Use a low -capacitance directprobe terminated with the decoupling network shown inFigure 7. Keep the oscilloscope calibrated for 2 volts peakto peak (P -P). Use a VTVM range suitable for measuring-1.5 volts.

Generators - Except where otherwise noted, all signalgenerating equipment should be terminated as shown inFigure 6. Connect the signal cable ground near the groundof the stage where the signal is injected.

Adjust the CW generator output so that: (1) When theVTVM is being used its reading remains near the -1 voltpoint. (2) When the oscilloscope is being used the markerfrequencies do not distort the response curve.

GENERATOR

OUTPUTCABLE .005 MF

RI OUTPUTIMPEDANCEOF GENERATOR

Figure 6 - Generator cable termination.

22CONDUCTOR

'WRAP WITH TAPE

101111=EN=M1111111111HOLE TO FIT TUBE PIN SNUGLY

Figure 8 - Mixer Coupling gimmick.

CENTERINGThe centering rings, located at the rear of the deflection

yoke should be rotated to center the raster.

165


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2411-1 through V-2411-6 Alignment, ContinuedIF ALIGNMENT

For all of the following steps, connect a -4 volt bias to TP (A), a -2.5V bias to TP (T) and an oscilloscope and a VTVM toTP (B). Channel selector should be set to channel 13 for steps 1 to 5. Fine tuning screws should be set to center of range.

Before beginning alignment, pull out the AGC tube (V4) and detune L200,L201,L202, T200 and mixer output coil. L200 shouldbe detuned clockwise to the bottom of the coil form while L201, L202 and T200 should be detuned to maximum counter clockwise.

Step Test Equipment and Connection Adjustment

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Sweep generator at TP (E), 44.25 MC center.Loosely couple CW marker generator to sweepgenerator. Set CW generator to 44.25 MC.CW generator to TP (D) at.

a. 45.62 MCb. 39.75 MC

c. 43.00 MCSweep generator at TP (D), 44.25 MC center. Looselycouple CW marker generator to sweep generator.Vary CW marker generator to produce markers atfrequencies indicated on Figure 10.Sweep generator to TP (M), 44.25 MC center. (Fortuner 470V0711101, use gimmick shown in Figure 8to connect generator to TP (M). For tuner 470V0631-102,see Figure 13 to locate TP (M).) Loosely couple CWgenerator to sweep generator.

a. Vary CW generator for markers at frequenciesindicated on Figure 11.

b. CW generator to 41.25 MCc. CW generator to 47.25 MC (It may be necessary

to increase signal level or reduce bias toproduce shap indication.)

d. Check step 4a.e. Check step 4c.

Sweep generator thtu matching network shown inFigure 5 to antenna terminals. Adjust sweepgenerator to sweep channel 13. Loosely coupleCW marker generator at 211.25 MC to sweep generator.Keep marker generator output low.Repeat step 5 for all channels. Set generators toappropriate frequencies.

T203 Primary (bottom slug): Maximum amplitude at 44.25 MC.T203 Secondary (top slug): Rocking symmetrical response

at 44.25 MC (see Figure 9).

T202: Maximum amplitude.L203: Minimum amplitude. Reduce bias if necessary to

produce sharp indication.T201: Maximum amplitude.T203 secondary: Slight retouching may be necessary to

flatten peak of response curve.T201, T202: Slight retouching may be necessary to obtain

curve shown in Figure 10.

Mixer output coil: Maximum amplitude at 44.25 MC.T200: Rocking symmetrical response at 44.00 MC with

picture carrier (45.75 MC about 7DB down from peakresponse (see Figure 11).

L200: Minimum amplitude.L201, L202: Minimum amplitude.

T200: Touch up, if necessary.L202: Touch up, if necessary.Tuner oscillator slug: 211.25 MC picture marker should

appear about 6DB down from peak response(see Figure 12).

Channel selector to appropriate channels.

42.2541.25 43.00 44.25 45.001

7

2 VOLTSPEAK TO /EPA

45.751C

Figure 9 -Typical IF response, 3rd IFAmp grid to 2nd Det.

KA5 42.15 41013KNC 45. 45.75hsC

rf

ti

Figure 11 - IF Response, Mixer Grid to 2nd Det.

45,3175sicVS, 45.00 IC

IC-4 4

Figure 10 - IF Response, 1st IF Amp. Grid to 2nd Det.

WJAC1147PKT UPI

Figure 12 - Typical RF-IF Response.

166


WestinghouseChassis V-2412-1, V-2412-2, V-2412-5, V-2412-6, V-2412-11, V-2412-12, used inModels H -P3310, U, H -P3311, U, H -P3312, U, H -P3160, U, B, BU, H -P3161, U, B, BU.

470V070H0 2

HTR (IRO

HTR(OUT)

Is?.I. F. AMP

0 720143. MC

OL 20439.75 MC

V941z6, 244.

I. F. AMP

0120245.62 MC

3r4.I. F. AMP

--

0 12034t 25 MC

OX200

XTALVIDEO DE T.

UHF dial stringing.

r -44 7I

4w

Al

VERT.aDISCH.

VERT. OUTPUT

I- 44

4.5MC

472V035N0I

L 20141.25 MC®

3EA5 I6CL6A

AMP "CfSECRRF

VII 1 VI2

`57,114- -Ow

1.41 - -O9 OD ooA,B CO E G

1

11 L4 I

I RINGING0L202 COIL

47.25 MC;

6A0g31AUDIO OUTPUT

470V066H03( VHF - UHF I

0421HORIZ.TRIM.

HORIZ.M V.

VIDEO OUTPUTa

SYNC. SEP.n L2094.5MC

X402

THERMALRESET

4.5MC :3

A

- - - - -SND. LIM.

-a

NOISE INVERT.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

1. Rernove control knobs.2. Remove back cover and disconnect antenna lead-in.3. Remove screw holding metal brace behind tuner and swing

brace out of the way.4. Disconnect speaker leads at the output transformer.

Remove speaker and grill (2 screws and 4 trimounts).5. Remove three 'A" screws securing control panel and

chassis to cabinet front.6. Remove 7 screws holding chassis to cabinet base.7. Carefully remove chassis, tuner end first.Caution: Be extra careful not to break off feed-thru capacitor

on tuner.

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

1. Remove chassis as described under Chassis Removal.2. Discharge high voltage button at CRT.3. Remove high voltage lead, CRT socket and yoke.4. Loosen the two screws from upper strap of CRT.5. Remove picture tube from front of chassis.6. Install in reverse order.

TIO)AUD. OUT

TRANS

- CRT-41-i

SW 400

;C. 11.-CrAr°-

A .C. OFF -ON

L.- -1

0 -

F400 0401A.C.INPUT

X400

L400FILTER

-

V2170064

HORIZ.OUTPUT

?!f

VI1704

DAMPER

X-,/

VI6103 ,Hi. V.

0\ItX401 RECT.

T41.- - - -IVX \ R400

DROPPFILAMENT

INRESISTOR

)\

ICT

VERT. OUTPUT'SCHOKE TRANS. /4_

T400HORIZ. OUTPUT

TRANS.

167 Figure 3 - Top View of Chassis


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2412-1, -2, -5, -6, -11, -12 ESP1.26,06 40

LIMITER EN

Schematic Diagram T i00220 4.5

Km

rc c,

4.7 PPP_ ,

, c 3 : I220 m

)-I L100 L2 OM 1

I I

ol'44 R100

---P.01

I

Ei I

1

1

C1013.3

_100K

=

R101c2 0 -C103C103

--.F"'1

'I

""NIC104

T ''''''',5V SECTION 1 7. -

SOUND 12 6 AUDIO

IC -00I IC -2VIA

48264Hev,

4826 4816

Viter11411 I ANA r - - -- - -1 r - -7-206- - i iSrig-KNO720i-- 4 4.2Soc 43.0

NEM.As c

2ND IF .44T202 31.0727a. .

45.823.

r- T -C°11-11--1-03_ C200 CU' 1 .0 R200

J I10 230

I

I

.01.2.2

,:: IC209 4 '''',.a ETVIAT

6.--6 1 4704255 V1 I

I

o.5.1K

I:2a a I 2i ) 4-

'' ' ',.'z C210 '.. L20431375

245 V

R224d1)1(

''.3 .. 700

voFTUNER

Mtn I IT2011 C2.12 I

SEE NOTE w3I

I

I .443

_I

I ' DJ/ .2 0 7-.-1 a ,- - -- -I

IrI I--- .0c

o. I

C 2071

g 30 ('''...C)"allI F152.0ix I

0 v

1203

000 120,CONi

2 2 V =IC 06

- VP.' IUN!

TUNEP

U

R232ow SEA L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J

0.

8201C20111RZO6

T 6110. WO K

_1- _.L001- C 0

50r5

T____425, 0

11209680

11210

_ C 206

I

=660 3 MON 2210(0 IF 6 vi0E0 OUTPUT

06011306470K

NO8 K

02

v413.,

R314000 2)00

NP, sTNC P.

'.]:'NM 0 6 2K 6 2 DO74,....

,,

.2v PP 601 .

'210

,--, .;v PP 60,

306'W w

Cr R 3.11 DI

119 ,,- _

1102 PP 1.160K 1

roox

)`111, RAI?5V . , I- - -R 30i *2'.'V v

!So.. C 3.7

C)dT-

.-1.-

Sil°6 :N..111R30 TO MOO2.01 c61

"600130

Ou I 22o.1.00E

C]2 ire900 101,

-TT1100 PP 1533.0%,

vv- SECTION,,,CACISYNC vENTICIN.

VC -4i IrC-42

I

0 'KC 43

NPINGING COIL 2350 1

14 A PP 60,, .7 \ /l

I

10 v 1' P 15750., C 431 10 /-. C419.5

I1000 T.O.Cg

cne . /se,,,, . r o I, I,: 'I

3000 PPIIv\IA ,a0rao, \,0-,

Z401/u1X0 ST

C414 R405 R413121R441 36K470

M3...1.014

AlggLI

NC4112 OW

220 0 II i50 12x Wu

I

W. ',OW NOPO 14..0

I

'1 I /25v IF 400

THERE L41T C4066

HONED

I

C4133' ''''' r -- -T-I" i -

C6110 /r60Tv CIPCulT408NE AKER 64a 1r-10012 --- Nig x402 I 2

1 \ "NEON 0,4

1 1 I N41041 0406 61..1...'ill I, 255 0 i I

IN I 660K C422 -i- 3110

a1_4

151K400

C-403a

C4046 c.0,6 SET NECT .......001912 FC =

0140311110.

C4I3 '

II"6.0 T ,

47K

CM7-

1

IN°A NO0'2 FRE I

4.4174100

C .cip , 1:0 nig/ T A / I

,I

L/

1

,- - --I

I .1- z I000

4V

vsoleITAD. s*

I

I

DiDICATES -

i 400

nry---) I ,IS 01,60 , 4 041. ISM,._-----

V4 4 13

0 i v 2 03 41118.1 , 111\11

_i1_11_25 V P P 15/50,

0114-8 v7 408613C 5 70-6 v9 V10

_- CON, - i

,00,,PP ISM,I _ _ _

- - - - -1 vu 0 it 1 Wm vi4r 1704 17006 60050 v10E0007 41126 QOM0vEER.T, 0.105C,14 +UV , 3E45 60.86 1 u MI 0067

I -I- 1.24%

1

3,011 I

1

MOIR 00011 OUT Au mour sr,c SAP,4.0T.,4 .3.01164.0.Lvichl.

7

4n3 S

2 ND

'' 3 4.11_...1'....LiIF -TET-TF 1 SCAMP MIS OSC I OSC I NO512 KM

13 rrL........).._L

INDICCONTROL

..,..___11_,,,1J C407

1053/JCSBRACKET '

THERMAL RESET BUTTONA reset button for the thermal circuit -breaker is

V& . C:Irl .i...-

-1-

located

i Ur ISECTION

10512 PewEP

VOV;04,CANL,00461401, 1 472003SN

ag I- -- - - - ' ' I --- - - - - 1v II

4 , ... V

6C664 1

I Si ii,,,, ...s osc

IFJplyair_rdater.m ,,.0 ..on back of receiver. This button is red in color. When circuit cm, TUNER

breaker is set, red button is flush with cabinet back. When -circuit -breaker is' open red button will project about 1/8"from back cover. To reset, turn off receiver, push in button Figure 5 - Schematic Diagramthen turn receiver back on.

168


EC Hi OCHE

I oON

0111I9 I I

- IMO? I66M00

I

ST .5234

11.011

30VOLCOST0

SlutSOO

of0.v,

01

20

TO V6111 CAT..7.2.20 v

= gat* Ina AUDIOS.2Sv

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2412-1, -2, etc.Schematic Diagram

POT ES:

I ALL CAPACITANCE MluES LESS THAN MARE re r MO VALUES GREATER THANI ARE He wad. WHILE ALL RESISTANCE VALUES Mt Or or.r.s.."1 WATT MIENSOTHERWISE iDDWATEO.

O. DC. VOLTAGES MEASURED 1110.6 111 -WITH 7.T. NOW., APPLIED LINE vOLTIPIE AT in VAC.3, SERvCE 6 !ACTOR, A02- *40220 IN IMES mAxtruri WIDTH

CONTravER

OL M1.1 *101svEnt 65TAKEN WITH CONPOLSC- SIT !OR .00041 PICTURt WITH CONTRA,' AT T P

3. R 229 105 600 00445,1 W vo14E11 470V045004 30510 IS 0510.0 229 IS 640 01116.2w 1MEN 702006003 Ty Rep IS USED.

229 .1 5400 OHMS. 51T WHEN 4700047002 OP 4700070002 TUNERS ARE USED.

112 LATER PROOLICTION

01VAL

423 Or

II

I IC 22

T203 IN211114

Rf11

1._ _ _ _ _ _1

COON001

la 200 1-6-43- 4.171.

C215 1205 121.2 I4.30. Gtoe

6.0

111-1:11711.1k12.5 r P 60 .0

n trrL en

L 206

Nellten

I TWA1/1

IL 207 010110 OUT.02.0

1

61.v054UDIO OUT

0,/1243 .423

sawC 417

6V

2100

000

!AV

CM'r

L201 LEM434re 44010

IS 112155.4

511K.H.T NESS

CONTROL2225000

11216I5H

Cdri'f5IST0227 try. CONTROL

_1:1° T.414 2 111

255

0*.

.r-

tir

11111P

0 2151.50

Rti?3.90sr

P221WON $

55 v I 401.

9404

14.7 A

Ilf5014002.4401.

1050

QM 0168C11

Virr 0111.

R DI(SOS

nits

AONTRT NOLOC

MIT3400000%

GSOT.003) *323

SOSRr

1?.110

0320

C306

ori150 1\ 1

)..2 t 00

40 "N.

111000 pp 401.,

R 323'6000

xvo

*325

tr_

RIO

0325

HEntreTCOOT

T v.P0 en%

3300 DELLO*

) I

. TGs -,- C-3I0

,

.... i_

,. CS.

-151,1)

VI

DAMPER

T400 P4010-1 3.5

06

/'4.03"6

C4241.403VV

SI/33v

SAE NOTE 3

I ,\CAUTION I Cr

=SE I a Lie.

.34

C.N;

2402Otfl TON[ 522

wen

ASS

El et ...92 tv

PC BOARD ACCESSABILITY

To provide easy access to the PC board, the CRTassembly can.be partially disassembled (see Figures 1 and 2).1. Remove the 4 screws shown in Figure 1.2. Remove the 4 screws shown in Figure 2.3. Move the CRT assembly out and to the left.Caution: To operate the set while partially disassembled,connect a jumper from the aquadag coating to chassisground. Be careful that the high voltage anode lead doesnot short or arc to the frame.JUMPER

The jumper shunting C428 is sometimes cut to decreasewidth. This is a factory adjustment and normally no changeshould be made in the field.

VIET

orurrat-

I144241

sie I

REMOVED

SCREWS

REIS

"1111111111MIlip.m. C121

H.V.SOCKET

Figure 1 - Bracket Removal.

UPPER SUPPORTASS' T

0"C" RINGOR SOLDER DOT

II ()DIAL

0VERT LIN

VERT HEIGHT

CONTRAST

VERT HOLDHORIZ HOLD

..' 400R401

`

C404A

e, ,--____ ON OFF11

111*. Z400

VOLUMEBRIGHTNESS

REMOVED 0105A-.." SCREE R402 0100A

607

169 Figure 2 -PC Board Accessibility.

-n tO. ;

:9.

EL

;o

3 o=

gN a

- g3

I3 sr

3.3

,0

wR

O Cr

3O

0,0 3

o -o 09

n

29 0 16

00®

00

26

R41

4 1V

145

8CG

7

4/09

1

JOB

C11

.1.

iC2,

218

ion

8,1

1220

a

01-

0 R

310

rC

218

I

UL1

011

itu

cto

7

R30

/4r-

,,20

2-1

1

R 1

09

1)

C6A

0i35A

111;

KM

tip20

6

4 [n

os R

In.

---1

220-

k.1

-I R

231}

---

C22

9

R21

4 1

-I

R21

1

TI

1230

0LJ

R

C10

9I

1

C10

61

''---

-lin

Til-

----

---'-

IR

T.

R2 7, . . ., .

_ _R

1. 2

__,_

. . .0 v

)(i

))/0

c 3

a

r-1

:41(

7°--1

t.,4

4,..1

s.s,

,....6

C...

...71

°5 -

.412

10A

1-

? v5

--f1

2101

1- -.%

4016

)r-

- -

- -

1_,

,,1!

102

0I

300

I

c/N

r1

.....2

....-

.-1

,- -

-I

/C

1041

I

X10

3

R20

9

V9

48Z

6

11

121

C30

1T

4036

.21

1

LA

O25

R

R30

1

Lb

R22

7

41FS

OT

1N-6

44-4

R31

8 I

-

fyr

i--

1R31

.3R

317z

i

0

0 ---0

KE

Y T

O F

IGU

RE

6

R32

6q8

Lv7

"--"

9

1-1-

16

v6(

6F V

8

Pc1:

771n

C3°

4-i R

311

I-

T80

:37

rt32

7

C30

9

1.H

oriz

Hol

d R

415

2.T

uner

fila

men

t4.

Tun

er to

IF

inpu

t5.

Pin

2 of

17D

Q6A

6.T

uner

AG

C7.

Tun

er f

ilam

ent

8.T

101

prim

ary

9.A

udio

B+

10.

Junc

tion

of C

406A

, R40

211

.R

320,

Ver

t Lin

, bot

tom

12.

R31

9 V

ert H

old

13. T

300

Ver

t out

put

14.

R32

0 V

ert L

in C

ontr

ol, A

rm15

.R

328

Hei

ght c

ontr

ol, a

rm16

.Ju

nctio

n of

C42

7, C

311

17.

R21

6 C

ontr

ast c

ontr

ol, t

op18

.82

16 C

ontr

ast c

ontr

ol, a

rm19

.R

108

Vol

ume

cont

rol,

top

20. C

RT

pin

#3.

21. T

300

Ver

t out

put,

yello

w w

ire

22. C

RT

pin

.223

.R

222

Bri

ghtn

ess

cont

rol,

arm

24. R

222

Bri

ghtn

ess

cont

rol,

top

25. C

RT

pin

.725

A C

RT

pin

.426

. R21

6 C

ontr

ast c

ontr

ol, b

otto

m27

. R41

6 gr

id o

f H

oriz

out

put

28. R

108

Vol

ume

cont

rol,

arm

29. C

RT

pin

#8

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

1-.

G.

H. S.

H O C/)

to 4=

1.-

yN

CD

AG

C f

or 1

st I

F: a

lso

AG

C f

or tu

ner

Vid

eo d

etec

tor

CR

T c

atho

de1s

t IF

inpu

t3r

d IF

gri

dH

oriz

MV

Rin

ging

coi

lR

ingi

ng c

oil

FM s

ound

TE

ST P

OIN

TS

US

ED

WH

EN

740

1 IS

OM

ITT

ED

C)

JUM

PE

R W

IRE


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2412-1, -2,

CENTERING

The centering rings, located at the rear of the deflectionyoke, should be rotated to center the raster.


(touching the bell of the CRT). Rotation of the deflectionyoke is used to level the raster..HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY AND RINGING COIL1. Short out the ringing coil with a jumper wire.2. Set the horizontal hold control to the center of its range.

Do not change this settin during the steps that follow.3. Connect a VTVM to TP F for measuring the DC voltage

between TP OF and B-.4. With the receiver tuned to a station of normal signal

strength, adjust C421 for 0 volts DC on the meter.5. Remove the jumper from the ringing coil.6. Adjust the ringing coil for 0 volts DC on the meter. Check

the adjustment by switching to another channel and backagain. The receiver should pull into horizontal sync onall channels.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY

The HEIGHT AND VERT. LIN. controls are accessiblethrough two holes in the front escutcheon, just below theChannel Selector knob, with HEIGHT on the left and VERT.LIN. on the right. With a narrow screwdriver, adjust themalternately until a picture of proper height and linearity isobtained.

SOUND ALIGNMENT

PROCEDURE:1. Select the strongest station available (preferably with

test pattern and test tone) and adjust the MEMORY FINETUNING for best reception. Adjust the VOLUME controlso that the station sound is audible.

2. Adjust the quad coil (L101) for maximum sound from thespeaker.

3. Disconnect the antenna. Use a jumper wire to short TP0 to B-.

4. Connect the VTVM to TP a5. Adjust interstage transformer T100 for maximum negative

voltage on the VTVM.6. Remove the jumper wire used to short TP to B-.7. Place the antenna input close to the antenna terminals so

that the signal is loosely coupled to the receiver and thepicture is barely visible. A pronounced noisiness (hiss)should accompany the sound.

{/SHORT

LE ADS

int NWR

R2

TUNER

R3

} 300 n INPUT

lo , GENERATOROUTPUTIMPEDANCE Zo RI R2 R3

52n 120n 56n 150n

72 n ION 85n 150n

Figure 7 - Impedance matching network.

TO VTVMOR SCOPE

Figure 9 - Decoupling network.

185

470 MME TO TEST

POINT


etc. Adjustment and Alignment Information8. Adjust the limiter input coil (L100) for maximum negative

voltage on the VTVM. If the VTVM indicates a broadresponse while making this adjustment, the receiver inputsignal is too strong. When the signal coupling describedin step 7 is at the necessary low point, no limiting takesplace and the VTVM will indicate a sharp response to thelimiter input coil adjustment.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENTDisconnect the antenna and turn contrast control to

maximum clockwise. a 4.5 MC CW signal through a.001mf capacitor to TP rg. Connect a .001m1 capacitor to ademodulation probe tip. Connect the other end of the probeto a VTVM and the capacitor to TP g. Set the VTVM to1.5-2V DC range. Turn the set on and allow five minutesfor warmup. Then adjust L209 for minimum on the VTVM.

IF ALIGNMENTEQUIPMENT1. Sweep Generator with a 10 MC wide sweep at center fre-

quencies from 10 MC to 90 MC and 170 MC to 216 MC.2. CW (Marker) Generator which accurately produces the IF

and RF frequencies from 4.5 MC to 216 MC.3. Oscilloscope with good low frequency response character-

istics.4. VTVM5; Bias Supply of -4 volts.6. Standard Alignment Tool with a 3/32" hexagonal tip.

(long enough to reach bottom slugs)

TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF EQUIPMENTThese instructions on termination and adjustment of

equipment will apply throughout the IF Alignment procedure.All test equipment cables and leads should be as shortand direct as possible.

Oscilloscope and VTVM - Use a low -capacitance directprobe terminated with the decoupling network shown inFigure 9.. Keep the oscilloscope calibrated for 2 voltspeak to peak (P -P). Use a VTVM range suitable formeasuring -1.5 volts.

Generators - Except where otherwise noted, all signal gen-erating equipment should be terminated as shown inFigure 8. Connect the signal cable ground near theground of the stage where the signal is injected.Adjust the CW generator output so that: (1) When theVTVM is being used its reading remains near the -1 voltpoint. (2) When the oscilloscope is being used the markerfrequencies do not distort the response curve.

GENERATOROUTPUTCABLE .005MF

RI = OUTPUTIMPEDANCEOE GENERATOR

Figure 8 - Generator cable termination.

CONDUCTOR7 WRAP WITH TAPE

IN: I I I I

HOLE TO FIT TUBE PIN SNUGLY

PIN *9

Figure 10 - Mixer coupling gimmick.

171


WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2412-1, -2, etc. Alignment Information (Continued)IF ALIGNMENT

STEP TEST EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTION ADJUSTMENT1. -4 Bias to TP (A) Channel selector to channel 102. Oscilloscope and VTVM to TP (B)

IF sweep generator with CWMarker at 44.25 MC to TP (E)

Short antenna terminals.T203 primary (bottom slug): Maximum amplitudeT203 secondary (top slug): Rocking symmetrical response

(see Figure 11)3. CW generator to TP (D) at:

a. 45.62 MCb. 39.75 MCc. 43.00 MC

T202: Maximum amplitudeL204: Minimum amplitudeT201: Maximum amplitude

4. Sweep generator at 44.25 MC to TP (D). Couple CWmarker generator to sweep generator cable. Keepmarker amplitude at minimum to avoid distortingresponse.

T201, T202, T203: Slight retouching may be necessary toobtain response curve with correctly placed markers asshown in Figure 12. Use T203 (top slug) to flatten peak ofcurve, T201 to adjust low frequency slope and T202 toadjust high frequency slope. If curve cannot be obtained,traps listed in Step 5 may be badly misaligned.

5. CW generator to TP (M) (for 470V070H02 tuner, usegimmick shown in Figure 10) at:

a. 44.25 MCb. 44.25 MCc. 41.25 MCd. 47.25 MC ? It may be necessary to increasee. 47.25 MC ( generator output and/or decrease bias.

Tuner mixer output coil: Maximum on VTVMT200: Maximum on VTVML201: Minimum on VTVML202: Minimum on VTVML203: Minimum on VTVM

6. Connect sweep generator to TP (M) at 44.25 MC.Couple CW generator with marker at 44.25 MC to sweepgenerator cable. Keep marker amplitude low to avoiddistorting response. Adjust scope for 2V -PP.

Mixer output coil and T200: Rocking symmetricalresponse. Tune for maximum amplitude with waveshapeand markers as shown in Figure 13.

7. CW generator to TP (M) at 47.25 MC. L203: Minimum amplitude (wave shape should be asshown in Figure 13)

8. Oscilloscope, 2V -PP. Sweep generator thru impedancematching network (See Figure 7) to antenna terminals.Set pix marker at 211.25 MC Channel 13.Inject 45.75 MC marker into IF section by connectingCW output cable to outer shield of IF link Cable.

Fine tuning to center of range.Channel selector to Channel 13.

Oscillator slug setting: Picture carrier should fall at45.75 MC (±400KC) marker on scope. (See Figure 14).

9. Repeat step 8 for all channels

42.2541.25143.00 44.25 4500.. 4

45.7590 44.25 45.753915 INC 42 25 43.00 4545314C. .., ..c ..c

2 VOLTS

_

PFAK 10 PEAK

30BSOS

i

I 0.750la 011

' f

Typical IF response, 3rd IF Figure 12 -Typical IF response, 1st IF

Figure 11 - Amp grid to 2nd Det.Amp grid to 2nd De.

NIS 42.15 43.00 45.00 4975WC SIC OC WC IC

..,I

i

i

n 1

I -Ii

I

KUNO

.

I 70008

Typical IF response, MixerFigure 13 - Figure 14 - Typical RF-IF responseAmp grid to 2nd DO.

172

VOLUME TV - 19, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH RADIO CORPORATION

twow TELEVISION

RECEIVERSCHASSIS 16F27, 16F27Q, 16F27T, 16G20, 16620Q, 16G21, 16G210,

16G22, 16G22Q, 16G23, 16G23Q, 16G27, 16G27Q, 16G27QT,16G27T, 17G28 AND 17G28Q

MODEL AND CHASSIS INFORMATIONMODEL

F2105CF2110GF2111L,PF2112WG2101C,FG2102L,R,WG2105C,LG2110B,GG2112J,WG2120E,M,R,WG2213GG2214LG2215.1,LG2216LG2304R,WG2705R,YG2707R,YG2715YG2717E,R,WG2730E,R,M,WG2735L,R,WG2737E,R,WG2738E,M,R,W,G2740H,R,WG2752R,W,YG2755H,M,R,WG2756E,R,WG2762WG2780E,R,WG2786E,M,R,WG2787WG3310E,R,WG3311R,W,YG3341E,M,R,WG3346E,M,R,WG3348R,WG3350E,R,WG3353E,WG3354M,RG3360W,YG3368M,RG3375LG3385HG3388W

SPACECOMMAND

"300''"300''"300''"300''

"300''"400''''300''"400"''400""400""400"''400""400"''400""400''"400""400"

TYPE

TableTableTableTableTableTableTableTableTableConsoleTableTableTableTableTableTableTableTableTableConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleComb.Comb.Comb.TableTableConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleComb.

CHASSIS

16F27 - 16G2716F27 - 16G2716F27 - 16G27

16F27T* - 16G27T*16G2016G2016G2716G2716G27T*16G2016G20016G27Q16G27Q16G27QT*16G2116G2316G2316G2216G2216G2316G2316G2316G2316G2316G2316G2216G2216G22

16G23/4G2116G23/4G21/7 F2016G23/4G21/7F20

16G22016G22Q16G23Q16G23Q16G23Q16G23016G22016G22Q17G28Q17G28Q17G28Q17G28Q

16G22Q/5G29/7F20

TUNER

BandswitchTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretBandswitchBandswitchBandswitchTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretBandswitchBandswitchBandswitchGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretTarget TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard TurretGold Video Guard Turret

PICTURETUBE

19AJP419AJ P419AJP419AJP419BDP419BDP419AJ P419AJ P419AJ P419BDP419BDP419 AJ P419 AJ P419AJ P421CXP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423ANP423AFP423AFP423AFP423AFP423ANP4

* Equipped with electric timer.**Target turret tuner used in early production models.Suffix "0" following the chassis number identifies a receiver equipped with Zenith's Space Command remote controlSuffix "U'' is added to chassis and model number if receiver is factory equipped with UHF continuous tuner

173


ZENITH Television Receivers

ADJUSTMENTSBANDSWITCH TUNER

Oscillator adjustment screws are accessible fromthe front of the cabinet, The knobs and the trimplate for each model is slightly different. To gainaccessibility to the adjustment screws refer to theinstruction booklet shipped with the receiver.

Set the fine tuning control to the center of its mech-anical range. Without further adjustment of the finetuning control, insert a 68-33 alignment tool intothe tuner and adjust each operating channel to reso-nance starting with the highest channel and follow-ing each lower channel in sequence. (Series induc-tance circuit.) Be certain not to move the fine tuningshaft when switching channels. It will be noted thatturning the oscillator screw to one side of resonanceresults in a faded, washed-out picture with the spa-cings between the wedge lines "fogged" and turningin the opposite direction causes the spaces betweenthe lines to clear up, however, going beyond thispoint will cause the picture to take on a "wormy"appearance from sound getting into the picture,Correct adjustment is obtained by adjusting for a"wormy" picture and then back down the adjustmentscrew slightly until the picture clears up, (If morethan one turn of the screw is required to tune in achannel or if adjustment cannot be made, it may benecessary to touch up the channel 13 screw to bringchannels 7 thru 13 within range and 6 for channels2 thru 6.)

TARGET TUNER1, To adjust oscillator slugs, turn the fine tuningcontrol to the center of its mechanical range.

2 Without further adjustment of the control, inserta 68-36 alignment wrench through the hole providedin the front of the tuner and adjust each operatingchannel to resonance. It will be noted that turningthe adjustment screw to one side of resonance re-sults in a faded, washed-out picture with the spa-cings between the wedge lines "fogged" and turn-ing the screw in the opposite direction causes thespaces to clear up, however, going beyond thispoint will cause the picture to take on a "wormy"appearance from sound getting into the picture.Correct adjustment is obtained by adjusting for a"wormy" picture and then back down the adjustmentscrew slightly, until the picture clears up.

GOLD VIDEO GUARD TUNERThe contacts in this tuner are 16K gold filled (notplated) using an alloy consisting of 69% gold, 25%silver and 6% platinum for improved performance andgreater reliability. There is only one oscillator ad-justment (per channel) and this is the front paneltuning knob which when turned causes the nylon gearmechanism to engage the oscillator adjustment screwon the channel strip in use, There is no stop in thetuning mechanism and the knob can be rotated sev-eral turns either direction from resonance, It will

Information on Adjustments

be noted that turning the tuning knob to one sideof resonance results in a faded washed out picture.Turning the tuning control in the opposite directionwill cause the picture to clear up, however, goingbeyond this point, the picture will take on a "wormy"appearance from sound getting into the picture,Correct adjustment is obtained by adjusting for a"wordy" picture and then backing down the controlslightly until the picture clears up, Repeat thisprocedure on each operating channel.

AGC ADJUSTMENTTune in a strong TV signal and slowly turn the delaycontrol until a point is reached where the picturedistorts and buzz is heard in the sound. The controlshould then be backed down from this position andset at a point comfortably below the level of inter -carrier buzz, picture distortion and improper sync.This setting will correspond to approximately 3 V.peak to peak output from the video detector.

CAUTION: Misadjustment of the AGC control canresult in a washed-out picture, distorted picture,buzz in the sound or complete loss of picture andsound,

FRINGE LOCK ADJUSTMENT

The fringe lock adjustment is made to obtain bestpossible synchronization under weak and noisysignal conditions. Check the AGC adjustment andproceed as follows:1. Turn the fringe lock control fully clockwise andthen back it off approximately 1/4 turn. Adjust thevertical and horizontal hold controls and checkoperation of the receiver to see that it syncs norm-ally when the turret is switched from channel tochannel,2. If the picture jitters or shows evidence ofdelay, tearing,split phase,etc back down the fringelock control further, a few degrees at a time, eachtime readjusting the hold controls and switchingfrom channel to channel until normal sync action isobtained, It will be found that under normal signalconditions, the correct adjustment will be near thecounter -clockwise position of the control.

3, In fringe and noisy areas, the best adjustmentwill be found at or near the maximum clockwiseposition of the control; however, do not automatical-ly turn the fringe lock fully clockwise in fringeareas, Follow the procedure outlined. In areas whereboth local and fringe signals are received, a com-promise setting should he made for best overallperformance.

AFC ADJUSTMENTThe horizontal hold control is equipped with a stopwhich limits knob rotation to approximately 270degrees. To adjust the AFC, remove the knob andturn the shaft to a position where it is virtuallyimpossible to disrupt horizontal synchronizationwhen switching from channel to channel, After ad-justment, install the knob with its pointer centeredbetween the stops.

174

ANTENNA TERMINALS---

8+ 265V. (KV-

I.F. INPUT JACK (U MODEL)COOED BROWN FOR IDENTIFICATION

PURPOSE

I. F. INPUT TUNEABLE COIL('Us MODEL)

TEST POINT T CONVERTER - -SCREEN GRID

(SCOPE MbRVATION FE ,11,F.PASUST

MIXER PLATE COIL ------

HEATER To U.H.F. CONTINUOUSTUNER

To B+ ON U.H.F. TUNER (ORANGE)

V.H.F. I.F. OUTPUT JACK

FINE TUNING SHAFT

CHANNEL SELECTOR SHAFTSHOWN IN CHANNEL 6 POSITION

OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTSCREWS (ONE FOR EACH CHANNEL)

BOTTOM COVER REMOVABLETO INSERT U.H.F. STRIP

MOUNTING BRACKET

ri"--6.3 V. HEATER (BROWN)

----PILOT LIGHT

A.G.C. (YELLOW)

TEST POINT .A* CONVERTER GRID

( I.F. ALIGNMENT)


*68L8 USED ON 175-169

U.H.F. 8+ (.11.MODEL)

V.H.F.MODELS

INCORPORATE 12 POSITION TUNER 175-206

U.H.F. MODELS

INCORPORATE 13 POSITION TUNER 175-205or 175-169

USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH175-8 CONTINUOUS UH.F. TUNER

BEFORE ADJUSTING THE OSCILLATORSCREWS,SET THE FINE TUNING CONTROLIN THE MIDDLE OF ITS MECHANICAL/ RANGE BETWEEN THE TWO STOPS.

I.F. CHANNEL ene0DE1.5.)OCCURS BETWEEN

CHANNEL 2 old CHANNEL 13

Fig. I.

Tube and Trimmer Layout, BundswitchIN MODELS ONLY, TunerIN UHF POSITION ADJUSTI.F. INPUT CORE THRU

THIS HOLE

U.H.F. ANTENNA TERMINALS----

V.H.F. ANTENNA TERMINALS

CODED GREEN FORIDEHTIFICAN

PURPOSES USED ONLY ON

175-1558175-175

- (V:poeLs) AS A/IF INPUT CONNECTION

AND 8+ SWITCH FOR CONTINUOUS UHF TUNER

USED ONLY ON

irCiONIP`175-156 8175-176WHEN UHF STRIPS

ARE INSTALLED

U.H.F. ANTENNA TERMINALS

TO 8+ ON U.H.F. CONTINUOUS,TUNER ( .1.1. MODEL) ORANGE

TO HEATER ON U.H.F.CONTINUOUS TUNEFr"---.i(U" MODEL) BROWN

USED ON

.11.110ffl..5 ONLY',

MIXER GRID TRIMMER

MIXER GRID TEST POINTCONNECT I.F. LEAD TO EXPOSEDEYELET IN CENTER OF HOLE

OSCILLATOR SLUG ADJUSTMENT

NEUTRALIZINGTRIMMER INSIDE

PILOT LIGHT CONNECTOR

,,-HEATER (BROWN)

-I.F. INPUT JACK ("11. MODEL)

,-A.G.C. (YELLOW)

I.F. OUTPUT JACK

TEST OBSERVATION POINT(TEST POINT 'B.)

MIXER PLATE ADJUSTMENT COIL

B+ 135V. (ORANGE)

- -FINE TUNING SHAFT

V.H.F. MODELSINCORPORATE 12 POSITION TUNER 175156

U.H.F. MODELSINCORPORATE 13 POSITION TUNER 175-155

NOTE: 13 POSITION V.H.F. TUNER 175-155USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH175-8 CONTINUOUS U.H.F. TUNER


FINE TUNING STOP

Fig. 2. Tube and Trimmer Layout, Target Tuner

ZENITH Adjustment InfQrmation

WIDTH ADJUSTMENTTo obtain proper width, slide the metal sleeve alongthe neck of the picture tube until a position is foundwhich results in proper width and linearity. In the16F27 and 16G27 chassis, the sleeve must be in-stalled with the open side facing the picture tubehigh voltage connector button.

CENTERING ADJUSTMENTThe centering assembly is built into the yoke hous-ing, This assembly is made of two magnetic ringswhich can be rotated by means of tabs. Centeringis accomplished by gradually rotating the tabs withrespect to each other, then rotating both tabs simul-taneously until the picture is centered.

CORRECTOR MAGNETADJUSTMENT

Two corrector magnets are used in 21, 23 and some19 inch models to obtain straight, sharply focusedsweep lines across the face of the picture tube.The magnets are mounted on the deflection coilmounting brackets and can be moved in and out orup and down by bending the flexible arms whichsupport them, Adjustment has been made at thefactory and should not require readjustment unlessthe support brackets are accidentally bent out ofposition. If this occurs, proceed as follows:

1. With the vertical and hori zontal size controlsreduce the size of the picture to a point where thefour corners and sides are visible, (In some re-ceivers it may not be possible to reduce the picturesize sufficiently to see all sides and it may be nec-essary to shift the picture with the centering controlto view one side at a time.)2. Bend the corrector magnet arms until the cor-ners become right angles and the top of the raster isparallel with the bottom and the left side is parallelwith the right side, After adjustment, the pictureshould be restored to normal size.NOTE: Misadjustment of the corrector magnets maycause pincushioning, barreling, keystoning, poorlinearity, etc.

PEAK PICTURE CONTROL17G28 CHASSIS

This control is at the rear of the chassis. It is partof the video detector load and has a decided effecton the video response of the receiver. The responsecan be changed from a slight smear at the extremecounter -clockwise position of the control to anexaggerated overshoot in the maximum clockwiseposition.

The control is adjusted at the factory for best pic-ture detail under normal signal conditions, however,it can be changed in the field to suit a particularsignal or program condition, As an example, an oldmovie can be "crispened" or the texture of "snow"in a fringe area can be changed for a more pleasingpicture.

175


ZENITH Chassis 16G22 and 16G22Q Schematic Diagram (Chassis 16G21 see note below)V6A

V3 1/2-6GN86BZ6 VIDEu AMP.1ST I.F.

II-. 1 L6WMI 2Ca CI 7 330

L10% 30 lb"I

205

"c61TI

'U

NW NW

v3101.6

1ST r

V4 V56BZ6 6EJ7/EFI84

2ND IT 3RD'1.F.

C5CI 261210

ON TUN. .-4>H1-41710 ..- 6,0 1 ts%.011 OUTPUT

MW 150 7540T- vv.

To.U5,," 4--6 C TO "V '21rg '4*

TVNER 2 4,

6.311C TO

TUNER OIL4- C2

tigi -

0 0

23126011

vS6CE7/Er184.0 if

ve.

6GN8

e SAC LIN

vi

vi64054

.0 OUT

v

0

0

0

0

0

110

0

0

6806SNO DISC,

0 0

SI6NE11 CLIP

84411

NIO

0 0

050050

WEPT OUT

vt64(6

NOR (camprOilOSC

01511*

wit60068

.0012.00T

0

0

0

0

0

0

TIKBC OK 0 0

TO

335

10K

baIr

220 22.10%

560 710%

COzK 001510%

112 iI-t__22001210%

560TIO%

,2/!Y

1110022C13100 -I"

220

122

1110%

STOK

o%

74

O

1.l/!v Ib00

CI6 84001 330021011- 1.10%

im 0

I LT II

10531 I

r

70%

1100

c71.1.

'")%T

COCA R!

4AIYfD t103301 20

-2-265 265v

2 2 InG

V681/2 6GN8

SOUND LIMITERTO SO NWOR SOUNDTARE -OAF

CO,T6

1---67 -7

V7 013 , 00T2r-1672240iiii -,

I WET 3 -_-_ 1 V8 ; TC, mut !NG SWITCH I

ONT0OL I 6AQ5A; AND STEP Af LAY IN I' CONTROL CHASSIS I6B N6 TOW

SOUND DISCR. ...,.- 'SOUND OUTPUT J -I J,,---.'14:;.°` c"

1128

.--41 WM115%%

L.1.

jc3014701Nor

710%1

136

1,

C11

11008

71-740Sun

CONTROL

Vir

'\--ouTVm7 rm°2 22°2

1]N12

LILY i2KtiO%20

J..2 ill

EQUIVALENT CIRCUITA-1 and A-2 INTEGRATORS

ILAIKENT FUSEINK LlerliNT L000

Or TIT 24 LOUCOPPER PIPE

lit v AtWT ALOCK

L11 Par !or

T'NPUNTO. ONVOLLIWCONTROL RIR 113v

03470.

r

01

ILL 21

032 C33

20 NW 470!IC% NW

1

2 4 4ITT I MEC

1101.111.4,CONT0OL

1265 P15

50020 LW 680

710%250

265

143 r

al v

lb r IT

V96 HS8

SYNC. CLIP& A.G.C.

cri ,0

30

RO

NET6RD%

Coot LIX4

100

330K

.313.390.TINFINw.1

0 VRIP 108 mt,

226COWOL

011

105006

020 C40

10 REG 0033siO%

265 v

82K

110%

150.

87-7 R is 68K87-8 R is 82K

Eo

14.2

FI

00 NA

Iii

VI 53DG4

L.V. RECT.

T126(0

0111/TEA

50.0

COI YONO 0490 W

401008000.,

1300 KO: v

,

Schematic Diagram, Tube and Trimmer Layout and SignalPath Chart 16G22 and 16G22Q Chassis.

I ZENITH Chassis 16G21 uses 21CXP4picture tube, a 6DK6 for V5, but its

I circuitry is practically the same asChassis 16G22 shown on these pages.L_

VITA1/2 6GN8

HORIZ. CONTROL

tiKt°,0.

< 530K

Wf

12

10%

iVZ

1313. VIIB010%

1/2 60118HORIZ.OSC. a DISCH.

Kar 035330 00810%

*OK

Isoo

110%1 +3,2

C66 CIS 1,S27

-°"Mlf%-t

Y2

R28

033

130,

fY

SO

DOIS10 %

T°1 '"°%

I200, 10624

,00

6DVI2OEHORIZ.Ot

(SS

.047

628710V.

3W

+265 V

PICTURE TUBE SECOND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BEMEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC KILOVOLT METERWIT* ORIGNIMESS AND CONTRAST CONTROLS 101.1..COUNTER CLOCKWISE

SOCKET AND WIRING 608 165220 MODEL 140.

SOC 81elIONT VIES

SwTor 0.1ST.

REL. 1

NEWT! ,

usRut .11.IWO VI. 1fi.LP5''I

PI.1 5 E'Eo RI, 5 5773, I

5.4122.10, 5-51863, 5-511164014 COOK,

4ll 101144E1 NOS11111 .010 C111,TLIS 10 NOWA 100111.11(0.

ALL AOLTASES NNE O.L. MISS OINON1il 111(1,10.ELL IT.0 (MAUS 11. 111.Asum 01. TACONT TOE TOUTS,.RA(110 LI .1101. 1111101 RESISTANCE.

ALL 801144E 14101.1111NOT4 ID (I MOT 01110 41611L r20(4401.1101001.

S111141 Of CO.0. .0 CM.1"

SI WI. SET TO(NM.. 1 MESS 010.11( SPO111..ALL 10110.040 TALKS IA NICRO(41101 4111E55 (10(50148 11151111.0.11110101111(11 (APAGL TT TOLERANCE TAOS MESS OTROMISE SPFCIFIEL

iLl NESISTINS 11201 TU./NCI_ CARTIOL. MATT OLISS011.11108 0111Ciriip.

uRELLSTARCI.NEASUREMEILIS .01111 NI. COILS o.sco.22212a 22.(11CLIT.C011 NESLSINRCEA NOT 4114. AR( OW. 01( ant

CATPTOOT R. TOO. 1.0 .00( TRIAGE TO 11 ATEASY0(11 Vi.ELECFROATAIIC 00 401 0. 0.04 rlt 41,1 (140400.41. ATV..MONS ON 11011R110NETERS 11.1(11( UN:MIS( ROTATION.

LiT114..41ED

NT L4E KOOS

CIRCLED 1101(411 11.1411.11t 1441 10.1 ((

1111011-S-

176

LI

Ars

:.«4

5.50

..

son

.1

5 A

MP

FU

SE

---_

TE

ST

PO

INT

"D

" V

IDE

O O

UT

PU

T

SO

UN

D T

AK

E -

OF

F C

OIL

3RD

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

PO

WE

R C

AB

LE S

OC

KE

T F

OR

CO

NT

RO

L C

HA

SS

IS

("0"

MO

DE

LS O

NLY

)70

0 M

AT

ES

T P

OIN

T "

E"

IF. A

.G.C

.F

US

E

1ST

.I.

F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

.

41.2

5MC

. TR

AP

BO

TT

OM

SLU

G (

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D S

OU

ND

)

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

SO

UN

DT

RA

P]

47.2

5MC

. BO

TT

OM

SLU

G

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

PIX

TR

AP

39.7

5MC

.TO

P S

LUG

I. F

. OU

TP

UT

FR

OM

TU

NE

R -

2 N

D.

I.F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

AN

D47

25

MC

. AD

JAC

EN

T S

OU

ND

TR

AP

CO

IL B

OT

TO

M S

LUG

ON

(P

ULL

)O

FF

(P

US

H)

SW

ITC

H

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

:3D

G4,

tr61

°AA

:

A.C

. IN

TE

RLO

CK

-

TE

ST

PO

INT

"G

" 3R

D I.

F. G

RID

--

4TH

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R A

SS

EM

BLY

2A

ND

CR

YS

TA

L D

ET

EC

TO

R

TE

ST

PO

INT

"C"

DE

TE

CT

OR

OU

TP

UT

'/

TE

ST

PO

INT

"F

. TO

BE

GR

OU

ND

ED

FO

R I.

F A

LIG

NM

EN

T--

/

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

AD

JUS

TM

EN

Tz' //

INT

ER

CA

RR

IER

CO

ILA

.G.C

. DE

LAY

PIX

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T-

BU

II A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

CD

7

Sn

PIX

V16

23A

NP4

O

(V13

NIJ

3,

h`W

IDT

H C

ON

TR

OL(

ME

TA

L S

LEE

VE

)

ICI a

V14

6DA

ME

4

1662

2220

ON

LY

V14

'ot

6604

444

%U

MW

V12

'

TE

ST

PO

INT

"J*

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T

`TE

ST

PO

INT

"P

"

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

GR

ID

FR

ING

E L

OC

K

OU

AD

RA

TU

RE

CO

IL


ZENITH Gold Video Guard Turret Tuner Information

ANTENNA TERMINALS(300 OHM INPUT)

iA.G.C. (YELLOW)

REMOVABLE COVER

JR.F. PLATE TRIMMER N

TO I.F. AMPLIFIER IN T.V. RECEIVER

CONVERTER GRID TRIMMER -

TEST POINT "BI-'.CONVERTER SCREEN BY-PASSCONDENSER FOR OBSERVATION OF R F

BAND PASSES./ RED

CONVERTER ADJUSTMENT PLATE')

TEST POINT "A"CONVERTER GRID USED TO INJECT I.F. SIGNALS

TO ALIGN I.F.AMPLIFIER IN T.V. RECEIVERAND MEASURE CONVERTER GRID INJECTION

B+ 265V (RED) 20-25 MA2

FINE TUNING SHAFTALL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE BYTURNING THIS SHAFT. THERE IS NO MASTEROSCILLATOR TRIMMER IN THE TUNER.NO DAMAGE WILL RESULT IF TUNING SHAFT ISROTATED IN EITHER DIRECTION FOR ANY

NUMBER OF TURNS


MOUNTING

BRACKET

CHANNEL 2 STRIP PLACED IN SLOT-'DIRECTLY UNDER THIS HOLE

I. F. IN PUT JACK ('U" MODEL)

S -49799

1-41-1171-1-1 USED ONLY ONff5:30Iand 175-171

S 49799 ("U" MODELS) USED AS ANI.F. INPUT CONNECTION AND

SWITCH For CONTINUOUS U.H.F. TUNER

S- 51094USED ONLY ON 175-302 and 175-172WHEN U.H.F STRIPS ARE INSTALLED

U.H.F. ANTENNA TERMINALS

6.3V. A.C. HEATER AND PILOT LIGHT CONNECTION

NOTE: DO NOT USE ANY LONGER SCREWS THANWERE PROVIDED AT THE TIME OF MFG.

USED ON"U" MODEL

ONLY

BRACKET USED ON 175-301 and 175-302175-301 ond 175-302 TUNERS SAME AS175-171 ond 175-172 EXCEPT FOR LENGTH

OF SHAFTS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS AS SHOWN BELOW

VI

TO HEATER ON U.H.F. CONTINUOUS TUNER

("U" MODEL)

TO 6+ ON U.H.F. CONTINUOUS TUNER (ORANGE)

,PILOT LIGHT

-B+ FOR U.H.F. CONTINUOUS TUNER

Fig. 3. Tube and Trimmer Layout, Gold Video Guard Turret Tuner

178


ZENITH Television Receivers Adjustments and Alignment Information, Continued

ADJACENT CHANNELREJECT SWITCH 17G28 CHASSIS

This switch is located at the rear of the chassisand is used to switch the 47.25 Mc adjacent channelsound trap in or out of the circuit as required.

When the trap is switched out of the circuit a slightimprovement in IF band pass occurs for better pic-ture detail. The receiver is shipped from the factorywith the trap in the "out" position.

If adjacent channel sound interference is exper-ienced, switch the trap to the "in" position,

G2 ADJUSTMENT17G28 CHASSIS

1. Connect the negative lead of a variable biassupply (0-6V) to the grid (pin 7) of the 6GN8 videoamplifier and the positive lead to chassis. Switchthe tuner to a blank channel. Pull the dynamic con-trast switch out (DC position).

2. Connect a VTVM to the cathode of the picturetube (pin 11) and adjust the bias supply until thisvoltage reads 150V.3. Connect the VTVM to grid 1 (pin 2) and adjustthe brightness control for 95 volts indication on themeter.

4. Leave the meter connected to grid 1 and adjustG2 until the raster is just extinguished.

NOTE: An alternate and reasonably accurate methodof adjustment is to tune in a TV signal and adjust theG2 control for 450 volts on grid 2 (pin 10) .

ALIGNMENTTO RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS

MATCHING TRANSFORMEROHMS UNBALANCED TO 300 OHMS BALANCED

SWEEP GENERATOROUTPUT CABLE

HOOKED ENDFOR CONNECTINGTO VARIOUS GRIDS

470 MMFD.CERAMICCAPACITOR

GROUND DIRECTLYTO CHASSIS. DO NOTUSE LEADS.

5611/w 57.CARBONRESISTOR

Fig. 4 IF-RF Alignment Fixtures

A suitable VHF and UHF sweep generator in con-junction with an accurate marker must be used foralignment work. It is extremely important to termin-ate the output cable properly and to check if theattenuator is reactive. If the attenuator is reactiveor if the output cable is improperly terminated,correct alignment cannot be made since the degreeof attenuation may change the shape as well asthe amplitude of the response curve. The attenuatorshould only vary the amplitude and not the shapeof the response curve.

SOUND ALIGNMENTProper alignment of the 4.5 Mc intercarrier soundchannel can only be made if the signal to the re-ceiver antenna terminals is reduced to a level belowthe limiting point of the 6BN6 Gated Beam Detector.This level can be easily identified by the "hiss"which then accompanies the sound. Various methodsmay be used to reduce the signal level; however,a step attenuator is recommended for most satis-factory results,

1. Connect the step attenuator between the antennaand the receiver antenna terminals.

2. Tune in a tone modulated TV signal, Adjust thestep attenuator until the signal is reduced to a levelwhere a "hiss" is heard in the sound.

3. Adjust the sound take -off coil (top and bottomcores) , intercarrier transformer, quadrature coil andbuzz control for the best quality sound and minimumbuzz. It must be remembered that any of these ad-justments may cause the "hiss" to disappear andfurther reduction of the signal will be necessary toprevent the "hiss" from disappearing during align-ment.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT

Refer to the appropriate schematic diagram and tubeand trimmer layout for reference test points.

1. Slowly turn the channel selector until the tunerrotor is made to rest between two channels. Thiswill prevent an erroneous response.

2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohmisolation resistor to terminal "C" (detector). Connectthe ground lead to chassis. In the 17G28 chassisturn the Peak Picture Control to the extreme counter-clockwise position.

3. Feed the sweep generator through the specialterminating network shown in Fig, 4 to point "G"(Pin 1 of the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtaina response similar to Fig, 5 with a detector outputof 3 volts peak to peak. Do not exceed this levelduring any of the adjustments.

4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 r.lc and alter-nately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4thIF for maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 Mcmarker positioned as shown in Fig.5. The two peaksmust be equal in height and the high frequency peak

179


ZENITH Television Receivers Alignment Information, Continued

Fig. 5 4th IF Response

at 45.75 Mc. If the correct response cannot be ob-tained, check the position of the cores to see thatthey are not gutted but are entering their respectivewindings from the opposite ends of the coils.

5. Connect the sweep generator to terminal "A"(mix grid, see Fig. 1, 2 or 3 depending on tuner).Connect terminal "F" to chassis and connect ajumper between terminal "E" and chassis. Adjust -sweep to obtain a 3V.P.P. response somewhat simi-lar to Fig, 8. Switch oscilloscope to 10X gain to"blow up" the traps, (Fig. 6),

6, Refer to Fig. 6 and adjust the 39.75 Mc and41.25 Mc traps for minimum marker amplitude.

Disconnect the jumper between "E" and chassisConnect this jumper between "E" and the junctionof the 56 (68 in the 16G20 and 16G27 chassis) and1500 ohm resistors in the cathode of the first I.F.This provides an additional "Blow Up" of the 47.25Mc tr aps. (Fig. 7). In the 17G28 chassis the receiveris shipped from the factory with the adjacent channelreject switch (at the rear of the chassis) in the"out" position. For alignment, the switch shouldbe in the "in" position. Adjust the 47.25 Mc traps(the 16G20 and 16G27 chassis have one 47.25 Mctrap) for minimum marker amplitude.

7. Disconnect the jumper between "E" and the 56and 1500 ohm cathode resistors, Connect this jumperbetween "E" and chassis, In the 17G28 chassisswitch the adjacent channel reject switch to the"out" position. Adjust sweep generator for 3 volt speak to peak output. Alternately adjust the 2nd,3rd, 1st IF and the converter plate coil until an over-all response similar to Fig. 8 (Fig. 9 for the 16G20

Fig. 7 Further Expansion of Fig. 6 for DetailView of the 39.75 and 47.25 Mc Traps.

Fig. 6 Expanded View of Traps

and 16G27 chassis is obtained). It will be foundthat the 2nd IF affects the low side (42.75 Mc) andthe 3rd IF the high side of the response,

SPECIFICATIONSPOWER SUPPLY

117 Volts, 60 Cycles AC

CHASSIS WATTS

16F27 & 16F27T 21516F27Q 290*16G20 & U 18516G20Q 265*16G21 & U 21516G22 & U 22016G22Q 300*16G23 & U 21516G23Q 295*16G27 & 16G27T 20516G27Q & 16G27QT 285*17G28 22517G28Q 305*

*With Space Command motor drive in operation

TV AUDIO OUTPUTAll Chassis Except 17G28

1,6 Watts

2.8 Watts

Fig. 8 Overall IF Response

Undistorted

Maximum

41.25

3:V42.75

/ 45.75

45.0

Fig. 9 Overall IF Response16G20 & 16G27 Chassis

180

V3

6BZ

61S

T I.

F.

14

V6

A1/

26E

138

OR

EIG

N8

?N

VID

EO

AM

P.

taZ

.

T5

93T

0 50

050

1101

1111

600

vs 6826

0$65

00SY

NC

CL

IP0

GL

6E61

'6 0

VE

RT

OU

T 6

0201

05C v

I

6465

0031

12 0

5CE

l DIS

CO

v.4

LT

t50

0400

4100

V12

6006

5

KA

TZ

OU

T

ISO

V

61,4

0

O 0

O 0 co O 0

151

C5

2012

E11

11

014'

1° -

AV

ON

.1

'S%

rYYr

145

Li?

,4

41

1

221 10%

I

151

33K

00%

51

V4

V5

6BZ

66B

Z6

2ND

I.F

.3R

D L

EI-

25S

1

1550

2111

0%

z

2100

1---

11--

-00

1190

%00

190

%

:56K

10%

9110

%

101

T

5601

0%

-10%

0us

eI

014

470

11.1

nO%

$

015

16S5

4/

11is

1.4

L.f

...L

'A%

-to

...1.

: jL

- -

-

YYr

1

001

065-

4-./7

1.4

215

1(11

15

-F,T

Z00

%

010%

271

503

%

7350

V71

/.

902

4

iay

023

10

Li

tOO

K11

0%0%

.10%

11/

MT

6I

301

CO

1101

151

CO

NT

RO

L

911

110%

ICO

N

s ;1

1,11

L5

022

5910 YYr

0lO

v

3,04

CV

6...%

%

.0

t591

0625

04

!ef"

*025

100

1301

0016

55C

ON

TR

OL

4-28

0V+

280

V

wN

TO

310

155V

VI6

I9A

J P

4P

IX

5305

5 14

26W

V.

4'so

wC

ON

501

c... T

152.

5E6

6E10

1

1161

2/0

OW

)'

V6B

V7

TO

MU

1. N

C S

WIT

CH

L _

ON

ST

EP

RE

LA

Y I

M1

1/2

6EB

B O

R 6

GN

86B

N6

CO

NT

RO

L 0

3145

5150

SO

UN

D L

IMIT

ER

..f.0

7Z, S

OU

ND

DIS

C.

1

10 5

03.0

1fo

e" 'r

ot f

uvre

S,C

M...

. SIS

____

__.,

ON

500

0

WE

(VS

00 C

O,

T6

640

'11,

1-1

WO

,10

2/7-

- -

I7,

r0:..

.

,.,,,.

,M

O i

I0,

111:

1___

__J

6E58

-6t

101

VT

0 9

51.6

0 vt 6566

50.0

005C

51C

C20

511

mit

5%

150

BUII

0506

06

9,10

iTE

RL

005

I

4

00

8205

BR

OK

EN

FOR'

MO

DE

LI6

F Z

10 -

1612

/1O

NL

Y

EV

SE

11

"..,

00o

0302

4 45

510

016

3KN

E

C29

001

010% V15

3DG

4L.

V. R

EC

T.

E

010

6005

ive

031

-

513

Rio

334

710% 20

032

0 M

N,

110% 1 C

33 2 001

010%

°7g

O.

000

110/

00

251

1

ql

V8

6110

5AS

OU

ND

OU

TP

UT

1615

20V

Ilk

oov

Rn 0E

6V

OL

UN

E00

4750

6

mC

III

100

II40

00

0 -

wan

2.

SO

0-

g..

V9

6BU

8A

.G.C

.T

IN C

. C L

I P.

Is

5506

L11

1104

4O

C

CO

NT

RO

L

90,

6501

10%

1,0616

az

110%

036

010

it6L

R$7

AG

C

OU

PC

ON

TR

OL

6010

0%

4- 2

80 V

700

V

VIO

A1/

2 6E

A7

1/2

6EM

7,,

101

VE

RT

OS

C.

75,2

,1

335

VIO

B1/

2 6E

A7

1/2

6EM

7V

ER

T. O

UT

.

1100

E4

110% 04

2

552

T

V26

151

2EC

ON

TR

OL

493

AZ

C46

015

10%

0364 0%

3301

190 21

150N

VIN

T N

OL

O00

5010

1

1.50

1070

01

AK

LI

525

360

NO

%

560

110%

vt

VA

ST

CO

ILS

519

470

710% 50

+28

00

6005

C47

0

0040

05

700

'I

0

1400

3C

4/5

147

1,04

,0

YI

444

All

1011

,s3

6451

11(0

TR

AM

044

.005

TO

PO

INT

S 11

0107

0.L

L 0

0110

00 A

KE

0.1

. 550

(00

OT

NE

ON

LSE

SnW

IED

.D

.C. v

OL

TIG

IS 1

0 It

011

5114

00 0

,75

4 00

00 T

M 1

0010

0011

O 4

7150

II

14(0

01.7

1111

1107

401

0440

.4L

L 0

0111

0 14

051,

404F

RIS

TO

II

WO

E 0

110

00 S

iN

AL

HIM

,W

OO

S 5t

7711

4 O

F 00

.110

16 4

50 C

6100

Et S

EL

EC

T°.

SE

t TO

400

(L 2

1O

itS5

0101

5150

1310

0.

OIL

100

0121

522

0101

5 10

411

00S4

R41

1 M

ISS

0101

001

3590

.131

00.

AL

L 1

0110

0150

1 04

7401

71 1

01.0

1111

0( 1

005

0000

00 0

1000

150

57E

0111

0.A

LL

001

0100

5 40

120

6 10

4.11

000.

040

004,

I/2

040

050E

55IN

ER

vi S

E S

s", i

ll,50

514

.0 6

6001

1140

1 D

0405

101

5 C

OIL

S 0.

0100

1011

00 1

400

C14

0111

.O

lt 4(

3101

5Z0a

NV

411

01 0

00 O

NU

S O

RE

ow

.

VI I

A1/

2 6G

H8

HO

RIZ

. CO

NT

RO

L

1.10

25-0

4

105

04

o57

1

054

ISO

3300

049

2 50

0111

0%

2206

011

0%3 -1

10%

C52

1500

04r

tin.1

1

053

Ilan

2200

155

4/0

YYr

110%

1000

110%

VIIB

1/2

6GH

8H

OR

1Z. O

SC

.8

DIS

CH

.

5605

to

05/

0033

955

9,0%

0

000

210%

424

1.1

10Y

[4- 56

5T

013 '7

.0%

055

0015

*71

0%

VI2

6DO

6BH

OR

IZ. O

UT

PU

T

100

00

C60

2501

3

012 Il

620

CI'

99.01 310%

010

%

VI3 IK3

N.V

. RE

CT

.

R31 09

0.3,

1810

/N

V22

1Ir

FIW

Z.1

7101

64-0

1.1

SLE

EV

E

04/L

1

4025

0111

102:

1127

1004

710%

4- 2

80V

T s

o 1E

1 A

ND

010

135

0001

6327

0M

00E

L7

6z..

5451

[004

1R

ZT

0001

0

liraZ

SM66

1

PLuO

05(

0 or

liol 5

405

83R

EN

OT

E 1

0604

01 1

1455

15

501

106

II 1

03.3

16/4

100L

LT

1.10

4.10

IN

9051

7101

IN

160

2/1

1110

EL

5 O

NL

Y

SOC

KE

T 0

0 W

IRIN

G 1

0716

027T

YO

DE

L

-TT

.0.

-40l

SOC

KE

TPL

UG

1100

61 0

141

1000

* V

IES'

91.0

1..5

30 4

15.

9000

SLE

EP

5611

01 A

SSIN

OL

Y

5151

710

IS 1

1104

*IC

AL

LY

LO

C1E

0 IN

104

1PO

SIT

ION

IN

161

271

0106

1.5

ON

LY

10

000

1062

t ,z4,

,V

I4.6

0E4

6C04

Er

DA

MP

ER

---

-CM

147.

,,__

04/

100%

042'

$X1.

7:"0

07I':

00(

0410

511

4004

11 1

00 1

E0

POIN

TS

0045

50

LJ

0-3

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

SE

CO

ND

AN

OD

E V

OL

TA

GE

TO

BE

ME

ASU

RE

D W

ITH

EL

EC

TR

OST

AT

IC K

ILO

VO

LT

NE

TE

RW

ITH

BR

IGH

TN

ESS

AN

D C

ON

TR

AST

CO

NT

RO

LS

FUL

LC

OU

NT

ER

CLOCKWISE.

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am 1

6F27

, 16F

27Q

and

16F

27T

Cha

ssis

To

1r

OU

TP

UT

011

B.2

500

A G

C.

CO

CsO

II V

AC

r LI1

CI

C2

t5%

511M

r.5

..U

r...

..-S

ot

L214

1.2

111!

6600

2.31

IEG

.

V68

1/2

6AW

8AS

OU

ND

LIM

ITE

RT

O 5

0 IN

FIR

MO

TA

KE

OF

F C

OIL

T 3

Q. - -

0 a ^ 0

010

Osm

oso

a 3

0. 0 c

AA

a 0 g_

0 7

to 3

* 3 2 0- - r

0.

0n

2S

02

VI

05in

01

C26

1127

ION

15%

ir30a

810

750

CO

NT

RO

L

117

5 A

.G.

1NT

CR

LOC

K

n;

SW

1TC

N

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

OK

ID-

w?,

..,

o- BR

OK

EN

TO

R 1

100E

L

1602

0 0

ON

LY

V3

6BZ

61S

T

V7

6BN

6S

OU

ND

DIS

C.

R30

-NA

00 IR

VI5

5U4G

8L.

V. R

EC

T

fir

FIL

AM

EN

T F

US

E L

INK

MIN

LO

OP

OF

4s24

AM

C C

OP

PE

R M

IRE

V4

6BZ

62N

D 1

.F.

145

r

+25

0V r1:6

620

0 O

NLY

TO

MU

TIN

G S

NIT

CH

ON

IS

TO

P R

ELA

Y IN

IV

8IIO

NT

RO

L C

HA

SM

6AO

5AS

OU

ND

OU

TP

UT

CO

I

2500

1t10

%

ck--

) -.C

33M

AC

033

1r?

412 RE

G.

LOLU

RE

cON

TR

OL

+25

0V

C45

2 10

0111

0%

nor

V5

68Z

63R

D L

E.

I-

TT

2.32

FL

100

TI

ISO

.,IL

PIS

3.9

4708

KI

FR

ING

ELO

CC

ON

TR

OL

V11

8:,8

0k,

1/2

6GH

8H

OR

IZ.O

SC

. 8 D

ISC

H.

C57

3300

slur

210%

250

V

C51 2 O

0045

15

V6A

1/2

6AW

8AI

A.

tV

IDE

O A

MP

T'A

SA m

e

Lo

j

6HS

8A

.G.C

.R

IO10

621

0%IR

VI2

6DO

6BH

OR

1Z.O

UT

PU

T

0047

110%

C53

.001

210%

829

1008

210%

T5 2.

2 5(

611

0%

C21

.01

'16

00

L7 .4

1512

10%

-no

.10

souN

D L

IMIT

ER

GR

ID

R7 10

6it3

01(

RI

24

00%

CO

NT

RA

ST

CO

NT

RO

L

12K

-10%

1058

ig

+25

0V

022

110% RI9 33 RE

G±

10%

ktlir C

S5 so g

.M

IT21

0% Isv

012

015

110%

+25

0 V

4-60

0 V

VI3 1K

3

H.V

. RE

CT

.

ISR

V N

V

r

os

CA

L, e

vri,

'Ern

stltf

SR

ION

TR

ES

SC

ON

TR

OL

(ME

TA

L 56

E10

211

0TH

CO

NT

IC4.

1

icxx

r-1

V14

1

6AX

4GT

B L

6DA

4A6C

G 4

DA

MP

ER

Say

.TO V

16

198D

P4

PIX

I7C

RP

4

VIO

B1/

2 6E

M7

VE

RT

OU

T.

ssa

210%

LEW

CF

Os

100

1100

50V

L_

_

ES

T P

OIN

TS

-D

ITIC

TO

O O

UT

RIV

- 51

010

CO

TP

UT

IF

&G

C-

MO

NO

DIA

N I.

P.&

LIS

SO

M-

3R0

IV 5

1110

-50

010

LIM

ITE

R P

LAT

E-

WIN

O O

UT

PV

-P

LAT

E O

F S

.FC

MO

OS

TIV

IAT

TIT

ITT

011

Of

0,6

0

,


TEST POINT 511" SOUND LIMITER PLATE

SPEAKER LEADS

SPACE COMMAND AUDIO MUTE CABLE (166200 B 16G290)MODELS

VOLUME CONTROL

ON (PULL)OFF -(PUSH)

SWITCH

TEST POINT .C. DETECTOR OUTPUT

TEST POINT F TO BE GROUNDED FOR I.F.ALIGNMENT

SOUND TAKE -OFF COIL -

CONTRAST CONTROL -

4TH I.F. TRANSFORMER

BRIGHTNESS CONTROL -

VERTICAL HOLD CONTROL

TEST POINT 5G. I. F. GRID

3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER

TEST POINT I . F. A. G C

2ND I.F. TRANSFORMER

ADJACENT CHANNEL TRAPS39.75 MC. (BOTTOM SLUG, ADJACENT PIXI

47.25 MC. (TOP SLUG, ADJACENT SOUND )

1 ST I. F. TRANSFORMER AND 41.25 MC. TRAP

(TOP SLUG ASSOCIATED SOUND)(BOTTOM SLUG 1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER)

TO I.F. OUTPUT ON TUNER

A.G.C. (YELLOW LEAD)

(14- (RED LEAD)

TUNER FILAMENT (BROWN LEAD)

BUZZ ADJUSTMENT

FRINGE LOCK

Schematic Diagram, Tube and Trimmer Layout and 'SignalPath Chart 16G20, 16G20Q, 16G29 and 16G29Q Chassis.NCTES:

ALL "OOZES NiASUNED FI E CNASSIS TO POINTS INDICATEC.

ALL y0015GE5 NNE D.C. (MLLES UNE.. sPELIF,ED.

All O.C. V34.1k3ES 10 NE NEASu1E0 NITS A VACuu/f NNE VOLTAETE4 NAVIN, II 0150NA 10,1 AESISIANCE.

All vOLTASE wEISLONENTS TO SE SARI NO SIGNAL PRESENT. AOINAL SETT EEC Of 00N11005 END CAA... SUWON SETTO ...NEL 2 UNLESS 01NE11015E SPECIFIED.

ILL 03131101511 VALUES IN NiCNOFANADS INLESS OTNENVISE

ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLENIACE t2O. UNLESS OTNEINISE SPECIFIED.

ALL MEMOS ADE !AS TOLENANCE. CANNON. NATI LIMA. OTNENIAISE SPECIFIED.

NESISIANCE NEASUNEmENTS SNOW .ITN COILS DISCEMECTEI MON CINC511.

COIL RESISTANCES 03T OWN AO( LINDEN ONE OMR.

WWI NAP TUNE 200 ANODE VOLTAGE TO OE AMMO MTN 4E1(.05747 1C 311 20g Via, O. PER VOLT NINA OLT. NUM

ANNOYS ON PCTENTIONETENS 15,,1001E CLOCIIIISE NOTATION.

ALIGNmENT POINTS

[WEED LETTERS MOICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST 0010131

CAASSisz

# TUBE POSITIONING GUIDEOFT

I N TERCARRI ER COIL

TEST POINT .J. SOUND OUTPUT

OUADRATURE COIL

PIXV16

I9BDP4I7CRP4

I K3

6D0613

DEFLECTION YOKEADJUSTMENT AND

MOUNTING

PIX CENTERING-ADJUSTMENT

6AX4GTB6DA4A6C04

WIDTH CONTROL SLEEVE

VERTICAL LINEARITY A.C. INTERLOCK

VERTICAL SIZE -A.G.0 DELAY

6AVIEIA

AarIN64

HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL

SOUND -DISC

3RD1F

*B

OUT

Si

ST F I

UDAFZERA.................

I2 '. sus s=as T; iIwIta'ft t:

TEST POINT '11" ( HORI2. A.F.C.)

PIXI 98 DP41 7C R P4

GOP

DUAL SELENIUM DIODE

DEFLECTION YOKE

TOO MA FUSE

SPACE COMMAND CONNECTOR

5 AMP FUSE

TEST POINT .1? VIDEO OUTPUT

VI4 070011A FUSE 18,-)

DAMPEP

SW FUSE ILENE)

WS5U4

GB

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFAR

SOUND CIRCUIT

COMPOSITE VIDEO .....VERTICAL CIRCUITHORIZONTAL CIRCUIT NAlewsoweewswwwwwww

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

183

TO

if O

UT

PU

TO

N T

UN

=

SOT

UT

U

16 C

TO CO

PO

KE

R T

ON

100E

116

1162

300.

1.r

6BV

Z3

61S

T I.

F.

6.02

V6B

Z46

2ND

I.F

.

V5

6EJ7

-EF

184

3RIY

I F

2 O

UT

V6B

6614

8S

OU

ND

LIM

ITE

RT

O S

OW

OT

SO

UR

CT

AA

L -O

f IC

OIL

26

U1

ILLr

2_

I ar

INT

JI21

0%1

'NT

LC

11N

IIn

11

at5% Oil

150

4112

204

4140

1

cr.

'

V7

,li0

ii .°

11_-

--1

V8

';

TO

116

11S

G S

WIT

CH

IA

ND

ST

EP

RE

LAY

IN I

CO

NT

RO

L6A

05A

ccar

rioi o

ussi

s 1

6B N

6m

a

SO

UN

D D

I SC

R.1

za.

.447

,..r.

cS

OU

ND

___O

_UT

_PU

Tj

,...

,,,0,i

-=

00.1

2

Ter

lI 01

2110

31I

010%

131

4100

L _

032

20SW

110%

- ,

110

;

033

1171,

1111

,

PIS

020C

16%

0%

0,

3

V6A

6G

N8

°T3

15'5

-1.-

1V

IDE

O A

MT

O 3

a Y

o 31

4031

0(11

3 3

-1.1

;

P.

411

010

5

L21

4;,1

"1_.

11,

-5

I

063

-, 7

5142

1.C

h l

1111

1

C IT

1C91

L5._ ;

/930

11

0%12

10%

2K27

103

11;

14.

LI;0

00

Le

-90

,

110%

O+

2650

0200

55iS

A1.

1.11

113

Nys

,11

3%S

SO

K22/

1

681

210%

pa

ctr-

o.,..

CO

NT

RO

L

2201

V9

6HS

8S

YN

C. C

LIP

A.G

.C.

c,

I33!

t33

04

Rn

TA

NK

( LO

CI

100

05

C31

1104

3,9

/

,1e0 13

0VR

IOIO

U(1

21 221

A 6

2,T

,%01 0,10

.

001

C40

0033 82

1

CA

T If of

Tul.YY

f70

LO

U 10 YW

11.

-

ISA

SP

G I

TO

my

-dor

,r

(31

K82

11,G

ICT

'

210%

f-C

6439

1;

-10%

025

10 T

T -

010%

°33

0A25

01N

NT

1

; G T

NE

SS

CO

NT

I./

C.

.001

4701

14%

10%

471

201

0%

VIO

A1/

2 6E

A7

V2

6EM

7V

ER

T. O

SC

.0,

43

022

.....1

2044

.A

Z

r".

Dos

s7

LOL

.23

5 N

UV

IOB

RY

SIZ

E

I/E

A

23I6

AN

P4

PIX

qUju

rig

fr T

IT

If

Re0

1G

RIO

65i0

111°

C5

01C

ON

TR

OL

1. 265v

+60

0V

02. i

c-s

1/2

6EM

7V

ER

T. O

UT

PU

TT

"T-

10%

;.C

45 5

-ff

"

c°''L

0%

141,

1

22

7501

DIR

T N

OLO

CO

NT

RO

L

.621

2.0

T

f,:'

2L

_

64

41 1

1

C4

410

0IT

O50

0

1111

GA

O 0

3IT

F2 5 A

NT

6111

0100

1.01

1C

ON

TR

OL

411

It

213g

/11

4-44

9 -2

65V

+26

5 r

+26

5

+ 6

00v

3D

3DG

54

L.V

. RE

CT

.

145)

0411

0

048/

116

410

NA

700

MA

6.14

/,

X11

2-r

PX

iOI1

Imo.

80.

0090

0 0

400

0

3, IC II

I'S

VIIA

ttzV

IIB1/

2 6G

H8

1/2

6GH

8H

OR

IZ. C

ON

TR

OL

HO

RIZ

.OS

C. B

DIS

CH

.m

u25

055

T.G

.61

0812

10E

3.

5)0K

EK

G10

3.

14iZ

s

CI

2100

10%

52m

ar

IT 0

Nur

i000

110%

1343

2.3%

50I/

000

0 10

%

=C

01'

:10%

205,

10%

2

6DV

I206

B

HO

RIZ

.OU

TP

UT

INK

+26

5 v

SOP .1

00

C59 II

KT

%

CC

Si S

1,0% -I-

265v

113

Ih

22

V13 1J

3H

.V. R

EC

T

20/.

caC

62 O=

%10

5

CP

T -

4

V14

6DE

46

DA

4A6A

X4G

TB

DA

MP

ER

IYCT4 SLEEVE

OT

WIT

RO

L1

aaa

1/2

TR

-1

1

;

1-11

,11

ji3

°CO

TIS

TL'

1' =

TE

ST

PO

INT

S

C. D

ET

EC

TO

R O

UT

IV1

0.31

0E0

OU

TP

UT

(-II

460

r- G

RO

UN

DE

D205

IF

416

11.(

NT

6.00

0I

FG

RID

0-50

010

OU

TP

UT

P.6

0100

DIS

C G

RID

OLE

,

VS

6816

is, L

F

044

1126

244

10

VS

FE

JT -

EF

IO4

3111

) IF

V!

6411

0 0111

0 4.

90

UV

.

0416

WIN vi

(RO

SA

SR

O o

ur

vT56

06S

RO

MR

CP

ST

NC

411

CLI

P61

10.

RIO

6EA

T.N

EN

TV

EN

T O

SC

RP

T O

UT

6006

H O

N C

OW

101

OS

CD

ISC

O

6006

11V

IZ

HO

RIL

CV

v6D

Eul

4

6014

660

0461

8M

inot

6.3V

AC

TO

TU

NE

R F

,L

IR

O 011

Ill 1

0114

410

4001

3 11

1014

C11

..313

t3 P

OW

: 143

I04/

E6.

ILL

4011

44E

S A

I( O

.L.

OIN

EN

NtiE

SO

W/ I

II.44

1 D

.C. r

itotA

GE

S '0

50

4404

11 A

I. A

010

1110

. NO

E 4

01.T

HE

tIll

( 1

114

I 111

400

WO

O 1

1101

0t4N

CE

.A

LL 0

0110

11 4

0:11

0(04

113

TO

IN Y

O(

Hilo

NO

SIG

UL

14E

SE

01.

N O

INIL

011

1144

Of C

ON

LLL

LL IN

D C

HA

NN

EL

SE

LEC

TO

O S

ET

TO

1404

41 1

min

ON

EIH

NIS

E S

PE

C 1

1 1(

0.A

LL 4

0110

11S

E: W

ES

IN N

oCII0

f611

103

040(

05 0

11(1

4100

ll C

ts00

8541

1 10

.411

11 'W

OW

(00

0 O

LEO

S 0

TT

TT

T IS

E S

PE

C it

II.

411

1105

1110

1$ U

lf T

201

,01(

1404

0. 0

4400

4.1/

1 W

IT! 0

111(

500

.....

114

9(C

111E

0.O

CS

IST

AN

CE

144

5111

1EN

EN

TS

SA

M W

ITH

CO

ILS

CtS

CO

NN

EC

IED

110

1[M

OIL

(Oil

OE

SIS

I4C

li 40

1 41

4041

OK

LIM

O O

NE

Ow

.W

4001

44r

TO

N 1

40 0

1100

0 r3

L144

1 T

O 1

0 te

lAW

NE

D 4

HIN

ILLC

140,

4114

04

0011

1. 0

11 P

K c

ar11

10 0

0114

01 K

M,

4A2O

rr:

Cto

401

1017

104T

EA

S 1

431C

M C

L3:0

0131

114

1011

04.

-ON

ALL

)O

FF

(P

US

H)

SW

ITC

H

'VO

WM

EC

ON

TR

OL

5 A

MP

FU

SE

-_-

TE

ST

PO

INT

"D

" V

IDE

O O

UT

PU

T -

SO

UN

D T

AK

E -

OF

F C

OIL

3RD

I.F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

PO

WE

R C

AB

LE S

OC

KE

T F

OR

CO

NT

RO

L C

HA

SS

IS

("0"

MO

DE

LS O

NLY

)70

0MA

.T

ES

T P

OIN

T "

E"

I.F. A

.G.C

.F

US

E

1ST

.I.

F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

.

41.2

5MC

. TR

AP

BO

TT

OM

SLU

G (

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D S

OU

ND

/

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

SO

UN

D T

RA

P47

.25M

C. B

OT

TO

M S

LUG

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

PIX

TR

AP

39.7

514C

.TO

P S

LUG

I.F. O

UT

PU

T F

RO

M T

UN

ER

2 N

D. I

.F T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

AN

D47

25

MC

. AD

JAC

EN

T S

OU

ND

TR

AP

CO

IL B

OT

TO

M S

LUG

Tr.

°,T

OU

T

EQ

UIV

ALE

NT

CIR

CU

ITA

-1 a

nd A

-2 IN

TE

GR

AT

OR

S

87-7

R is

68K

87-8

R is

82K

TuC

TU

RE

TU

BE

SE

CO

ND

AN

OD

E v

OLT

AG

F T

O B

EM

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

ELE

CT

RO

ST

AT

IC K

ILO

VO

LTM

ET

ER

11T

H B

RIG

HT

NE

SS

AN

D C

ON

TR

AS

T C

ON

TR

OLS

FU

LLC

OU

NT

ER

CLOCKWISE.

011C

01Lr

OtT

113

ILI.1

4110

0 .i4

1431

141E

41.

1414

.(11

AN

D /T

OT

P01

111.

1ol4

013

-r"

VE

RT

ICA

L. S

IZE

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL

CO

NT

RA

ST

CO

NT

RO

L

VE

RT

ICA

L LI

NE

AR

ITY

-, 1

li

t3D

G4

Ia

s

A.C

. IN

TE

RLO

CK

TE

ST

PO

INT

"G

. 3R

D I.

F. G

RID

-

SO

CK

ET

AN

D W

IRIN

G F

OR

1662

30

INK

Min

T(.

1. 0

14'

ST

EP

I

NE

LAT

I

*EW

EIA

N

CO

NT

RO

LT

RA

NS

I

AR

I NE

vit I

SO

CK

ET

Kits

SE

C5-

0117

3.I

(FR

ON

T v

ar55

1774

, S.5

1863

, S-5

1564

4(10

,4 4

0,40

LC4A

SS

r$

VE

RT

ICA

L H

OLD

CO

NT

RO

L

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L H

OLD

CO

NT

RO

L

4TH

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R A

SS

EM

BLY

-//

AN

D C

RY

ST

AL

DE

TE

CT

OR

, /T

ES

T P

OIN

TD

ET

EC

TO

R O

UT

PU

T' /

TE

ST

PO

INT

"F"

TO

BE

GR

OU

ND

ED

FO

R L

E A

LI G

NM

EN

T-/

/

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

y/IN

TE

RC

AR

RIE

R C

OIL

A.G

.C. D

ELA

Y

PIX

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TB

UII

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T--

-\

PIX

VI6

23A

NP

4

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L

FO

CU

S

V14

6 C

S D2

TI 6

62

240

ON

LYZ

;i;of

660A

4Ax4

Gni

e;

Li

TE

ST

PO

INT

"J"

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T

\ -TE

ST

PO

INT

"P

"

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

GR

iu

`WID

TH

CO

NT

RO

L (M

ET

AL

SLE

EV

E)

/F

RIN

GE

LOCK,

tOU

AD

RA

TU

RE

CO

IL

CO

RR

EC

TO

R M

AG

NE

TS

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

7,S

PE

AK

ER

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

TO

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

3

cn

z

EV

1-3 O 1-3 tii tii

tri

co CA

L.)

1-3

tii

tri

O tzi

8Pu 0 0

BA

210

v

0

CO

116

V3

V4

V5

6 8

66

8 6

6826

1ST

I.F

.2N

D I.

F.

3RD

IF

CII

NI

226

200%

.70

6121

1r%

NW

111

ilk L

zfP

Log

.C3

15

f11

0%

3362

117v

470

566

500%

2100

1

C

-r.1

5

110%

21/1

0%

C10

CII

CV

!Mt

000

TM

%

566

110%

R6,

2120

74.

.m

ar OT

S

r --

f6E

CIA

470

NY

!R

IO%

T4

3

1

L_ NI

6.81

200%

TS

ilkm

--;

C20

1 t I

Ur

ma

11

IC

241.

L31

1051

71,1

CI

Pi._

..,,)

,?.

1.,

c..

....,.

.,,,

330

_D

,__

__ 4

,.....

,.._,

...rt

t-c,

.110

%1

MN

,

_etas

10...

.'N

, j

5547

TO

%11

7

2!00

6%

130

6C

ON

TR

AS

TR

6C

ON

TR

OL

Vf IM

O5

0.6.

?

V6A

1/2

6GN

8V

IDE

O A

MP

L,

107S3

I61%

TV

"

142

70...

VT

NA

,:1

0%

390

350

056

TO

%

..T0

SO

UN

D 1

1611

*1 1

4,0

686

Le

Opa

022

uo

756

10%

5

3900

C52

0'nu

i

WA

RD

AT

1606

01

Asr

4r6

"

140

R1

796

TIO

%R

2506

TO

HI 1

060

V16

I9A

JP4

PIX

fur

032

4706

913

NE

0

SF

R 2

TIP

FO

CU

SC

ON

NO

E

3301

280V

9111

461N

ES

3C

ON

TN

Os

-I-2

80 V

6901

22 Y

ES

!.iiii

ii,,,

,T.,.

1 --

.

V6

8V

7!T

o m

ul,,.

c. 5

.11(

1'IO

N S

TI6

RIT

A, I

NV

8V

2 6G

Nfl

6BN

6_C

O.T

NO

L C

U 4

5515

.

O 8

AC

I5A

SO

UN

D L

IMIT

ER

;Z.:7

j, S

OU

ND

DIS

C.

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T.0

MY

117

71.4

C34

r0 5

0 N

NE

05.5

0.0

rut 6

66

66. f

i r69

01,

ofr

CO

IL J.11

'166

/TO

-1.

05

433

0r

no i

-°,0

%,

I

6301

1

Cie

5IN

F15

%

RIO

750

BU

ZZ

0067

1106

74 LC

161(

61.0

06

EIE

T06

4

OX

601.

011

ION

TIO

EN

E2

123

201

rio

BR

OK

EN

rolk

moD

EL

16G

270

*627

1.

630

29

006

V15

3DG

4L.

V. R

EC

T.

6006

311

336

6)% 1

-11 33 21 01

31

-10%

n°,1

.C

ie,

1103

00W

an11

0%68

0

256

.va

ti0

N. D

0004

660

SN

I12

00 0%

2

1506

1C40

V9

6HS

8A

.GC

.S

YN

C.C

LIP

.

C34 0

fIr

is,L

:579

!$4

'5'0

1103

9=

003

.,

eV v

RIG

210%

15

5 K

SF

AT

ING

E10

CF

ON

T 0

1

dr V 1

Cie

N

12 M

EG

=0%

C18

0

TIM15

0

RIB

Pa

ION

A 6

0(60

6C

ON

TR

OL

10 010%

681,

0%

4-28

0V

321

110%

1130

34

VIO

A1/

2 6E

A7

1/2

6EM

7C

41V

ER

TO

SC

.41

.019

ao21

0%(4

4

2,0%

042

VIO

B1/

2 6E

A7

1/2

6EM

7V

ER

T O

UT

.

c41

0,5

1

020

$ 02

10.

.15

it r,

I

1

C06

10,1

57

SU

EC

ON

TR

OL

EP

T L

I

426

170

V

560

700%

560

6E6

1119

,47

0.5

10%

100

100

50v

280V

700

V

RID

700

V

MK

2651

VIIA

1006

.10%

U2

6GH

87

HO

RIZ

CO

NT

RO

L1

0

$230

1,°:

C89 01

001

210%

.12

C54 33

0w

ar-1

10%

C55

C52 ,500

NN

MI

5,2,

0%..4

f00

1101

6-r

53±

105.

020

011

0%

70 Nr

00%

1006

1

VIIB

1/2

6GH

8H

OR

IZ. O

SC

.B

DIS

CH

.11

1.15

510%

I I12

RIO

DO

T

`07,

=

5601

1.0%

624

±00

9.1541

6

110

C57

0033

0 %

005,

656

6051.

125

621

/0% 2 26

VI

6D06

28

HO

RIZ

. OU

T P

UT

C59

.001

511

0%-5

Sf

006

mIG

1.10

%

-C,.

NO

V

00

1Oil

C"

06i

oo,

110%

0470

40 0

10

6.1.

126

250

106

2,0% 3W

--N

ip 7

1

RO

T

001

*Mt

4- 2

80V

613

'11P

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am, T

ube

and

Trim

mer

Lay

out a

ndS

igna

lP

ath

Cha

rt 1

6G27

, 16G

27Q

, 16G

27Q

T a

nd 1

6G27

TC

hass

is.

7.7.0r

700

rnor

x "

"t I

If A

i 1,7

V I

4E

L:6D

E4I

-6C

04D

AM

PE

R -

-

Cee

MX

CN

-.0

4701

0%

114

WO

VOLUME TV -19, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1962 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZENITH Chassis 16G27, -Q, -QT, -T, Tube and Trimmer Layout and Signal Path Chart

SPEAKER LEADS -TEST POINT "H. SOUND LIMITER PLATE

SPACE COMMAND AUDIO MUTE CABLE (16627Q MODELI NT ERCAR R I ER COIL

VOLUME CONTROL

ONIPULL)OFF(PUSH)SWITCH

*,,INOPERATIVE ON

16627T 8 16627QT MODE

TEST POINT "C" DETECTOR OUTPUT

TEST POINT F' TO BE GROUNDEDFOR IX AUGNMENT

SOUND TAKE -OFF COIL

CCNTRAST CONTROL -

4 TH I.F. TRANSFORMER -

TEST POINT J SOUND OUTPUTJUMPER USED ON

166277 lk 16G270TONLY

C"1;'

BRIGHTNESS CONTROL

VERTICAL HOLD CONTROL- _

TEST POINT .G. I. F. GRID

3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER-

TEST POINT *E. 1.F. A. G. C. -- --2ND I.F. TRANSFORMER

ADJACENT CHANNEL TRAPS -39.75 MC. (BOTTOM SLUG, ADJACENT PIX)47.25 MC. (TOP SLUG, ADJACENT SOUND )

1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER AND 41.25 MC. TRAP

(TOP SLUG ASSOCIATED SOUND)(BOTTOM SLUG 1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER)

TO I.F. OUTPUT ON TUNER iy

A.G.C. (YELLOW LEAD)

134- ( RED LEAD)

TUNER FILAMENT (BROWN LEAD)

* TIMER SWITCH and TIMING MOTORused

ON 16627T d 16627QT CHASSIS ONLY

tZ

BUZZ ADJUSTMENT-

OUADRATURE COIL

PIXV16

I 9AJP4

13 \6DQ6B/

DEFLECTION YOKE,ADJUSTMENT AND '

MOUNTING

PIX CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

WIDTH CONTROL SLEEVE -1

TEST POINT ( HORIZ. A F.C.)

-VERTICAL LINEARITY A.C. INTERLOCK

FRINGE LOCK VERTICAL SIZE

I

tlig I

IIIfe&

;

L

I:IIII;I

§

L J

-DUAL SELENIUM DIODE

-A.G.C. DELAY HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL

O

DEFLECTION YOKE

700MA FUSE

SPACE COMMAND CONNECTOR SOCKET

OR POWER SOCKET FOR SLEEP -SWITCH

5 AMP FUSE

TEST POINT .D. VIDEO OUTPUT

FOCUS

O g

187

2

zu.tH

2

In,-441.6- CC

ioN -ICOCO

EDI


30(075G)

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

107 176

V+ FUSE

1ST I F

V36EH7

To YOKE SEPT)I

5 AMPLINE FUSE

DCRESTORER

2NO I F

iviONVERTICAL OSCie OUTPUT

H V RECTIFIER-'' VI3ch, TO

niCE0261

.. 22

---- ----

V 16

PI X

23A F P4

RESTORED D -C

SOUND CIRCUIT

COMPOSITE VIDEO

TUD_E_POSITIONING GUIDE (KEYWAY)

6H513 U

---

VII66H8

le,)DAMPER S210;)5R,0E

VERTICAL CIRCUITHORIZONTAL CIRCUIT assmemseirmsewINTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

ZENITH Chassis 17G28 and 17G28Q

TO 6. 05 TUNER

TO SAC ON Toon1.--i

v.

felaVIDif fIn

v5DEFT /F164

3801F

SOSOU

64.6mOMIZ OSC

CONTROL

vf6568

STK CLIPS .6C

r i7CA Li

6088ioli AND

.SOUND Lim

VIZ060

1.141260

01111N,

r7Fam6

SOUND OiSfil

VI6RID

VIOCFA/ CENT

PERT OUT6 DSC

v if6C04

nu CIRCUIT S SPARS 28186FOP 11EMOTt CONIRCN. ON

LOCUSTIO P41

5 ALPFART Of WTO-12aU4 Mtn

TO I F OUTPUTOM TUsita

252817

Cl SD MHO 15%

150 M:0

L 12 12 "".1

061106

22 WS

TO NEATINS ON TUNERS

V 36EH7 /EFI 83

1ST I.F414

OJACENT CHANNELREJECT SNITCH

V68 V7 OFFENDS 004

1/2 6GN8 6BN6 15021 CONTROL

SETTINGSOUND LIMITER SOUND DISCR.

TO SO maw DR 500170TARtiOn 00+1

4

-J

T6 (R,7T,

5'18 LC CS

F2.suarl

R282508

GED.

2v YYf10'

V15

3DG4

LV RECT.

RED

Iq

100

4A

RED

Ta

271

RI.IEED ;C

Melt ,sisivs.-iCCONTROL '7- k

I .11"'"ffv C

11118 Pr

,,dics LOCO Of 24 5115COPPER WIRE

II/III OCTEN-LI.

__TERM STRIP

SOUND 111-1741112WTI 5111TCM

STEP A( AT

martcoNTRIN.TR165

U8C0 PITS 5211031 MOOT( mew 0uin154

IN -AIV-fs/7.-i--.OUT

tti ittg TM°,

EQUIVALENT CIRCUITA-1 and A-2 INTEGRATORS

87-7 R is 68K87-8 Ft is 82K

188


ZENITH Chassis 17G28, -Q

V4 V5 V6AEf47/EF183 6EJ7/EFI84 1/26GN82ND I.F. 3RD I.F. VIDEO AMP M, MYr

,

;56K7.1*%

xlN

Cl221 (.01210%

r

c.1

t;0RL. _ C15IK

110%220

261.10%

(0

330KL,10%

1.151

115v R.Z1

1 v. C12

C18170 L

171111121%__

45

":' rir9I

1

1.11 \ v p1.5 v

- 117,T

L _

.001mmo 0%20%

R31500PEAK

PICTURECONTROL

lJ

3 K

C211

300500

801650

tIg.f

681

1,0% 5511511, 110%!MIG 411

L9250

UN

TC1,CONTRAST}

CONTROL 22600%

NK

Schematic Diagram 17G28 and 17G28Q Chassis. Waveformsand Peak to Peak Voltages Representative of all "G" Chassis .

TS

,2,-,4 50.1mio 1081018

Li 725.1 IV; 5(rini7 GOD

V17A1/2 6AL5

D.C. RESTORERIDYNAMIC CONTRAST 5p616

co 1l 0271116F- 1011116

1701. R7 110% LID /DV-.COB Sv

OC

71°" VI6PIX

23AFP4

J5

V

X

AC

ralC71

505BRIGHTNESS

CONER8

CS

RIO47015,5,5

100V

C7?

017. 22K

100

C40

10%

I RII3 MEGFOCUS

VI7B CONTROL

I/26AL5

f3,00,1t

V86E105 '

SOUND OUT.

1E6

Mv.

1.108

1,3000108

Mw5% 016

111EGI 00 umE

CONT800

500047 0110%3-4 ,108100171 SPEAKER

« 01 7 JACK LISE0 INCONSOLES ONLY

100.1

RED

/N

EINEM*.(1 SPEAKERS0 15080

MODELS 1

NOVISKC V9

6HS8SYNC.CLIP

B &G.C.

JOY SOv

3301

<-5SPEAKERS

"T. , C45001

SOMEPACCEL5 -r°%

C49 DI

020V2201 60%7

000

C48470

NE110%

0013 1006

VIDA471210% 1/2 6EA7-I/2 6EM7

VERT. OSC.C50

25006011

1ST V

310%GRID52

CONTROL 4.70YHA

R9

I.5MEG

RECLAMPTRACE

*MeV

VIOB1/2 6EA7-I/2 6EM7

VERT. OUT

50V 10

%SEG.70%

519

5116',HINGE LOC

6,6

02010k

GCDELAY

CONTROL

10% C46

110

0210

14

2,

8160%

659601E

7109 T011.4

S ;

C55

C52 A2

c5015 =!IC%

22 0101 105.

w' tor

150

R275,mE MEAL1401.0CONTROL

TO

C14

07340 MEDg 350

RI6 1 a21

VERTICAL I +CSSA1.11:7;01. 00 0

8 2650 8.10 v

95

NOTE 04651100 SPEAKERSMUST BE POLARIZED

460Y

111"40*on

r C560+NO WO

4000

I8V15 KC

257 mim350.

2 857;7 210%

350*110%

N 205,15KC

.2

I MEG

110%

2300

VI IA VIIB1/2 6GH8 1/2 6GH8

HORIZ. CONTROL HORI Z. OSC.IIOv 061 C62 DISCH.

C59

t'.T

258001115%

;W.

110 v530 ImIN 470210% WO

ro

274i00610%0651500

LI 4 17:7.= 2200

1111E

1110291105

E6

1006C6004 5KC

IJOV

2201110%

VI2

4:;`,DHORIP.°8114T.

2.

06521 00 5110%

66

IRK

2 0 %

,00

zyn

4-

150

067

.047

2K 9i0%31I

0(

16001

360V

1FLIDRE TUBE SECOND 40000 VOLTAGE 70 BEMEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC KILOVOLTMETERWITM BRIGHTNESS AND CONTRAST CONTROLSFULL COUNTER -CLOCKWISE

115

NOYES

ALL VOLTACES 30050860 ROM CRISSis 10 901015 INDICATED

Ti

1100

60%, TEST POINTS

C- DETECTOR OUTPUTD. v.DEO OUTPUTE- C,I TO BE GROUNDED DURING

AL:5111414G. 310 F GRID

SOUMO OUTPUT0- SOUND DISC GRID

R3382

nO%

V13IJ3

H.V. RECT.

R34

225 DE

"° I

.1552:1005

31016 I-C60

'

IWOLET

LL1

.1V5

110%

v 21 K.V.

I lc

L1,

V146CEO4

DAMPER

10813 1

00015DEPL

(METAL SLEEVE.70T11 CONTROL)

1100

5,00

AL. r5A1A4(5 IdASONED NON SOS ill DC NOS1T1011

rLIADES NNE D.C. IN. r5S 0.(N13.1Dr C. VOLTAM 10 NE (9.10110 i ocuto Int Ile(111,1111

1401114 II 440.5( IN 1 10111,101(

OCILTAGE NIASNNONNIS TO RE NM Pi. NO SIGNAL MR.(NOW. Sf 11.0 Of CONTROLS AND CRAW( SILKEN SET TO Mimi( 1m5155 orminost 5151003 LEO.

ALL CONDOM. yOLEHIII 010801/8885 LAWS 0I0E00I51 5E4110100.All CDROM° LAricIty TOL71A,HE 705 481053 05808873( 571013108.Au. wsiswas 121 X% Tom... CAM, 1/2 VIII 081053

ODIERIUSE swcaito.ws$57.01,cr INAS14(14103 SUOMI WINN COILS DISCOWEIED 3110111 CISCO,(Da 5E5,75001S POI GM. ARE w08Y1 Cm( Wow.Ualm003 NAT EWE 70 1.001 VOLTA. 10 /( .11100 8118 ELEDINOSIATIN .r 5380505 GOMISP 201. mil. MN PIN NC, N10 TD 006E NEM

Amon om 1110101F CIAIC.ISI mOTAliDo

110%111

L74300110

4756

189

ON

(P

ULU

OF

F (

PU

SH

)S

WIT

CH

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

PU

SH

- N

OR

MA

L

CO

NT

RA

ST

PU

LL D

YN

AM

IC (

CO

NT

RA

ST

)

VE

RT

ICA

L LI

NE

AR

ITY

BA

SS

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L

TR

EB

LE T

ON

E C

ON

TR

OL1

1

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L A

SS

EM

BLY

-(SOME MODELS)

TO

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L S

OC

KE

T O

NB

AC

K O

F C

HA

SS

IS

5 A

MP

FU

SE

TE

ST

PO

INT

VID

EO

OU

TP

UT

3RD

I.F

TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

SP

AC

E C

OM

MA

ND

SO

CK

ET

700

M A

. FU

SE

TE

ST

PO

INT

"E

" I.F

. A.G

.C.

.1S

T I.

F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

4125

MC

. TR

AP

BO

TT

OM

SLU

G, A

SS

OC

IAT

ED

SO

ON

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

SO

UN

D T

RA

P -

47.2

5 M

C. B

OT

TO

M S

LUG

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

PIX

TR

AP

3915

MC

. TO

P S

LUG

,11

,P--

--.-

--j-

I.F. O

UT

PU

T F

RO

M T

UN

ER

---

-A.0

--

TE

ST

PO

INT

"G

",IN

TE

RLO

CK

3RD

I.F

.GR

ID;

2ND

. I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R T

OP

SLU

G A

ND

----

'-'4T

H I.

F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

AS

SE

MB

LY-'/

,

47.2

5 M

C. A

DJA

CE

NT

SO

UN

D T

RA

P C

OI

AN

D C

RY

ST

AL

DE

TE

CT

OR

/B

OT

TO

M S

LUG

TE

ST

PO

INT

"C

" D

ET

EC

TO

R O

UT

PU

T-

AD

J. C

HA

NN

EL-

RE

J E

CT

SW

ITC

HIN OU

T

/ TE

ST

PO

INT

"F

"IT

O B

E G

RO

UN

DE

D

FO

R I.

F. A

LIG

NM

EN

T/

PE

AK

PIC

TU

RE

CO

NT

RO

L

1

V6

-s1"

if,G

NE

1;

1

41

SO

UN

D T

AK

E11

OF

F C

OIL

1

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TIN

TE

RC

AR

RIE

R C

OIL

BU

ZZ

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

0BR

IGH

TN

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL

---V

ER

TIC

AL

SIZ

E

----

-VE

RT

ICA

L H

OLD

CO

NT

RO

L

rHO

RIZ

ON

TA

L H

OLD

CO

NT

RO

L

- -F

RIN

GE

LO

CK

FO

CU

S

V16

PIX

23A

FP

4

p51

"-T

ES

T P

OIN

T "

P"

SO

UN

D D

ISC

GR

ID

PIX

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

A.G

.C. D

ELA

Y

QU

AD

RA

TU

RE

CO

ILS

--W

IDT

H C

ON

TR

OL

(METAL SLEEVE)

0

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L S

OC

KE

T

TE

ST

PO

INT

"J"

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T'

BASS TONE

CONTROL

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L(SOME MODELS)

TREBLE TONE

CONTROL

G2 CONTROL

TO

TO

NE

CO

NT

RO

L S

OC

KE

T O

NB

AC

K O

F C

HA

SS

IS

CO

RR

EC

TO

R M

AG

NE

TS

ND

UA

L S

ELE

NIU

M D

IOD

E

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

SP

EA

KE

R C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

-"T

O V

OLU

ME

CO

NT

RO

L


INDEXUnder each manufacturer's name, at left there arelisted that make chassis and models in numericalorder. The corresponding page number at right ofeach listing refers to the first page of the sectiondealing with such material.

Admiral Corp. Admiral, Cont. Admiral, Cont. Admiral, Cont. Emerson, Cont.1 6A9 , -U 9 LG313 5 LU361 21 C969 15 1640 3716B9B 9 LGU313 5 S TF361 21 CU969 15 1641 3716C9 ,,U 9 LU313 21 STFU361 21 C971 15 1642 3716D9 , -B 15 ST313 21 L362 21 CU971 15 1644 3716F2 15 STU313 21 LU362 21 164 5 3716GOB 9 TG313 5 S TF371 21 1646 3716UB9B 916UD9 , -B 1516UF9 1516U G9B 9

TGU313 5

0321 21CU321 21LG321 5

STFU371 21L382 21LU382 21L389 21

Emerson Radio 1648 371649 371650 371656 37

1 524 271525 271526 27

19B8B 5 LGU321 5 LU389 21 1528 27 1657 3719UBOB 5

20A 3 212038 2120D8 2120UA 8 212OUB8 212OUD8 21LG301 5

LGU301 5LG302 5

LGU302 5LG303 5LGU303 5

S TF321 21STFU321 21C322 21CU322 21LG322 5

LGU322 5.3 TF322 21STFU322 2100323 21CU323 21LG323 5

LGU323 5STP323 21

S 2F389 21STFU389 21L391 21LU391 21P901 9UP901 9P902 9

UP902 9P909 9UP909 9P910 9

UP910 9P911 9

2 529 271 530 271 531 27

1532 271533 27

1534 271534A ,B 271535 271535A , B 271535 271 537 271 538 271539 27

1658 371660 371661 371662 371658 371669 371670 371672 371673 371674 371676 371677 371678 37

TG310 5 STFU323 21 UP911 9 1540 27 1680 37TGU310 5 0331 21 P915 9 1541 27 1 581 37C311 21 CU331 21 upol5 g 1542 27 1684 37CU311 21 C332 21 p918 9 1543 27 1685 37L311 21 CU332 21 UP918 9 1544 27 120507A 27LG311 5 C333 21 PS921 , -U 9 1545 27 120508B 27LGU311 5 CU333 21 PS92 5, -U 9 1546 27 120515C 27LU311 21ST3] 1 21STU311 21

S'77339 21STPU339 21L341 21

PS928, -U 9T930 15TU930 15

1547 271 548 271549 27

120516D 27120530C 37120536B 27

TG311 5 LU341 21 P931 15 1 550 27 120541C 27TGU311 5 S TF341 21 T931 15 1551 27 120542D 27C312 21 STFU341 21 TU931 15 1552 27 120549C 37CU312 21 L342 21 UP931 15 1553 27 120550D 37L312 21LG312 5

LGU312 5

LU342 21L343 21LU343 21

P935 15T935 15TU93 5 15

1 626 371 628 371629 37

120551C 37120552E 37120553P 37

LU312 21ST312 21

L351 21f,U3 51 21

UP93 5 15C951 15

1630 371632 37

120554E 37120555E 37

TG312 5 L3 52 21 CU9 51 15 1633 37 120556F 37TGU312 5 L1i3 52 21 C952 15 1634 37 120557E 37C313 21CU313 21L313 21

L353 21LU3 53 21L361 21

CU952 15C9 53 15cU953 15

1636 371 637 371 638 37

120564C 27120565D 271205663 37

191


GeneralElectric

LW SeriesU5M202M203M204M205M870VWDR870VMLR870VWDM971VWD

45534545454553535353

Magnavox35 Series 61

MontgomeryWard

WG-4225A 67GTM-4233 like

data on 167WG-4325A 67GTM-4333 like

data on 167WG-5221A 71WG-5227k 71WG-5231A 71WG-53211: 71WG-5327A 71WG-5331A 71

Motorola, Inc.191:11W,WA 10319K12,+ 10319K13CW,+ 1037'.9K141::,+ 10319K15CW,+ 10319P1-1 3919P1-2 39101'3-1,-2 10319P1001,2 10319T1-3 103l'DT1-4 10319T1-5 10319T5CF,+ 7919T7-1,+ 7919T11CH,+ 7919T12-1,+ 7919T13-1,+ 7919T14CVI,+ 79A19T2-3 103A19T2-4 103A19T2-5 103A19T8,+ 79Y19K11W,+ 103Y19K12M,+ 103Y19K13+ 103Y19K.14M,+ 103Y19K15+ 103

Motorola, Cont.

Y19P3 -1,2 103Y19P10 -1 103Y19P10 -2 103Y19T1 -3 103Y19T1-4 103Y19T1 -5 103Y19T5CH,+ 79Y19T7-1,+ 79Y19T11CH,+ 79Y19T12-1,+ 79Y19T13,1,+ 79Y19T14CW,+ 7923T4BR,+ 7523T5B,++23T5M,++23T5N,++Y23T4BR,+Y23T5B,++TS -432STS -435TS -435WTS-435QTS-436,YRTS-436STS -436,YTS -436,YV/TS -436STS -570,YTS -570,Y

757575757589

10310310379797979797575

Phil co Corp.K Line 1211232712327U12N5012N5112N51UK3058CGUK3058CGK3059LBUK3059LBK3060BL,+K3218GDK3220GD,+UK3220+K3222WH,+UK3222SAUK3222V1H-K3224GDK3224SIUK3226+K3230GDUK323027DK3720CBUK3720CBK3722BE,+

115115121121121115115115115115115115115115115115115115115115115121121121

Philco, Cont.UK3722BE 121UK3722CG 121K3724GD,+ 121

RCA VictorKCS-133A,+ 125KCS-137A 133KCS-137BKCS-137PKCS-138AKCS-138B191A192,U191A194,U191AE20219L E205191AE208191AE209191AER204192A062+192A064+192A072+192A075+122A078+192A079+192A094+192A 098+192A099+

133133133133125125125125125125125133133133133133133125125125

Sylvania Elec.19P10 14719P11 14719T10 14719T11 14719T1819T1923L4823L4923L51D23L5223T44B,+23V46B,+23V50B,+546-1,-2546-3,4,5555-1,2,3555-5,6,7

147147141141141141141141141147147141141

WestinghouseV-2409-1 153V-2409-2 153V-2409-3 153V-2411-1 161V-2411-2 161V-2411-3 161

Nestin3house+V-2411-4 161V-2411-5 161V-2411-6 161V-2412-1 167V-2412-2 167V-2412-5 167V-2412-6 167V-2412-11 167V-2412-12 167V-2414-1 157V-2414-2 157H-P3160,U 167H -P3160++ 167H-P3].61,B 167H-P3161U,+167H-P3310,UH-P3311,UH-P3312,UH-P3400,UH-P3401,UH-P3402,UH -P3450H -P3451H -P3452H-T3560,UH-T3561,UH-T3562,UH-T3563,UH-T3710,UH-T3711,UH-T3712,UH-K3810,UH-K3811,UH-K3850,UH-K3851,UH-K3852,UH-K4010,UH-K4011,UH-K4012,UH-K4013,UH -K4050H -K4051H -K4052H -K4053H-K4110,UH-K4111,UH-K4112,UH-K4113,UH -K4150H -K4151H -K4152H -K4153H -K4210H-K4211,UH-K4212,UH-K4213,UH-K4214,UH-K4215,U

167167167153153153153153153157157157157161161161157157157157157161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161161

Zenith Radio16F27,Q,T 17316G20,Q 17316G21,Q. 17316G22,Q 17316G23,Q 17316G27,Q 17316G27qT,T 17317028 17317G28Q 173G2101C,F 173G2102L,+ 173G2103L,LZ 173F2105CG2105C,LF21100G2110B,GF2111L,PF2112WG2112J,WG2120E,+G22110G2213GG2214LG2215J,LG2216LG2304R,WG2705R,YG2707R,YG2715YG2717E,+G2730E,+G2735L,+G2736E,+G2737E,+G2738E,+G2739E,+G2740H,+G2749H,+G2752R,+G2755H,+G2756E,+027 62WG2780E,+G2786E,+G2787WG3310E,+G3311R,+G3341E,+G3346E,+G3348R,WG3350E,+03353E,WG3354M,RG3360U, YG3368M,RG3375L03385H03388W

173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173173

192

Another

Supreme Publications

Service Manual

Date post:	24-Feb-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

Most Often Needed - 1962 Television Servicing Information

Documents